Newton, Isaac Philosophia naturalis principia mathematica 1713 Cambridge la newto_philo_039_la_1713.xml 039.xml

PHILOSOPHIÆ NATURALIS PRINCIPIA MATHEMATICA.

AUCTORE ISAACO NEWTONO, EQUITE A RATO.

EDITIO SECUNDA AUCTIOR ET EMENDATIOR.

CANTABRIGIÆ, MDCCXIII.

ILLUSTRISSIMÆ SOCIETATI REGALI, A SERENISSIMO REGE CAROLO II AD PHILOSOPHIAM PROMOVENDAM FUNDATÆ, ET AUSPICIIS AUGUSTISSIMÆ REGINÆ ANNÆ FLORENTI,

TRACTATUM HUNC D.D.D.

JS. NEWTONUS.

IN VIRI PRÆSTANTISSIMI ISAACI NEWTONI OPUS HOCCE MATHEMATICO PHYSICUM

Sæculi Genti&longs;que no&longs;træ Decus egregium.

EN tibi norma Poli, & divæ libramina Molis, Computus en Jovis; & quas, dum primordia rerum. Conderet, omnipotens &longs;ibi Leges ip&longs;e Creator Dixerit, atque operum quæ fundamenta locarit. Intima panduntur victi penetralia Cæli, Nec latet, extremos quæ Vis circumrotet Orbes. Sol &longs;olio re&longs;idens ad &longs;e jubet omnia prono Tendere de&longs;cen&longs;u, nec recto tramite currus Sidereos patitur va&longs;tum per inane moveri; Sed rapit immotis, &longs;e centro, &longs;ingula gyris. Hinc patet, horrificis qua &longs;it via flexa Cometis: Di&longs;cimus hinc tandem, qua cau&longs;a argentea Phœbe Pa&longs;&longs;ibus haud æquis eat, & cur &longs;ubdita nulli Hactenus A&longs;tronomo numerorum fræna recu&longs;et: Cur remeent Nodi, curque Auges progrediantur. Di&longs;cimus, & quantis refluum vaga Cynthia Pontum Viribus impellat; fe&longs;&longs;is dum fluctibus ulvam De&longs;erit, ac nautis &longs;u&longs;pectas nudat arenas; Alterni&longs;ve ruens &longs;pumantia littora pul&longs;at. Quæ toties animos veterum tor&longs;ere Sophorum, Quæque Scholas hodie rauco certamine vexant, Obvia con&longs;picimus; nubem pellente Mathe&longs;i: Quæ &longs;uperas penetrare domos, atque ardua Cæli, NEWTONI au&longs;piciis, jam dat contingere Templa. Surgite Mortales, terrenas mittite curas; Atque hinc cæligenæ vites cogno&longs;cite Mentis, A pecudum vita longe longeque remotæ. Qui &longs;criptis primus Tabulis compe&longs;cere Cædes, Furta & Adulteria, & perjuræ crimina Fraudis; Quive vagis populis circumdare mœnibus Urbes Auctor erat; Cereri&longs;ve beavit munere gentes; Vel qui curarum lenimen pre&longs;&longs;it ab Uva; Vel qui Niliaca mon&longs;travit arundine pictos Con&longs;ociare &longs;onos, oculi&longs;que exponere Voces; Humanam &longs;ortem minus extulit; utpote pauca In commune ferens mi&longs;eræ &longs;olatia vitæ. Jam vero Superis convivæ admittimur, alti Jura poli tractare licet, jamque abdita diæ Clau&longs;tra patent Naturæ, & rerum immobilis ordo; Et quæ præteritis latuere incognita &longs;æclis. Talia mon&longs;trantem ju&longs;tis celebrate Camænis, Vos qui cæle&longs;ti gaudetis nectare ve&longs;ci, NEWTONUM clau&longs;i re&longs;erantem &longs;crinia Veri, NEWTONUM Mu&longs;is carum, cui pectore puro Phœbus ade&longs;t, totoQ.E.I.ce&longs;&longs;it Numine mentem: Nec fas e&longs;t propius Mortali attingere Divos. EDM. HALLET.

AUCTORIS PRÆFATIO AD LECTOREM.

CUM VeteresMechanicam (uti Auctor e&longs;tPappus) in rerum Naturalium inve&longs;tigatione maximi fecerint; & Recentiores, mi&longs;&longs;is formis &longs;ub&longs;tantialibus & qualitatibus occultis, Phænomena Naturæ ad leges Mathematicas revocare aggre&longs;&longs;i fint: Vi&longs;um e&longs;t in hoc TractatuMathe&longs;in excolere, quatenus ea adPhilo&longs;ophiam &longs;pectat.Mechanicam vero duplicem Veteres con&longs;tituerunt: Ra­tionalem quæ per Demon&longs;trationes accurate procedit, &Practi­cam. Ad Practicam &longs;pectant Artes omnes Manuales, a quibus utiqueMechanica nomen mutuata e&longs;t. Cum autem Artifices pa­rum accurate operari &longs;oleant, fit utMechanica omnis aGeome­tria ita di&longs;tinguatur, ut quicquid accuratum &longs;it adGeometriam referatur, quicquid minus accuratum adMechanicam. Attamen errores non &longs;unt Artis &longs;ed Artificum. Qui minus accurate ope­ratur, imperfectior e&longs;t Mechanicus, & &longs;i quis accurati&longs;&longs;ime ope­rari po&longs;&longs;et, hic foret Mechanicus omnium perfecti&longs;&longs;imus. Nam & Linearum rectarum & Circulorum de&longs;criptiones in quibusGeo­metria fundatur, adMechanicam pertinent. Has lineas de&longs;cri­bereGeometria non docet &longs;ed po&longs;tulat. Po&longs;tulat enim ut Tyro ea&longs;dem accurate de&longs;cribere prius didicerit quam linen attingatGeometriæ; dein, quomodo per has operationes Problemata &longs;ol­uantur, docet. Rectas & Circulos de&longs;cribere Problemata &longs;unt,&longs;ed non Geometrica. ExMechanica po&longs;tulatur horum &longs;olutio, inGeometria docetur &longs;olutorum u&longs;us. Ac gloriaturGeometria quod tam paucis principiis aliunde petitis tam multa præ&longs;tet. Fun­datur igiturGeometria in praxi Mechanica, & nihil aliud e&longs;t quamMechanicæ univer&longs;alis pars illa quæ artem men&longs;urandi ac­curate proponit ac demon&longs;trat. Cum autem artes Manuales in corporibus movendis præcipue ver&longs;entur, fit utGeometria ad mag­nitudinem,Mechanica ad motum vulgo referatur. Quo &longs;en&longs;uMe­chanica rationalis erit Scientia Motuum qui ex viribus quibu&longs;­cunque re&longs;ultant, & Virium quæ ad motus quo&longs;cunque requirun­tur, accurate propo&longs;ita ac demon&longs;trata. Pars hæcMechanicæ a Veteribus inPotentiis quinque ad artes manuales &longs;pectantibus exculta fuit, qui Gravitatem (cum potentia manualis non &longs;it) vix aliter quam in ponderibus per potentias illas movendis con&longs;iderarunt. Nos autem non Artibus &longs;ed Philo&longs;ophiæ con&longs;ulentes, deque poten­tiis non manualibus &longs;ed naturalibus &longs;cribentes, ea maxime tracta­mus quæ ad Gravitatem, Levitatem, vim Ela&longs;ticam, re&longs;i&longs;tentiam Fluidorum & eju&longs;modi vires &longs;eu attractivas &longs;eu impul&longs;ivas &longs;pe­ctant: Et ea propter, hæc no&longs;tra tanquam Philo&longs;ophiæ principia Mathematica proponimus. Omnis enim Philo&longs;ophiæ difficultas in eo ver&longs;ari videtur, ut a Phænomenis motuum inve&longs;tigemus vires Naturæ, deinde ab his viribus demon&longs;tremus phænomena reliqua. Et huc &longs;pectant Propo&longs;itiones generales quas Libro primo & &longs;ecundo pertractavimus. In Libro autem tertio Exemplum hujus rei propo­&longs;uimus per explicationem Sy&longs;tematis mundani. Ibi enim, ex phæ­nomenis cæle&longs;tibus, per Propo&longs;itiones in Libris prioribus Mathe­matice demon&longs;tratas, derivantur vires Gravitatis quibus corpora ad Solem & Planetas &longs;ingulos tendunt. Deinde ex his viribus per Propo&longs;itiones etiam Mathematicas, deducuntur motus Planeta­rum, Cometarum, Lunæ & Maris. Utinam cætera Naturæ phæ­nomena ex principiis Mechanicis eodem argumentandi genere deri­vare liceret. Nam multa me movent ut nonnihil &longs;u&longs;picer ea om­nia ex viribus quibu&longs;dam pendere po&longs;&longs;e, quibus corporum particulæ per cau&longs;as nondum cognitas vel in &longs;e mutuo impelluntur & &longs;e­cundum figuras regulares cohærent, vel ab invicem fugantur & recedunt: quibus viribus ignotis, Philo&longs;ophi hactenus Naturam fru­&longs;tra tentarunt. Spero autem quod vel huic Philo&longs;ophandi modo, vel veriori alicui, Principia hic po&longs;ita lucem aliquam præbebunt.

In his edendis, Vir acuti&longs;&longs;imus & in omni literarum genere eruditi&longs;&longs;imusEdmundus Halleius operam navavit, nec &longs;olum Typothetarum Sphalmata correxit & Schemata incidi curavit, &longs;ed etiam Auctor fuit ut horum editionem aggrederer. Quippe cum demon&longs;tratam a me Figuram Orbium cæle&longs;tium impetraverat, ro­gare non de&longs;titit ut eandem cumSocietate Regali communicarem, Quæ deinde hortatibus & benignis &longs;uis au&longs;piciis effecit ut de ea­dem in lucem emittenda cogitare inciperem. At po&longs;tquam Mo­tuum Lunarium inæqualitates aggre&longs;&longs;us e&longs;&longs;em, deinde etiam ælia tentare cæpi&longs;&longs;em quæ ad leges & men&longs;uras Gravitatis & aliarum virium, & Figuras a corporibus &longs;ecundum datas qua&longs;cunque leges attractis de&longs;cribendas, ad motus corporum plurium inter &longs;e, ad motus corporum in Mediis re&longs;i&longs;tentibus, ad vires, den&longs;itates & motus Mediorum, ad Orbes Cometarum & &longs;imilia &longs;pectant, edi­tionem in aliud tempus differendam e&longs;&longs;e putavi, ut cætera rima­rer & una in publicum darem. Quæ ad motus Lunares &longs;pectant, (imperfecta cum &longs;int,) in Corollariis Propo&longs;itionisLXVI. &longs;imul complexus &longs;um, ne &longs;ingula methodo prolixiore quam pro rei digNI­tate proponere, & &longs;igillatim demon&longs;trare tenerer, & &longs;eriem reli­quarum Propo&longs;itionum interrumpere. Nonnulla &longs;ero inventa lo­cis minus idoneis in&longs;erere malui, quam numerum Propo&longs;itionum & citationes mutare. Ut omnia candide legantur, & defectus, in materia tam difficili non tam reprehendantur, quam novis Le­ctorum conatibus inve&longs;tigentur, & benigne &longs;uppleantur, enixe rogo.

Dabam Cantabrigiæ,e Collegio S. Trinitatis,Maii 8. 1686.

IS. NEWTON.

IN hac Secunda Principiorum Editione, multa &longs;par&longs;im emen­dantur & nonnulla adjiciuntur. In Libri primi SectioneII, Inventio virium quibus corpora in Orbibus datis revolvi po&longs;&longs;int, facilior redditur & amplior. In Libri &longs;ecundi SectioneVII, Theoria re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ Fluidorum accuratius inve&longs;tigatur & novis Experimentis confirmatur. In Libro tertio Theoria Lunæ & Præ­ce&longs;&longs;io Æquinoctiorum ex Principiis &longs;uis plenius deducuntur, & Theoria Cometarum pluribus & accuratius computatis Orbium exemplis confirmatur.

Dabam Londini,Mar. 28. 1713.

IS. NEWTON.

EDITORIS PRÆFATIO.

NEWTONIANÆ Philo&longs;ophiæ novam tibi, Lector benevole, diuQ.E.D.&longs;ideratam Editionem, plurimum nunc emenda­tam atque auctiorem exhibemus. Quæ poti&longs;&longs;imum conti­neantur in hoc Opere celeberrimo, intelligere potes ex Indicibus adjectis: quæ vel addantur vel immutentur, ip&longs;a te fere docebit Auctoris Præfatio. Reliquum e&longs;t, ut adjiciantur nonnulla de Me­thodo hujus Philo&longs;ophiæ.

Qui Phy&longs;icam tractandam &longs;u&longs;ceperunt, ad tres fere cla&longs;&longs;es re­vocari po&longs;&longs;unt. Extiterunt enim, qui &longs;ingulis rerum &longs;peciebus Quali­tates &longs;pecificas & occultas tribuerint; ex quibus deinde corporum &longs;ingulorum operationes, ignota quadam ratione, pendere volue­runt. In hoc po&longs;ita e&longs;t &longs;umma doctrinæ Schola&longs;ticæ, ab Ari&longs;totele& Peripateticis derivatæ: Affirmant utique &longs;ingulos Effectus ex corporum &longs;ingularibus Naturis oriri; at unde &longs;int illæ Naturæ non docent; nihil itaQ.E.D.cent. Cumque toti &longs;int in rerum no­minibus, non in ip&longs;is rebus; Sermonem Q.E.D.m Philo&longs;ophicum cen&longs;endi &longs;unt adinveni&longs;&longs;e, Philo&longs;ophiam tradidi&longs;&longs;e non &longs;unt cen­&longs;endi.

Alii ergo melioris diligentiæ laudem con&longs;equi &longs;perarunt, rejecta Vocabulorum inutili farragine. Statuerunt itaque Materiam uNI­ver&longs;am homogeneam e&longs;&longs;e, omnem vero Formarum varietatem, quæ in corporibus cernitur, ex particularum componentium &longs;implici&longs;&longs;i­mis quibu&longs;dam & intellectu facillimis affectionibus oriri. Et recte quidem progre&longs;&longs;io in&longs;tituitur a &longs;implicioribus ad magis compo&longs;ita, &longs;i particularum primariis illis affectionibus non alios tribuunt mo­dos, quam quos ip&longs;a tribuit Natura. Verum ubi licentiam &longs;ibi a&longs;&longs;umunt, ponendi qua&longs;cunque libet ignotas partium figuras & magnitudines, incerto&longs;que &longs;itus & motus; quin & fingendi Fluida quædam occulta, quæ corporum poros liberrime permeent, omNI­potente prædita &longs;ubtilitate, motibu&longs;que occultis agitata; jam ad &longs;omnia delabuntur, neglecta rerum con&longs;titutione vera: quæ fane fru&longs;tra petenda e&longs;t ex fallacibus conjecturis, cum vix etiam per certi&longs;&longs;imas Ob&longs;ervationes inve&longs;tigari po&longs;&longs;it. Qui &longs;peculationum &longs;uarum fundamentum de&longs;umunt ab Hypothe&longs;ibus, etiam&longs;i deinde &longs;ecundum leges Mechanicas accurati&longs;&longs;ime procedant; Fabulam qui­dem elegantem forte & venu&longs;tam, Fabulam tamen concinnare di­cendi &longs;unt.

Relinquitur adeo tertium genus, qui Philo&longs;ophiam &longs;cilicet Ex­perimentalem profitentur. Hi quidem ex &longs;implici&longs;&longs;imis quibus po&longs;&longs;unt principiis rerum omnium cau&longs;as derivandas e&longs;&longs;e volunt: nihil autem Principii loco a&longs;&longs;umunt, quod nondum ex Phænome­nis comprobatum fuerit. Hypothe&longs;es non commini&longs;cuntur, neque in Phy&longs;icam recipiunt, ni&longs;i ut Quæ&longs;tiones de quarum veritate di&longs;­putetur. Duplici itaque Methodo incedunt, Analytica & Syn­thetica. Naturæ vires lege&longs;que virium &longs;impliciores ex &longs;electis quibu&longs;dam Phænomenis per Analy&longs;in deducunt, ex quibus deinde per Synthe&longs;in reliquorum con&longs;titutionem tradunt. Hæc illa e&longs;t Philo&longs;ophandi ratio longe optima, quam præ ceteris merito am­plectendam cen&longs;uit Celeberrimus Auctor no&longs;ter. Hanc &longs;olam uti­Q.E.D.gnam judicavit, in qua excolenda atque adornanda operam &longs;uam collocaret. Hujus igitur illu&longs;tri&longs;&longs;imum dedit Exemplum, Mundani nempe Sy&longs;tematis explicationem e Theoria Gravitatis felici&longs;&longs;ime deductam. Gravitatis virtutem univer&longs;is corporibus in­e&longs;&longs;e, &longs;u&longs;picati &longs;unt vel finxerunt alii: primus Ille & &longs;olus ex Ap­parentiis demon&longs;trare potuit, & &longs;peculationibus egregiis firmi&longs;&longs;i­mum ponere fundamentum.

Scio equidem nonnullos magni etiam nominis Viros, præjudiciis quibu&longs;dam plus æquo occupatos, huic novo Principio ægre a&longs;&longs;en­tiri potui&longs;&longs;e, & certis incerta identidem prætuli&longs;&longs;e. Horum famam vel­licare non e&longs;t animus: Tibi potius, Benevole Lector, illa paucis ex­ponere lubet, ex quibus Tute ip&longs;e judicium non iniquum feras.

Igitur ut Argumenti &longs;umatur exordium a &longs;implici&longs;&longs;imis & pro­ximis; de&longs;piciamus pauli&longs;per qualis &longs;it in Terre&longs;tribus natura Gra­vitatis, ut deinde tutius progrediamur ubi ad corpora Cæle&longs;tia, lon­gi&longs;&longs;ime a &longs;edibus no&longs;tris remota, perventum fuerit. Convenit jam inter omnes Philo&longs;ophos, corpora univer&longs;a circumterre&longs;tria gra­vitare in Terram. Nulla dari corpora vere levia, jamdudum confirmavit Experientia multiplex. Quæ dicitur Levitas relativa, non e&longs;t vera Levitas, &longs;ed apparens &longs;olummodo; & oritur a præ­pollente Gravitate corporum contiguorum.

Porro, ut corpora univer&longs;a gravitant in Terram, ita Terra vici&longs;­&longs;im in corpora æqualiter gravitat; Gravitatis enim actionem e&longs;&longs;e mutuam & utrinque æqualem, &longs;ic o&longs;tenditur. Di&longs;tinguatur Terræ totius moles in binas qua&longs;cunque partes, vel æquales vel utcunque inæquales: jam &longs;i pondera partium non e&longs;&longs;ent in &longs;e mutuo æqua­lia; cederet pondus minus majori, & partes conjunctæ pergerent recta moveri ad infinitum, ver&longs;us plagam in quam tendit pondus majus: omnino contra Experientiam. ItaQ.E.D.cendum erit, pon­dera partium in æquilibrio e&longs;&longs;e con&longs;tituta: hoc e&longs;t, Gravitatis actionem e&longs;&longs;e mutuam & utrinque æqualem.

Pondera corporum, æqualiter a centro Terræ di&longs;tantium, &longs;unt ut quantitates materiæ in corporibus. Hoc utique colligitur ex æquali acceleratione corporum omnium, e quiete per ponderum vires cadentium: nam vires quibus inæqualia corpora æqualiter accelerantur, debent e&longs;&longs;e proportionales quantitatibus materiæ movendæ. Jam vero corpora univer&longs;a cadentia æqualiter acce­lerari, ex eo patet, quod in Vacuo Boylianotemporibus æqualibus æqualia &longs;patia cadendo de&longs;cribunt, &longs;ublata &longs;cilicet Aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentia: accuratius autem comprobatur per Experimenta Pendulorum.

Vires attractivæ corporum, in æqualibus di&longs;tantiis, &longs;unt ut quantitates materiæ in corporibus. Nam cum corpora in Ter­ram & Terra vici&longs;&longs;im in corpora momentis æqualibus gravitent; Terræ pondus in unumquodque corpus, &longs;eu vis qua corpus Ter­ram attrahit, æquabitur ponderi corporis eju&longs;dem in Terram. Hoc autem pondus erat ut quantitas materiæ in corpore: itaque vis qua corpus unumquodque Terram attrahit, &longs;ive corporis vis ab&longs;oluta, erit ut eadem quantitas materiæ.

Oritur ergo & componitur vis attractiva corporum integrorum ex viribus attractivis partium: &longs;iquidem aucta vel diminuta mole materiæ, o&longs;ten&longs;um e&longs;t, proportionaliter augeri vel diminui ejus vir­tutem. Actio itaque Telluris ex conjunctis partium Actionibus conflari cen&longs;enda erit; atque adeo corpora omnia Terre&longs;tria &longs;e mutuo trahere oportet viribus ab&longs;olutis, quæ &longs;int in ratione ma­teriæ trahentis. Hæc e&longs;t natura Gravitatis apud Terram: videa­mus jam qualis &longs;it in Cælis.

Corpus omne per&longs;everare in &longs;tatu &longs;uo vel quie&longs;cendi vel movendi uniformiter in directum, ni&longs;i quatenus a viribus impre&longs;&longs;is cogitur &longs;tatum illum mutare; Naturæ lex e&longs;t ab omnibus recepta Philo&longs;o­phis. Inde vero &longs;equitur, corpora quæ in Curvis moventur, atque adeo de lineis rectis Orbitas &longs;uas tangentibus jugiter abeunt, Vi aliqua perpetuo agente retineri in itinere curvilineo. Planetis igitur in Orbibus curvis revolventibus nece&longs;&longs;ario aderit Vis aliqua, per cujus actiones repetitas inde&longs;inenter a Tangentibus deflectantur.

Jam illud concedi æquum e&longs;t, quod Mathematicis rationibus colligitur & certi&longs;&longs;ime demon&longs;tratur; Corpora nempe omnia, quæ moventur in linea aliqua curva in plano de&longs;cripta, quæque radio ducto ad punctum vel quie&longs;cens vel utcunque motum de&longs;cribunt areas circa punctum illud temporibus proportionales, urgeri a Viribus quæ ad idem punctum tendunt. Cum igitur in confe&longs;&longs;o &longs;it apud A&longs;tronomos, Planetas primarios circum Solem, &longs;ecunda­rios vero circum &longs;uos primarios, areas de&longs;cribere temporibus pro­portionales; con&longs;equens e&longs;t ut Vis illa, qua perpetuo detorquen­tur a Tangentibus rectilineis, & in Orbitis curvilineis revolvi co­guntur, ver&longs;us corpora dirigatur quæ &longs;ita &longs;unt in Orbitarum cen­tris. Hæc itaque Vis non inepte vocari pote&longs;t, re&longs;pectu quidem corporis revolventis, Centripeta; re&longs;pectu autem corporis cen­tralis, Attractiva; a quacunQ.E.D.mum cau&longs;a oriri fingatur.

Quin & hæc quoque concedenda &longs;unt, & Mathematice demon­&longs;trantur: Si corpora plura motu æquabili revolvantur in Circulis concentricis, & quadrata temporum periodieorum &longs;int ut cubi di­&longs;tantiarum a centro communi; Vires centripetas revolventium fore reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum. Vel, &longs;i corpora revol­vantur in Orbitis quæ &longs;unt Circulis finitimæ, & quie&longs;cant Orbita­rum Ap&longs;ides; Vires centripetas revolventium fore reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum. Obtinere ca&longs;um alterutrum in Planetis univer&longs;is con&longs;entiunt A&longs;tronomi. Itaque Vires centripetæ Plane­tarum omnium &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum ab Or­bium centris. Si quis objiciat Planetarum, & Lunæ præ&longs;ertim, Ap&longs;ides non penitus quie&longs;cere; &longs;ed motu quodam lento ferri in con&longs;equentia: re&longs;ponderi pote&longs;t, etiam&longs;i concedamus hunc mo­tum tardi&longs;&longs;imum exinde profectum e&longs;&longs;e quod Vis centripetæ pro­portio aberret aliquantum a duplicata, aberrationem illam per computum Mathematicum inveniri po&longs;&longs;e & plane in&longs;en&longs;ibilem e&longs;&longs;e. Ip&longs;a enim ratio Vis centripetæ Lunaris, quæ omnium ma­xime turbari debet, paululum quidem duplicatam &longs;uperabit; ad hanc vero &longs;exaginta fere vicibus propius accedet quam ad tripli­catam. Sed verior erit re&longs;pon&longs;io, &longs;i dicamus hanc Ap&longs;idum progre&longs;­&longs;ionem, non ex aberratione a duplicata proportione, &longs;ed ex alia pror&longs;us diver&longs;a cau&longs;a oriri, quemadmodum egregie common&longs;tratur in hac Philo&longs;ophia. Re&longs;tat ergo ut Vires centripetæ, quibus Pla­netæ primarii tendunt ver&longs;us Solem & &longs;ecundarii ver&longs;us primarios &longs;uos, &longs;int accurate ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum reciproce.

Ex iis quæ hactenus dicta &longs;unt, con&longs;tat Planetas in Orbitis &longs;uis retineri per Vim aliquam in ip&longs;os perpetuo agentem: con&longs;tat Vim illam dirigi &longs;emper ver&longs;us Orbitarum centra: con&longs;tat hujus efficaciam augeri in acce&longs;&longs;u ad centrum, diminui in rece&longs;&longs;u ab eo­dem: & augeri quidem in eadem proportione qua diminuitur qua­dratum di&longs;tantiæ, diminui in eadem proportione qua di&longs;tantiæ quadratum augetur. Videamus jam, comparatione in&longs;tituta inter Planetarum Vires centripetas & Vim Gravitatis, annon eju&longs;dem forte &longs;int generis. Eju&longs;dem vero generis erunt, &longs;i deprehendan­tur hinc & inde leges eædem eædemque affectiones. Primo ita­que Lunæ, quæ nobis proxima e&longs;t, Vim centripetam expendamus.

Spatia rectilinea, quæ a corporibus e quiete demi&longs;&longs;is dato tem­pore &longs;ub ip&longs;o motus initio de&longs;eribuntur, ubi a viribus quibu&longs;cun­que urgentur, proportionalia &longs;unt ip&longs;is viribus: Hoc utique con­&longs;equitur ex ratiociniis Mathematicis. Erit igitur Vis centripeta Lunæ in Orbita &longs;ua revolventis, ad Vim Gravitatis in &longs;uperficie Terræ, ut &longs;patium quod tempore quam minimo de&longs;criberet Luna de&longs;cendendo per Vim centripetam ver&longs;us Terram, &longs;i circulari om­ni motu privari fingeretur, ad &longs;patium quod eodem tempore quam minimo de&longs;cribit grave corpus in vicinia Terræ, per Vim gravita­tis &longs;uæ cadendo. Horum &longs;patiorum prius æquale e&longs;t arcus a Luna per idem tempus de&longs;cripti &longs;inui ver&longs;o, quippe qui Lunæ tran&longs;la­tionem de Tangente, factam a Vi centripeta, metitur; atque adeo computari pote&longs;t ex datis tum Lunæ tempore periodico tum di­&longs;tantia ejus a centro Terræ. Spatium po&longs;terius invenitur per Ex­perimenta Pendulorum, quemadmodum docuit Hugenius.Inito itaque calculo, &longs;patium prius ad &longs;patium pofterius, &longs;eu vis cen­tripeta Lunæ in Orbita &longs;ua revolventis ad vim Gravitatis in &longs;u­perficie Terræ, erit ut quadratum &longs;emidiametri Terræ ad Orbitæ &longs;emidiametri quadratum. Eandem habet rationem, per ea quæ &longs;uperius o&longs;tenduntur, vis centripeta Lunæ in Orbita &longs;ua revol­ventis ad vim Lunæ centripetam prope Terræ &longs;uperficiem. Vis itaque centripeta prope Terræ &longs;uperficiem æqualis e&longs;t vi Gravita­tis. Non ergo diver&longs;æ &longs;unt vires, &longs;ed una atque eadem: &longs;i enim diver&longs;æ e&longs;&longs;ent, corpora viribus conjunctis duplo celerius in Ter­ram caderent quam ex vi &longs;ola Gravitatis. Con&longs;tat igitur Vim illam centripetam, qua Luna perpetuo de Tangente vel trahitur vel impellitur & in Orbita retinetur, ip&longs;am e&longs;&longs;e vim Gravitatis terre&longs;tris ad Lunam u&longs;que pertingentem. Et rationi quidem con­&longs;entaneum e&longs;t ut ad ingentes di&longs;tantias illa &longs;e&longs;e Virtus extendat, cum nullam ejus &longs;en&longs;ibilem imminutionem, vel in alti&longs;&longs;imis montium cacuminibus, ob&longs;ervare licet. Gravitat itaque Luna in Terram: quin & actione mutua, Terra vici&longs;&longs;im in Lunam æqualiter gravitat: id quod abunde quidem confirmatur in hac Philo&longs;ophia, ubi agi­tur de Maris æ&longs;tu & Æquinoctiorum præce&longs;&longs;ione, ab actione tum Lunæ tum Solis in Terram oriundis. Hinc & illud tandem edo­cemur, qua nimirum lege vis Gravitatis decre&longs;cat in majoribus a Tellure di&longs;tantiis. Nam cum Gravitas non diver&longs;a &longs;it a Vi cen­tripeta Lunari, hæc vero &longs;it reciproce proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tantiæ; diminuetur & Gravitas in eadem ratione.

Progrediamur jam ad Planetas reliquos. Quoniam revolu­tiones primariorum circa Solem & &longs;ecundariorum circa Jovem & Saturnum &longs;unt Phænomena generis eju&longs;dem ac revolutio Lunæ circa Terram, quoniam porro demon&longs;tratum e&longs;t vires centripetas primariorum dirigi ver&longs;us centrum Solis, &longs;ecundariorum ver&longs;us centra Jovis & Saturni, quemadmodum Lunæ vis centripeta ver&longs;us Terræ centrum dirigitur; adhæc, quoniam omnes illæ vires &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum a centris, quemadmodum vis Lunæ e&longs;t ut quadratum di&longs;tantiæ a Terra: concludendum erit eandem e&longs;&longs;e naturam univer&longs;is. Itaque ut Luna gravitat in Ter­ram, & Terra vici&longs;&longs;im in Lunam; &longs;ic etiam gravitabunt omnes &longs;ecundarii in primarios &longs;uos, & primarii vici&longs;&longs;im in &longs;ecundarios; &longs;ic & omnes primarii in Solem, & Sol vici&longs;&longs;im in primarios.

Igitur Sol in Planetas univer&longs;os gravitat & univer&longs;i in Solem. Nam &longs;ecundarii dum primarios &longs;uos comitantur, revolvuntur in­terea circum Solem una cum primariis. Eodem itaque argumento, utriu&longs;que generis Planetæ gravitant in Solem, & Sol in ip&longs;os. Secundarios vero Planetas in Solem gravitare abunde in&longs;uper con&longs;tat ex inæqualitatibus Lunaribus; quarum accurati&longs;&longs;imam Theoriam, admiranda &longs;agacitate patefactam, in tertio hujus Operis libro expo&longs;itam habemus.

Solis virtutem attractivam quoquover&longs;um propagari ad ingen­tes u&longs;Q.E.D.&longs;tantias, & &longs;e&longs;e diffundere ad &longs;ingulas circumjecti &longs;pa­tii partes, aperti&longs;&longs;ime colligi pote&longs;t ex motu Cometarum; qui ab immen&longs;is intervallis profecti feruntur in viciniam Solis, & non­nunquam adeo ad ip&longs;um proxime accedunt ut Globum ejus, in Periheliis &longs;uis ver&longs;antes, tantum non contingere videantur. Ho­rum Theoriam ab A&longs;tronomis antehac fru&longs;tra quæ&longs;itam, no&longs;tro tandem &longs;æculo feliciter inventam & per Ob&longs;ervationes certi&longs;­&longs;ime demon&longs;tratam, Præ&longs;tanti&longs;&longs;imo no&longs;tro Auctori debemus. Patet igitur Cometas in Sectionibus Conicis umbilicos in centro Solis habentibus moveri, & radiis ad Solem ductis areas temporibus proportionales de&longs;cribere. Ex hi&longs;ce vero Phænomenis manife­&longs;tum e&longs;t & Mathematice comprobatur, vires illas, quibus Cometæ retinentur in orbitis &longs;uis, re&longs;picere Solem & e&longs;&longs;e reciproce ut qua­drata di&longs;tantiarum ab ip&longs;ius centro. Gravitant itaque Cometæ in Solem: atque adeo Solis vis attractiva non tantum ad corpora Planetarum in datis di&longs;tantiis & in eodem fere plano collocata, &longs;ed etiam ad Cometas in diver&longs;i&longs;&longs;imis Cælorum regionibus & in diver&longs;i&longs;&longs;imis di&longs;tantiis po&longs;itos pertingit. Hæc igitur e&longs;t natura corporum gravitantium, ut vires &longs;uas edant ad omnes di&longs;tantias in omnia corpora gravitantia. Inde vero &longs;equitur, Planetas & Co­metas univer&longs;os &longs;e mutuo trahere, & in &longs;e mutuo graves e&longs;&longs;e: quod etiam confirmatur ex perturbatione Jovis & Saturni, A&longs;tro­nomis non incognita, & ab actionibus horum Planetarum in &longs;e in­vicem oriunda; quin & ex motu illo lenti&longs;&longs;imo Ap&longs;idum, qui &longs;u­pra memoratus e&longs;t, quique a cau&longs;a con&longs;imili profici&longs;citur.

Eo demum pervenimus ut dicendum &longs;it, & Terram & Solem & corpora omnia cæle&longs;tia, quæ Solem comitantur, &longs;e mutuo attrahere. Singulorum ergo particulæ quæque minimæ vires &longs;uas attractivas habebunt, pro quantitate materiæ pollentes; quemadmodum &longs;u­pra de Terre&longs;tribus o&longs;ten&longs;um e&longs;t. In diver&longs;is autem di&longs;tantiis, erunt & harum vires in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum reciproce: nam ex particulis hac lege trahentibus componi debere Globos eadem lege trahentes, Mathematice demon&longs;tratur.

Conclu&longs;iones præcedentes huic innituntur Axiomati, quod a nullis non recipitur Philo&longs;ophis; Effectuum &longs;cilicet eju&longs;dem ge­neris, quorum nempe quæ cogno&longs;cuntur proprietates eædem &longs;unt, ea&longs;dem e&longs;&longs;e cau&longs;as & ea&longs;dem e&longs;&longs;e proprietates quæ nondum cog­no&longs;cuntur. Quis enim dubitat, &longs;i Gravitas &longs;it cau&longs;a de&longs;cen&longs;us Lapidis in Europa,quin eadem &longs;it cau&longs;a de&longs;cen&longs;us in America?Si Gravitas mutua fuerit inter Lapidem & Terram in Europa; quis negabit mutuam e&longs;&longs;e in America?Si vis attractiva Lapidis & Terræ componatur, in Europa,ex viribus attractivis partium; quis negabit &longs;imilem e&longs;&longs;e compo&longs;itionem in America?Si attractio Terræ ad omnia corporum genera & ad omnes di&longs;tantias propa­getur in Europa; quidni pariter propagari dicamus in America?In hac Regula fundatur omnis Philo&longs;ophia: quippe qua &longs;ublata nihil affirmare po&longs;&longs;imus de Univer&longs;is. Con&longs;titutio rerum &longs;ingula­rum innote&longs;cit per Ob&longs;ervationes & Experimenta: inde vero non ni&longs;i per hanc Regulam de rerum univer&longs;arum natura judica­mus.

Jam cum Gravia &longs;int omnia corpora, quæ apud Terram vel in Cælis reperiuntur, de quibus Experimenta vel Ob&longs;ervationes in­&longs;tituere licet; omnino dicendum erit, Gravitatem corporibus uNI­ver&longs;is competere. Et quemadmodum nulla concipi debent cor­pora, quæ non &longs;int Exten&longs;a, Mobilia, & Impenetrabilia; ita nulla concipi debere, quæ non &longs;int Gravia. Corporum Exten&longs;io, Mobi­litas, & Impenetrabilitas non ni&longs;i per Experimenta innote&longs;cunt: eodem plane modo Gravitas innote&longs;cit. Corpora omnia de qui­bus Ob&longs;ervationes habemus, Exten&longs;a &longs;unt & Mobilia & Impene­trabilia: & inde concludimus corpora univer&longs;a, etiam illa de qui­bus Ob&longs;ervationes non habemus, Exten&longs;a e&longs;&longs;e & Mobilia & Im­penetrabilia. Ita corpora omnia &longs;unt Gravia, de quibus Ob&longs;er­vationes habemus: & inde concludimus corpora univer&longs;a, etiam illa de quibus Ob&longs;ervationes non habemus, Gravia e&longs;&longs;e. Si quis dicat corpora Stellarum inerrantium non e&longs;&longs;e Gravia, quandoqui­dem eorum Gravitas nondum e&longs;t ob&longs;ervata; eodem argumento dicere licebit neque Exten&longs;a e&longs;&longs;e, nec Mobilia, nec Impenetrabilia, cum hæ Fixarum affectiones nondum &longs;int ob&longs;ervatæ. Quid opus e&longs;t verbis? Inter primarias qualitates corporum univer&longs;orum vel Gravitas habebit locum; vel Exten&longs;io, Mobilitas, & Impenetra­bilitas non habebunt. Et natura rerum vel recte explicabitur per corporum Gravitatem, vel non recte explicabitur per corpo­rum Exten&longs;ionem, Mobilitatem, & Impenetrabilitatem.

Audio nonnullos hanc improbare conclu&longs;ionem, & de occultis qualitatibus ne&longs;cio quid mu&longs;&longs;itare. Gravitatem &longs;cilicet Occultum e&longs;&longs;e quid, perpetuo argutari &longs;olent; occultas vero cau&longs;as pro­cul e&longs;&longs;e ablegandas a Philo&longs;ophia. His autem facile re&longs;pon­detur; occultas e&longs;&longs;e cau&longs;as, non illas quidem quarum exi&longs;tentia per Ob&longs;ervationes clari&longs;&longs;ime demon&longs;tratur, &longs;ed has &longs;olum quarum occulta e&longs;t & ficta exi&longs;tentia nondum vero comprobata. Gravitas ergo non erit occulta cau&longs;a motuum cæle&longs;tium; &longs;iquidem ex Phæ­nomenis o&longs;ten&longs;um e&longs;t, hanc virtutem revera exi&longs;tere. Hi potius ad occultas confugiunt cau&longs;as; qui ne&longs;cio quos Vortices, materiæ cuju&longs;dam pror&longs;us fictitiæ & &longs;en&longs;ibus omnino ignotæ, motibus ii&longs;dem regendis præficiunt.

Ideone autem Gravitas occulta cau&longs;a dicetur, eoque nomine rejicietur e Philo&longs;ophia, quod cau&longs;a ip&longs;ius Gravitatis occulta e&longs;t & nondum inventa? Qui &longs;ic &longs;tatuunt, videant nequid &longs;tatu­ant ab&longs;urdi, unde totius tandem Philo&longs;ophiæ fundamenta convel­lantur. Etenim cau&longs;æ continuo nexu procedere &longs;olent a compo­&longs;itis ad &longs;impliciora: ubi ad cau&longs;am &longs;implici&longs;&longs;imam perveneris, jam non licebit ulterius progredi. Cau&longs;æ igitur &longs;implici&longs;&longs;imæ nulla dari pote&longs;t mechanica explicatio: &longs;i daretur enim, cau&longs;a non­dum e&longs;&longs;et &longs;implici&longs;&longs;ima. Has tu proinde cau&longs;as &longs;implici&longs;&longs;imas appellabis occultas, & exulare jubebis? &longs;imul vero exulabunt & ab his proxime pendentes & quæ ab illis porro pendent, u&longs;Q.E.D.m a cau&longs;is omnibus vacua fuerit & probe purgata Phi­lo&longs;ophia.

Sunt qui Gravitatem præter naturam e&longs;&longs;e dicunt, & Miraculum perpetuum vocant. Itaque rejiciendam e&longs;&longs;e volunt, cum in Phy­&longs;ica præternaturales cau&longs;æ locum non habeant. Huic ineptæ pror&longs;us objectioni diluendæ, quæ & ip&longs;a Philo&longs;ophiam &longs;ubruit univer&longs;am, vix operæ pretium e&longs;t immorari. Vel enim Gravita­tem corporibus omnibus inditam e&longs;&longs;e negabunt, quod tamen dici non pote&longs;t: vel eo nomine præter naturam e&longs;&longs;e affirmabunt, quod ex aliis corporum affectionibus atque adeo ex cau&longs;is Mechanicis originem non habeat. Dantur certe primariæ corporum affecti­ones; quæ, quoniam &longs;unt primariæ, non pendent ab aliis. Vide­rint igitur annon & hæ omnes &longs;int pariter præter naturam, eo­que pariter rejiciendæ: viderint vero qualis &longs;it deinde futura Philo&longs;ophia.

Nonnulli &longs;unt quibus hæc tota Phy&longs;ica cæle&longs;tis vel ideo minus placet, quod cum Carte&longs;iidogmatibus pugnare & vix conciliari po&longs;&longs;e videatur. His &longs;ua licebit opinione frui; ex æquo autem agant oportet: non ergo denegabunt aliis eandem libertatem quam &longs;ibi concedi po&longs;tulant. NEWTONIANAM itaque Philo&longs;ophi­am, quæ nobis verior habetur, retinere & amplecti licebit, & cau&longs;as &longs;equi per Phænomena comprobatas, potius quam fictas & nondum comprobatas. Ad veram Philo&longs;ophiam pertinet, rerum naturas ex cau&longs;is vere exi&longs;tentibus derivare: eas vero leges quærere, qui­bus voluit Summus opifex hunc Mundi pulcherrimum ordinem &longs;tabilire; non eas quibus potuit, &longs;i ita vi&longs;um fui&longs;&longs;et. Rationi enim con&longs;onum e&longs;t, ut a pluribus cau&longs;is, ab invicem nonnihil diver&longs;is, idem po&longs;&longs;it Effectus profici&longs;ci: hæc autem vera erit cau&longs;a, ex qua vere atque actu profici&longs;citur; reliquæ locum non habent in Philo­&longs;ophia vera. In Horologiis automatis idem Indicis horarii mo­tus vel ab appen&longs;o Pondere vel ab intus conclu&longs;o Elatere oriri po­te&longs;t. Quod &longs;i oblatum Horologium revera &longs;it in&longs;tructum Pondere; ridebitur qui finget Elaterem, & ex Hypothe&longs;i &longs;ic præpropere con­ficta motum Indicis explicare &longs;u&longs;cipiet: oportuit enim internam Machinæ fabricam penitius per&longs;crutari, ut ita motus propo&longs;iti prin­cipium verum exploratum habere po&longs;&longs;et. Idem vel non ab&longs;imile feretur judicium de Philo&longs;ophis illis, qui materia quadam &longs;ubti­li&longs;&longs;ima Cælos e&longs;&longs;e repletos, hanc autem in Vortices inde&longs;inenter agi voluerunt. Nam &longs;i Phænomenis vel accurati&longs;&longs;ime &longs;atisfacere po&longs;&longs;ent ex Hypothe&longs;ibus &longs;uis; veram tamen Philo&longs;ophiam tradi­di&longs;&longs;e, & veras cau&longs;as motuum cæle&longs;tium inveni&longs;&longs;e nondum di­cendi &longs;unt; ni&longs;i vel has revera exi&longs;tere, vel &longs;altem alias non ex­i&longs;tere demon&longs;traverint. Igitur &longs;i o&longs;ten&longs;um fuerit, univer&longs;orum corporum Attractionem habere verum locum in rerum natura; quinetiam o&longs;ten&longs;um fuerit, qua ratione motus omnes cæle&longs;tes ab­inde &longs;olutionem recipiant; vana fuerit & merito deridenda objectio, &longs;i quis dixerit eo&longs;dem motus per Vortices explicari debere, etiam&longs;i id fieri po&longs;&longs;e vel maxime conce&longs;&longs;erimus. Non autem concedimus: Nequeunt enim ullo pacto Phænomena per Vortices explicari; quod ab Auctore no&longs;tro abunde quidem & clari&longs;&longs;imis rationibus evincitur; ut &longs;omniis plus æquo indulgeant oporteat, qui inep­ti&longs;&longs;imo figmento re&longs;arciendo, novi&longs;que porro commentis ornando infelicem operam addicunt.

Si corpora Planetarum & Cometarum circa Solem deferantur a Vorticibus; oportet corpora delata & Vorticum partes proxime ambientes eadem velocitate eademque cur&longs;us determinatione mo­veri, & eandem habere den&longs;itatem vel eandem Vim inertiæ pro mole materiæ. Con&longs;tat vero Planetas & Cometas, dum ver&longs;an­tur in ii&longs;dem regionibus Cælorum, velocitatibus variis variaque cur&longs;us determinatione moveri. Nece&longs;&longs;ario itaque &longs;equitur, ut Fluidi cæle&longs;tis partes illæ, quæ &longs;unt ad ea&longs;dem di&longs;tantias a Sole, revolvantur eodem tempore in plagas diver&longs;as cum diver&longs;is ve­locitatibus: etenim alia opus erit directione & velocitate, ut tran­&longs;ire po&longs;&longs;int Planetæ; alia, ut tran&longs;ire po&longs;&longs;int Cometæ. Quod cum explicari nequeat; vel fatendum erit, univer&longs;a corpora cæle&longs;tia non deferri a materia Vorticis; vel dicendum erit, eorundem mo­tus repetendos e&longs;le non ab uno eodemque Vortice, &longs;ed a pluribus qui ab invicem diver&longs;i &longs;int, idemque &longs;patium Soli circumjectum pervadant.

Si plures Vortices in eodem &longs;patio contineri, & &longs;e&longs;e mutuo pe­netrare, motibu&longs;Q.E.D.ver&longs;is revolvi ponantur; quoniam hi mo­tus debent e&longs;&longs;e conformes delatorum corporum motibus, qui &longs;unt &longs;umme regulares, & peraguntur in Sectionibus Conicis, nunc valde eccentricis, nunc ad Circulorum proxime formam acceden­tibus; jure quærendum erit, qui fieri po&longs;&longs;it, ut iidem integri con­&longs;erventur, nec ab actionibus materiæ occur&longs;antis per tot &longs;æcula quicquam perturbentur. Sane &longs;i motus hi fictitii &longs;unt magis com­po&longs;iti & difficilius explicantur, quam veri illi motus Planetarum & Cometarum; fru&longs;tra mihi videntur in Philo&longs;ophiam recipi: omnis enim Cau&longs;a debet e&longs;&longs;e Effectu &longs;uo &longs;implicior. Conce&longs;&longs;a Fabularum licentia, affirmaverit aliquis Planetas omnes & Cometas circumcingi Atmo&longs;phæris, adin&longs;tar Telluris no&longs;træ; quæ quidem Hypothe&longs;is rationi magis con&longs;entanea videbitur quam Hypothe­&longs;is Vorticum. Affirmaverit deinde has Atmo&longs;phæras, ex natura &longs;ua, circa Solem moveri & Sectiones Conicas de&longs;cribere; qui &longs;ane motus multo facilius concipi pote&longs;t, quam con&longs;imilis motus Vorticum &longs;e invicem permeantium. Denique Planetas ip&longs;os & Cometas circa Solem deferri ab Atmo&longs;phæris &longs;uis credendum e&longs;&longs;e &longs;tatuat, & ob repertas motuum cæle&longs;tium cau&longs;as triumphum agat. Qui&longs;quis autem hanc Fabulam rejiciendam e&longs;&longs;e putet, idem & alte­ram Fabulam rejiciet: nam ovum non e&longs;t ovo &longs;imilius, quam Hy­pothe&longs;is Atmo&longs;phærarum Hypothe&longs;i Vorticum.

Docuit Galilæus,lapidis projecti & in Parabola moti deflexio­nem a cur&longs;u rectilineo oriri a Gravitate lapidis in Terram, ab oc­culta &longs;cilicet qualitate. Fieri tamen pote&longs;t ut alius aliquis, na&longs;i acutioris, Philo&longs;ophus cau&longs;am aliam commini&longs;catur. Finget igi­tur ille materiam quandam &longs;ubtilem, quæ nec vi&longs;u, nec tactu, neque ullo &longs;en&longs;u percipitur, ver&longs;ari in regionibus quæ proxime contingunt Telluris &longs;uperficiem. Hanc autem materiam, in di­ver&longs;as plagas, variis & plerumque contrariis motibus ferri, & li­neas Parabolicas de&longs;cribere contendet. Deinde vero lapidis de­flexionem pulchre &longs;ic expediet, & vulgi plau&longs;um merebitur. La­pis, inquiet, in Fluido illo &longs;ubtili natat; & cur&longs;ui ejus ob&longs;equen­do, non pote&longs;t non eandem una &longs;emitam de&longs;cribere. Fluidum vero movetur in lineis Parabolicis; ergo lapidem in Parabola moveri nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t. Quis nunc non mirabitur acuti&longs;&longs;imum huju&longs;ce Philo&longs;ophi ingenium, ex cau&longs;is Mechanicis, materia &longs;cilicet & motu, phænomena Naturæ ad vulgi etiam captum præclare de­ducentis? Quis vero non &longs;ub&longs;annabit bonum illum Galilæum,qui magno molimine Mathematico qualitates occultas, e Philo&longs;ophia feliciter exclu&longs;as, denuo revocare &longs;u&longs;tinuerit? Sed pudet nugis diutius immorari.

Summa rei huc tandem redìt: Cometarum ingens e&longs;t numerus; motus eorum &longs;unt &longs;umme regulares, & ea&longs;dem leges cum Plane­tarum motibus ob&longs;ervant. Moventur in Orbibus Conicis, hi or­bes &longs;unt valde admodum eccentrici. Feruntur undiQ.E.I. omnes Cælorum partes, & Planetarum regiones liberrime pertran&longs;eunt, & &longs;æpe contra Signorum ordinem incedunt. Hæc Phænomena certi&longs;&longs;ime confirmantur ex Ob&longs;ervationibus A&longs;tronomicis: & per Vortices nequeunt explicari: Imo, ne quidem cum Vorticibus Planetarum con&longs;i&longs;tere po&longs;&longs;unt. Cometarum motibus omnino lo­cus non erit; ni&longs;i materia illa fictitia penitus e Cælis amo­veatur.

Si enim Planetæ circum Solem a Vorticibus devehuntur; Vor­ticum partes, quæ proxime ambiunt unumquemque Planetam, eju&longs;­dem den&longs;itatis erunt ac Planeta; uti &longs;upra dictum e&longs;t. Itaque materia illa omnis quæ contigua e&longs;t Orbis magni perimetro, pa­rem habebit ac Tellus den&longs;itatem: quæ vero jacet intra Orbem magnum atque Orbem Saturni, vel parem vel majorem habebit. Nam ut con&longs;titutio Vorticis permanere po&longs;&longs;it, debent partes mi­nus den&longs;æ centrum occupare, magis den&longs;æ longius a centro abire. Cum enim Planetarum tempora periodica &longs;int in ratione &longs;e&longs;qui­plicata di&longs;tantiarum a Sole, oportet partium Vorticis periodos eandem rationem &longs;ervare. Inde vero &longs;equitur, vires centrifugas harum partium fore reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum. Quæ igitur majore intervallo di&longs;tant a centro, nituntur ab eodem re­cedere minore vi: unde &longs;i minus den&longs;æ fuerint, nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t ut ce­dant vi majori, qua partes centro propiores a&longs;cendere conantur. A&longs;cendent ergo den&longs;iores, de&longs;cendent minus den&longs;æ, & loeorum fiet invicem permutatio; donec ita fuerit di&longs;po&longs;ita atque ordinata materia fluida totius Vorticis, ut conquie&longs;cere jam po&longs;&longs;it in æqui­librio con&longs;tituta. Si bina Fluida, quorum diver&longs;a e&longs;t den&longs;itas, in eodem va&longs;e continentur; utique futurum e&longs;t ut Fluidum, cu­jus major e&longs;t den&longs;itas, majore vi Gravitatis infimum petat locum: & ratione non ab&longs;imili omnino dicendum e&longs;t, den&longs;iores Vorticis partes majore vi centrifuga petere &longs;upremum locum. Tota igi­tur illa & multo maxima pars Vorticis, quæ jacet extra Telluris orbem, den&longs;itatem habebit atque adeo vim inertiæ pro mole ma­teriæ, quæ non minor erit quam den&longs;itas & vis inertiæ Telluris: inde vero Cometis trajectis orietur ingens re&longs;i&longs;tentia, & valde ad­modum &longs;en&longs;ibilis; ne dicam, quæ motum eorundem penitus &longs;i&longs;tere atque ab&longs;orbere po&longs;&longs;e merito videatur. Con&longs;tat autem ex motu Co-metarum pror&longs;us regulari, nullam ip&longs;os re&longs;i&longs;tentiam pati quæ vel minimum &longs;entiri pote&longs;t; atque adeo neutiquam in materiam ul­lam incur&longs;are, cujus aliqua &longs;it vis re&longs;i&longs;tendi, vel proinde cujus ali­qua &longs;it den&longs;itas &longs;eu vis Inertiæ. Nam re&longs;i&longs;tentia Mediorum ori­tur vel ab inertia materiæ fluidæ, vel a defectu lubricitatis. Quæ oritur a defectu lubricitatis, admodum exigua e&longs;t; & &longs;ane vix ob&longs;ervari pote&longs;t in Fluidis vulgo notis, ni&longs;i valde tenacia fuerint adin&longs;tar Olei & Mellis. Re&longs;i&longs;tentia quæ &longs;entitur in Aere, Aqua, Hydrargyro, & huju&longs;modi Fluidis non tenacibus fere tota e&longs;t prioris generis; & minui non pote&longs;t per ulteriorem quemcunque gradum &longs;ubtilitatis, manente Fluidi den&longs;itate vel vi inertiæ, cui &longs;emper proportionalis e&longs;t hæc re&longs;i&longs;tentia; quemadmodum clari&longs;­&longs;ime demon&longs;tratum e&longs;t ab Auctore no&longs;tro in peregregia Re&longs;i&longs;ten­tiarum Theoria, quæ paulo nunc accuratius exponitur, hac &longs;e­cunda vice, & per Experimenta corporum cadentium plenius confirmatur.

Corpora progrediendo motum &longs;uum Fluido ambienti paulatim communicant, & communicando amittunt, amittendo autem re­tardantur. E&longs;t itaque retardatio motui communicato proportio­nalis; motus vero communicatus, ubi datur corporis progredientis velocitas, e&longs;t ut Fluidi den&longs;itas; ergo retardatio &longs;eu re&longs;i&longs;tentia erit ut eadem Fluidi den&longs;itas; neque ullo pacto tolli pote&longs;t, ni&longs;i a Fluido ad partes corporis po&longs;ticas recurrente re&longs;tituatur motus ami&longs;&longs;us. Hoc autem dici non poterit, ni&longs;i impre&longs;&longs;io Fluidi in cor­pus ad partes po&longs;ticas æqualis fuerit impre&longs;&longs;ioni corporis in Flui­dum ad partes anticas, hoc e&longs;t, ni&longs;i velocitas relativa qua Flui­dum irruit in corpus a tergo, æqualis fuerit velocitati qua cor­pus irruit in Fluidum, id e&longs;t, ni&longs;i velocitas ab&longs;oluta Fluidi re­currentis duplo major fuerit quam velocitas ab&longs;oluta Fluidi pro­pul&longs;i; quod fieri nequit. Nullo igitur modo tolli pote&longs;t Flui­dorum re&longs;i&longs;tentia, quæ oritur ab corundem den&longs;itate & vi in­ertiæ. Itaque concludendum erit; Fluidi cæle&longs;tis nullam e&longs;&longs;e vim inertiæ, cum nulla &longs;it vis re&longs;i&longs;tendi: nullam e&longs;&longs;e vim qua motus communicetur, cum nulla &longs;it vis inertiæ: nullam e&longs;&longs;e vim qua mutatio quælibet vel corporibus &longs;ingulis vel pluribus indu­catur, cum nulla &longs;it vis qua motus communicetur: nullam e&longs;&longs;e omnino efficaciam, cum nulla &longs;it facultas mutationem quamlibet inducendi. Quidni ergo hanc Hypothe&longs;in, quæ fundamento plane de&longs;tituitur, quæque naturæ rerum explicandæ ne minimum quidem in&longs;ervit, inepti&longs;&longs;imam vocare liceat & Philo&longs;opho pror-&longs;us indignam. Qui Cælos materia fluida repletos e&longs;&longs;e volunt, hanc vero non inertem e&longs;&longs;e &longs;tatuunt; Hi verbis tollunt Vacuum, re ponunt. Nam cum huju&longs;modi materia fluida ratione nulla &longs;ecerni po&longs;&longs;it ab inani Spatio; di&longs;putatio tota fit de rerum no­minibus, non de naturis. Quod &longs;i aliqui &longs;int adeo u&longs;Q.E.D.­diti Materiæ, ut Spatium a corporibus vacuum nullo pacto ad­mittendum credere velint; videamus quo tandem oporteat illos pervenire.

Vel enim dicent hanc, quam confingunt, Mundi per omnia pleni con&longs;titutionem ex voluntate Dei profectam e&longs;&longs;e, propter eum finem, ut operationibus Naturæ &longs;ub&longs;idium præ&longs;ens haberi po&longs;&longs;et ab Æthere &longs;ubtili&longs;&longs;imo cuncta permeante & implente; quod tamen dici non pote&longs;t, &longs;iquidem jam o&longs;ten&longs;um e&longs;t ex Co­metarum phænomenis, nullam e&longs;&longs;e hujus Ætheris efficaciam: vel dicent ex voluntate Dei profectam e&longs;&longs;e, propter finem aliquem ignotum; quod neQ.E.D.ci debet, &longs;iquidem diver&longs;a Mundi con­&longs;titutio eodem argumento pariter &longs;tabiliri po&longs;&longs;et: vel denique non dicent ex voluntate Dei profectam e&longs;&longs;e, &longs;ed ex nece&longs;&longs;itate quadam Naturæ. Tandem igitur delabi oportet in fæces &longs;ordi­das Gregis impuri&longs;&longs;imi. Hi &longs;unt qui &longs;omniant Fato univer&longs;a regi, non Providentia; Materiam ex nece&longs;&longs;itate &longs;ua &longs;emper & ubi­que extiti&longs;&longs;e, infinitam e&longs;&longs;e & æternam. Quibus po&longs;itis, erit etiam undiquaque uniformis: nam varietas formarum cum nece&longs;­&longs;itate omnino pugnat. Erit etiam immota: nam &longs;i nece&longs;&longs;ario moveatur in plagam aliquam determinatam, cum determinata ali­qua velocitate; pari nece&longs;&longs;itate movebitur in plagam diver&longs;am cum diver&longs;a velocitate; in plagas autem diver&longs;as, cum diver&longs;is velocitatibus, moveri non pote&longs;t; oportet igitur immotam e&longs;&longs;e. Neutiquam profecto potuit oriri Mundus, pulcherrima forma­rum & motuum varietate di&longs;tinctus, ni&longs;i ex liberrima voluntate cuncta providentis & gubernantis Dei.

Ex hoc igitur fonte promanarunt illæ omnes quæ dicuntur Naturæ leges: in quibus multa &longs;ane &longs;apienti&longs;&longs;imi con&longs;ilii, nulla nece&longs;&longs;itatis apparent ve&longs;tigia. Has proinde non ab incertis con­jecturis petere, &longs;ed Ob&longs;ervando atque Experiendo addi&longs;cere de­bemus. Qui veræ Phy&longs;icæ principia Lege&longs;que rerum, &longs;ola men­tis vi & interno rationis lumine fretum, invenire &longs;e po&longs;&longs;e confi­dit; hunc oportet vel &longs;tatuere Mundum ex nece&longs;&longs;itate fui&longs;le, Le­ge&longs;que propo&longs;itas ex eadem nece&longs;&longs;itate &longs;equi; vel &longs;i per volun­tatem Dei con&longs;titutus &longs;it ordo Naturæ, &longs;e tamen, homuncionem mi&longs;ellum, quid optimum factu &longs;it per&longs;pectum habere. Sana om­nis & vera Philo&longs;ophia fundatur in Phænomenis rerum: quæ &longs;i nos vel invitos & reluctantes ad huju&longs;modi principia deducunt, in quibus clari&longs;&longs;ime cernuntur Con&longs;ilium optimum & Dominium &longs;ummum &longs;apienti&longs;&longs;imi & potenti&longs;&longs;imi Entis; non erunt hæc ideo non admittenda principia, quod quibu&longs;dam for&longs;an hominibus minus grata &longs;int futura. His vel Miracula vel Qualitates occultæ dicantur, quæ di&longs;plicent: verum nomina malitio&longs;e indita non &longs;unt ip&longs;is rebus vitio vertenda; ni&longs;i illud fateri tandem velint, utique debere Philo&longs;ophiam in Athei&longs;mo fundari. Horum hominum gratia non erit labefactanda Philo&longs;ophia, &longs;iquidem rerum ordo non vult immutari.

Obtinebit igitur apud probos & æquos Judices præ&longs;tanti&longs;&longs;ima Philo&longs;ophandi ratio, quæ fundatur in Experimentis & Ob&longs;erva­tionibus. Huic vero, dici vix poterit, quanta lux accedat, quanta dignitas, ab hoc Opere præclaro Illu&longs;tri&longs;&longs;imi no&longs;tri Auctoris; cujus eximiam ingenii felicitatem, difficillima quæque Problemata eno­dantis, & ad ea porro pertingentis ad quæ nec &longs;pes erat humanam mentem a&longs;&longs;urgere potui&longs;&longs;e, merito admirantur & &longs;u&longs;piciunt qui­cunque paulo profundius in hi&longs;ce rebus ver&longs;ati &longs;unt. Clau&longs;tris ergo referatis, aditum Nobis aperuit ad pulcherrima rerum my­&longs;teria. Sy&longs;tematis Mundani compagem eleganti&longs;&longs;imam ita tan­dem patefecit & penitius per&longs;pectandam dedit; ut nec ip&longs;e, &longs;i nunc revivi&longs;ceret, Rex Alphon&longs;usvel &longs;implicitatem vel harmoniæ gratiam in ea de&longs;ideraret. Itaque Naturæ maje&longs;tatem propius jam licet intueri, & dulci&longs;&longs;ima contemplatione frui, Conditorem vero ac Dominum Univer&longs;orum impen&longs;ius colere & venerari, qui fructus e&longs;t Philo&longs;ophiæ multo uberrimus. Cæcum e&longs;&longs;e oportet, qui ex optimis & &longs;apienti&longs;&longs;imis rerum &longs;tructuris non &longs;tatim videat Fabri­catoris Omnipotentis infinitam &longs;apientiam & bonitatem: in&longs;anum, qui profiteri nolit.

Extabit igitur Eximium NEWTONI Opus adver&longs;us Atheorum impetus muniti&longs;&longs;imum præ&longs;idium: neque enim alicunde felicius, quam ex hac pharetra, contra impiam Catervam tela depromp&longs;eris. Hoc &longs;en&longs;it pridem, & in pereruditis Concionibus Anglice Latineque editis, primus egregie demon&longs;travit Vir in omni Literarum genere præclarus idemque bonarum Artium fautor eximius RICHARDUS BENTLEIUS, Sæculi &longs;ui & Academiæ no&longs;træ magnum Orna­mentum, Collegii no&longs;tri S. TrinitatisMagi&longs;ter digni&longs;&longs;imus & in­tegerrimus. Huic ego me pluribus nominibus ob&longs;trictum fateri debeo: Huic & Tuas quæ debentur gratias, Lector benevole, non denegabis. Is enim, cum a longo tempore Celeberrimi Auctoris amicitia intima frueretur, (qua etiam apud Po&longs;teros cen&longs;eri non minoris æ&longs;timat, quam propriis Scriptis quæ literato orbi in de­liciis &longs;unt inclare&longs;cere) Amici &longs;imul famæ & &longs;cientiarum incre­mento con&longs;uluit. Itaque cum Exemplaria prioris Editionis rari&longs;­&longs;ima admodum & immani pretio coemenda &longs;upere&longs;&longs;ent; &longs;ua&longs;it Ille crebris efflagitationibus & tantum non objurgando perpulit deNI­que Virum Præ&longs;tanti&longs;&longs;imum, nec mode&longs;tia minus quam eruditi­one &longs;umma In&longs;ignem, ut novam hanc Operis Editionem, per om­nia elimatam denuo & egregiis in&longs;uper acce&longs;&longs;ionibus ditatam, &longs;uis &longs;umptibus & au&longs;piciis prodire pateretur: Mihi vero, pro jure &longs;uo, pen&longs;um non ingratum demandavit, ut quam po&longs;&longs;et emendate id fieri curarem.

Cantabrigiæ,Maii 12. 1713.

ROGERUS COTES Collegii S. TrinitatisSocius, A&longs;tronomiæ & Philo&longs;ophiæ Experimentalis Profe&longs;&longs;or Plumianus.

INDEX CAPITUM TOTIUS OPERIS.

PAG.

DEFINITIONES. 1

AXIOMATA, SIVE LEGES MOTUS. 12

DE MOTU CORPORUM LIBER PRIMUS.

SECT. I. DE Methodo rationum primarum & ultima­rum.24

SECT. II. De inventione Virium centripetarum.34

SECT. III. De motu corporum in Conicis &longs;ectionibus eccentri­cis.48

SECT. IV. De inventione Orbium Elliptieorum, Parabolieorum & Hyperbolieorum ex Umbilico dato.59

SECT. V. De inventione Orbium ubi Umbilicus neuter datur.66

SECT. VI. De inventione Motuum in Orbibus datis.97

SECT. VII. De corporum A&longs;cen&longs;u & De&longs;cen&longs;u rectilineo.105

SECT. VII. De inventione Orbium in quibus corpora Viribus quibu&longs;cunque centripetis agitata revolvuntur.114

SECT. IX. De Motu corporum in Orbibus mobilibus, deque Motu Ap&longs;idum.121

SECT. X. De Motu corporum in Superficiebus datis, deque Funependulorum Motu reciproco.132

SECT. XI. De Motu corporum Viribus centripetis &longs;e mutuo pe­tentium.147

SECT. XII. De corporum Sphærieorum Viribus attractivis.173

SECT. XIII. De corporum non Sphærieorum Viribus attracti­vis.192

SECT. XIV. De Motu corporum Minimorum, quæ Veribus cen­tripetis ad &longs;ingulas Magni alicujus corporis partes ten­dentibus agitantur.203

DE MOTU CORPORUM LIBER SECUNDUS.

SECT. I. DE Motu corporum quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione Velocitatis.211

SECT. II. De Motu corporum quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in duplicata ra­tione Velocitatis.220

SECT. III. De Motu corporum quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur partim in ratione Velocitatis, partim in eju&longs;dem ratione duplicata.245

SECT. IV. De corporum Circulari motu in Mediis re&longs;i&longs;tentibus.253

SECT. V. De den&longs;itate & compre&longs;&longs;ione Fluidorum, deque Hy­dro&longs;tatica.260

SECT. VI. De Motu & Re&longs;i&longs;tentia corporum Funependulorum.272

SECT. VII. De motu Fluidorum & re&longs;i&longs;tentia Projectilium.294

SECT. VIII. De motu per Fluida propagato.329

SECT. IX. De motu Circulari Fluidorum.345

DE MUNDI SYSTEMATE LIBER TERTIUS.

REGULÆ PHILOSOPHANDI 357

PHÆNOMENA 359

PROPOSITIONES 362

SCHOLIUM GENERALE. 481

PHILOSOPHIÆ NATURALIS Principia MATHEMATICA.

DEFINITIONES.

DEFINITIO I.

Quantitas Materiæ e&longs;t men&longs;ura eju&longs;dem orta ex illius Den&longs;itate & Magnitudine conjunctim.

AER, den&longs;itate duplicata, in &longs;patio etiam duplicato fit qua­druplus; in triplicato &longs;extuplus. Idem intellige de Nive & Pulveribus per compre&longs;&longs;ionem vel liquefactionem conden­&longs;atis. Et par e&longs;t ratio corporum omnium, quæ per cau&longs;as qua&longs;cun­Q.E.D.ver&longs;imode conden&longs;antur. Medii interea, &longs;i quod fuerit, in­ter&longs;titia partium libere pervadentis, hic nullam rationem habeo. Hanc autem Quantitatem &longs;ub nomine Corporis vel Ma&longs;&longs;æ in &longs;e­quentibus pa&longs;&longs;im intelligo. Innote&longs;cit ea per corporis cuju&longs;que Pondus. Nam Ponderi proportionalem e&longs;&longs;e reperi per experi­menta Pendulorum accurati&longs;&longs;ime in&longs;tituta, uti po&longs;thac docebitur.

DEFINITIO II.

Quantitas Motus e&longs;t men&longs;ura eju&longs;dem orta ex Velocitate & Quan­titate Materiæ conjunctim.

Motus totius e&longs;t &longs;umma motuum in partibus &longs;ingulis; adeoque in corpore duplo majore æquali cum velocitate duplus e&longs;t, & du­pla cum velocitate quadruplus.

DEFINITIO III.

Materiæ Vis In&longs;ita e&longs;t potentia re&longs;i&longs;tendi, qua corpus unumquodque, quantum in &longs;e e&longs;t, per&longs;everat in &longs;tatu &longs;uo vel quie&longs;cendi vel movendi uniformiter in directum.

Hæc &longs;emper proportionalis e&longs;t &longs;uo corpori, neQ.E.D.ffert quic­quam ab Inertia ma&longs;&longs;æ, ni&longs;i in modo concipiendi. Per inertiam materiæ, fit ut corpus omne de &longs;tatu &longs;uo vel quie&longs;cendi vel moven­di difficulter deturbetur. Unde etiam vis in&longs;ita nomine &longs;ignifican­ti&longs;&longs;imo Vis Inertiæ dici po&longs;&longs;it. Exercet vero corpus hanc vim &longs;olum­modo in mutatione &longs;tatus &longs;ui per vim aliam in &longs;e impre&longs;&longs;am facta; e&longs;tque exercitium ejus &longs;ub diver&longs;o re&longs;pectu & Re&longs;i&longs;tentia & Impetus: re&longs;i&longs;tentia, quatenus corpus ad con&longs;ervandum &longs;tatum &longs;uum relucta­tur vi impre&longs;&longs;æ; impetus, quatenus corpus idem, vi re&longs;i&longs;tentis ob­&longs;taculi difficulter cedendo, conatur &longs;tatum ejus mutare. Vulgus re&longs;i&longs;tentiam quie&longs;centibus & impetum moventibus tribuit: &longs;ed mo­tus & quies, uti vulgo concipiuntur, re&longs;pectu &longs;olo di&longs;tinguuntur ab invicem; neque &longs;emper vere quie&longs;cunt quæ vulgo tanquam quie­&longs;centia &longs;pectantur.

DEFINITIO IV.

Vis Impre&longs;&longs;a e&longs;t actio in corpus exercita, ad mutandum ejus &longs;tatum vel quie&longs;cendi vel movendi uniformiter in directum.

Con&longs;i&longs;tit hæc vis in actione &longs;ola, neque po&longs;t actionem permanet in corpore. Per&longs;everat enim corpus in &longs;tatu omni novo per &longs;olam vim inertiæ. E&longs;t autem vis impre&longs;&longs;a diver&longs;arum originum, ut ex Ictu, ex Pre&longs;&longs;ione, ex vi Centripeta.

DEFINITIO V.

Vis Centripeta e&longs;t, qua corpora ver&longs;us punctum aliquod tanquam ad Centrum undique trahuntur, impelluntur, vel utcunque tendunt.

Hujus generis e&longs;t Gravitas, qua corpora tendunt ad centrum ter­ræ; Vis Magnetica, qua ferrum petit magnetem; & Vis illa, quæcunque &longs;it, qua Planetæ perpetuo retrahuntur a motibus rectili­neis, & in lineis curvis revolvi coguntur. Lapis, in funda circum-actus, a circumagente manu abire conatur; & conatu &longs;uo fundam di&longs;tendit, eoque fortius quo celerius revolvitur; &, quamprimum di­mittitur, avolat. Vim conatui illi contrariam, qua funda lapidem in manum perpetuò retrahit & in orbe retinet, quoniam in manum ceu orbis centrum dirigitur, Centripetam appello. Et par e&longs;t ratio corporum omnium, quæ in gyrum aguntur. Conantur ea omnia a centris orbium recedere; & ni&longs;i ad&longs;it vis aliqua conatui i&longs;ti contra­ria, qua cohibeantur & in orbibus retineantur, quamQ.E.I.eò Centri­petam appello, abibunt in rectis lineis uniformi cum motu. Pro­jectile, &longs;i vi Gravitatis de&longs;titueretur, non deflecteretur in terram, &longs;ed in linea recta abiret in cælos; idque uniformi cum motu, &longs;i modo aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentia tolleretur. Per gravitatem &longs;uam retrahitur a cur&longs;u rectilineo & in terram perpetuo flectitur, idque magis vel minus pro gravitate &longs;ua & velocitate motus. Quo minor erit ejus gravitas pro quantitate materiæ vel major &c. vel major velocitas quacum projicitur, eo minus deviabit a cur&longs;u rectilineo & longius perget. Si Globus plumbeus, data cum velo­citate &longs;ecundum lineam horizontalem a montis alicujus vertice vi pulveris tormentarii projectus, pergeret in linea curva ad di&longs;tantiam duorum milliarium, priu&longs;quam in terram decideret: hic dupla cum velocitate qua&longs;i duplo longius pergeret, & decupla cum velocitate qua&longs;i decuplo longius: &longs;i modo aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentia tolleretur. Et augendo velocitatem augeri po&longs;&longs;et pro lubitu di&longs;tantia in quam projiceretur, & minui curvatura lineæ quam de&longs;criberet, ita ut tandem caderet ad di&longs;tantiam graduum decem vel triginta vel nonaginta; vel etiam ut terram totam circuiret priu&longs;quam caderet; vel denique ut in terram nunquam caderet, &longs;ed in cælos abiret & motu abeundi per­geret in infinitum. Et eadem ratione, qua Projectile vi gravitatis in orbem flecti po&longs;&longs;et & terram totam circuire, pote&longs;t & Luna vel vi gravitatis, &longs;i modo gravis &longs;it, vel alia quacunque vi, qua in ter­ram urgeatur, retrahi &longs;emper a cur&longs;u rectilineo terram ver&longs;us, & in orbem &longs;uum flecti: & ab&longs;que tali vi Luna in orbe &longs;uo retineri non pote&longs;t. Hæc vis, &longs;i ju&longs;to minor e&longs;&longs;et, non &longs;atis flecteret Lunam de cur&longs;u rectilineo: &longs;i ju&longs;to major, plus &longs;atis flecteret, ac de orbe terram ver&longs;us deduceret. Requiritur quippe, ut &longs;it ju&longs;tæ magnitudinis: & Mathematieorum e&longs;t invenire Vim, qua corpus in dato quovis orbe data cum velocitate accurate retineri po&longs;&longs;it; & vici&longs;&longs;im inve­nire Viam curvilineam, in quam corpus e dato quovis loco data cum velocitate egre&longs;&longs;um a data vi flectatur. E&longs;t autem vis hujus cen­tripetæ Quantitas trium generum, Ab&longs;oluta, Acceleratrix, & Motrix.

NI­ES.

DEFINITIO VI.

Vis centripetæ Quantitas Ab&longs;oluta e&longs;t men&longs;ura eju&longs;dem major vel minor pro Efficacia cau&longs;æ eam propagantis a centro per regiones in circuitu.

Ut vis Magnetica pro mole magnetis vel inten&longs;ione virtutis major in uno magnete, minor in alio.

DEFINITIO VII.

Vis centripetæ Quantitas Acceleratrix e&longs;t ip&longs;ius men&longs;ura Velocitati proportionalis, quam dato tempore generat.

Uti Virtus magnetis eju&longs;dem major in minori di&longs;tantia, minor in majori: vel vis Gravitans major in vallibus, minor in cacumiNI­bus præaltorum montium, atque adhuc minor (ut po&longs;thac patebit) in majoribus di&longs;tantiis a globo terræ; in æqualibus autem di&longs;tan­tiis eadem undique, propterea quod corpora omnia cadentia (gra­via an levia, magna an parva) &longs;ublata Aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentia, æqualiter accelerat.

DEFINITIO VIII.

Vis centripetæ Quantitas Motrix e&longs;t ip&longs;ius men&longs;ura proportionalis. Motui, quem dato tempore generat.

Uti Pondus majus in majore corpore, minus in minore; inque corpore eodem majus prope terram, minus in cælis. Hæc Quantitas e&longs;t corporis totius centripetentia &longs;eu propen&longs;io in centrum, & (ut ita dicam) Pondus; & innote&longs;cit &longs;emper per vim ip&longs;i contrariam & æ­qualem, qua de&longs;cen&longs;us corporis impediri pote&longs;t.

Ha&longs;ce virium quantitates brevitatis gratia nominare licet vires motrices, acceleratrices, & ab&longs;olutas; & di&longs;tinctionis gratia referre ad Corpora, centrum petentia, ad corporum Loca, & ad Centrum virium: nimirum vim motricem ad Corpus, tanquam conatum & propen&longs;io­nem totius in centrum ex propen&longs;ionibus omnium partium compo&longs;i­tam; & vim acceleratricem ad Locum corporis, tanquam efficaciam quandam, de centro per loca &longs;ingula in circuitu diffu&longs;am, ad movenda corpora quæ in ip&longs;is &longs;unt; vim autem ab&longs;olutam ad Centrum, tan­quam cau&longs;a aliqua præditum, &longs;ine qua vires motrices non propa­gantur per regiones in circuitu; &longs;ive cau&longs;a illa &longs;it corpus aliquod centrale (quale e&longs;t Magnes in centro vis magneticæ, vel Terra in centro vis gravitantis) &longs;ive alia aliqua quæ non apparet. Mathe­maticus duntaxat e&longs;t hic conceptus. Nam virium cau&longs;as & &longs;edes phy­&longs;icas jam non expendo.

E&longs;t igitur vis acceleratrix ad vim motricem ut celeritas ad mo­tum. Oritur enim quantitas motus ex celeritate ducta in quanti­tatem materiæ, & vis motrix ex vi acceleratrice ducta in quantita­tem eju&longs;dem materiæ. Nam &longs;umma actionum vis acceleratricis in &longs;ingulas corporis particulas e&longs;t vis motrix totius. Unde juxta &longs;uperficiem Terræ, ubi gravitas acceleratrix &longs;eu vis gravitans in corporibus univer&longs;is eadem e&longs;t, gravitas motrix &longs;eu pondus e&longs;t ut corpus: at &longs;i in regiones a&longs;cendatur ubi gravitas acceleratrix fit mi­nor, pondus pariter minuetur, eritque &longs;emper ut corpus in gravitatem acceleratricem ductum. Sic in regionibus ubi gravitas acceleratrix duplo minor e&longs;t, pondus corporis duplo vel triplo minoris erit quadruplo vel &longs;extuplo minus.

Porro attractiones & impul&longs;us eodem &longs;en&longs;u acceleratrices & mo­trices nomino. Voces autem Attractionis, Impul&longs;us, vel Propen­&longs;ionis cuju&longs;cunQ.E.I. centrum, indifferenter & pro &longs;e mutuo pro­mi&longs;cue u&longs;urpo; has vires non Phy&longs;ice &longs;ed Mathematice tantum con­&longs;iderando. Unde caveat lector, ne per huju&longs;modi voces cogitet me &longs;peciem vel modum actionis cau&longs;amve aut rationem Phy&longs;icam ali­cubi definire, vel centris (quæ &longs;unt puncta Mathematica) vires vere & Phy&longs;ice tribuere; &longs;i forte aut centra trahere, aut vires cen­trorum e&longs;&longs;e dixero.

Scholium.

Hactenus voces minus notas, quo &longs;en&longs;u in &longs;equentibus acci­piendæ &longs;int, explicare vi&longs;um e&longs;t. Nam Tempus, Spatium, Locum & Motum, ut omnibus noti&longs;&longs;ima, non definio. Notandum tamen, quod vulgus quantitates ha&longs;ce non aliter quam ex relatione ad &longs;en&longs;ibilia concipiat. Et inde oriuntur præjudicia quædam, quibus tollendis convenit ea&longs;dem in ab&longs;olutas & relativas, veras & apparentes, ma­thematicas & vulgares di&longs;tingui.

I. Tempus Ab&longs;olutum, verum, & mathematicum, in &longs;e & natura &longs;ua ab&longs;que relatione ad externum quodvis, æquabiliter fluit, alioque nomine dicitur Duratio: Relativum, apparens, & vulgare e&longs;t &longs;en&longs;ibilis & externa quævis Durationis per motum men&longs;ura (&longs;eu accurata &longs;eu inæquabilis) qua vulgus vice veri temporis utitur; ut Hora, Dies, Men&longs;is, Annus.

II. Spatium Ab&longs;olutum, natura &longs;ua ab&longs;que relatione ad externum quodvis, &longs;emper manet &longs;imilare & immobile: Relativum e&longs;t &longs;patii hujus men&longs;ura &longs;eu dimen&longs;io quælibet mobilis, quæ a &longs;en&longs;ibus no&longs;tris per &longs;itum &longs;uum ad corpora definitur, & a vulgo pro &longs;patio immo­bili u&longs;urpatur: uti dimen&longs;io &longs;patii &longs;ubterranei, aerei vel cæle&longs;tis definita per &longs;itum &longs;uum ad Terram. Idem &longs;unt &longs;patium ab&longs;olutum & relativum, &longs;pecie & magnitudine; &longs;ed non permanent idem &longs;em­per numero. Nam &longs;i Terra, verbi gratia, movetur; &longs;patium Aeris no&longs;tri, quod relative & re&longs;pectu Terræ &longs;emper manet idem, nunc erit una pars &longs;patii ab&longs;oluti in quam Aer tran&longs;it, nunc alia pars ejus; & &longs;ic ab&longs;olute mutabitur perpetuo.

III. Locus e&longs;t pars &longs;patii quam corpus occupat, e&longs;tque pro ratione &longs;patii vel Ab&longs;olutus vel Relativus. Pars, inquam, &longs;patii; non Situs corporis, vel Superficies ambiens. Nam &longs;olidorum æqualium æquales &longs;emper &longs;unt loci; Superficies autem ob di&longs;&longs;imilitudinem figurarum ut plurimum inæquales &longs;unt; Situs vero proprie loquen­do quantitatem non habent, neque tam &longs;unt loca quam affectiones loeorum. Motus totius idem e&longs;t cum &longs;umma motuum partium, hoc e&longs;t, tran&longs;latio totius de &longs;uo loco eadem e&longs;t cum &longs;umma tran&longs;la­tionum partium de locis &longs;uis; adeoque locus totius idem cum &longs;umma loeorum partium, & propterea internus & in corpore toto.

IV. Motus Ab&longs;olutus e&longs;t tran&longs;latio corporis de loco ab&longs;oluto in locum ab&longs;olutum, Relativus de relativo in relativum. Sic in navi quæ velis pa&longs;&longs;is fertur, relativus corporis Locus e&longs;t navigii regio illa in qua corpus ver&longs;atur, &longs;eu cavitatis totius pars illa quam corpus implet, quæque adeo movetur una cum navi: & Quies relativa e&longs;t perman&longs;io corporis in eadem illa navis regione vel parte cavita­tis. At quies Vera e&longs;t perman&longs;io corporis in eadem parte &longs;patii illius immoti in qua navis ip&longs;a una cum cavitate &longs;ua & contentis univer&longs;is movetur. Unde &longs;i Terra vere quie&longs;cit, corpus quod rela­tive quie&longs;cit in navi, movebitur vere & ab&longs;olute ea cum velocitate qua navis movetur in Terra. Sin Terra etiam movetur; orietur verus & ab&longs;olutus corporis motus, partim ex Terræ motu vero in &longs;patio immoto, partim ex navis motu relativo in Terra: & &longs;i cor­pus etiam movetur relative in navi; orietur verus ejus motus, par­tim ex vero motu Terræ in &longs;patio immoto, partim ex relativis mo­tibus tum navis in Terra, tum corporis in navi; & ex his motibus relativis orietur corporis motus relativus in Terra. Ut &longs;i Terræ pars illa, ubi navis ver&longs;atur, moveatur vere in orientem cum velocitate partium 10010; & velis ventoque feratur navis in occidentem cum velocitate partium decem; Nauta autem ambulet in navi ori-entem ver&longs;us cum velocitatis parte una: movebitur Nauta vere & ab&longs;olute in &longs;patio immoto cum velocitatis partibus 10001 in o­rientem, & relative in terra occidentem ver&longs;us cum velocitatis partibus novem.

Tempus Ab&longs;olutum a relativo di&longs;tinguitur in A&longs;tronomia per Æ­quationem temporis vulgi. Inæquales enim &longs;unt dies Naturales, qui vulgo tanquam æquales promen&longs;ura temporis habentur. Hanc inæqualitatem corrigunt A&longs;tronomi, ut ex veriore tempore motus cæle&longs;tes. Po&longs;&longs;ibile e&longs;t, ut nullus &longs;it motus æquabilis quo Tempus accurate men&longs;uretur. Accelerari & retardari po&longs;&longs;unt motus omnes, &longs;ed fluxus temporis Ab&longs;oluti mutari nequit. Eadem e&longs;t du­ratio &longs;eu per&longs;everantia exi&longs;tentiæ rerum; &longs;ive motus &longs;int celeres, &longs;ive tardi, &longs;ive nulli: proinde hæc a men&longs;uris &longs;uis &longs;en&longs;ibilibus merito di&longs;tinguitur, & ex ii&longs;dem colligitur per Æquationem A&longs;tronomi­cam. Hujus autem æquationis in determinandis Phænomenis ne­ce&longs;&longs;itas, tum per experimentum Horologii O&longs;cillatorii, tum etiam per eclip&longs;es Satellitum Jovis evincitur.

Ut partium Temporis ordo e&longs;t immutabilis, &longs;ic etiam ordo par­tium Spatii. Moveantur hæ de locis &longs;uis, & movebuntur (ut ita dicam) de &longs;eip&longs;is. Nam tempora & &longs;patia &longs;unt &longs;ui ip&longs;orum & rerum omnium qua&longs;i Loca. In Tempore quoad ordinem &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;i­onis; in Spatio quoad ordinem &longs;itus locantur univer&longs;a. De illo­rum e&longs;&longs;entia e&longs;t ut &longs;int Loca: & loca primaria moveri ab&longs;urdum e&longs;t. Hæc &longs;unt igitur ab&longs;oluta Loca; & &longs;olæ tran&longs;lationes de his lo­cis &longs;unt ab&longs;oluti Motus.

Verum quoniam hæ Spatii partes videri nequeunt, & ab invi­cem per &longs;en&longs;us no&longs;tros di&longs;tingui; earum vice adhibemus men&longs;uras &longs;en&longs;ibiles. Ex po&longs;itionibus enim & di&longs;tantiis rerum a corpore ali­quo, quod &longs;pectamus ut immobile, de&longs;inimus loca univer&longs;a: deinde etiam & omnes motus æ&longs;timamus cum re&longs;pectu ad prædicta loca, quatenus corpora ab ii&longs;dem transferri concipimus. Sic vice loco­rum & motuum ab&longs;olutorum relativis utimur; nec incommode in rebus humanis: in Philo&longs;ophicis autem ab&longs;trahendum e&longs;t a &longs;en&longs;ibus. Fieri etenim pote&longs;t, ut nullum revera quie&longs;cat corpus, ad quod loca motu&longs;que referantur.

Di&longs;tinguuntur autem Quies & Motus ab&longs;oluti & relativi ab invi­cem per Proprietates &longs;uas & Cau&longs;as & Effectus. Quietis proprietas e&longs;t, quod corpora vere quie&longs;centia quie&longs;cunt inter &longs;e. Ideoque cum po&longs;&longs;ibile &longs;it, ut corpus aliquod in regionibus Fixarum, aut longe ultra, quie&longs;cat ab&longs;olute; &longs;ciri autem non po&longs;&longs;it ex &longs;itu corporum ad invicem in regionibus no&longs;tris, horumne aliquod ad longin-

quum illud datam po&longs;itionem &longs;ervet necne; quies vera ex horum &longs;itu inter &longs;e definiri nequit.

Motus proprietas e&longs;t, quod partes, quæ datas &longs;ervant po&longs;itiones ad tota, participant motus eorundem totorum. Nam Gyrantium partes omnes conantur recedere ab axe motus, & Progredientium impetus oritur ex conjuncto impetu partium &longs;ingularum. Motis igitur corporibus ambientibus, moventur quæ in ambientibus rela­tive quie&longs;cunt. Et propterea motus verus & ab&longs;olutus definiri ne­quit per tran&longs;lationem e vicinia corporum, quæ tanquam quie&longs;cen­tia &longs;pectantur. Debent enim corpora externa non &longs;olum tanquam qui­e&longs;centia &longs;pectari, &longs;ed etiam vere quie&longs;cere. Alioquin inclu&longs;a om­nia, præter tran&longs;lationem e vicinia ambientium, participabunt etiam ambientium motus veros; & &longs;ublata illa tran&longs;latione non vere quie&longs;cent, &longs;ed tanquam quie&longs;centia &longs;olummodo &longs;pectabun­tur. Sunt enim ambientia ad inclu&longs;a, ut totius pars exterior ad partem interiorem, vel ut cortex ad nucleum. Moto autem cor­tice, nucleus etiam, ab&longs;que tran&longs;latione de vicinia corticis, ceu pars totius movetur.

Præcedenti proprietati affinis e&longs;t, quod moto Loco movetur una Locatum: adeoque corpus, quod de loco moto movetur, participat etiam loci &longs;ui motum. Motus igitur omnes, qui de locis motis fiunt, &longs;unt partes &longs;olummodo motuum integrorum & ab&longs;olutorum: & motus omnis integer componitur ex motu corporis de loco &longs;uo primo, & motu loci hujus de loco &longs;uo, & &longs;ic deinceps; u&longs;Q.E.D.m perveniatur ad locum immotum, ut in exemplo Nautæ &longs;upra me­morato. Unde motus integri & ab&longs;oluti non ni&longs;i per loca immota definiri po&longs;&longs;unt: & propterea hos ad loca immota, relativos ad mo­bilia &longs;upra retuli. Loca autem immota non &longs;unt, ni&longs;i quæ omnia ab infinito in infinitum datas &longs;ervant po&longs;itiones ad invicem; atque adeo &longs;emper manent immota, &longs;patiumque con&longs;tituunt quod Immo­bile appello.

Cau&longs;æ, quibus motus veri & relativi di&longs;tinguuntur ab invicem, &longs;unt Vires in corpora impre&longs;&longs;æ ad motum generandum. Motus verus nec generatur nec mutatur, ni&longs;i per vires in ip&longs;um corpus mo­tum impre&longs;&longs;as: at motus relativus generari & mutari pote&longs;t ab&longs;que viribus impre&longs;&longs;is in hoc corpus. Sufficit enim ut imprimantur in alia &longs;olum corpora ad quæ fit relatio, ut iis cedentibus mutetur relatio illa in qua hujus quies vel motus relativus con&longs;i&longs;tit. Rur­&longs;um motus verus a viribus in corpus motum impre&longs;&longs;is &longs;emper muta­tur; at motus relativus ab his viribus non mutatur nece&longs;&longs;ario. Nam &longs;i eædem vires in alia etiam corpora, ad quæ &longs;it relatio, &longs;ic impri-mantur ut &longs;itus relativus con&longs;ervetur, con&longs;ervabitur relatio in qua motus relativus con&longs;i&longs;tit. Mutari igitur pote&longs;t motus omnis relati­vus ubi verus con&longs;ervatur, & con&longs;ervari ubi verus mutatur; & prop­terea motus verus in eju&longs;modi relationibus minime con&longs;i&longs;tit.

Effectus quibus motus ab&longs;oluti & relativi di&longs;tinguuntur ab invi­cem, &longs;unt vires recedendi ab axe motus circularis. Nam in motu circulari nude relativo hæ vires nullæ &longs;unt, in vero autem & ab&longs;o­luto majores vel minores pro quantitate motus. Si pendeat &longs;itula a filo prælongo, agaturque perpetuo in orbem, donec filum a con­tor&longs;ione admodum rige&longs;cat, dein impleatur aqua, & una cum aqua quie&longs;cat; tum vi aliqua &longs;ubitanea agatur motu contrario in orbem, & filo &longs;e relaxante, diutius per&longs;everet in hoc motu; &longs;uperficies a­quæ &longs;ub initio plana erit, quemadmodum ante motum va&longs;is: at po&longs;tquam, vi in aquam paulatim impre&longs;&longs;a, effecit vas, ut hæc quoque &longs;en&longs;ibiliter revolvi incipiat; recedet ip&longs;a paulatim a medio, a&longs;cen­detque ad latera va&longs;is, figuram concavam induens, (ut ip&longs;e exper­tus &longs;um) & incitatiore &longs;emper motu a&longs;cendet magis & magis, do­nec revolutiones in æqualibus cum va&longs;e temporibus peragendo, quie&longs;cat in eodem relative. Indicat hic a&longs;cen&longs;us conatum rece­dendi ab axe motus, & per talem conatum innote&longs;cit & men&longs;ura­tur motus aquæ circularis verus & ab&longs;olutus, motuique relativo hic omnino contrarius. Initio, ubi maximus erat aquæ motus rela­tivus in va&longs;e, motus ille nullum excitabat conatum recedendi ab axe: aqua non petebat circumferentiam a&longs;cendendo ad latera va­&longs;is, &longs;ed plana manebat, & propterea motus illius circularis verus nondum inceperat. Po&longs;tea vero, ubi aquæ motus relativus decre­vit, a&longs;cen&longs;us ejus ad latera va&longs;is indicabat conatum recedendi ab axe; atque hic conatus mon&longs;trabat motum illius circularem verum perpetuo cre&longs;centem, ac tandem maximum factum ubi aqua quie­&longs;cebat in va&longs;e relative. Igitur conatus i&longs;te non pendet a tran&longs;la­tione aquæ re&longs;pectu corporum ambientium, & propterea motus cir­cularis verus per tales tran&longs;lationes definiri nequit. Unicus e&longs;t cor­poris cuju&longs;que revolventis motus vere circularis, conatui unico tan­quam proprio & adæquato effectui re&longs;pondens: motus autem rela­tivi pro variis relationibus ad externa innumeri &longs;unt; & relationum in&longs;tar, effectibus veris omnino de&longs;tituuntur, ni&longs;i quatenus verum illum & unicum motum participant. Unde & in Sy&longs;temate eorum qui Cælos no&longs;tros infra Cælos Fixarum in orbem revolvi volunt, & Planetas &longs;ecum deferre; &longs;ingulæ Cælorum partes, & Planetæ qui relative quidem in Cælis &longs;uis proximis quie&longs;cunt, moven-tur vere. Mutant enim po&longs;itiones &longs;uas ad invicem (&longs;ecus quam fit in vere quie&longs;centibus) unaque cum cælis delati participant eorum motus, & ut partes revolventium totorum, ab eorum axibus rece­dere conantur.

NI­ES.

Igitur quantitates relativæ non &longs;unt eæ ip&longs;æ quantitates, quarum nomina præ &longs;e ferunt, &longs;ed earum men&longs;uræ illæ &longs;en&longs;ibiles (veræ an errantes) quibus vulgus loco quantitatum men&longs;uratarum utitur. At &longs;i ex u&longs;u definiendæ &longs;unt verborum &longs;ignificationes; per nomina il­la Temporis, Spatii, Loci & Motus proprie intelligendæ erunt hæ men&longs;uræ; & &longs;ermo erit in&longs;olens & pure Mathematicus, &longs;i quantita­tes men&longs;uratæ hic intelligantur. Proinde vim inferunt Sacris Literis, qui voces ha&longs;ce de quantitatibus men&longs;uratis ibi interpre­tantur. Neque minus contaminant Mathe&longs;in & Philo&longs;ophiam, qui quantitates veras cum ip&longs;arum relationibus & vulgaribus men­furis confundunt.

Motus quidem veros corporum &longs;ingulorum cogno&longs;cere, & ab apparentibus actu di&longs;criminare, difficillimum. e&longs;t propterea quod partes &longs;patii illius immobilis, in quo corpora vere moventur, non incurrunt in &longs;en&longs;us. Cau&longs;a tamen non e&longs;t pror&longs;us de&longs;perata. Nam &longs;uppetunt argumenta, partim ex motibus apparentibus qui &longs;unt motuum verorum differentiæ, partim ex viribus quæ &longs;unt mo­tuum verorum cau&longs;æ & effectus. Ut &longs;i globi duo, ad datam ab in­vicem di&longs;tantiam filo intercedente connexi, revolverentur circa commune gravitatis centrum; innote&longs;ceret ex ten&longs;ione fili cona­tus globorum recedendi ab axe motus, & inde quantitas motus circularis computari po&longs;&longs;et. Deinde &longs;i vires quælibet æquales in alternas globorum facies ad motum circularem augendum vel mi­nuendum &longs;imul imprimerentur, innote&longs;ceret ex aucta vel diminuta fili ten&longs;ione augmentum vel decrementum motus; & inde tandem inveniri po&longs;&longs;ent facies globorum in quas vires imprimi deberent, ut motus maxime augeretur; id e&longs;t, facies po&longs;ticæ, &longs;ive quæ in mo­tu circulari &longs;equuntur. Cognitis autem faciebus quæ &longs;equuntur, & faciebus oppo&longs;itis quæ præcedunt, cogno&longs;ceretur determinatio motus. In hunc modum inveniri po&longs;&longs;et & quantitas & determi­natio motus hujus circularis in vacuo quovis immen&longs;o, ubi nihil extaret externum & &longs;en&longs;ibile quocum globi conferri po&longs;&longs;ent. Si jam con&longs;tituerentur in &longs;patio illo corpora aliqua longinqua datam inter &longs;e po&longs;itionem &longs;ervantia, qualia &longs;unt Stellæ Fixæ in regionibus no&longs;tris: &longs;ciri quidem non po&longs;&longs;et ex relativa globorum tran&longs;latione inter corpora, utrum his an illis tribuendus e&longs;&longs;et motus. At &longs;i attenderetur ad filum, & deprenderetur ten&longs;ionem ejus illam ip&longs;am e&longs;&longs;e quam motus globorum requireret; concludere liceret mo­tum e&longs;&longs;e globorum, & corpora quie&longs;cere; & tum demum ex tran&longs;latione globorum inter corpora, determinationem hujus motus colligere. Motus autem veros ex eorum cau&longs;is, effecti­bus, & apparentibus differentiis colligere; & contra ex motibus &longs;eu veris &longs;eu apparentibus eorum cau&longs;as & effectus, docebitur fu&longs;ius in &longs;equentibus. Hunc enim in finem Tractatum &longs;equentem compo&longs;ui.

TA,

AXIOMATA, SIVE LEGES MOTUS.

LEX I.

Corpus omne per&longs;everare in &longs;tatu &longs;uo quie&longs;cendi vel movendi uNI­formiter in directum, ni&longs;i quatenus a viribus impre&longs;&longs;is cogitur &longs;tatum illum mutare.

PRojectilia per&longs;everant in motibus &longs;uis, ni&longs;i quatenus a re&longs;i­&longs;tentia aeris retardantur, & vi gravitatis impelluntur deor&longs;um. Trochus, cujus partes cohærendo perpetuo retrahunt &longs;e&longs;e a mo­tibus rectilineis, non ce&longs;&longs;at rotari, ni&longs;i quatenus ab aere retardatur. Majora autem Planetarum & Cometarum corpora motus &longs;uos & progre&longs;&longs;ivos & circulares in &longs;patiis minus re&longs;i&longs;tentibus factos con­&longs;ervant diutius.

LEX II.

Mutationem motus proportionalem e&longs;&longs;e vi motrici impre&longs;&longs;æ, & fieri &longs;ecundum lineam rectam qua vis illa imprimitur.

Si vis aliqua motum quemvis generet; dupla duplum, tripla tri­plum generabit, &longs;ive &longs;imul & &longs;emel, &longs;ive gradatim & &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive im­pre&longs;&longs;a fuerit. Et hic motus (quoniam in eandem &longs;emper plagam cum vi generatrice determinatur) &longs;i corpus antea movebatur, mo­tui ejus vel con&longs;piranti additur, vel contrario &longs;ubducitur, vel obli­quo oblique adjicitur, & cum eo &longs;ecundum utriu&longs;Q.E.D.termina­tionem componitur.

LEX III.

Actioni contrariam &longs;emper & æqualem e&longs;&longs;e reactionem: &longs;ive cor­porum duorum actiones in &longs;e mutuo &longs;emper e&longs;&longs;e æquales & in par­tes contrarias dirigi.

Quicquid premit vel trahit alterum, tantundem ab eo premitur vel trahitur. Si quis lapidem digito premit, premitur & hujus digitus a lapide. Si equus lapidem funi alligatum trahit, retrahe­tur etiam & equus (ut ita dicam) æqualiter in lapidem: nam funis utrinQ.E.D.&longs;tentus eodem relaxandi &longs;e conatu urgebit equum ver­&longs;us lapidem, ac lapidem ver&longs;us equum; tantumQ.E.I.pediet pro­gre&longs;&longs;um unius quantum promovet progre&longs;&longs;um alterius. Si corpus aliquod in corpus aliud impingens, motum ejus vi &longs;ua quomodo­cunque mutaverit, idem quoque vici&longs;&longs;im in motu proprio eandem mutationem in partem contrariam vi alterius ob æqualitatem pre&longs;­&longs;ionis mutuæ) &longs;ubibit. His actionibus æquales fiunt mutationes, non velocitatum, &longs;ed motuum; &longs;cilicet in corporibus non aliunde impeditis. Mutationes enim velocitatum, in contrarias itidem partes factæ, quia motus æqualiter mutantur, &longs;unt corporibus re­ciproce proportionales. Obtinet etiam hæc Lex in Attractionibus, ut in Scholio proximo probabitur.

COROLLARIUM I.

Corpus viribus conjunctis diagonalem parallelogrammi eodem tem­pore de&longs;cribere, quo latera &longs;eparatis.

Si corpus dato tempore, vi &longs;ola

Min loco Aimpre&longs;&longs;a, ferretur uNI­formi cum motu ab Aad B; & vi &longs;ola Nin eodem loco impre&longs;&longs;a, fer­retur ab Aad C:compleatur pa­rallelogrammum ABDC,& vi utra­que feretur id eodem tempore in diagonali ab Aad D.Nam quo­niam vis Nagit &longs;ecundum lineam ACip&longs;i BDparallelam, hæc vis per Legem 11 nihil mutabit velocitatem accedendi ad lineam illam BDa vi altera genitam. Accedet igitur corpus eodem tempore ad lineam BD,&longs;ive vis Nimprimatur, &longs;ive non; atque adeo in fine illius tempo­ris reperietur alicubi in linea illa BD.Eodem argumento in fine tem­poris eju&longs;dem reperietur alicubi in linea CD,& idcirco in utriu&longs;que lineæ concur&longs;u Dreperiri nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t. Perget autem motu rectili­neo ab Aad Dper Legem 1.

TA, E

COROLLARIUM II.

Et hinc patet compo&longs;itio vis directæAD ex viribus quibu&longs;vis obliquisAB &BD, & vici&longs;&longs;im re&longs;olutio vis cuju&longs;vis directæAD in obliquas qua&longs;cunqueAB &BD. Quæ quidem compo&longs;itio & re&longs;olutio abunde confirmatur ex Mechanica.

Ut &longs;i de rotæ alicujus centro Oexeuntes radii inæquales OM, ONfilis MA, NP&longs;u&longs;tineant pondera A& P,& quærantur vi­res ponderum ad movendam rotam: Per centrum Oagatur recta KOLfilis perpendiculariter occurrens in K& L,centroque O& intervallorum OK, OLmajore OL

de&longs;cribatur circulus occurrens filo MAin D:& actæ rectæ ODpa­rallela &longs;it AC,& perpendicularis DC.Quoniam nihil refert, utrum filorum puncta K, L, Daffixa &longs;int an non affixa ad planum rotæ; pon­dera idem valebunt, ac &longs;i &longs;u&longs;pende­rentur a punctis K& Lvel D& L.Ponderis autem Aexponatur vis to­ta per lineam AD,& hæc re&longs;olvetur in vires AC, CD,quarum ACtrahendo radium ODdirecte a cen­tro nihil valet ad movendam rotam; vis autem altera DC,trahen­do radium DOperpendiculariter, idem valet ac &longs;i perpendiculari­ter traheret radium OLip&longs;i ODæqualem; hoc e&longs;t, idem atque pondus P,&longs;i modo pondus illud &longs;it ad pondus Aut vis DCad vim DA,id e&longs;t (ob &longs;imilia triangula ADC, DOK,) ut OKad OD&longs;eu OL.Pondera igitur A& P,quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut radii in directum po&longs;iti OK& OL,idem pollebunt, & &longs;ic con&longs;i­&longs;tent in æquilibrio: quæ e&longs;t proprietas noti&longs;&longs;ima Libræ, Vectis, & Axis in Peritrochio. Sin pondus alterutrum &longs;it majus quam in hac ratione, erit vis ejus ad movendam rotam tanto major.

Quod &longs;i pondus pponderi Pæquale partim &longs;u&longs;pendatur filo Np,partim incumbat plano obliquo pG:agantur pH, NH,prior ho­rizonti, po&longs;terior plano pGperpendicularis; & &longs;i vis ponderis pdeor&longs;um tendens, exponatur per lineam pH,re&longs;olvi pote&longs;t hæc in vires pN, HN.Si filo pNperpendiculare e&longs;&longs;et planum aliquod pQ,&longs;ecans planum alterum pGin linea ad horizontem paral­lela; & pondas phis planis pQ, pG&longs;olummodo incumberet; ur-geret illud hæc plana viribus pN, HNperpendiculariter, nimirun planum pQvi pN,& planum pGvi HN.Ideoque &longs;i tollatur pla­num pQ,ut pondus tendat filum; quoniam filum &longs;u&longs;tinendo pondus jam vicem præ&longs;tat plani &longs;ublati, tendetur illud eadem vi pN,qua planum antea urgebatur. Unde ten&longs;io fili hujus obliqui erit ad ten&longs;ionem &longs;ili alterius perpendicularis PN,ut pNad pH.Id. eoque &longs;i pondus p&longs;it ad pondus Ain ratione quæ componitur exratione reciproca minimarum di&longs;tantiarum &longs;uorum &longs;uorum pN, AMa centro rotæ, & ratione directa pHad pN; pondera idem valebunt ad rotam movendam, atque adeo &longs;e mutuo &longs;u&longs;tinebunt, ut quilibet experiri pote&longs;t.

Pondus autem p,planis illis duobus obliquis incumbens, rationem habet cunei inter corporis fi&longs;&longs;i facies internas: & inde vires cunei & mallei innote&longs;cunt: utpote cum vis qua pondus purget planum pQ&longs;it ad vim, qua idem vel gravitate &longs;ua vel ictu mallei impellitur &longs;ecundum lineam pHin plano, &c. ut pNand pH; atque ad vim, qua urget planum alterum pG,ut pNad NH.Sed & vis Cochleæ per &longs;imilem virium divi&longs;ionem colligitur; quippe quæ cuneus e&longs;t a ve­cte impul&longs;us. U&longs;us igitur Corollarii hujus lati&longs;&longs;ime patet, & late patendo veritatem &longs;uam evincit; cum pendeat ex jam dictis Mecha­nica tota ab Auctoribus diver&longs;imode demon&longs;trata. Ex hi&longs;ce enim facile derivantur vires Machinarum, quæ ex Rotis, Tympanis, Trochleis, Vectibus, nervis ten&longs;is & ponderibus directe vel obli­que a&longs;cendentibus, cæteri&longs;que potentiis Mechanicis componi &longs;o­lent, ut & vires Tendinum ad animalium o&longs;&longs;a movenda.

COROLLARIUM III.

Quantitas motus quæ colligitur capiendo &longs;ummam motuum factorum ad eandem partem, & differentiam factorum ad contrarias, non mutatur ab actione corporum inter &longs;e.

Etenim actio eique contraria reactio æquales &longs;unt per Legem 111, adeoque per Legem 11 æquales in motibus efficiunt mutationes ver­&longs;us contrarias partes. Ergo &longs;i motus fiunt ad eandem partem; quic­quid additur motui corporis fugientis, &longs;ubducetur motui corporis in&longs;equentis &longs;ic, ut &longs;umma maneat eadem quæ prius. Sin corpora ob­viam eant; æqualis erit &longs;ubductio de motu utriu&longs;que, adeoQ.E.D.ffe­rentia motuum factorum in contrarias partes manebit eadem.

Ut &longs;i corpus &longs;phæricum A&longs;it triplo majus corpore &longs;phærico B,ha­beatQ.E.D.as velocitatis partes; & B&longs;equatur in eadem recta cum ve-locitatis partibus decem, adeoque motus ip&longs;ius A&longs;it ad motum ip&longs;ius B,ut &longs;ex ad decem: ponantur motus illis e&longs;&longs;e partium &longs;ex & par­tium decem, & &longs;umma erit partium &longs;exdecim. In corporum igitur concur&longs;u, &longs;i corpus Alucretur motus partes tres vel quatuor vel quinque, corpus Bamittet partes totidem, adeoque perget corpus Apo&longs;t reflexionem cum partibus novem vel decem vel undecim, & Bcum partibus &longs;eptem vel &longs;ex vel quinque, exi&longs;tente &longs;emper &longs;um­ma partium &longs;exdecim ut prius. Si corpus Alucretur partes novem vel decem vel undecim vel duodecim, adeoque progrediatur po&longs;t concur&longs;um cum partibus quindecim vel &longs;exdecim vel &longs;eptendecim vel octodecim; corpus B,amittendo tot partes quot Alucratur, vel cum una parte progredietur ami&longs;&longs;is partibus novem, vel qui­e&longs;cet ami&longs;&longs;o motu &longs;uo progre&longs;&longs;ivo partium decem, vel cum una par­te regredietur ami&longs;&longs;o motu &longs;uo & (ut ita dicam) una parte amplius, vel regredietur cum partibus duabus ob detractum motum progre&longs;­&longs;ivum partium duodecim. AtQ.E.I.a &longs;ummæ motuum con&longs;pirantium 15+1 vel 16+c, & differentiæ contrariorum 17-1 & 18-2 &longs;emper erunt partium &longs;exdecim, ut ante concur&longs;um & reflexionem. CogNI­tis autem motibus quibu&longs;cum corpora po&longs;t reflexionem pergent, in­venietur cuju&longs;que velocitas, ponendo eam e&longs;&longs;e ad velocitatem ante reflexionem, ut motus po&longs;t e&longs;t ad motum ante. Ut in ca&longs;u ultimo, ubi corporis Amotus erat partium &longs;ex ante reflexionem & partium octo­decim po&longs;tea, & velocitas partium duarum ante reflexionem; in­venietur ejus velocitas partium &longs;ex po&longs;t reflexionem, dicendo, ut motus partes &longs;ex ante reflexionem ad motus partes octodecim po&longs;t­ea, ita velocitatis partes duæ ante reflexionem ad velocitatis partes &longs;ex po&longs;tea.

TA,

Quod &longs;i corpora vel non Sphærica vel diver&longs;is in rectis moventia incidant in &longs;e mutuo oblique, & requirantur eorum motus po&longs;t refle­xionem; cogno&longs;cendus e&longs;t &longs;itus plani a quo corpora concurrentia tan­guntur in puncto concur&longs;us: dein corporis utriu&longs;que motus (per Corol.11.) di&longs;tinguendus e&longs;t in duos, unum huic plano perpendicu­larem, alterum eidem parallelum: motus autem paralleli, propter­ea quod corpora agant in &longs;e invicem &longs;ecundum lineam huic plano perpendicularem, retinendi &longs;unt iidem po&longs;t reflexionem atque an­tea; & motibus perpendicularibus mutationes æquales in partes con­trarias tribuendæ &longs;unt &longs;ic, ut &longs;umma con&longs;pirantium & differentia contrariorum maneat eadem quæ prius. Ex huju&longs;modi reflexio­nibus oriri etiam &longs;olent motus circulares corporum circa centra pro­pria. Sed hos ca&longs;us in &longs;equentibus non con&longs;idero, & nimis longum e&longs;&longs;et omnia huc &longs;pectantia demon&longs;trare. COROLLARIUM IV.

Commune gravitas Centrum, corporum duorum vel plurimum, ab actio­nibus corporum inter &longs;e non mutat &longs;tatum &longs;uum vel motus vel quie­tis; & propterea corporum omnium in &longs; mutuo agentium (exclu&longs;isactionibus & impedimentis externis) commune Centrum gravitatisvel quie&longs;cit vel movetur uniformiter in directum.

Nam &longs;i puncta duo progrediantur uniformi cum motu in lineisrectis, & di&longs;tantia eorum dividatur in ratione data, punctum divi­dens vel quie&longs;cit vel progreditur uniformiter in linea recta. Hocpo&longs;tea in Lemmate XXIII demon&longs;tratur, &longs;i corpora quotcunque moventur uNI­formiter in lineis rectis, commune centrum gravitatis duorum quo­rumvis vel quie&longs;cit vel progreditur uniformiter in linea recta; propterea quod linea, horum corporum centra in recta uniformiterprogredientia jungens, dividitur ab hoc centro communis corporum duo­rum & centri communis tertii in data ratione. Eodem modo &commune centrum horum trium & quarti cuju&longs;vis vel quie&longs;cit velprogreditur uniformiter in linea recta; propterea quod ab eo divi­ditur di&longs;tantia inter centrum commune trium & centrum quarti indata ratione, & &longs;ic in infinitum. Igitur in &longs;y&longs;temate corporum quæactionibus in &longs;e invicem alii&longs;que omnibus in &longs;e extrin&longs;ecus impre&longs;­&longs;is omnino vacant, adeoque moventur &longs;ingula uniformiter in rectis&longs;ingulis, commune omnium centrum gravitatis vel quie&longs;cit vel mo­vetur uniformiter in directum.

Porro in &longs;y&longs;temate duorum corporum in &longs;e invicem agentium,cum distantiæ centrorum utriusque a communi gravitatis centro &longs;intreciproce ut corpora; erunt motus relativi corporum eorundem, velaccedendi ad centrum illud vel ab eodem recedendi, æqualibus mutationibus inpartes contrarias factis, atque adeo ab actionibus horum corpo­rum inter &longs;e, nec promovetur nec retardatur nec mutationem pa­titur in &longs;tatu &longs;uo quoad motum vel quietem. In &longs;y&longs;temate autemcorporum plurimum, quoniam duorum quorumvis in &longs;e mutuo agen­tium commune gravitatis centrum ob actionem illam nullatenusmutat &longs;tatum &longs;uum; & reliquorum, quibu&longs;cum actio illa non in­tercedit, commune gravitatis centrum nihil inde patitur; di&longs;tantia autem horum duorum centrorum dividitur a communi corporum omnium centro in partes &longs;ummis totalibus corporum quorum &longs;unt centra reciproce proportionales; adeoque centris illis duobus &longs;tatum &longs;uum movendi vel quie&longs;cendi &longs;ervantibus, commune omNI­um centrum &longs;ervat etiam &longs;tatum &longs;uum: manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod com­mune illud omnium centrum ob actiones binorum corporum inter &longs;e nunquam mutat &longs;tatum &longs;uum quoad motum & quietem. In tali autem &longs;y&longs;temate actiones omnes corporum inter &longs;e, vel inter bina &longs;unt corpora, vel ab actionibus inter bina compo&longs;itæ; & propterea communi omnium centro mutationem in &longs;tatu motus ejus vel quie­tis nunquam inducunt. Quare cum centrum illud ubi corpora non agunt in &longs;e invicem, vel quie&longs;cit, vel in recta aliqua progreditur uNI­formiter; perget idem, non ob&longs;tantibus corporum actionibus inter &longs;e, vel &longs;emper quie&longs;cere, vel &longs;emper progredi uniformiter in dire­ctum; ni&longs;i a viribus in &longs;y&longs;tema extrin&longs;ecus impre&longs;&longs;is deturbetur de hoc &longs;tatu. E&longs;t igitur &longs;y&longs;tematis corporum plurium Lex eadem quæ cor­poris &longs;olitarii, quoad per&longs;everantiam in &longs;tatu motus vel quietis. Mo­tus enim progre&longs;&longs;ivus &longs;eu corporis &longs;olitarii &longs;eu &longs;y&longs;tematis corporum ex motu centri gravitatis æ&longs;timari &longs;emper debet.

IATA, VF.

COROLLARIUM V.

Corporum dato &longs;patio inclu&longs;orum iidem &longs;unt motus inter &longs;e, &longs;ive &longs;pa­tium illud quie&longs;cat, &longs;ive moveatur idem uniformiter in directum ab&longs;que motu circulari.

Nam differentiæ motuum tendentium ad eandem partem, & &longs;um­mæ tendentium ad contrarias, eædem &longs;unt &longs;ub initio in utroque ca&longs;u (ex hypothe&longs;i) & ex his &longs;ummis vel differentiis oriuntur congre&longs;&longs;us & im­petus quibus corpora &longs;e mutuo feriunt. Ergo per Legem 11 æquales e­runt congre&longs;&longs;uum effectus in utroque ca&longs;u; & propterea manebunt mo­tus inter &longs;e in uno ca&longs;u æquales motibus inter &longs;e in altero. Idem com­probatur experimento luculento. Motus omnes eodem modo &longs;e ha­bent in Navi, &longs;ive ea quie&longs;cat, &longs;ive moveatur uniformiter in directum.

COROLLARIUM VI.

Si corpora moveantur quomodocunque inter &longs;e, & a viribus acceler atrici­bus æqualibus &longs;ecundum lineas parallelas urgeantur; pergent omnia eodem modo moveri inter &longs;e, ac &longs;i viribus illis non e&longs;&longs;ent incitata.

Nam vires illæ æqualiter (pro quantitatibus movendorum corpo-rum) & &longs;ecundum lineas parallelas agendo, corpora omnia æquali­ter (quoad velocitatem) movebunt per Legem 11. adeoque nunquam mutabunt po&longs;itiones & motus eorum inter &longs;e.

Scholium.

Hactenus principia tradidi a Mathematicis recepta & experien­tia multiplici confirmata. Per Leges duas primas & Corollaria duo prima Galilæusinvenit de&longs;cen&longs;um Gravium e&longs;&longs;e in duplicata ratione temporis, & motum Projectilium fieri in Parabola; con&longs;pirante ex­perientia, ni&longs;i quatenus motus illi per aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentiam aliquantu­lum retardantur. Ab ii&longs;dem Legibus & Corollariis pendent de­mon&longs;trata de temporibus o&longs;cillantium Pendulorum, &longs;uffragante Ho­rologiorum experientia quotidiana. Ex his ii&longs;dem & Lege tertia Chri&longs;tophorus WrennusEques Auratus, Jobannes Walli&longs;ius S.T.D.& Chri&longs;tianus Hugenius,hujus ætatis Geometrarum facile prin­cipes, regulas congre&longs;&longs;uum & reflexionum duorum corporum &longs;e­or&longs;im invenerunt, & eodem fere tempore cum Societate Regiacommunicarunt, inter &longs;e (quoad has leges) omnino con&longs;pirantes: & primus quidem Walli&longs;ius,deinde Wrennus& Hugeniusinven­tum prodiderunt. Sed & veritas comprobata e&longs;t a Wrennoco­ram Regia Societateper experimentum Pendulorum: quod etiam Clari&longs;&longs;imus Mariottuslibro integro exponere mox dignatus e&longs;t. Ve­rum, ut hoc experimentum cum Theoriis ad amu&longs;&longs;im congruat, ha­benda e&longs;t ratio cum re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ aeris, tum etiam vis Ela&longs;ticæ con­currentium corporum. Pendeant corpora A, Bfilis parallelis & æqualibus AC, BD,a centris C, D.His centris & intervallis de­&longs;cribantur &longs;emicirculi EAF, GBHradiis CA, DBbi&longs;ecti. Tra­hatur corpus Aad arcus EAFpunctum quodvis R,& (&longs;ubducto corpore B) demittatur inde, redeatque po&longs;t unam o&longs;cillationem ad punctum V.E&longs;t RVre­

tardatio ex re&longs;i&longs;tentia aeris. Hujus RVfiat STpars quar­ta &longs;ita in medio, ita &longs;cilicet ut RS& TVæquentur, &longs;it­que RSad STut 3 ad 2. Et i&longs;ta STexhibebit retarda­tionem in de&longs;cen&longs;u ab Sad Aquam proxime. Re&longs;tituatur corpus Bin locum &longs;uum. Cadat corpus Ade puncto S,& velo­citas ejus in loco reflexionis A,ab&longs;que errore &longs;en&longs;ibili, tanta erit ae &longs;i in vacuo cecidi&longs;&longs;et de loco T.Exponatur igitur hæc velocitas per chordam arcus TA.Nam velocitatem Penduli in puncto in­fimo e&longs;&longs;e ut chordam arcus quem cadendo de&longs;crip&longs;it, Propo&longs;itio e&longs;t e&longs;t Geometris noti&longs;&longs;ima. Po&longs;t reflexionem perveniat corpus Aad locum s,& corpus Bad locum k.Tollatur corpus B& invenia­tur locus v; a quo &longs;i corpus Ademittatur & po&longs;t unam o&longs;cillatio­nem redeat ad locum r,&longs;it stpars quarta ip&longs;ius rv&longs;ita in medio, ita videlicet ut rs& tuæquentur; & per chordam arcus tAex­ponatur velocitas quam corpus Aproxime po&longs;t reflexionem habuit in loco A.Nam terit locus ille verus & correctus, ad quem cor­pus A,&longs;ublata aeris re&longs;i&longs;tentia, a&longs;cendere debui&longs;&longs;et: Simili me­thodo corrigendus erit locus k,ad quem corpus Ba&longs;cendit, & in­veniendus locus l,ad quem corpus illud a&longs;cendere debui&longs;&longs;et in va­cuo. Hoc pacto experiri licet omnia perinde ac &longs;i in vacuo con­&longs;tituti e&longs;&longs;emus. Tandem ducendum erit corpus Ain chordam ar­cus TA(quæ velocitatem ejus exhibet) ut habeatur motus ejus in loco Aproxime ante reflexionem; deinde in chordam arcus tA,ut habeatur motus ejus in loco Aproxime po&longs;t reflexionem. Et &longs;ic corpus Bducendum erit in chordam arcus Bb,ut habeatur motus ejus proxime po&longs;t reflexionem. Et &longs;imili methodo, ubi corpora duo &longs;imul demittuntur de locis diver&longs;is, inveniendi &longs;unt motus utriu&longs;que tam ante, quam po&longs;t reflexionem; & tum demum conferendi &longs;unt motus inter &longs;e & colligendi effectus reflexionis. Hoc modo in Pendulis pedum decem rem tentando, idQ.E.I. corporibus tam inæqualibus quam æqualibus, & faciendo ut corpora de intervallis ampli&longs;&longs;imis, puta pedum octo vel duodecim vel &longs;exdecim, concurre­rent; reperi &longs;emper &longs;ine errore trium digitorum in men&longs;uris, ubi corpora &longs;ibi mutuo directe occurrebant, quod æquales erant muta­tiones motuum corporibus in partes contrarias illatæ, atque adeo quod actio & reactio &longs;emper
erant æquales. Ut &longs;i corpus Aincidebat in corpus Bcum novem partibus motus, & a­mi&longs;&longs;is &longs;eptem partibus perge­bat po&longs;t reflexionem cum du­abus; corpus Bre&longs;iliebat cum partibus i&longs;tis &longs;eptem. Si cor­pora obviam ibant Acum duodecim partibus & Bcum &longs;ex, & redibat Acum duabus; redi­bat Bcum octo, facta detractione partium quatuordecim utrin­que. De motu ip&longs;ius A&longs;ubducantur partes duodecim, & re&longs;tabit nihil: &longs;ubducantur aliæ partes duæ, & fiet motus duarum partium in plagam contrariam: & &longs;ic de motu corporis Bpartium &longs;ex &longs;ub­ducendo partes quatuordecim, fient partes octo in plagam contra­riam. Quod &longs;i corpora ibant ad eandam plagam, Avelocius cum partibus quatuordecim, & Btardius cum partibus quinque, & po&longs;t reflexionem pergebat Acum quinque partibus; pergebat Bcum qua­tuordecim, facta tran&longs;latione partium novem de Ain B.Et &longs;ic in reliquis. A congre&longs;&longs;u & colli&longs;ione corporum nunquam muta­batur quantitas motus, quæ ex &longs;umma motuum con&longs;pirantium & differentia contrariorum colligebatur. Nam errorem digiti unius & alterius in men&longs;uris tribuerim difficultati peragendi &longs;ingula &longs;atis accurate. Difficile erat, tum pendula &longs;imul demittere fic, ut corpora in &longs;e mutuo impingerent in loco infimo AB; tum loca s, knotare, ad quæ corpora a&longs;cendebant po&longs;t concur&longs;um. Sed & in ip&longs;is pilis inæqualis partium den&longs;itas, & textura aliis de cau&longs;is irre­gularis, errores inducebant.

LEGESMOTUS

Porro nequis objiciat Regulam, ad quam probandam inventum e&longs;t hoc experimentum, præ&longs;upponere corpora vel ab&longs;olute dura e&longs;&longs;e, vel &longs;altem perfecte ela&longs;tica, cuju&longs;modi nulla reperiuntur in compo&longs;itionibus naturalibus; addo quod Experimenta jam de&longs;crip­ta &longs;uccedunt in corporibus mollibus æque ac in duris, nimirum a conditione duritiei neutiquam pendentia. Nam &longs;i Regula illa in corporibus non perfecte duris tentanda e&longs;t, debebit &longs;olummodo reflexio minui in certa proportione pro quantitate vis Ela&longs;ticæ. In Theoria Wrenni& Hugeniicorpora ab&longs;olute dura redeunt ab invi­cem cum velocitate congre&longs;&longs;us. Certius id affirmabitur de perfecte Ela&longs;ticis. In imperfecte Ela&longs;ticis velocitas reditus minuenda e&longs;t &longs;i­mul cum vi Ela&longs;tica; propterea quod vis illa; (ni&longs;i ubi partes cor­porum ex congre&longs;&longs;u læduntur, vel exten&longs;ionem aliqualem qua&longs;i &longs;ub malleo patiuntur,) certa ac determinata &longs;it (quantum &longs;entio) faci­atque corpora redire ab invicem cum velocitate relativa, quæ &longs;it ad relativam velocitatem concur&longs;us in data ratione. Id in pilis ex lana arcte conglomerata & fortiter con&longs;tricta &longs;ic tentavi. Primum demit­tendo Pendula & men&longs;urando reflexionem, inveni quantitatem vis Ela&longs;ticæ; deinde per hanc vim determinavi reflexiones in aliis ca­&longs;ibus concur&longs;uum, & re&longs;pondebant Experimenta. Redibant &longs;emper pilæ ab invicem cum velocitate relativa, quæ e&longs;&longs;et ad velocitatem relativam concur&longs;us ut 5 ad 9 circiter. Eadem fere cum velocitate redibant pilæ ex chalybe: aliæ ex &longs;ubere cum paulo minore: in vi­treis autem proportio erat 15 ad 16 circiter. Atque hoc pacto Lex tertia quoad ictus & reflexiones per Theoriam comprobata e&longs;t, quæ cum experientia plane congruit.

AXIOMATA SIVE

In Attractionibus rem &longs;ic breviter o&longs;tendo. Corporibus duobus quibu&longs;vis A, B&longs;e mutuo trahentibus, concipe ob&longs;taculum quodvis interponi quo congre&longs;&longs;us eorum impediatur. Si corpus alterutrum Amagis trahitur ver&longs;us corpus alterum B,quam illud alterum Bin prius A,ob&longs;taculum magis urgebitur pre&longs;&longs;ione corporis Aquam pre&longs;&longs;ione corporis B; proindeque non manebit in æquilibrio. Præ­valebit pre&longs;&longs;io fortior, facietque ut &longs;y&longs;tema corporum duorum & ob&longs;taculi moveatur in directum in partes ver&longs;us B,motuQ.E.I. &longs;patiis liberis &longs;emper accelerato abeat in infinitum. Quod e&longs;t ab&longs;urdum & Legi primæ contrarium. Nam per Legem primam debebit &longs;y&longs;tema per&longs;everare in &longs;tatu &longs;uo quie&longs;cendi vel movendi uniformiter in di­rectum, proindeque corpora æqualiter urgebunt ob&longs;taculum, & id­circo æqualiter trahentur in invicem. Tentavi hoc in Magnete & Ferro. Si hæc in va&longs;culis propriis &longs;e&longs;e contingentibus &longs;eor&longs;im po­&longs;ita, in aqua &longs;tagnante juxta fluitent; neutrum propellet alterum, &longs;ed æqualitate attractionis utrinque &longs;u&longs;tinebunt conatus in &longs;e mu­tuos, ac tandem in æquilibrio con&longs;tituta quie&longs;cent.

Sic etiam gravitas inter Terram & ejus partes, mutua e&longs;t. Se­cetur Terra FIplano quovis EGin partes duas EGF& EGI:& æqualia erunt harum pondera in &longs;e mu­

tuo. Nam &longs;i plano alio HKquod priori EGparallelum &longs;it, pars major EGI&longs;e­cetur in partes duas EGKH& HKI,quarum HKIæqualis &longs;it parti prius ab­&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ EFG:manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod pars media EGKHpondere proprio in neu­tram partium extremarum propendebit, &longs;ed inter utramQ.E.I. æquilibrio, ut ita dicam, &longs;u&longs;pendetur, & quie&longs;cet. Pars autem extrema HKItoto &longs;uo pondere incumbet in partem mediam, & urgebit illam in partem alteram extremam EGF; ideoque vis qua partium HKI& EGKH&longs;umma EGItendit ver&longs;us partem tertiam EGF,æqualis e&longs;t ponderi partis HKI,id e&longs;t ponderi partis ter­tiæ EGF.Et propterea pondera partium duarum EGI, EGFin &longs;e mutuo &longs;unt æqualia, uti volui o&longs;tendere. Et ni&longs;i pondera illa æqualia e&longs;&longs;ent, Terra tota in libero æthere fluitans ponderi majori cederet, & ab eo fugiendo abiret in infinitum.

Ut corpora in concur&longs;u & reflexione idem pollent, quorum ve­locitates &longs;unt reciproce ut vires in&longs;itæ: &longs;ic in movendis In&longs;tru­mentis Mechanicis agentia idem pollent & conatibus contrariis &longs;e mutuo &longs;u&longs;tinent, quorum velocitates &longs;ecundum determinationem virium æ&longs;timatæ, &longs;unt reciproce ut vires. Sie pondera æquipollent ad movenda brachia Libræ, quæ o&longs;cillante Libra &longs;unt reciproce ut eorum velocitates &longs;ur&longs;um & deor&longs;um: hoc e&longs;t, pondera, &longs;i recta a&longs;cendunt & de&longs;cendunt, æquipollent, quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut pun­ctorum a quibus &longs;u&longs;penduntur di&longs;tantiæ ab axe Libræ; &longs;in planis obliquis alii&longs;ve admotis ob&longs;taculis impedita a&longs;cendunt vel de&longs;cen­dunt oblique, æquipollent quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut a&longs;cen&longs;us & de&longs;cen­&longs;us, quatenus facti &longs;ecundum perpendiculum: id adeo ob determi­nationem gravitatis deor&longs;um. Similiter in Trochlea &longs;eu Poly&longs;pa&longs;to vis manus funem directe trahentis, quæ &longs;it ad pondus vel directe vel oblique a&longs;cendens ut velocitas a&longs;cen&longs;us perpendicularis ad ve­locitatem manus funem trahentis, &longs;u&longs;tinebit pondus. In Horolo­giis & &longs;imilibus in&longs;trumentis, quæ ex rotulis commi&longs;&longs;is con&longs;tructa &longs;unt, vires contrariæ ad motum rotularum promovendum & impe­diendum, &longs;i &longs;unt reciproce ut velocitates partium rotularum in quas imprimuntur, &longs;u&longs;tinebunt &longs;e mutuo. Vis Cochleæ ad premendum corpus e&longs;t ad vim manus manubrium circumagentis, ut circularis velocitas manubrii ea in parte ubi a manu urgetur, ad velocitatem progre&longs;&longs;ivam cochleæ ver&longs;us corpus pre&longs;&longs;um. Vires quibus Cu­neus urget partes duas ligni fi&longs;&longs;i &longs;unt ad vim mallei in cuneum, ut progre&longs;&longs;us cunei &longs;ecundum determinationem vis a malleo in ip&longs;um impre&longs;&longs;æ, ad velocitatem qua partes ligni cedunt cuneo, &longs;ecundum lineas faciebus cunei perpendiculares. Et par e&longs;t ratio Machina­rum omnium.

Harum efficacia & u&longs;us in eo &longs;olo con&longs;i&longs;tit, ut diminuendo velo­citatem augeamus vim, & contra: Unde &longs;olvitur in omni aptorum in&longs;trumentorum genere Problema, Datum pondus data vi moven­di,aliamve datam re&longs;i&longs;tentiam vi data &longs;uperandi. Nam &longs;i Ma­chinæ ita formentur, ut velocitates Agentis & Re&longs;i&longs;tentis &longs;ine reci­proce ut vires; Agens re&longs;i&longs;tentiam &longs;u&longs;tinebit: & majori cum veloci­tatum di&longs;paritate eandem vincet. Certe &longs;i tanta &longs;ic velocitatum di&longs;paritas, ut vincatur etiam re&longs;i&longs;tentia omnis, quæ tam ex conti­guorum & inter &longs;e labentium corporum attritione, quam ex con­tinuorum & ab invicem &longs;eparandorum cohæ&longs;ione & elevandorum ponderibus orirj &longs;olet; &longs;uperata omni ea re&longs;i&longs;tentia, vis redun­dans accelerationem motus &longs;ibi proportionalem, partim in parti­bus machinæ, partim in corpore re&longs;i&longs;tente producet. Ceterum Mechanicam tractare non e&longs;t hujus in&longs;tituti. Hi&longs;ce volui tan­tum o&longs;tendere, quam late pateat quamque certa &longs;it Lex tertia Motus. Nam &longs;i æ&longs;timetur Agentis actio ex ejus vi & veloci-

tate conjunctim; & &longs;imiliter Re&longs;i&longs;tentis reactio æ&longs;timetur conjun­ctim ex ejus partium &longs;ingularum velocitatibus & viribus re&longs;i&longs;tendi ab earum attritione, cohæ&longs;ione, pondere, & acceleratione ori­undis; erunt actio & reactio, in omni in&longs;trumentorum u&longs;u, &longs;ibi invicem &longs;emper æquales. Et quatenus actio propagatur per in&longs;trumentum & ultimo imprimitur in corpus omne re&longs;i&longs;tens, ejus ultima determinatio determinationi reactionis &longs;emper erit contraria.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

DE MOTU CORPORUM LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO I.

De Methodo Rationum primarum & ultimarum, cujus ope &longs;equentia demon&longs;trantur.

LEMMA I.

QUantitates, ut & quantitatum rationes, quæ ad æqualitatem tempore quovis finito con&longs;tanter tendunt, & ante finem tempo­ris illius propius ad invicem accedunt quam pro data quavis diffe­tia, fiunt ultimo æquales.

Si negas; fiant ultimò inequales, & &longs;it earum ultima differentia D.Ergo nequeunt propius ad æqualitatem accedere quam pro data differentia D:contra hypothe&longs;in.

LEMMA II.

Si in Figura quavisAacE, rectisAa, AE & curvaacE com prehen&longs;a, in&longs;cribantur parallelogramma quotcunqueAb, Bc, Cd &c. &longs;ub ba&longs;ibusAB, BC, CD, &c. æqualibus, & lateribu&longs;Bb, Cc, Dd, &c. Figuræ lateriAa pa­rallelis contenta; & compleantur paral-

lelogrammaaKbl, bLcm, cMdn, &c. Dein horum parallelogrammorum lati­tudo minuatur, & numerus augeatur in infinitum: dico quod ultimæ rationes, quas habent ad &longs;e invicem Figura in­&longs;criptaAKbLcMdD, circum&longs;criptaAalbmcndoE, & curvilineaAbcdE, &longs;unt rationes æqualitatis.

Nam Figuræ in&longs;criptæ & circum&longs;criptæ differentia e&longs;t &longs;umma pa­rallelogrammorum Kl, Lm, Mn, Do,hoc e&longs;t (ob æquales om­nium ba&longs;es) rectangulum &longs;ub unius ba&longs;i Kb& altitudinum &longs;umma Aa,id e&longs;t, rectangulum ABla.Sed hoc rectangulum, eo quod latitudo ejus ABin infinitum minuitur, fit minus quovis dato. Er­go (per Lemma 1) Figura in&longs;cripta & circum&longs;cripta & multo magis Figura curvilinea intermedia fiunt ultimo æquales. Q.E.D.

LEMMA III.

Eædem rationes ultimæ &longs;unt etiam rationes æqualitatis, ubi paral­lelogrammorum latitudinesAB, BC, CD, &c. &longs;unt inæquales, & omnes minuuntur in infinitum.

Sit enim AFæqualis latitudini maximæ, & compleatur paralle­logrammum FAaf.Hoc erit majus quam differentia Figuræ in­&longs;criptæ & Figuræ circum&longs;criptæ; at latitudine &longs;ua AFin infinitum diminuta, minus fiet quam datum quodvis rectangulum. que E. D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;umma ultima parallelogrammorum evane&longs;centium coincidit omni ex parte cum Figura curvilinea.

Corol.2. Et multo magis Figura rectilinea, quæ chordis evane&longs;-centium arcuum ab, bc, cd, &c.comprehenditur, coincidit ultimo cum Figura curvilinea.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.3. Ut & Figura rectilinea circum&longs;cripta quæ tangentibus eorundem arcuum comprehenditur.

Corol.4. Et propterea hæ Figuræ ultimæ (quoad perimetros acE,) non &longs;unt rectilineæ, &longs;ed rectilinearum limites curvilinei.

LEMMA IV.

Si in duabus FigurisAacE, PprT, in&longs;cribantur (ut &longs;upra) duæ parallelogrammorum &longs;eries, &longs;itQ.E.I.em amborum numerus, & ubi latitudines in infinitum diminuuntur, rationes ultimæ parallelo­grammorum in una Figura ad parallelogramma in altera, &longs;ingulorum ad fingula, &longs;int eædem; dico quod Figuræ duæAacE, PprT, &longs;unt ad invicem in eadem illa ratione.

Etenim ut &longs;unt parallelogramma &longs;ingula ad &longs;ingula, ita (compo­nendo) fit &longs;umma omnium ad &longs;ummam omnium, & ita Figura ad Figuram; exi&longs;tente nimirum Figura priore (per Lemma 111) ad &longs;um­mam priorem, & Figura po&longs;teriore ad &longs;ummam po&longs;teriorem in ra­tione æqualitatis. que E. D.

Corol.Hinc &longs;i duæ cuju&longs;cunque generis quantitates in eundem partium numerum utcunQ.E.D.vidantur; & partes illæ, ubi numerus earum augetur & magnitudo diminuitur in infinitum, datam obti­neant rationem ad invicem, prima ad primam, &longs;ecunda ad &longs;ecundam, cæteræque &longs;uo ordine ad cæteras: erunt tota ad invicem in eadem illa data ratione. Nam &longs;i in Lemmatis hujus Figuris &longs;umantur pa-rallelogramma inter &longs;e ut partes, &longs;ummæ partium &longs;emper erunt ut &longs;ummæ parallelogrammorum; atque adeo, ubi partium & paralle­logrammorum numerus augetur & magnitudo diminuitur in infiNI­tum, in ultima ratione parallelogrammi ad parallelogrammum, id e&longs;t (per hypothe&longs;in) in ultima ratione partis ad partem.

LEMMA V.

Similium Figurarum latera omnia, quæ &longs;ibi mutuo re&longs;pondent, &longs;unt proportionalia, tam curvilinea quam rectilinea; & areæ &longs;unt in duplicata ratione laterum.

LEMMA VI.

Si arcus quilibet po&longs;itione datusAB &longs;ub-

tendatur chordaAB, & in puncto aliquoA, in medio curvaturæ continuæ, tangatur a recta utrinque productaAD; dein punctaA, B ad invicem accedant & coëant; dico quod angulusBAD, &longs;ub chorda & tangente conten­tus, minuetur in infinitum & ultimo e­vane&longs;cet.

Nam &longs;i angulus ille non evane&longs;cit, continebit arcus ABcum tan­gente ADangulum rectilineo æqualem, & propterea curvatura ad ad punctum Anon erit continua, contra hypothe&longs;in.

LEMMA VII.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis; dico quod ultima ratio arcus, chordæ, & tangentis ad invicem est ratio æqualitatis.

Nam dum punctum Bad punctum Aaccedit, intelligantur &longs;emper AB& ADad puncta longinqua bac dproduci, & &longs;ecanti BDparallela agatur bd.Sitque arcus Ab&longs;emper &longs;imilis arcui AB.Et punctis A, Bcoeuntibus, angulus dAb,per Lemma &longs;uperius, evane&longs;cet; adeoque rectæ &longs;emper &longs;initæ Ab, Ad& arcus interme­dius Abcoincident, & propterea æquales erunt. Unde & hi&longs;ce &longs;emper proportionales rectæ AB, AD,& arcus intermedius ABevane&longs;cent, & rationem ultimam habebunt æqualitatis. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Unde &longs;i per Bducatur tangenti parallela BF,rectam quamvis AFper Atran&longs;e­

untem perpetuo &longs;ecans in F,hæc BFultimo ad arcum e­vane&longs;centem ABrationem habebit æqualitatis, eo quod completo parallelogrammo AFBDrationem &longs;emper habet æqua­litatis ad AD.

Corol.2. Et &longs;i per B& Aducantur plures rectæ BE, BD, AF, AG,&longs;ecantes tangentem AD& ip&longs;ius parallelam BF; ratio ulti­ma ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;arum omnium AD, AE, BF, BG,chordæque & ar­cus ABad invicem erit ratio æqualitatis.

Corol.3. Et propterea hæ omnes lineæ, in omni de rationibus ul­timis argumentatione, pro &longs;e invicem u&longs;urpari po&longs;&longs;unt.

LEMMA VIII.

Si rectæ datæAR, BR cum arcuAB, chordaAB & tangenteAD, triangula triaARB, ARB, ARD con&longs;tituunt, dein punctaA, B accedunt ad invicem: dico quod ultima forma triangulorum evane&longs;centium est &longs;imilitudinis, & ultima ratio æqualitatis.

Nam dum punctum Bad punctum A

accedit, intelligantur &longs;emper AB, AD, ARad puncta longinqua b, d& rproduci, ip&longs;ique RDparallela agi rbd,& arcui AB&longs;imilis &longs;emper &longs;it arcus Ab.Et coe­untibus punctis A, B,angulus bAdeva­ne&longs;cet, & propterea triangula tria &longs;emper finita rAb, rAb, rAdcoincident, &longs;unt­que eo nomine &longs;imilia & æqualia. Unde & hi&longs;ce &longs;emper &longs;imilia & proportionalia RAB, RAB, RAD&longs;ient ultimo &longs;ibi invicem &longs;imilia & æqualia. que E. D.

Corol.Et hinc triangula illa, in omni de rationibus ultimis argu­mentatione, pro &longs;e invicem u&longs;urpari po&longs;&longs;unt.

LEMMA IX.

Si rectaAE & curvaABC po&longs;itione datæ &longs;e mutuo &longs;ecent in angulo datoA, & ad rectam illam in alio dato angulo ordina­tim applicenturBD, CE, curvæ occurrentes inB, C; dein punctaB, C &longs;imul accedant ad punctumA: dico quod areæ tri­angulorumABD, ACE erunt ultimo ad invicem in duplicata ratione laterum.

Etenim dum puncta B, Cacce­

dunt ad punctum A,intelligatur &longs;emper ADproduci ad puncta lon­ginqua d& e,ut &longs;int Ad, Aeip­&longs;is AD, AEproportionales, & e­rigantur ordinatæ db, ecordina­tis DB, ECparallelæ quæ occur­rant ip&longs;is AB, ACproductis in b& c.Duci intelligatur, tum curva Abcip&longs;i ABC&longs;imilis, tum recta Ag,quæ tangat curvam utramque in A,& &longs;ecet ordinatim applica­tas DB, EC, db, ecin F, G, f, g.Tum manente longitudine Aecoeant puncta B, Ccum puncto A; & angulo cAgevane&longs;cente, coincident areæ curvilineæ Abd, Acecum rectilineis Afd, Age:adeoque (per Lemma v) erunt in dupli­cata ratione laterum Ad, Ae:Sed his areis proportionales &longs;emper &longs;unt areæ ABD, ACE,& his lateribus latera AD, AE.Ergo & areæ ABD, ACE&longs;unt ultimo in duplicata ratione laterum AD, AE. que E. D.

LEMMA X.

Spatia quæ corpus urgente quacunque Vi finita de&longs;cribit, five Vis illa determinata & immutabilis &longs;it, five eadem continuo auge­atur vel continuo diminuatur, &longs;unt ip&longs;o motus initio in duplica­ta ratione Temporum.

Exponantur tempora per lineas AD, AE,& velocitates genitæ per ordinatas DB, EC; & &longs;patia his velocitatibus de&longs;cripta, erunt ut areæ ABD, ACEhis ordinatis de&longs;criptæ, hoc e&longs;t, ip&longs;o motus initio (per Lemma IX) in duplicata ratione temporum AD, AE. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Et hinc facile colligitur, quod corporum &longs;imiles &longs;imi­lium Figurarum partes temporibus proportionalibus de&longs;cribentium Errores, qui viribus quibu&longs;vis æqualibus ad corpora &longs;imiliter ap­plicatis generantur, & men&longs;urantur per di&longs;tantias corporum a Fi­gurarum &longs;imilium locis illis ad quæ corpora eadem temporibus ii&longs;­dem proportionalibus ab&longs;que viribus i&longs;tis pervenirent, &longs;unt ut qua­drata temporum in quibus generantur quam proxime.

Corol.2. Errores autem qui viribus proportionalibus ad &longs;imiles Figurarum &longs;imilium partes &longs;imiliter applicatis generantur, &longs;unt ut vires & quadrata temporum conjunctim.

Corol.3. Idem intelligendum e&longs;t de &longs;patiis quibu&longs;vis quæ corpo­ra urgentibus diver&longs;is viribus de&longs;cribunt. Hæc &longs;unt, ip&longs;o motus iNI­tio, ut vires & quadrata temporum conjunctim.

Corol.4. Ideoque vires &longs;unt ut &longs;patia, ip&longs;o motus initio, de&longs;cripta directe & quadrata temporum inver&longs;e.

Corol.5. Et quadrata temporum &longs;unt ut de&longs;cripta &longs;patia directe & vires inver&longs;e.

Scholium.

Si quantitates indeterminatæ diver&longs;orum generum conferantur inter &longs;e, & earum aliqua dicatur e&longs;&longs;e ut e&longs;t alia quævis directe vel inver&longs;e: &longs;en&longs;us e&longs;t, quod prior augetur vel diminuitur in eadem ratione cum po&longs;teriore, vel cum ejus reciproca. Et &longs;i earum aliqua dicatur e&longs;&longs;e ut &longs;unt aliæ duæ vel plures directe vel inver&longs;e: &longs;en&longs;us e&longs;t, quod prima augetur vel diminuitur in ratione quæ componitur ex rationibus in quibus aliæ vel aliarum reciprocæ augentur vel di­minuuntur. Ut &longs;i A dicatur e&longs;&longs;e ut B directe & C directe & D in­ver&longs;e: &longs;en&longs;us e&longs;t, quod A augetur vel diminuitur in eadem ratione cum BXCX1/D, hoc e&longs;t, quod A & (BC/D) &longs;unt ad invicem in ratio­ne data.

LEMMA XI.

Subten&longs;a evane&longs;cens anguli contactus, in curvis omnibus curvatu­ram finitam ad punctum contactus habentibus, est ultimo in ra­tione duplicata &longs;ubten&longs;æ arcus contermini.

Ca&longs;.1. Sit arcus ille AB,tangens ejus AD,&longs;ubten&longs;a anguli con­tactus ad tangentem perpendicularis BD,&longs;ubten&longs;a arcus AB.Huic &longs;ubten&longs;æ AB& tangenti ADperpendiculares erigantur AG, BG,concurrentes in G; dein accedant puncta D, B, G,ad puncta d, b, g,&longs;itque Jinter&longs;ectio linearum BG, AGultimo facta ubi puncta D, Baccedunt u&longs;que ad A.Manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod di&longs;tantia GJminor e&longs;&longs;e pote&longs;t quam a&longs;&longs;ignata quævis. E&longs;t autem (ex natura circulorum per puncta ABG, Abgtran&longs;euntium) ABquad.

æquale AGXBD,& Ab quad.æquale AgXbd,adeoque ratio AB quad.ad Ab quad.compo­nitur ex rationibus AGad Ag& BDad bd.Sed quoniam GJa&longs;&longs;umi pote&longs;t minor longitu­dine quavis a&longs;&longs;ignata, fieri pote&longs;t ut ratio AGad Agminus differat a ratione æqualitatis quam pro differentia quavis a&longs;&longs;ignata, adeoque ut ra­tio AB quad.ad Ab quad.minus differat a ra­tione BDad bdquam pro differentia quavis a&longs;&longs;ignata. E&longs;t ergo, per Lemma 1, ratio ultima AB quad.ad Ab quad.æqualis rationi ultimæ BDad bd. que E. D.

Cas.2. Inclinetur jam BDad ADin angulo quovis dato, & eadem &longs;emper erit ratio ultima BDad bdquæ prius, adeoque eadem ae AB quad.ad Ab quad. que E. D.

Cas.3. Et quamvis angulus Dnon detur, &longs;ed recta BDad da­tum punctum convergente, vel alia quacunque lege con&longs;tituatur; tamen anguli D, dcommuni lege con&longs;tituti ad æqualitatem &longs;emper vergent & propius accedent ad invicem quam pro differentia qua­vis a&longs;&longs;ignata, adeoque ultimo æquales erunt, per Lem. I & prop­terea lineæ BD, bd&longs;unt in eadem ratione ad invicem ac prius. que E. D.

Corol.1. Unde eum tangentes AD, Ad,arcus AB, Ab,& eo­rum &longs;inus BC, bcfiant ultimo chordis AB, Abæquales; erunt etiam illorum quadrata ultimo ut &longs;ubten&longs;æ BD, bd.

Corol.2. Eorundem quadrata &longs;unt etiam ultimo ut &longs;unt arcuum &longs;agittæ quæ chordas bi&longs;ecant & ad datum punctum convergunt. Nam &longs;agittæ illæ &longs;unt ut &longs;ubten&longs;æ BD, bd.

Corol.3. Ideoque &longs;agitta e&longs;t in duplicata ratione temporis quo corpus data velocitate de&longs;cribit arcum.

Corol.4. Triangula rectilinea ADB, Adb&longs;unt ultimo in tripli­cata ratione laterum AD, Ad,inque &longs;e&longs;quiplicata laterum DB, db; utpote in compo&longs;ita ratione laterum AD,& DB, Ad& dbexi&longs;tentia. Sic & triangula ABC, Abc&longs;unt ultimo in triplicata ratione laterum BC, bc.Rationem vero Se&longs;quiplicatam voco tri­plicatæ &longs;ubduplicatam, quæ nempe ex &longs;implici & &longs;ubduplicata com­ponitur, quamque alias Se&longs;quialteram dicunt.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.5. Et quoniam DB, db&longs;unt ultimo parallelæ & in dupli­cata ratione ip&longs;arum AD, Ad:erunt areæ ultimæ curvilineæ ADB, Adb(ex natura Parabolæ) duæ tertiæ partes triangulorum rectili­neorum ADB, Adb; & &longs;egmenta AB, Abpartes tertiæ eo­rundem triangulorum. Et inde hæ areæ & hæc &longs;egmenta erunt in triplicata ratione tum tangentium AD, Ad; tum chordarum & arcuum AB, Ab.

Scholium.

Cæterum in his omnibus &longs;upponimus angulum contactus nec in­finite majorem e&longs;&longs;e angulis contactuum, quos Circuli continent cum tangentibus &longs;uis, nec ii&longs;dem infinite minorem; hoc e&longs;t, curvaturam ad punctum A,nec infinite parvam e&longs;&longs;e nec infinite magnam, &longs;eu intervallum AJfinitæ e&longs;&longs;e magnitudinis. Capi enim pote&longs;t DBut AD3:quo in ca&longs;u Circulus nullus per punctum Ainter tangen­tem AD& curvam ABduci pote&longs;t, proindeque angulus contactus erit infinite minor Circularibus. Et &longs;imili argumento &longs;i fiat DB&longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive ut AD4, AD5, AD6, AD7, &c. habebitur &longs;eries an­gulorum contactus pergens in infinitum, quorum quilibet po&longs;te­rior e&longs;t infinite minor priore. Et &longs;i fiat DB&longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive ut AD2, AD3/2, AD4/3, AD5/4, AD6/5, AD7/6, &c. habebitur alia &longs;eries infinita angulorum contactus, quorum primus e&longs;t eju&longs;dem generis cum Cir­cularibus, &longs;ecundus infinite major, & quilibet po&longs;terior infinite ma­jor priore. Sed & inter duos quo&longs;vis ex his angulis pote&longs;t &longs;eries utrinQ.E.I. infinitum pergens angulorum intermediorum in&longs;eri, quorum quilibet po&longs;terior erit infinite major minorve priore. Ut &longs;i inter terminos AD2 & AD3 in&longs;eratur &longs;eries AD(13/6), AD(1/5), AD9/4, AD7/3, AD5/2, AD8/3, AD(11/4), AD(14/5), AD(17/6), &c. Et rur­&longs;us inter binos quo&longs;vis angulos hujus &longs;eriei in&longs;eri pote&longs;t &longs;eries no­va angulorum intermediorum ab invicem infinitis intervallis diffe­rentium. Neque novit natura limitem.

Quæ de curvis lineis deque &longs;uperficiebus comprehen&longs;is demon­&longs;trata &longs;unt, facile applicantur ad &longs;olidorum &longs;uperficies curvas & contenta. Præmi&longs;i vero hæc Lemmata, ut effugerem tædium dedu­cendi perplexas demon&longs;trationes, more veterum Geometrarum, ad ab&longs;urdum. Contractiores enim redduntur demon&longs;trationes per me­thodum Indivi&longs;ibilium. Sed quoniam durior e&longs;t Indivi&longs;ibilium hy­pothe&longs;is, & propterea methodus illa minus Geometrica cen&longs;etur; malui demon&longs;trationes rerum &longs;equentium ad ultimas quantitatum evane&longs;centium &longs;ummas & rationes, prima&longs;que na&longs;centium, id e&longs;t, ad limites &longs;ummarum & rationum deducere; & propterea limitum illorum demon&longs;trationes qua potui brevitate præmittere. His enim idem præ&longs;tatur quod per methodum Indivi&longs;ibilium; & principiis de­mon&longs;tratis jam tutius utemur. Proinde in &longs;equentibus, &longs;iquando quantitates tanquam ex particulis con&longs;tantes con&longs;ideravero, vel &longs;i pro rectis u&longs;urpavero lineolas curvas; nolim indivi&longs;ibilia, &longs;ed eva­ne&longs;centia divi&longs;ibilia, non &longs;ummas & rationes partium determinata­rum, &longs;ed &longs;ummarum & rationum limites &longs;emper intelligi; vimque talium demon&longs;trationum ad methodum præcedentium Lemmatum &longs;emper revocari.

Objectio e&longs;t, quod quantitatum evane&longs;centium nulla &longs;it ultima proportio; quippe quæ, antequam evanuerunt, non e&longs;t ultima, ubi evanuerunt, nulla e&longs;t. Sed & eodem argumento æque contendi po&longs;&longs;et nullam e&longs;&longs;e corporis ad certum locum pervenientis velocitatem ul­timam: hanc enim, antequam corpus attingit locum, non e&longs;&longs;e ulti­mam, ubi attingit, nullam e&longs;&longs;e. Et re&longs;pon&longs;io facilis e&longs;t: Per velocita­tem ultimam intelligi eam, qua corpus movetur neque antequam attingit locum ultimum & motus ce&longs;&longs;at, neque po&longs;tea, &longs;ed tunc cum attingit; id e&longs;t, illam ip&longs;am velocitatem quacum corpus attin­git locum ultimum & quacum motus ce&longs;&longs;at. Et &longs;imiliter per ulti­mam rationem quantitatum evane&longs;centium, intelligendam e&longs;&longs;e ratio­nem quantitatum non antequam evane&longs;cunt, non po&longs;tea, &longs;ed qua­cum evane&longs;cunt. Pariter & ratio prima na&longs;centium e&longs;t ratio qua­cum na&longs;cuntur. Et &longs;umma prima & ultima e&longs;t quacum e&longs;&longs;e (vel augeri & minui) incipiunt & ce&longs;&longs;ant. Extat limes quem velocitas in fine motus attingere pote&longs;t, non autem tran&longs;gredi. Hæc e&longs;t velocitas ultima. Et par e&longs;t ratio limitis quantitatum & propor­tionum omnium incipientium & ce&longs;&longs;antium. Cumque hic limes &longs;it certus & definitus, Problema e&longs;t vere Geometricum eundem de­terminare. Geometrica vero omnia in aliis Geometricis determi­nandis ac demon&longs;trandis legitime u&longs;urpantur.

Contendi etiam pote&longs;t, quod &longs;i dentur ultimæ quantitatum eva­ne&longs;centium rationes, dabuntur & ultimæ magnitudines: & &longs;ic quan­titas omnis con&longs;tabit ex Indivi&longs;ibilibus, contra quam Euclidesde Incommen&longs;urabilibus, in libro decimo Elementorum, demon&longs;travit. Verum hæc Objectio fal&longs;æ innititur hypothe&longs;i. Ultimæ rationes illæ quibu&longs;cum quantitates evane&longs;cunt, revera non &longs;unt rationes quantitatum ultimarum, &longs;ed limites ad quos quantitatum &longs;ine limi­te decre&longs;centium rationes &longs;emper appropinquant; & quas propius a&longs;&longs;equi po&longs;&longs;unt quam pro data quavis differentia, nunquam vero

tran&longs;gredi, neque prius attingere quam quantitates diminuuntur in infinitum. Res clarius intelligetur in infinite magnis. Si quantitates duæ quarum data e&longs;t differentia auges ntur in infinitum, dabitur harum ultima ratio, nimirum ratio æqualitatis, nec tamen ideo da­buntur quantitates ultimæ &longs;eu maximæ quarum i&longs;ta e&longs;t ratio. Igitur in &longs;equentibus, &longs;iquando facili rerum conceptui con&longs;ulens dixero quantitates quam minimas, vel evane&longs;centes, vel ultimas; cave in­telligas quantitates magnitudine determinatas, &longs;ed cogita &longs;emper diminuendas &longs;ine limite.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO II.

De Inventione Virium Centripetarum.

PROPOSITIO I. THEOREMA I.

Areas, quas corpora in gyros acta radiis ad immobile centrum virium ductis de&longs;cribunt, & in planis immobilibus con&longs;i&longs;tere, & e&longs;&longs;e tem­poribus proportionales.

Dividatur tempus in partes æquales, & prima temporis parte de­&longs;cribat corpus vi in&longs;ita rectam AB.Idem &longs;ecunda temporis parte, &longs;i nil impediret, recta

pergeret ad c,(per Leg. 1.) de&longs;cribens lineam Bcæqualem ip&longs;i AB; adeo ut ra­diis AS, BS, cSad centrum actis, con­fectæ forent æqua­les areæ ASB, BSc.Verum ubi corpus venit ad B,agat vis centripeta impul­&longs;u unico &longs;ed mag­no, efficiatque ut corpus de recta Bcdeclinet & pergat in recta BC.Ip&longs;i BSparallela agatur cC,occurens BCin C; & completa &longs;ecunda temporis parte, corpus (per Legum Corol. 1.) reperietur in C,in eodem plano cum triangulo ASB.Junge SC; & triangulum SBC,ob parallelas SB, Cc,æquale erit triangulo SBc,atque adeo etiam triangulo SAB.Simili argumento &longs;i vis centripeta &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive agat in C, D, E,&c. faciens ut corpus &longs;ingulis temporis particulis &longs;in­gulas de&longs;eribat rectas CD, DE, EF,&c. jacebunt hæ omnes in eodem plano; & triangulum SCDtriangulo SBC,& SDEip&longs;i SCD,& SEFip&longs;i SDEæquale erit. Æqualibus igitur tempori­bus æquales areæ in plano immoto de&longs;cribuntur: & componendo, &longs;unt arearum &longs;ummæ quævis SADS, SAFSinter &longs;e, ut &longs;unt tem­pora de&longs;criptionum. Augeatur jam numerus & minuatur latitudo triangulorum in infinitum; & eorum ultima perimeter ADF,(per Corollarium quartum Lemmatis tertii) erit linea curva: adeoque vis centripeta, qua corpus a tangente hujus curvæ perpetuo retrahitur, aget inde&longs;inenter; areæ vero quævis de&longs;criptæ SADS, SAFStemporibus de&longs;criptionum &longs;emper proportionales, erunt ii&longs;dem tem­poribus in hoc ca&longs;u proportionales. que E. D.

Corol.1. Velocitas corporis in centrum immobile attracti e&longs;t in &longs;patiis non re&longs;i&longs;tentibus reciproce ut perpendiculum a centro illo in Orbis tangentem rectilineam demi&longs;&longs;um. E&longs;t enim velocitas in locis illis A, B, C, D, E,ut &longs;unt ba&longs;es æqualium triangulorum AB, BC, CD, DE, EF; & hæ ba&longs;es &longs;unt reciproce ut perpendicula in ip&longs;as demi&longs;&longs;a.

Corol.2. Si arcuum duorum æqualibus temporibus in &longs;patiis non re&longs;i&longs;tentibus ab eodem corpore &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive de&longs;criptorum chordæ AB, BCcompleantur in parallelogrammum ABCU,& hujus diagona­lis BUin ea po&longs;itione quam ultimo habet ubi arcus illi in infiNI­tum diminuuntur, producatur utrinque; tran&longs;ibit eadem per cen­trum virium.

Corol.3. Si arcuum æqualibus temporibus in &longs;patiis non re&longs;i&longs;ten­tibus de&longs;criptorum chordæ AB, BCac DE, EFcompleantur in parallelogramma ABCU, DEFZ; vires in B& E&longs;unt ad invi­cem in ultima ratione diagonalium BU, EZ,ubi arcus i&longs;ti in infi­nitum diminuuntur. Nam corporis motus BC& EFcomponun­tur (per Legum Corol. 1.) ex motibus Bc, BU& Ef, EZ:at­qui BU& EZ,ip&longs;is Cc& Ffæquales, in Demon&longs;tratione Pro­po&longs;itionis hujus generabantur ab impul&longs;ibus vis centripetæ in B & E,ideoque &longs;unt his impul&longs;ibus proportionales.

Corol.4. Vires quibus corpora quælibet in &longs;patiis non re&longs;i&longs;tenti­bus a motibus rectilineis retrahuntur ac detorquentur in orbes cur­vos &longs;unt inter &longs;e ut arcuum æqualibus temporibus de&longs;criptorum &longs;a­gittæ illæ quæ convergunt ad centrum virium, & chordas bi&longs;ecant ubi arcus illi in infinitum diminuuntur. Nam hæ &longs;agittæ &longs;unt &longs;e­mi&longs;&longs;es diagonalium de quibus egimus in Corollario tertio.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.5. Ideoque vires eædem &longs;unt ad vim gravitatis, ut hæ &longs;a­gittæ ad &longs;agittas horizonti perpendiculares arcuum Parabolieorum quos projectilia eodem tempore de&longs;cribunt.

Corol.6. Eadem omnia obtinent per Legum Corol. IV, ubi plana in quibus corpora moventur, una cum centris virium quæ in ip&longs;is fita &longs;unt, non quie&longs;cunt, &longs;ed moventur uniformiter in directum.

PROPOSITIO II. THEOREMA II.

Corpus omne, quod movetur in linea aliqua curva in plano de­&longs;cripta, & radio ducto ad punctum vel immobile, vel motu rectili­neo uniformiter progrediens, de&longs;cribit areas circa punctum illud temporibus proportionales, urgetur a vi centripeta tendente ad idem punctum.

Cas.1. Nam corpus omne quod movetur in linea curva, detor­quetur de cur&longs;u rectilineo per vim aliquam in ip&longs;um agentem (per Leg. 1.) Et vis illa qua corpus de cur&longs;u rectilineo detorquetur, & cogitur triangula quam minima SAB, SBC, SCD,&c. circa punctum immobile Stemporibus æqualibus æqualia de&longs;cribere, a­git in loco B&longs;ecundum lineam parallelam ip&longs;i cC(per Prop. XL, Lib. 1 Elem. & Leg. 11.) hoc e&longs;t, &longs;ecundum lineam BS; & in loco C&longs;ecundum lineam ip&longs;i dDparallelam, hoc e&longs;t, &longs;ecundum lineam SC,&c. Agit ergo &longs;emper &longs;ecundum lineas tendentes ad punctum illud immobile S. que E. D.

Cas.2. Et, per Legum Corollarium quintum, perinde e&longs;t &longs;ive quie&longs;cat &longs;uperficies in qua corpus de&longs;cribit figuram curvilineam, &longs;ive moveatur eadem una cum corpore, figura de&longs;cripta, & puncto &longs;uo Suniformiter in directum.

Corol.1. In Spatiis vel Mediis non re&longs;i&longs;tentibus, &longs;i areæ non &longs;unt temporibus proportionales, vires non tendunt ad concur&longs;um radio­rum; &longs;ed inde declinant in con&longs;equentia &longs;eu ver&longs;us plagam in quam fit motus, &longs;i modo arearum de&longs;criptio acceleratur: &longs;in retardatur, de­clinant in antecedentia.

Corol.2. In Mediis etiam re&longs;i&longs;tentibus, &longs;i arearum de&longs;criptio accele­ratur, virium directiones declinant a concur&longs;u radiorum ver&longs;us plagam in quam &longs;it motus.

Scholium.

Urgeri pote&longs;t corpus a vi centripeta compo&longs;ita ex pluribus viri­bus. In hoc ca&longs;u &longs;en&longs;us Propo&longs;itionis e&longs;t, quod vis illa quæ ex om­nibus componitur, tendit ad punctum S.Porro &longs;i vis aliqua agat perpetuo &longs;ecundum lineam &longs;uperficiei de&longs;criptæ perpendicularem; hæc faciet ut corpus deflectatur a plano &longs;ui motus: &longs;ed quantita­tem &longs;uperficiei de&longs;criptæ nec augebit nec minuet, & propterea in compo&longs;itione virium negligenda e&longs;t.

PROPOSITIO III. THEOREMA III.

Corpus omne, quod radio ad centrum corporis alterius utcunque moti ducto de&longs;cribit areas circa centrum illud temporibus proportiona­les, urgetur vi compo&longs;ita ex vi centripeta tendente ad corpus il­lud alterum, & ex vi omni acceleratrice qua corpus illud alterum urgetur.

Sit corpus primum L& corpus alterum T:& (per Legum Corol. VI.) &longs;i vi nova, quæ æqualis & contraria &longs;it illi qua corpus alterum Turgetur, urgeatur corpus utrumque &longs;ecundum lineas parallelas; perget corpus primum Lde&longs;cribere circa corpus alterum Tareas ea&longs;dem ac prius: vis autem, qua corpus alterum Turgebatur, jam de&longs;truetur per vim &longs;ibi æqualem & contrariam; & propterea (per Leg. 1.) corpus illud alterum T&longs;ibimet ip&longs;i jam relictum vel qui­e&longs;cet vel movebitur uniformiter in directum: & corpus primum Lurgente differentia virium, id e&longs;t, urgente vi reliqua perget areas temporibus proportionales circa corpus alterum Tde&longs;cribere. Ten­dit igitur (per Theor. 11.) differentia virium ad corpus illud alte­rum Tut centrum. que E. D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i corpus unum Lradio ad alterum Tducto de­&longs;cribit areas temporibus proportionales; atQ.E.D. vi tota (&longs;ive &longs;im­plici, &longs;ive ex viribus pluribus, juxta Legum Corollarium &longs;ecundum, compo&longs;ita,) qua corpus prius Lurgetur, &longs;ubducatur (per idem Le­gum Corollarium) vis tota acceleratrix qua corpus alterum urgetur: vis omnis reliqua qua corpus prius urgetur tendet ad corpus alte­rum Tut centrum.

Corol.2. Et, &longs;i areæ illæ &longs;unt temporibus quamproxime propor­tionales, vis reliqua tendet ad corpus alterum Tquamproxime.

Corol.3. Et vice ver&longs;a, &longs;i vis reliqua tendit quamproxime ad corpus alterum T,erunt areæ illæ temporibus quamproxime pro­portionales.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.4. Si corpus Lradio ad alterum corpus Tducto de&longs;cri­bit areas quæ, cum temporibus collatæ, &longs;unt valde inæquales; & corpus illud alterum Tvel quie&longs;cit vel movetur uniformiter in di­rectum: actio vis centripetæ ad corpus illud alterum Ttendentis, vel nulla e&longs;t, vel mi&longs;cetur & componitur cum actionibus admodum potentibus aliarum virium: Vi&longs;que tota ex omnibus, &longs;i plures &longs;unt vires, compo&longs;ita, ad aliud (&longs;ive immobile &longs;ive mobile) centrum dirigitur. Idem obtinet, ubi corpus alterum motu quocunque mo­vetur; &longs;i modo vis centripeta &longs;umatur, quæ re&longs;tat po&longs;t &longs;ubductio­nem vis totius in corpus illud alterum Tagentis.

Scholium.

Quoniam æquabilis arearum de&longs;criptio Index e&longs;t Centri, quod vis illa re&longs;picit qua corpus maxime afficitur, quaque retrahitur a mo­tu rectilineo & in orbita &longs;ua retinetur: quidni u&longs;urpemus in &longs;equen­tibus æquabilem arearum de&longs;criptionem, ut Indicem Centri circum quod motus omnis circularis in &longs;patiis liberis peragitur?

PROPOSITIO IV. THEOREMA IV.

Corporum, quæ diver&longs;os circulos æquabili motu de&longs;cribunt, vires cen­tripetas ad centra eorundem circulorum tendere; & e&longs;&longs;e inter &longs;e, ut &longs;unt arcuum &longs;imul de&longs;criptorum quadrata applicata ad circulo­rum radios.

Tendunt hæ vires ad centra circulorum per Prop.II. & Corol. II. Prop. 1; & &longs;unt inter &longs;e ut arcuum æqualibus temporibus quam miNI­mis de&longs;criptorum &longs;inus ver&longs;i per Corol. IV. Prop. I; hoc e&longs;t, ut qua­drata arcuum eorundem ad diametros circulorum applicata per Lem. VII: & propterea, cum hi arcus &longs;int ut arcus temporibus quibu&longs;vis æqualibus de&longs;cripti, & diametri &longs;int ut eorum radii; vi­res erunt ut arcuum quorumvis &longs;imul de&longs;criptorum quadrata ap­plicata ad radios circulorum. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Igitur, cum arcus illi &longs;int ut velocitates corporum, vi­res centripetæ &longs;unt ut velocitatum quadrata applicata ad radios circulorum: hoc e&longs;t, ut cum Geometris loquar, vires &longs;unt in ra­tione compo&longs;ita ex duplicata ratione velocitatum directe & ratione &longs;implici radiorum inver&longs;e.

Corol.2. Et, cum tempora periodica &longs;int in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione radiorum directe & ratione velocitatum inver&longs;e, vires cen­tripetæ &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata temporum periodieorum appli­cata ad circulorum radios; hoc e&longs;t, in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione radiorum directe & ratione duplicata temporum periodieorum in­ver&longs;e.

Corol.3. Unde, &longs;i tempora periodica æquentur & propterea ve­locitates &longs;int ut radii; erunt etiam vires centripetæ ut radii: & contra.

Cor.4. Si & tempora periodica & velocitates &longs;int in ratione &longs;ub­duplicata radiorum; æquales erunt vires centripetæ inter &longs;e: & contra.

Corol.5. Si tempora periodica &longs;int ut radii & propterea veloci­tates æquales; vires centriperæ erunt reciproce ut radii: & contra.

Corol.6. Si tempora periodica &longs;int in ratione &longs;e&longs;quiplicata radio­rum & propterea velocitates reciproce in radiorum ratione &longs;ubdu­plicata; vires centripetæ erunt reciproce ut quadrata radiorum: & contra.

Corol.7. Et univer&longs;aliter, &longs;i tempus periodicum &longs;it ut Radii Rpote&longs;tas quælibet Rn,& propterea velocitas reciproce ut Radii pote&longs;tas Rn-1; erit vis centripeta reciproce ut Radii pote&longs;tas R2n-1:& contra.

Corol.8. Eadem omnia de temporibus, velocitatibus, & viribus, qui­bus corpora &longs;imiles figurarum quarumcunque &longs;imilium, centraque in figuris illis &longs;imiliter po&longs;ita habentium, partes de&longs;cribunt, con&longs;e­quuntur ex Demon&longs;tratione præcedentium ad ho&longs;ce ca&longs;us applicata. Applicatur autem &longs;ub&longs;tituendo æquabilem arearum de&longs;criptionem pro æquabili motu, & di&longs;tantias corporum a centris pro radiis u&longs;ur­pando.

Corol.9. Ex eadem demon&longs;tratione con&longs;equitur etiam; quod ar­cus, quem corpus in circulo data vi centripeta uniformiter revolven­do tempore quovis de&longs;cribit, medius e&longs;t proportionalis inter dia­metrum circuli, & de&longs;cen&longs;um corporis eadem data vi eodem que tem­pore cadendo confectum.

Scholium.

Ca&longs;us Corollarii &longs;exti obtinet in corporibus cæle&longs;tibus, (ut &longs;eor­&longs;um collegerunt etiam no&longs;trates Wrennus, Hookius& Hallæus) & propterea quæ &longs;pectant ad vim centripetam decre&longs;centem in dupli­cata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a centris, decrevi fu&longs;ius in &longs;equentibus exponere.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Porro præcedentis propo&longs;itionis & corollariorum ejus beneficio, colligitur etiam proportio vis centripetæ ad vim quamlibet notam, qualis e&longs;t ea Gravitatis. Nam &longs;i corpus in circulo Terræ concen­trico vi gravitatis &longs;uæ revolvatur, hæc gravitas e&longs;t ip&longs;ius vis centri­peta. Datur autem, ex de&longs;cen&longs;u gravium, & tempus revolutionis unius, & arcus dato quovis tempore de&longs;criptus, per hujus Corol. IX. Et huju&longs;modi propo&longs;itionibus Hugenius,in eximio &longs;uo Tracta­tu de Horologio O&longs;cillatorio,vim gravitatis cum revolventium vi­ribus centrifugis contulit.

Demon&longs;trari etiam po&longs;&longs;unt præcedentia in hunc modum. In cir­culo quovis de&longs;cribi intelligatur Polygonum laterum quotcunque. Et &longs;i corpus, in polygoni lateribus data cum velocitate movendo, ad ejus angulos &longs;ingulos a circulo reflectatur; vis qua &longs;ingulis re­flexionibus impingit in circulum erit ut ejus velocitas: adeoque &longs;umma virium in dato tempore erit ut velocitas illa & numerus re­flexionum conjunctim: hoc e&longs;t (&longs;i polygonum detur &longs;pecie) ut longi­tudo dato illo tempore de&longs;cripta & longitudo eadem applicata ad Radium circuli; id e&longs;t, ut quadratum longitudinis illius applicatum ad Radium: adeoque, &longs;i polygonum lateribus infinite diminutis co­incidat cum circulo, ut quadratum arcus dato tempore de&longs;cripti ap­plicatum ad radium. Hæc e&longs;t vis centrifuga, qua corpus urget cir­culum: & huic æqualis e&longs;t vis contraria, qua circulus continuo re­pellit corpus centrum ver&longs;us.

PROPOSITIO. V. PROBLEMA I.

Data quibu&longs;cunQ.E.I. locis velocitate, qua corpus figuram datam vi­ribus ad commune aliquod centrum tendentibus de&longs;cribit, centrum illud invenire.

Figuram de&longs;criptam tangant rectæ tres PT, TQV, VRin punctis totidem P, Q, R,concurrentes in T& V.Ad tangentes erigantur perpendicula PA, QB, RC,velocitatibus corporis in punctis illis P, Q, Ra quibus eriguntur reciproce proportionalia; id e&longs;t, ita ut &longs;it PAad QBut velocitas in Qad velocitatem in P,& QBad RCut velocitas in Rad velocitatem in quePer perpendiculorum terminos A, B, Cad angulos rectos ducantur AD, DBE, ECconcurrentes in D& E:Et actæ TD, VEconcur­rent in centro qæ&longs;ito S.

Nam perpendicula a centro Sin tangentes PT, QTdemi&longs;&longs;a (per Corol. 1. Prop.I.) &longs;unt reciproce ut velocitates corporis in punctis P& V; &c. adeoque per con&longs;tructio­nem ut perpendicula AP, BQdi­recte, id e&longs;t ut perpendicula a pun­cto Din tangentes demi&longs;&longs;a. Un­de facile colligitur quod puncta S, D, T,&longs;unt in una recta. Et &longs;imili argumento puncta S, E, V&longs;unt eti­am in una recta; & propterea centrum Sin concur&longs;u rectarum TD, VEver&longs;atur. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO VI. THEOREMA V.

Si corpus in &longs;patio non re&longs;i&longs;tente circa centrum immobile in Orbe quocun­que revolvatur, & arcum quemvis jamjam na&longs;centem tempore quàm minimo de&longs;cribat, & &longs;agitta arcus duci intelligatur quæ chordam bi­&longs;ecet, & producta tran&longs;eat per centrum virium: erit vis centripeta in medio arcus, ut &longs;agitta directe & tempus bis inver&longs;e.

Nam &longs;agitta dato tempore e&longs;t ut vis (per Corol.4 Prop.I,) & augen­do tempus in ratione quavis, ob auctum arcum in eadem ratione &longs;a­gitta augetur in ratione illa duplicata (per Corol. 2 & 3, Lem. XI,) ad­eoque e&longs;t ut vis &longs;emel & tempus bis. Subducatur duplicata ratio tempo­ris utrinque, & fiet vis ut &longs;agitta directe & tempus bis inver&longs;e. Q.E.D.

Idem facile demon&longs;tratur etiam per Corol. 4 Lem. X.

Corol.1. Si corpus Prevolvendo

circa centrum Sde&longs;cribat lineam curvam APQ,tangat verò recta ZPRcurvam illam in puncto quovis P,& ad tangentem ab alio quovis Curvæ puncto Qagatur QRdi&longs;tantiæ SPparallela, ac demittatur QTperpendicularis ad di&longs;tantiam illam SP:vis cen­tripeta erit reciproce ut &longs;olidum (SP quad.XQT quad./QR) &longs;i modo &longs;olidi illius ea &longs;emper &longs;umatur quan­titas, quæ ultimò fit ubi coeunt puncta P& queNam QRæqualis

e&longs;t &longs;agittæ dupli arcus QP,in cujus medio e&longs;t P,& duplum trian­guli SQP&longs;ive SPXQT,tempori quo arcus i&longs;te duplus de&longs;cribitur proportionale e&longs;t, ideoque pro temporis exponente &longs;cribi pote&longs;t.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.2. Eodem argumento vis centripeta e&longs;t reciprocè ut &longs;olidum (SYqXQPq/QR), &longs;i modo SYperpendiculum &longs;it a centro virium in Or­bis tangentem PRdemi&longs;&longs;um. Nam rectangula SYXQP& SPXQTæquantur.

Corol.3. Si Orbis vel circulus e&longs;t, vel angulum contactus cum cir­culo quam minimum continet, eandem habens curvaturam eundem­que radium curvaturæ ad punctum contactus P; & &longs;i PVchorda &longs;it circuli hujus a corpore per centrum virium acta: erit vis centri­peta reciproce ut &longs;olidum SYqXPV.Nam PVe&longs;t (QPq/QR).

Corol.4. Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, e&longs;t vis centripeta ut velocitas bis directe, & chorda illa inver&longs;e. Nam velocitas e&longs;t reciproce ut perpendicu­lum SYper Corol. I Prop. I.

Corol.5. Hinc &longs;i detur figura quævis curvilinea APQ,& in ea detur etiam punctum Sad quod vis centripeta perpetuo dirigitur, inveniri pote&longs;t lex vis centripetæ, qua corpus quodvis Pa cur&longs;u rectilineo perpetuò retractum in figuræ illius perimetro detinebitur eamque revolvendo de&longs;cribet. Nimirum computandum e&longs;t vel &longs;o­lidum (SPqXQTq/QR) vel &longs;olidum SYqXPVhuic vi reciproce pro­portionale. Ejus rei dabimus exempla in Problematis &longs;equentibus.

PROPOSITIO VII. PROBLEMA II.

Gyretur corpus in circumferentia Circuli, requiritur Lex vis centri­petæ tendentis ad punctum quodcunQ.E.D.tum.

E&longs;to Circuli circumferentia

VQPA,punctum datum ad quod vis ceu ad centrum &longs;uum ten­dit S,corpus in circumferentia latum P,locus proximus in quem movebitur Q,& circuli tangens ad locum priorem PRZ.Per punctum Sducatur chorda PV,& acta circuli diametro VAjun­gatur AP,& ad SPdemittatur perpendiculum QT,quod productum occurrat tangenti PRin Z,ac denique per punctum Qagatur LRquæ ip&longs;i SPparallela &longs;it & occurrat tum circulo in Ltum tangenti PZin R.Et ob &longs;imilia triangula ZQR, ZTP, VPA; erit RP quad.hoc e&longs;t QRLad QT quad.ut AV quad.ad PV quad.Ideoque (QRLXPV quad./AV quad.) æquatur QT quad.Ducantur hæc æqualia in (SP quad./QR) &, punctis P& Qcoeuntibus, &longs;cribatur PVpro RL.Sic fiet (SP quad.XPV cub./AV quad.) æquale (SP quad.XQT quad./QR) Ergo (per Corol.1 & 5 Prop.VI.) vis centripeta e&longs;t reciproce ut (SPqXPV cub./AV quad) id e&longs;t, (ob datum AV quad.) reciproce ut quadratum di&longs;tantiæ &longs;eu altitudinis SP& cubus chordæ PVconjunctim. Q.E.I.

Idem aliter.

Ad tangentem PRproductam demittatur perpendiculum SY,& ob &longs;imilia triangula SYP, VPA; erit AVad PVut SPad SY,ideoque (SPXPV/AV) æquale SY,& (SP quad.XPV cub./AV quad.) æquale SY quad.XPV.Et propterea (per Corol.3 & 5 Prop.VI.) vis centri­peta e&longs;t reciproce ut (SPqXPV cub./AVq) hoc e&longs;t, ob datam AV,reci­proce ut SPqXPV cub. que E. I.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i punctum datum Sad quod vis centripeta &longs;em­per tendit, locetur in circumferentia hujus circuli, puta ad V; erit vis centripeta reciproce ut quadrato cubus altitudinis SP.

Corol.2. Vis qua corpus Pin cir­

culo APTVcircum virium centrum Srevolvitur, e&longs;t ad vim qua corpus idem Pin eodem circulo & eodem tempore periodico circum aliud quod­vis virium centrum Rrevolvi pote&longs;t, ut RP quad.XSPad cubum rectæ SGquæ a primo virium centro Sad or­bis tangentem PGducitur, & di&longs;tan­tiæ corporis a &longs;ecundo virium centro parallela e&longs;t. Nam, per con&longs;tructionem hujus Propo&longs;itionis, vis prior e&longs;t ad vim po&longs;teriorem, ut RPqXPT cub.ad SPqXPV cub.id e&longs;t, ut SPXRPqad (SP cub.XPV cub/PT cub.) &longs;ive (ob &longs;imilia triangula PSG, TPV) ad SG cub.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.3. Vis, qua corpus Pin Orbe quocunque circum virium centrum Srevolvitur, e&longs;t ad vim qua corpus idem Pin eodem orbe eodemque tempore periodico circum aliud quodvis virium centrum Rrevolvi pote&longs;t, ut SPXRPqcontentum utique &longs;ub di­&longs;tantia corporis a primo virium centro S& quadrato di&longs;tantiæ ejus a &longs;ecundo virium centro Rad cubum rectæ SGquæ a primo vi­rium centro Sad orbis tangentem PGducitur, & corporis a &longs;e­cundo virium centro di&longs;tantiæ RPparallela e&longs;t. Nam vires in hoc Orbe, ad ejus punctum quodvis P,eædem &longs;unt ac in Circulo eju&longs;dem curvaturæ.

PROPOSITIO. VIII. PROBLEMA. III.

Moveatur corpus in CirculoPQA: ad hunc effectum requiritur Lex vis centripetæ tendentis ad punctum adeo longinquumS, ut lineæ omnesPS, RS ad id ductæ, pro parallelis haberi po&longs;&longs;int.

A Circuli centro Cagatur &longs;emidiameter CAparallelas i&longs;tas perpendiculariter &longs;ecans in M&

N,& jungatur CP.Ob &longs;imilia triangula CPM, PZT& RZQe&longs;t CPqad PMqut PRqad QTq& ex natura Circuli PRqæquale e&longs;t rectangulo QRX√RN+QN&c. &longs;ive coeuntibus punctis P, Qrect­angulo QRX2PM.Ergo e&longs;t CPqad PM quad.ut QRX2PMad QT quad.adeoque (QT quad./QR) æquale (2PM cub./CP quad.), & (QT quad.XSP quad./QR) æquale (2PM cub.XSP qu./CP quad.) E&longs;t ergo (per Corol. 1 & 5 Prop. VI.) vis centripeta reciproce ut (2PMcub.XSP quad./CP quad.) hoc e&longs;t (neglecta ratione determinata (2SP quad./CP quad.)) reciproce ut PM cub. que E. I.

Idem facile colligitur etiam ex Propo&longs;itione præcedente.

Scholium.

Et &longs;imili argumento corpus movebitur in Ellip&longs;i vel etiam in Hyperbola vel Parabola, vi centripeta quæ &longs;it reciproce ut cu­bus ordinatim applicatæ ad centrum virium maxime longinquum tendentis.

PROPOSITIO IX. PROBLEMA IV.

Gyretur corpus in SpiraliPQS &longs;ecante radios omnesSP, SQ, &c.

in angulo dato: requiritur Lex vis centripetæ tendentis ad centrum Spiralis.

Detur angulus indefinite par­vus PSQ,& ob datos omnes angulos dabitur &longs;pecie figura SPQRT.Ergo datur ratio (QT/QR), e&longs;tque (QT quad./QR) ut QT,hoc e&longs;t ut SP.Mutetur jam uteunque angulus PSQ,& recta QRangulum contactus QPR&longs;ubtendens mutabitur (per Lemma XI.) in duplicata ratione ip&longs;ius PRvel QT.Ergo manebit (QT quad./QR) eadem quæ prius, hoc e&longs;t ut SP.Quare (QTq.XSPq/QR) e&longs;t ut SP cub.adeoque (per Corol. 1 & 5 Prop. VI.) vis centripeta e&longs;t reciproce ut cubus di&longs;tantiæ SP. que E. I.

Idem aliter.

Perpendiculum SYin tangentem demi&longs;&longs;um, & circuli Spiralem tangentis chorda PV&longs;unt ad altitudinem SPin datis rationibus; ideoque SP cub.e&longs;t ut SYqXPV,hoc e&longs;t (per Corol. 3 & 5 Prop.VI.) reciproce ut vis centripeta.

LEMMA XII.

Parallelogramma omnia, circa datæ Ellip&longs;eos vel Hyperbolæ diametros qua&longs;vis conjugatas de&longs;cripta, e&longs;&longs;e inter &longs;e æqualia.

Con&longs;tat ex Conicis.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO X. PROBLEMA. V.

Gyretur corpus in Ellip&longs;i: requiritur lex vis centripetæ tendentis ad centrum Ellip&longs;eos.

Sunto CA, CB&longs;emiaxes Ellip&longs;eos; GP, DKdiametri conju­gatæ; PF, Qtperpendicula ad diametros; Qvordinatim appli­cata ad diametrum

GP; & &longs;i compleatur parallelogrammum QvPR,erit (ex CoNI­cis) PvGad Qv quad.ut PC quad.ad CD quad.& (ob &longs;imilia triangula Qvt, PCF) Qv quad.e&longs;t ad Qt quad.ut PC quad.ad PF quad.& conjun­ctis rationibus, PvGad Qt quad.ut PC quad.ad CD quad.& PC quad.ad PF quad.id e&longs;t, vGad (Qt quad./Pv) ut PC quad.ad (CDqXPFq/PCq). Scribe QRpro Pv,& (per Lemma XII.) BCXCApro CDXPF,nec non, punctis P& Qcoeuntibus, 2PCpro vG,& ductis extremis & mediis in &longs;e mutuo, fiet (Qt quad.XPCq/QR) æquale (2BCqXCAq/PC). E&longs;t ergo (per Corol. 5 Prop. VI.) vis centri­peta reciproce ut (2BCqXGAq;/PC) id e&longs;t (ob datum 2BCqXCAq) reciproce ut (1/PC); hoc e&longs;t, directe ut di&longs;tantia PC. que E. I.

Idem aliter.

In PGab altera parte puncti tpo&longs;ita intelligatur tuæqualis ip&longs;i tv; deinde cape uVquæ &longs;it ad vGut e&longs;t DC quad.ad PC quad.Et quoniam ex Conicis est Qv quad.ad PvG,ut DC quad.ad PC quad:erit Qv quad.æquale PvXuV.Unde quadratum chor-dæ arcus PQerit æquale rectangulo VPv; adeoque Circulus qui tangit Sectionem Conicam in P& tran&longs;it per punctum Q,tran&longs;ibit etiam per punctum V.Coeant puncta P& Q,& hic circulus eju&longs;dem erit curvaturæ cum &longs;ectione conica in P,& PVæqualis erit (2DCq/PC). Proinde vis qua corpus Pin Ellip&longs;i revolvitur, erit reci­proce ut (2DCq/PC) in PFq(per Corol. 3 Prop. VI.) hoc e&longs;t (ob datum 2DCqin PFq) directe ut PC. que E. I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. E&longs;t igitur vis ut di&longs;tantia corporis a centro Ellip&longs;eos: & vici&longs;&longs;im, &longs;i vis &longs;it ut di&longs;tantia, movebitur corpus in Ellip&longs;i centrum habente in centro virium, aut forte in Circulo, in quem utique Ellip&longs;is migrare pote&longs;t.

Corol.2. Et æqualia erunt revolutionum in Ellip&longs;ibus univer&longs;is cir­cum centrum idem factarum periodica tempora. Nam tempora illa in Ellip&longs;ibus &longs;imilibus æqualia &longs;unt per Corol. 3 & 8, Prop. IV: in Ellip&longs;ibus autem communem habentibus axem majorem, &longs;unt ad invicem ut Ellip&longs;eon areæ totæ directe & arearum particulæ &longs;imul de&longs;criptæ inver&longs;e; id e&longs;t, ut axes minores directe & corporum ve­locitates in verticibus principalibus inver&longs;e; hoc e&longs;t, ut axes illi mi­nores directe & ordinatim applicatæ ad axes alteros inver&longs;e; & prop­terea (ob æqualitatem rationum directarum & inver&longs;arum) in ra­tione æqualitatis.

Scholium.

Si Ellip&longs;is, centro in infinitum abeunte vertatur in Parabolam, corpus movebitur in hac Parabola; & vis ad centrum infinite di­&longs;tans jam tendens evadet æquabilis. Hoc e&longs;t Theorema Galilæi.Et &longs;i coni &longs;ectio Parabolica, inclinatione plani ad conum &longs;ectum mutata, vertatur in Hyperbolam, movebitur corpus in hujus pe­rimetro, vi centripeta in centrifugam ver&longs;a. Et quemadmo­dum in Circulo vel Ellip&longs;i, &longs;i vires tendunt ad centrum figuræ in Ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a po&longs;itum, hæ vires augendo vel diminuendo Ordinatas in ratione quacunQ.E.D.ta, vel etiam mutando angulum inclinationis Ordinatarum ad Ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;am, &longs;emper augentur vel diminuuntur in ratione di&longs;tantiarum a centro, &longs;i modo tempora periodica maneant æqualia: &longs;ic etiam in figuris univer&longs;is, &longs;i Ordinatæ augeantur vel di­minuantur in ratione quacunQ.E.D.ta, vel angulus ordinationis ut­cunque mutetur, manente tempore periodico; vires ad centrum quodcunQ.E.I. Ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a po&longs;itum tendentes a binis quibu&longs;vis figurarum locis, ad quæ termi­nantur Ordinatæ corre&longs;pondentibus Ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;arum punctis in&longs;i&longs;tentes, augentur vel &c. augentur vel diminuun­tur in ratione di&longs;tantiarum a centro.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO III.

De motu Corporum in Conicis Sectionibus excentricis.

PROPOSITIO XI. PROBLEMA VI.

Revolvatur corpus in Ellip&longs;i: requiritur Lex vis centripetæ tenden­tis ad umbilicum Ellip&longs;eos.

E&longs;to Ellip&longs;eos umbilicus S.Agatur SP&longs;ecans Ellip&longs;eos tum diametrum DKin E,tum ordinatim applicatam Qvin x,& compleatur parallelogrammum QxPR.Patet EPæqua­lem e&longs;&longs;e &longs;emiaxi ma­

jori AC,eo quod acta ab altero Ellip­&longs;eos umbilico Hli­nea HIip&longs;i ECpa­rallela, (ob æquales CS, CH) æquentur ES, EI,adeo ut EP&longs;emi&longs;umma &longs;it ip&longs;a­rum PS, PI,id e&longs;t (ob parallelas HI, PR& angulos æqua­les IPR, HPZ) ip&longs;arum PS, PH,quæ conjunctim axem totum 2ACadæ­quant. Ad SPde­mittatur perpendicularis QT,& Ellip&longs;eos latere recto principali (&longs;eu (2BC quad./AC)) dicto L,erit LXQRad LXPvut QRad Pv,id e&longs;t ut PE&longs;eu ACad PC; & LXPvad GvPut Lad Gv; & GvPad Qv quad.ut PC quad.ad CD quad; & (per Corol. 2 Lem. VII.) Qv quad.ad Qx quad,punctis Q& Pcoeuntibus, e&longs;t ratio æqualitatis; & Qx quad.&longs;eu Qv quad.e&longs;t ad QT quad.ut EP quad.ad PF quad,id e&longs;t ut CA quad.ad PF quad.&longs;ive (per Lem XII.) ut CD quad.ad CB quad.Et conjunctis his omnibus ratio­nibus, LXQRfit ad QT quad.ut ACXLXPCq.XCDque&longs;eu 2CBque XPCq.XCDquead PCXGvXCDq.XCBque&longs;ive ut 2PCad Gv.Sed, punctis Q& Pcoeuntibus, æquantur 2PC& Gv.Ergo & his pro­portionalia LXQR& QT quad.æquantur. Ducantur hæc æqualia in (SPq/QR) & fiet LXSPqueæquale (SPq.XQTq/QR). Ergo (per Corol. 1 & 5 Prop. VI.) vis centripeta reciproce e&longs;t ut LXSPqueid e&longs;t, reci­proce in ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiæ SP. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Idem aliter.

Cum vis ad centrum Ellip&longs;eos tendens, qua corpus Pin Ellip&longs;i illa revolvi pote&longs;t, &longs;it (per Corol. I Prop. X) ut CPdi&longs;tantia cor­poris ab Ellip&longs;eos centro C; ducatur CEparallela Ellip&longs;eos tan­genti PR:& vis qua corpus idem P,circum aliud quodvis Ellip­&longs;eos punctum Srevolvi pote&longs;t, &longs;i CE& PSconcurrant in E,erit ut (PE cub./SPq) (per Corol. 3 Prop. VII,) hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i punctum S&longs;it umbili­cus Ellip&longs;eos, adeoque PEdetur, ut SPqreciproce. Q.E.I.

Eadem brevitate qua traduximus Problema quintum ad Parabo­lam, & Hyperbolam, liceret idem hic facere: verum ob dignita­tem Problematis & u&longs;um ejus in &longs;equentibus, non pigebit ca&longs;us ce­teros demon&longs;tratione confirmare.

PROPOSITIO XII. PROBLEMA. VII.

Moveatur corpus in Hyperbola: requiritur Lex vis centripetæ ten­dentis ad umbilicum figuræ.

Sunto CA, CB&longs;emi-axes Hyperbolæ; PG, KDdiametri con­jugatæ; PF, Qtperpendicula ad diametros; & Qvordinatim applicata ad diametrum GP.Agatur SP&longs;ecans cum diametrum DKin E,tum ordinatim applicatam Qvin x,& compleatur pa­rallelogrammum QRPx.Patet EPæqualem e&longs;&longs;e &longs;emiaxi tran&longs;­ver&longs;o AC,eo quod, acta ab altero Hyperbolæ umbilico Hlinea HIip&longs;i ECparallela, ob æquales CS, CH,æquentur ES, EI; adeo ut EP&longs;emidifferentia &longs;it ip&longs;arum PS, PI,id e&longs;t (ob pa­rallelas IH, PR& angulos æquales IPR, HPZ) ip&longs;arum PS, PH,quarum differentia axem totum 2ACadæquat. Ad SPde­mittatur perpendicularis QT.Et Hyperbolæ latere recto princi­pali (&longs;eu (2BCq/AC)) dicto L,erit LXQRad LXPvut QRad Pv,id e&longs;t, ut PE&longs;eu ACad PC; Et LXPvad GvPut Lad Gv; & GvPad Qv quad.ut PCquead CDq; & (per Corol. 2. Lem. VII.) Qv quad.ad Qx quad.punctis Q& Pcoeuntibus fit ratio æqualitatis; & Qx quad.&longs;eu Qv quad.e&longs;t ad QTq,ut EPq,ad PFq,id e&longs;t ut CAq,ad PFq,&longs;ive (per Lem. XII.) ut CDq,ad CBq:& conjunctis his omnibus rationibus LXQRfit ad QTqueut ACXLXPCqXCDq&longs;eu 2CBqXPCqXCDqad PCXGvXCDqXCB quad.&longs;ive ut 2PCad Gv.Sed punctis P& Qcoeuntibus æquantur 2PC& Gv.Ergo & his propor­tionalia LXQR& QTqueæquantur. Ducantur hæc æqualia in (SPq/QR). & fiet LXSPqueæquale (SPqXQTq/QR). Ergo (per Corol. I

& 5 Prop. VI.) vis centripeta reciproce e&longs;t ut LXSPq,id e&longs;t reciproce in ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiæ SP. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

LIBER PRIMUS.

Idem aliter.

Inveniatur vis quæ tendit ab Hyperbolæ centro C.Prodibit hæc di&longs;tantiæ CPproportionalis. Inde vero (per Corol. 3 Prop. VII.) vis ad umbilicum Stendens erit ut (PEcub/SPq), hoc e&longs;t, ob datam PE,reciproce ut SPque Q.E.I.

Eodem modo demon&longs;tratur quod corpus, hac vi centripeta in centrifugam ver&longs;a, movebitur in Hyperbola conjugata.

LEMMA XIII.

Latus rectum Parabolæ ad verticem quemvis pertinens, e&longs;t quadru­plum di&longs;tantiæ verticis illius ab umbilico figuræ.Patet ex Conicis.

LEMMA XIV.

Perpendiculum quod ab umbilico Parabolæ ad tangentem ejus demitti­tur, medium e&longs;t proportionale inter di&longs;tantias umbilici a puncto con­tactus & a vertice principali figuræ.

Sit enim AQPParabola, Sumbilicus ejus, Avertex principa­lis Ppunctum

contactus, POordinatim ap­plicata ad dia­metrum prin­cipalem, PMtangens dia­metro princi­pali occurrens in M,& SN,linea perpen­dicularis ab umbilico in tangentem. Jungatur AN,& ob æquales MS& SP, MN& NP, MA& AO,parallelæ erunt rectæ AN& OP,& inde triangulum SANrectangulum erit ad A& &longs;imile triangulis æqualibus SNM, SNP:Ergo PSe&longs;t ad SN,ut SNad SA. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. PSquee&longs;t ad SNqueut PSad SA.

Corol.2. Et ob datam SA,e&longs;t SNqueut PS.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.3. Et concur&longs;us tangentis cuju&longs;vis PMcum recta SN,quæ ab umbilico in ip&longs;am perpendicularis e&longs;t, incidit in rectam AN,quæ Parabolam tangit in vertice principali.

PROPOSITIO. XIII. PROBLEMA VIII.

Moveatur corpus in perimetro Parabolæ: requiritur Lex vis centri­petæ tendentis ad umbilicum hujus figuræ.

Maneat con&longs;tructio Lemmatis, &longs;itque Pcorpus in perimetro Pa­rabolæ, & a loco Qin quem corpus proxime movetur, age ip&longs;i SPparallelam QR& perpendicularem QT,necnon Qvtangenti pa­rallelam & occurrentem tum diametro YPGin v,tum di&longs;tantiæ SPin x.Jam ob &longs;imilia triangula Pxv, SPM& æqualia unius latera SM, SP,æqualia &longs;unt alterius latera Px&longs;eu QR& Pv.Sed, ex Conicis, quadratum ordinatæ Qvæquale e&longs;t rectangulo &longs;ub latere recto & &longs;egmento diametri Pv,id e&longs;t (per Lem. XIII.) rectangu­lo 4 PSXPv,&longs;eu 4 PSXQR; & punctis P& Qcoeuntibus, ra­tio Qvad Qxper (per Corol. 2 Lem. VII.) fit ratio æqualitatis. Er­go Qxquad.eo

in ca&longs;u, æquale e&longs;t rectangu­lo 4 PSXQR.E&longs;t autem (ob &longs;imilia trian­gula QxT, SPN) Qxquead QTqueut PSquead SNquehoc e&longs;t (per Corol. 1. Lem. XIV.) ut PSad SA,id e&longs;t ut 4 PSXQRad 4SAXQR,& inde (per Prop. IX. Lib. v. Elem.) QTque& 4SAXQRæquantur. Ducantur hæc æqualia in (SPq./QR), & fiet (SPq.XQTq./QR) æquale SPq.X4SA:& propterea (per Corol. 1 & 5 Prop. VI.) vis centripeta e&longs;t reciproce ut SPq.X4SA,id e&longs;t, ob da­tam 4SA,reciproce in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ SP. Q.E.I.

Corol.1. Ex tribus novi&longs;&longs;imis Propo&longs;itionibus con&longs;equens e&longs;t, quod

&longs;i corpus quodvis P,&longs;ecundum lineam quamvis rectam PR,qua­cunque cum velocitate exeat de loco P,& vi centripeta quæ &longs;it re­ciproce proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tantiæ loeorum a centro, &longs;imul agitetur; movebitur hoc corpus in aliqua &longs;ectionum Conicarum umbilicum habente in centro virium; & contra. Nam datis umbi­lico & puncto contactus & po&longs;itione tangentis, de&longs;cribi pote&longs;t &longs;ectio Conica quæ curvaturam datam ad punctum illud habebit. Datur autem curvatura ex data vi centripeta: & Orbes duo &longs;e mutuo tan­gentes, eadem vi centripeta de&longs;cribi non po&longs;&longs;unt.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.2. Si velocitas, quacum corpus exit de loco &longs;uo P,ea &longs;it, qua lineola PRin minima aliqua temporis particula de&longs;cribi po&longs;&longs;it, & vis centripeta potis &longs;it eodem tempore corpus idem mo­vere per &longs;patium QR:movebitur hoc corpus in Conica aliqua &longs;e­ctione, cujus latus rectum principale e&longs;t quantitas illa (QTq./QR) quæ ultimo fit ubi lineolæ PR, QRin infinitum diminuuntur. Circu­lum in his Corollariis refero ad Ellip&longs;in, & ca&longs;um excipio ubi cor­pus recta de&longs;cendit ad centrum.

PROPOSITIO XIV. THEOREMA VI.

Si corpora plura revolvantur circa centrum commune, & vis centri­peta &longs;it reciproce in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ loeorum a centro; dico quod Orbium Latera recta principalia &longs;unt in duplicata ratio­one arearum quas corpora, radiis ad centrum ductis, eodem tempore de&longs;cribunt.

Nam, per Corol. 2. Prop. XIII, Latus rectum Læquale e&longs;t quan­titati (QTq./QR) quæ ultimo fit ubi coeunt puncta P& queSed linea minima QR,dato tempore, e&longs;t ut vis centripeta generans, hoc e&longs;t (per Hypothe&longs;in) reciproce ut SPqueErgo (QTq./QR) e&longs;t ut QTq.XSPquehoc e&longs;t, latus rectum Lin duplicata ratione areæ QTXSP. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.Hinc Ellip&longs;eos area tota, eique proportionale rectangu­lum &longs;ub axibus, e&longs;t in ratione compo&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione lateris recti & ratione temporis periodici. Namque area tota e&longs;t ut area QTXSP,quæ dato tempore de&longs;cribitur, ducta in &c. ducta in tempus periodicum.

PROPOSITIO XV. THEOREMA VII.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, dico quod Tempora periodica in Ellip&longs;ibus &longs;unt in ratione &longs;e&longs;quiplicata majorum axium.

Namque axis minor e&longs;t medius proportionalis inter axem majo­rem & latus rectum, atque adeo rectangulum &longs;ub axibus e&longs;t in ra­tione compo&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione lateris recti & &longs;e&longs;quiplicata ratione axis majoris. Sed hoc rectangulum, per Corollarium Prop. XIV. e&longs;t in ratione compo&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione lateris recti & ratione periodici temporis. Dematur utrobique &longs;ubduplicata ratio lateris recti, & manebit &longs;e&longs;quiplicata ratio majoris axis æqua­lis rationi periodici temporis. Q.E.D.

Corol.Sunt igitur tempora periodica in Ellip&longs;ibus eadem ac in Circulis, quorum diametri æquantur majoribus axibus Ellip&longs;eon.

PROPOSITIO XVI. THEOREMA VIII.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, & actis ad corpora lineis rectis, quæ ibidem tangant Or­bitas, demi&longs;&longs;i&longs;que ab umbilico communi ad has tangentes perpendi­cularibus: dico quod Velocitates corporum &longs;unt in ratione compo&longs;i­ta ex ratione perpendiculorum inver&longs;e & &longs;ubduplicata ratione la­terum rectorum principalium directe.

Ab umbilico Sad tangentem PRdemitte perpendiculum SY& velocitas corporis Perit reciproce in &longs;ubduplicata ratione quan­titatis (SYq/L). Nam velocitas illa e&longs;t ut arcus quam minimus PQin data temporis particula de&longs;criptus, hoc e&longs;t (per Lem. VII.) ut tangens PR,id e&longs;t (ob proportionales PRad QT& SPad SY) ut (SPXQT/SY), &longs;ive ut SYreciproce & SPXQTdirecte; e&longs;tque SPXQTut area dato tempore de&longs;cripta, id e&longs;t, per Prop. XIV.

in &longs;ubduplicata ratione lateris recti. Q.E.D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Latera recta principalia &longs;unt in ratione compo&longs;ita ex duplicata ratione perpendiculorum & duplicata ratione veloci­tatum.

Corol.2. Velocitates corporum in maximis & minimis ab umbi­lico communi di&longs;tantiis, &longs;unt in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione di­&longs;tantiarum inver&longs;e & &longs;ubduplicata ratione laterum rectorum princi­palium directe. Nam perpendicula jam &longs;unt ip&longs;æ di&longs;tantiæ.

Corol.3. Ideoque velocitas in Conica &longs;ectione, in maxima vel minima ab umbilico di&longs;tantia, e&longs;t ad velocitatem in Circulo in ea­dem à centro di&longs;tantia, in &longs;ubduplicata ratione lateris recti princi­palis ad duplam illam di&longs;tantiam.

Corol.4. Corporum in Ellip&longs;ibus gyrantium velocitates in medi­ocribus di&longs;tantiis ab umbilico communi &longs;unt eædem quæ corporum gyrantium in Circulis ad ea&longs;dem di&longs;tantias; hoc e&longs;t (per Corol 6. Prop. IV.) reciproce in &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum. Nam perpendicula jam &longs;unt &longs;emi-axes minores; & hi &longs;unt ut mediæ proportionales inter di&longs;tantias & latera recta. Componatur hæc ratio inver&longs;e cum &longs;ubduplicata ratione laterum rectorum directe, & fiet ratio &longs;ubduplicata di&longs;tantiarum inver&longs;e.

Corol.5. In eadem figura, vel etiam in figuris diver&longs;is, quarum latera recta principalia &longs;unt æqualia, velocitas corporis e&longs;t reciproce ut perpendiculum demi&longs;&longs;um ab umbilico ad tangentem.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.6. In Parabola, velocitas e&longs;t reciproce in &longs;ubduplicata ra­tione di&longs;tantiæ corporis ab umbilico figuræ; in Ellip&longs;i magis varia­tur, in Hyperbola minus, quam in hac ratione. Nam (per Corol. 2. Lem. XIV.) perpendiculum demi&longs;&longs;um ab umbilico ad tangentem Parabolæ e&longs;t in &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ. In Hyperbola per­pendiculum minus variatur, in Ellip&longs;i magis.

Corol.7. In Parabola, velocitas corporis ad quamvis ab umbili­co di&longs;tantiam, e&longs;t ad velocitatem corporis revolventis in Circulo ad eandem a centro di&longs;tantiam, in &longs;ubduplicata ratione numeri bi­narii ad unitatem; in Ellip&longs;i minor e&longs;t, in Hyperbola major quam in hac ratione. Nam per hujus Corollarium &longs;ecundum, velocitas in vertice Parabolæ e&longs;t in hac ratione, & per Corollaria &longs;exta hu­jus & Propo&longs;itionis quartæ, &longs;ervatur eadem proportio in omnibus di&longs;tantiis. Hinc etiam in Parabola velocitas ubique æqualis e&longs;t ve­locitati corporis revolventis in Circulo ad dimidiam di&longs;tantiam, in Ellip&longs;i minor e&longs;t, in Hyperbola major.

Corol.8. Velocitas gyrantis in Sectione quavis Conica e&longs;t ad ve­locitatem gyrantis in Circulo in di&longs;tantia dimidii lateris recti princi­palis Sectionis, ut di&longs;tantia illa ad perpendiculum ab umbilico in tangentem Sectionis demi&longs;&longs;um. Patet per Corollarium quintum.

Corol.9. Unde cum (per Corol. 6. Prop. IV.) velocitas gyrantis in hoc Circulo &longs;it ad velocitatem gyrantis in Circulo quovis alio, reciproce in &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum; fiet ex æquo velo­citas gyrantis in Conica &longs;ectione ad velocitatem gyrantis in Circulo in eadem di&longs;tantia, ut media proportionalis inter di&longs;tantiam illam communem & &longs;emi&longs;&longs;em principalis lateris recti &longs;ectionis, ad per­pendiculum ab umbilico communi in tangentem &longs;ectionis de­mi&longs;&longs;um.

PROPOSITIO XVII. PROBLEMA. IX.

Po&longs;ito quod vis centripeta &longs;it reciproce proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tan­&longs;tantiæ loeorum a centro, & quod vis illius quantitas ab&longs;oluta &longs;it cognita; requiritur Linea quam corpus de&longs;cribit, de loco dato, cum data velocitate, &longs;ecundum datam rectam egrediens.

Vis centripeta tendens ad punctum Sea &longs;it qua corpus pin or­bita quavis data pqgyretur, & cogno&longs;catur hujus velocitas in loco p.De loco P,&longs;ecundum lineam PR,exeat corpus P,cum data velo­citate, & mox inde, cogente vi centripeta, deflectat illud in CoNI­&longs;ectionem PqueHanc igitur recta PRtanget in P.Tangat itidem recta aliqua prOrbitam pqin p,& &longs;i ab Sad eas tangentes demitti intelligantur perpendicula, erit (per Corol. 1. Prop. XVI.) latus re­ctum principale Coni&longs;ectionis ad latus rectum principale Orbitæ, in ratione compo&longs;ita ex duplicata ratione perpendiculorum & dupli­cata ratione velocitatum, atque adeo datur. Sit i&longs;tud L.Da­tur præterea Coni&longs;e­

ctionis umbilicus S.Anguli RPScom­plementum ad du­os rectos fiat angu­lus RPH,& dabi­tur po&longs;itione linea PH,in qua umbilicus alter Hlocatur. De­mi&longs;&longs;o ad PHperpen­diculo SK,erigi intelligatur &longs;emiaxis conjugatus BC,& erit SPq.-2KPH+PHq.=SHq.=4CHq.=4BHq-4BCq.= ―SP+PH: quad. -LX―SP+PH=SPq.+2SPH+PHq. -LX―SP+PH.Addantur utrobique 2KPH-SPq-PHq +LX―SP+PH,& fiet LX―SP+PH=2SPH+2KPH,&longs;eu SP+PH,ad PH,ut 2SP+2KPad L.Unde datur PHtam longitudine quam po&longs;itione. Nimirum &longs;i ea fit corporis &c. in Pvelocitas, ut latus rectum Lminus fuerit quam 2 SP+2KP,jacebit PHad eandem partem tangentis PRcum linea PS,adeoque figura erit Ellip&longs;is, & ex datis umbilicis S, H,& axe principali SP+PH,dabitur: Sin tanta &longs;it corporis velocitas ut latus rectum Læquale fuerit 2 SP+2KP,longitudo PHinfi­nita erit, & propterea figura erit Parabola axem habens SHparal­lelum lineæ PK,& inde dabitur. Quod &longs;i corpus majori adhuc cum velocitate de loco &longs;uo Pexeat, capienda erit longitudo PHad alteram partem tangentis, adeoque tangente inter umbilicos per­gente, figura erit Hyperbola axem habens principalem æqualem dif­ferentiæ linearum SP& PH,& inde dabitur. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc in omni Coni&longs;ectione ex dato vertice principali D,latere recto L,& umbilico S,datur umbilicus alter Hcapiendo DH,ad DSut e&longs;t latus rectum ad differentiam inter latus rectum & 4 DS.Nam proportio SP+PHad PHut 2 SP+2KPad L,in ca&longs;u hujus Corollarii, &longs;it DS+DHad DHut 4 DSad L,& divi&longs;im DSad DHut 4 DS-Lad L.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.2. Unde &longs;i datur corporis velocitas in vertice principali D,invenietur Orbita expedite, capiendo &longs;cilicet latus rectum ejus, ad duplam di&longs;tantiam DS,in duplicata ratione velocitatis hujus datæ ad velocitatem corporis in Circulo, ad di&longs;tantiam DS,gyrantis (per Corol. 3. Prop. XVI.) dein DHad DSut latus rectum ad differen­tiam inter latus rectum & 4 DS.

Corol.3. Hinc etiam &longs;i corpus moveatur in Sectione quacunque Conica, & ex Orbe &longs;uo impul&longs;u quocunque exturbetur; cogno&longs;ci pote&longs;t Orbis in quo po&longs;tea cur&longs;um &longs;uum peraget. Nam componen­do proprium corporis motum cum motu illo quem impul&longs;us &longs;olus generaret, habebitur motus quocum corpus de dato impul&longs;us loco, &longs;ecundum rectam po&longs;itione datam, exibit.

Corol.4. Et &longs;i corpus illud vi aliqua extrin&longs;ecus impre&longs;&longs;a conti­nuo perturbetur, innote&longs;cet cur&longs;us quam proxime, colligendo mu­tationes quas vis illa in punctis quibu&longs;dam inducit, & ex &longs;eriei ana­logia mutationes continuas in locis intermediis æ&longs;timando.

Scholium.

Si corpus Pvi centripeta ad

punctum quodcunQ.E.D.tum Rtendente moveatur in perimetro datæ cuju&longs;cunque Sectionis co­nicæ cujus centrum &longs;it C,& re­quiratur Lex vis centripetæ: du­catur CGradio RPparalle­la, & Orbis tangenti PGoc­currens in G; & vis illa (per Corol. 1 & Schol. Prop. X, & Corol. 3 Prop. VII.) erit ut (CG cub./RP quad.)

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO IV.

De Inventione Orbium Elliptieorum, Parabolieorum & Hyperbolico­rum ex umbilico dato.

LEMMA XV.

Si ab Ellip&longs;eos vel Hyperbolæ cuju&longs;vis umbilicis duobusS, H, ad punctum quodvis tertiumV inflectantur rectæ duæSV, HV, quarum unaHV æqualis &longs;it axi principali figuræ, alteraSV a perpendiculoTR in &longs;e demi&longs;&longs;o bi-

&longs;ecetur inT; perpendiculum illudTR &longs;ectionem Conicam alicubi tan­get: & contra, &longs;i tangit, eritHV æqualis axi principali figuræ.

Secet enim perpendiculum TRre­ctam HVproductam, &longs;i opus fuerit, in R; & jungatur SR.Ob æquales TS, TV,æquales erunt & rectæ SR, VR& anguli TRS, TRV.Unde punctum Rerit ad Sectionem Conicam, & perpendiculum TRtanget eandem: & contra. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO XVIII. PROBLEMA X.

Datis umbilico & axibus principalibus de&longs;cribere Trajectorias Ellipti­cas & Hyperbolicas, quæ tran&longs;ibunt per puncta data, & rectas po­&longs;itione datas contingent.

Sit Scommunis umbilicus figurarum; ABlongitudo axis prin­cipalis Trajectoriæ cuju&longs;vis; Ppunctum per quod Trajectoria de­bet tran&longs;ire; & TRrecta quam debet tangere. Centro Pinter­vallo AB-SP,&longs;i orbita &longs;it Ellip&longs;is, vel AB+SP,&longs;i ea &longs;it Hy­perbola, de&longs;cribatur circulus HG.Ad tangentem TRdemittatur perpendiculum ST,& producatur idem ad V,ut &longs;it TVæqualis ST; centroque V& intervallo ABde&longs;cribatur circulus FH.Hac methodo &longs;ive dentur duo puncta P, p,&longs;ive duæ tangentes TR, tr,&longs;ive punctum P& tangens

TR,de&longs;cribendi &longs;unt circuli duo. Sit Heorum inter&longs;ectio com­munis, & umbilicis S, H,axe illo dato de&longs;cribatur Trajectoria. Dico factum. Nam Trajecto­ctoria de&longs;cripta (eo quod PH +SPin Ellip&longs;i, & PH-SPin Hyperbola æquatur axi) tran&longs;ibit per punctum P,& (per Lemma &longs;uperius) tanget rectam TR.Et eodem argu­mento vel tran&longs;ibit eadem per puncta duo P, p,vel tanget re­ctas duas TR, tr. q.E.F.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XIX. PROBLEMA XI.

Circa datum umbilicum Trajectoriam Parabolicam de&longs;cribere, quæ tran&longs;ibit per puncta data, & rectas po&longs;itione datas continget.

Sit Sumbilicus, Ppunctum & TRtangens Trajectoriæ de&longs;cri­bendæ. Centro P,intervallo PSde&longs;cribe cir­

culum FG.Ab umbilico ad tangentem demit­te perpendicularem ST,& produc eam ad V,ut &longs;it TVæqualis ST.Eodem modo de&longs;cri­bendus e&longs;t alter circulus fg,&longs;i datur alterum punctum p; vel inveniendum alterum punctum v,&longs;i datur altera tangens tr; dein ducenda re­cta IFquæ tangat duos circulos FG, fg&longs;i dantur duo puncta P, p,vel tran&longs;eat per duo puncta V, v,&longs;i dantur duæ tangentes TR, tr,vel tangat circulum FG& tran&longs;eat per punctum V,&longs;i datur punctum P& tangens TR.Ad FIdemitte perpendicula­rem SI,eamque bi&longs;eca in K; & axe SK,vertice principali Kde­&longs;cribatur Parabola. Dico factum. Nam Parabola, ob æquales SK& IK, SP& FP,tran&longs;ibit per punctum P; & (per Lem­matis XIV. Corol. 3.) ob æquales ST& TV& angulum rectum STR,tanget rectam TR. q.E.F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XX. PROBLEMA XII.

Circa datum umbilicum Trajectoriam quamvis &longs;pecie datam de&longs;cribe­re, quæ per data puncta tran&longs;ibit & rectas tanget pofitione datas.

Cas.1. Dato umbilico S,de&longs;cribenda &longs;it Trajectoria ABCper puncta duo B, C.Quoniam Trajectoria datur &longs;pecie, dabitur ra­tio axis principalis ad di&longs;tantiam

umbilieorum. In ea ratione cape KBad BS,& LCad CS.Cen­tris B, C,intervallis BK, CL,de­&longs;cribe circulos duos, & ad rectam KL,quæ tangat eo&longs;dem in K& L,demitte perpendiculum SG,idemque &longs;eca in A& a,ita ut &longs;it GAad AS& Gaad aS,ut e&longs;t KBad BS,& axe &c. Aa,verticibus A, a,de&longs;cribatur Trajectoria. Dico factum. Sit enim Humbilicus alter Figuræ de&longs;criptæ, & cum &longs;it GAad ASut Gaad aS,erit di­vi&longs;im Ga-GA&longs;eu Aaad aS-AS&longs;eu SHin eadem &c. ratione, adeoQ.E.I. ratione quam habet axis principalis Figuræ de&longs;cribendæ ad di&longs;tantiam umbilieorum ejus; & propterea Figura de&longs;cripta e&longs;t eju&longs;dem &longs;peciei cum de&longs;cribenda. Cumque &longs;int KBad BS& LCad CSin eadem ratione, tran&longs;ibit hæc Figura per puncta B, C,ut ex Conicis manife&longs;tum e&longs;t.

Cas.2. Dato umbilico S,de&longs;cribenda &longs;it Trajectoria quæ rectas duas TR, tralicubi contingat. Ab umbilico in tangentes demitte perpendicula ST, St& produc ea­

dem ad V, v,ut &longs;int TV, tvæ­quales TS, tS.Bi&longs;eca Vvin O,& erige perpendiculum infinitum OH,rectamque VSinfinite pro­ductam &longs;eca in K& kita, ut &longs;it VKad KS& Vkad kSut e&longs;t Trajectoriæ de&longs;cribendæ axis prin­cipalis ad umbilieorum di&longs;tantiam. Super diametro Kkde&longs;cribatur circulus &longs;ecans OHin H; & umbilicis S, H,axe principali ip&longs;am VHæquante, de&longs;cribatur Trajectoria. Dico factum. Nam bi&longs;eca Kkin X,& junge HX, HS, HV, Hv.Quoniam e&longs;t VKad KSut Vkad kS; & compofite ut VK+Vkad KS+kS; divi&longs;imque ut Vk-VKad kS-KS,id e&longs;t ut 2 VXad 2 KX& 2 KXad 2 SX,adeoque ut VXad HX& HXad SX,&longs;imilia erunt tri­angula VXH, HXS,& propterea VHerit ad SHut VXad XH,adeoque ut VKad KS.Habet igitur Trajectoriæ de&longs;criptæ axis principalis VHeam rationem ad ip&longs;ius umbilieorum di&longs;tantiam SH,quam habet Trajectoriæ de&longs;cribendæ axis principalis ad ip&longs;ius um­bilieorum di&longs;tantiam, & propterea eju&longs;dem e&longs;t &longs;peciei. In&longs;uper cum VH, vHæquentur axi principali, & VS, vSa rectis TR, trperpendiculariter bi&longs;ecentur, liquet, ex Lemmate XV, rectas illas Trajectoriam de&longs;criptam tangere. q.E.F.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Cas.3. Dato umbilico Sde&longs;cribenda &longs;it Trajectoria quæ rect­am TRtanget in puncto dato R.In rectam TRdemitte perpen­dicularem ST,& produc eandem ad V,ut &longs;it TVæqualis ST.Junge VR,& rectam VSinfinite productam &longs;eca in K& k,ita ut &longs;it VKad SK& Vkad Skut Ellip&longs;eos de&longs;cribendæ axis principalis ad di&longs;tantiam umbilieorum; circuloque &longs;uper diametro Kkde­&longs;cripto, &longs;ecetur producta recta VRin H,& umbilicis S, H,axe principali rectam VHæquante, de&longs;cribatur Trajectoria. Dico fa­ctum. Namque VHe&longs;&longs;e ad

SHut VKad SK,atque adeo ut axis principalis Trajectoriæ de&longs;cribendæ ad di&longs;tantiam um­bilieorum ejus, patet ex demon­&longs;tratis in Ca&longs;u &longs;ecundo, & prop­terea Trajectoriam de&longs;criptam eju&longs;dem e&longs;&longs;e &longs;peciei cum de&longs;cri­benda; rectam vero TRqua an­gulus VRSbi&longs;ecatur, tangere Trajectoriam in puncto R,patet ex Conicis. q.E.F.

Cas.4. Circa umbilicum Sde&longs;cribenda jam &longs;it Trajectoria APB,quæ tangat rectam TR,tran&longs;eatque per punctum quodvis Pextra tangentem datum, quæque &longs;imilis &longs;it Figuræ apb,axe principali ab& umbilicis s, hde&longs;criptæ. In tangentem TRdemitte per­pendiculum ST,& produc idem ad V,ut &longs;it TVæqualis ST.An­gulis autem VSP, SVPfac angulos hsq, shqæquales; cen­troque q& intervallo quod &longs;it ad abut SPad VSde&longs;cribe circu­lum &longs;ecantem Figuram apbin p.Junge sp& age SHquæ &longs;it ad shut e&longs;t SPad sp,quæque angulum PSHangulo psh& angulum VSHangulo psqæquales con&longs;tituat. Denique umbilicis S, H,& axe principali ABdi&longs;tantiam VHæquante, de&longs;cribatur &longs;ectio Conica. Dico factum. Nam &longs;i agatur svquæ &longs;it ad sput e&longs;t shad sq,quæque con&longs;tituat angulum vspangulo hsq& angulum vshangulo psqæquales, triangula svh, spqerunt &longs;imilia, & prop­terea vherit ad pqut e&longs;t shad sq,id e&longs;t (ob &longs;imilia triangula

VSP, hsq) ut e&longs;t VSad SP&longs;eu abad pqueÆquantur ergo vh& ab.Porro ob &longs;imilia triangula VSH. vsh,e&longs;t VHad SHut vhad sh,id e&longs;t, axis Conicæ &longs;ectionis jam de&longs;criptæ ad illius umbilieorum intervallum, ut axis abad umbilieorum inter­vallum sh; & propterea Figura jam de&longs;eripta &longs;imilis e&longs;t Figuræ apb.Tran&longs;it autem hæc Figura per punctum P,eo quod trian­gulum PSH&longs;imile &longs;it triangulo psh; & quia VHæquatur ip&longs;ius axi & VSbi&longs;ecatur perpendiculariter a recta TR,tangit eadem rectam TR. q.E.F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XVI.

A datis tribus punctis ad quartum non datum inflectere tres rectas quarum differentiæ vel dantur vel nullæ &longs;unt.

Cas.1. Sunto puncta illa data A, B, C& punctum quartum Z,quod invenire oportet; Ob datam differentiam linearum AZ, BZ,locabitur punctum Zin Hyperbola cujus umbilici &longs;unt A& B,& principalis axis differentia illa data. Sit axis ille MN.Cape PM.ad MAut e&longs;t MNad AB,& erecta PRperpendiculari ad AB,demi&longs;&longs;aque ZRperpendiculari ad PR; erit, ex natura hujus Hy­perbolæ, ZRad AZut e&longs;t MNad AB.Simili di&longs;cur&longs;u punctum Zlocabitur in alia Hyperbola, cujus umbilici &longs;unt A, C& princi­palis axis differentia inter AZ& CZ,ducique pote&longs;t QSip&longs;i ACperpendicularis, ad quam &longs;i ab Hyperbolæ hujus puncto quovis Zdemittatur normalis ZS,hæc fuerit ad AZut e&longs;t differentia inter AZ& CZad AC.Dantur ergo rationes ip&longs;arum ZR& ZSad AZ,& idcirco datur earun­

dem ZR& ZSratio ad invicem; ideoque &longs;i rectæ RP, SQconcur­rant in T,& agatur TZ,figura TRZS,dabitur &longs;pecie, & recta TZin qua punctum Zalicubi lo­catur, dabitur po&longs;itione. Eadem methodo per Hyperbolam ter­tiam, cujus umbilici &longs;unt B& C& axis principalis differentia re­ctarum BZ, CZ,inveniri pote&longs;t alia recta in qua punctum Zlocatur. Habitis autem duobus Locis recti­lineis, habetur punctum quæ&longs;itum Zin eorum inter&longs;ectione. Q.E.I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Cas.2. Si duæ ex tribus lineis, puta AZ& BZæquantur, pun­ctum Zlocabitur in perpendiculo bi&longs;ecante di&longs;tantiam AB,& lo­cus alius rectilineus invenietur ut &longs;upra. Q.E.I.

Cas.3. Si omnes tres æquantur, locabitur punctum Zin centro Circuli per puncta A, B, Ctran&longs;euntis. Q.E.I.

Solvitur etiam hoc Lemma problematicum per Librum Tactio­num Apolloniia Vietare&longs;titutum.

PROPOSITIO XXI. PROBLEMA XIII.

Trajectoriam circa datum umbilicum de&longs;cribere, quæ tran&longs;ibit per puncta data & rectas po&longs;itione datas continget.

Detur umbilicus S,punctum P,& tangens TR,& invenien­dus &longs;it umbilicus alter H.Ad tangentem demitte perpendiculum ST,& produc idem ad Y,ut &longs;it TYæqualis ST,& erit YHæ­qualis axi principali. Junge SP, HP,& erit SPdifferentia inter HP& axem principalem. Hoc modo &longs;i dentur plures tangen-tes TR,vel plura puncta P,devenietur &longs;emper ad lineas totidem YH,vel PH,a dictis punctis Yvel

Pad umbilicum Hductas, quæ vel æquantur axibus, vel datis longitu­dinibus SPdifferunt ab ii&longs;dem, at­que adeo quæ vel æquantur &longs;ibi invi­cem, vel datas habent differentias; & inde, per Lemma &longs;uperius, datur umbi­licus ille alter H.Habitis autem um­bilicis una cum axis longitudine (quæ vel e&longs;t YH; vel, &longs;i Trajectoria Ellip&longs;is e&longs;t, PH+SP; &longs;in Hy­perbola, PH-SP) habetur Trajectoria. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Scholium.

Ca&longs;us ubi dantur tria puncta &longs;ic &longs;olvitur expeditius. Dentur puncta B, C, D.Junctas BC, CDproduc ad E, F,ut &longs;it EBad ECut SBad SC,& FCad FDut SCad SD.Ad EFductam & productam demitte normales SG, BH,inque GSinfinite producta cape GAad AS& Gaad aSut e&longs;t HBad BS; & erit Avertex, & Aaaxis principalis Trajectoriæ: quæ, perinde ut GAmajor, æqualis, vel minor fuerit quam AS,erit Ellip&longs;is, Parabola vel Hyperbola; pun­

cto ain primo ca&longs;u cadente ad eandem partem lineæ GFcum puncto A; in &longs;ecundo ca&longs;u abeunte in infinitum; in tertio cadente ad contrari­am partem lineæ GF.Nam &longs;i demittantur ad GFperpendicula CI, DK; erit ICad HBut ECad EB,hoc e&longs;t, ut SCad SB; & vi­ci&longs;&longs;im ICad SCut HBad SB&longs;ive ut GAad SA.Et &longs;imili argumento probabitur e&longs;&longs;e KDad SDin eadem ratione. Jacent ergo puncta B, C, Din Coni&longs;ectione circa umbilicum Sita de&longs;cripta, ut rectæ omnes ab umbilico Sad &longs;ingula Sectionis puncta ductæ, &longs;int ad perpendicula a punctis ii&longs;dem ad rectam GFdemi&longs;&longs;a in data illa ratione.

Methodo haud multum di&longs;&longs;imili hujus problematis &longs;olutionem tradit Clari&longs;&longs;imus Geometra de la Hire,Conieorum &longs;uorum Lib. VIII. Prop. XXV.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO V.

Inventio Orbium ubi umbilicus neuter datur.

LEMMA XVII.

Si a datæ Conicæ Sectionis puncto quovisP, ad Trapezii alicujusABDC, in Conica illa &longs;ectione in&longs;cripti, latera quatuor infinite productaAB, CD, AC, DB, totidem rectæPQ, PR, PS, PT in datis angulis ducantur, &longs;ingulæ ad &longs;ingula: rectangulum duc­tarum ad oppo&longs;ita duo lateraPQXPR, erit ad rectangulum duc­tarum ad alia duo latera oppo&longs;itaPSXPT in data ratione.

Cas.1. Ponamus primo lineas ad

oppo&longs;ita latera ductas parallelas e&longs;­&longs;e alterutri reliquorum laterum, puta PQ& PRlateri AC,& PSac PTlateri AB.SintQ.E.I.&longs;uper latera duo ex oppo&longs;itis, puta AC& BD,&longs;ibi invicem paralle­la. Et recta quæ bi&longs;ecat paralle­la illa latera erit una ex diametris Conicæ &longs;ectionis, & bi&longs;ecabit eti­am RqueSit Opunctum in quo RQbi&longs;ecatur, & erit POordinatim applicata ad diametrum illam. Produc POad Kut &longs;it OKæqualis PO,& erit OKordinatim applicata ad contrarias partes diametri. Cum igitur puncta A, B, P& K&longs;int ad Conicam &longs;ectionem, & PK&longs;ecet ABin dato an­gulo, erit (per Prop.17 & 18 Lib. III Conieorum Apollonii) rectangu­lum PQKad rectangulum AQBin data ratione. Sed QK& PRæquales &longs;unt, utpote æqualium OK, OP,& OQ, ORdifferentiæ, & inde etiam rectangula PQK& PQXPRæqualia &longs;unt; at­que adeo rectangulum PQXPRe&longs;t ad rectangulum AQB,hoc e&longs;t ad rectangulum PSXPTin data ratione. Q.E.D.

Cas.2. Ponamus jam Trapezii latera oppo&longs;ita AC& BDnon e&longs;&longs;e parallela. Age Bdparallelam AC& occurrentem tum rectæ STin t,tum Conicæ &longs;ectioni in d.Junge Cd&longs;ecantem PQin r,& ip&longs;i PQparallelam age DM

&longs;ecantem Cdin M& ABin N.Jam ob &longs;imilia triangula BTt, DBN; e&longs;t Bt&longs;eu PQad Ttut DNad NB.Sic & Rre&longs;t ad AQ&longs;eu PSut DMad AN.Ergo, ducendo antecedentes in antecedentes & con&longs;equentes in con&longs;equentes, ut rectangulum PQin Rre&longs;t ad rectangulum PSin Tt,ita rectangulum NDMe&longs;t ad rectangulum ANB,& (per Ca&longs;.1) ita rectangulum PQin Pre&longs;t ad rectangulum PSin Pt,ac divi&longs;im ita rectangulum PQXPRe&longs;t ad rectangulum PSXPT. Q.E.D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Cas.3. Ponamus denique lineas

quatuor PQ, PR, PS, PTnon e&longs;&longs;e parallelas lateribus AC, AB,&longs;ed ad ea utcunQ.E.I.clinatas. Ea­rum vice age Pq, Prparallelas ip&longs;i AC; & Ps, Ptparallelas ip&longs;i AB; & propter datos angu­los triangulorum PQq, PRr, PSs, PTt,dabuntur rationes PQad Pq, PRad Pr, PSad Ps,& PTad Pt; atque adeo rationes compo&longs;itæ PQXPRad PqXPr,& PSXPTad PsXPt.Sed, per &longs;uperius de­mon&longs;trata, ratio PqXPrad PsXPtdata e&longs;t: Ergo & ratio PQXPRad PSXPT. Q.E.D.

LEMMA XVIII.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, &longs;i rectangulum ductarum ad oppo&longs;ita duo latera Tra­peziiPQXPR &longs;it ad rectangulum ductarum ad reliqua duo late­raPSXPT in data ratione; punctumP, a quo lineæ ducuntur, tanget Conicam &longs;ectionem circa Trapezium de&longs;criptam.

Per puncta A, B, C, D& aliquod infinitorum punctorum P,pu­ta p,concipe Conicam &longs;ectionem de&longs;cribi: dico punctum Phanc &longs;emper tangere. Si negas,

junge AP&longs;ecantem hanc Conicam &longs;ectionem alibi quam in P,&longs;i fieri pote&longs;t, puta in b.Ergo &longs;i ab his punctis p& bducantur in datis angulis ad latera Tra­pezii rectæ pq, pr, ps, pt& bk, br, b&longs;, bd; erit ut bkXbr ad b&longs;Xbdita (per Lem. XVII) pqXprad psXpt,& ita (per Hypoth.) PQXPRad PSXPT.E&longs;t & prop­ter &longs;imilitudinem Trapeziorum bkA&longs;, PQAS,ut bkad b&longs;ita PQad PS.Quare, applicando terminos prioris proportionis ad terminos corre&longs;pondentes hujus, erit br ad bdut PRad PT.Er­go Trapezia æquiangula Dr bd, DRPT&longs;imilia &longs;unt, & eorum diagonales Db, DPpropterea coincidunt. Incidit itaque bin inter&longs;ectionem rectarum AP, DPadeoque coincidit cum puncto P.Quare punctum P,ubicunque &longs;umatur, incidit in a&longs;&longs;ignatam Conicam &longs;ectionem. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.Hinc &longs;i rectæ tres PQ, PR, PSa puncto communi Pad alias totidem po&longs;itione datas rectas AB, CD, AC,&longs;ingulæ ad &longs;ingulas, in datis angulis ducantur, &longs;itque rectangulum &longs;ub duabus ductis PQXPRad quadratum tertiæ PS quad.in data ratione: punctum P,a quibus rectæ ducuntur, locabitur in &longs;ectione Conica quæ tangit lineas AB, CDin A& C; & contra. Nam coeat linea BDcum linea ACmanente po&longs;itione trium AB, CD, AC; de­in coeat etiam linea PTcum linea PS:& rectangulum PSXPTevadet PS quad.rectæque AB, CDquæ curvam in punctis A& B, C& D&longs;ecabant, jam Curvam in punctis illis coeuntibus non am­plius &longs;ecare po&longs;&longs;unt &longs;ed tantum tangent.

Scholium.

Nomen Conicæ &longs;ectionis in hoc Lemmate late &longs;umitur, ita ut &longs;ectio tam Rectilinea per verticem Coni tran&longs;iens, quam Circularis ba&longs;i parallela includatur. Nam &longs;i punctum pincidit in rectam, qua quævis ex punctis quatuor A, B, C, Djunguntur, Conica &longs;ectio vertetur in geminas Rectas, quarum una e&longs;t recta illa in quam pun­ctum pincidit, & altera e&longs;t recta qua alia duo ex punctis quatuor jun­guntur. Si Trapezii anguli duo oppo&longs;iti &longs;imul &longs;umpti æquentur duobus rectis, & lineæ quatuor PQ, PR, PS, PTducantur ad latera ejus vel perpendiculariter vel in angulis quibu&longs;vis æqualibus, &longs;itque rectangulum &longs;ub duabus ductis PQXPRæquale rectangu­lo &longs;ub duabus aliis PSXPT,Sectio conica evadet Circulus. Idem fiet &longs;i lineæ quatuor ducantur in angulis quibu&longs;vis & rectangulum &longs;ub duabus ductis PQXPR&longs;it ad rectangulum &longs;ub aliis duabus PSXPTut rectangulum &longs;ub &longs;inubus angulorum S, T,in quibus duæ ultimæ PS, PTducuntur, ad rectangulum &longs;ub &longs;inubus angu­lorum Q, R,in quibus duæ primæ PQ, PRducuntur. Cæteris in ca&longs;ibus Locus puncti Perit aliqua trium figurarum quæ vulgo nominantur Sectiones Conicæ. Vice autem Trapezii ABCD&longs;ub­&longs;titui pote&longs;t Quadrilaterum cujus latera duo oppo&longs;ita &longs;e mutuo in­&longs;tar diagonalium decu&longs;&longs;ant. Sed & e punctis quatuor A, B, C, Dpo&longs;&longs;unt unum vel duo abire ad infinitum, eoque pacto latera fi­guræ quæ ad puncta illa convergunt, evadere parallela: quo in ca&longs;u Sectio Conica tran&longs;ibit per cætera puncta, & in plagas paralle­larum abibit in infinitum.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XIX.

Invenire punctumP, a quo &longs;i rectæ

quatuorPQ, PR, PS, PT, ad alias totidem po&longs;itione datas rectasAB, CD, AC, BD, &longs;ingulæ ad &longs;ingulas in datis angulis ducantur, rectangulum &longs;ub duabus ductis,PQXPR, &longs;it ad rectangulum &longs;ub aliis duabus,PSXPT, in data ra­tione.

Lineæ AB, CD,ad quas rectæ duæ PQ, PR,unum rectan­gulorum continentes ducuntur, conveniant cum aliis duabus po&longs;i­tione datis lineis in punctis A, B, C, D.Ab eorum aliquo Aage rectam quamlibet AH,in qua velis punctum Preperiri. Secet ea lineas oppo&longs;itas BD, CD,nimirum BDin H& CDin I,& ob datos omnes angulos figuræ, dabuntur rationes PQad PA& PAad PS,adeoque ratio PQad

PS.Auferendo hanca data ra­tione PQXPRad PSXPT,dabitur ratio PRad PT,& addendo datas rationes PIad PR,& PTad PHdabitur ratio PIad PHatque adeo punctum P. Q.E.I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc etiam ad Loci punctorum infinitorum Ppun­ctum quodvis Dtangens duci pote&longs;t. Nam chorda PDubi puncta Pac Dconveniunt, hoc e&longs;t, ubi AHducitur per punctum D,tangens evadit. Quo in ca&longs;u, ultima ratio evane&longs;centium IP& PHinvenietur ut &longs;upra. Ip&longs;i igitur ADdue parallelam CF,occurrentem BDin F,& in ea ul­tima ratione &longs;ectam in E,& DEtangens erit, propterea quod CF& evane&longs;cens IHparallelæ &longs;unt, & in E& Pfimiliter &longs;ectæ.

Corol.2. Hinc etiam Locus punctorum omnium Pdefiniri pote&longs;t. Per quodvis punctorum A, B, C, D,puta A,duc Loci tangentem AE& per aliud quodvis punctum Bduc tangenti parallelam BFoccurrentem Loco in F.Invenie­

tur autem punctum Fper Lem. XIX. Bi&longs;eca BFin G,& acta indefinita AGerit po&longs;itio diametri ad quam BG& FGordinatim applicantur. Hæc AGoccurrat Loco in H,& erit AHdiameter &longs;ive latus tran&longs;­ver&longs;um, ad quod latus rectum erit ut BGquead AGH.Si AGnullibi occurrit Loco, linea AHexi&longs;tente infinita, Locus erit Parabola & la­rum rectum ejus ad diametrum AGpertinens erit (BGq./AG) Sin ea alicubi occurrit, Locus Hyperbola erit ubi puncta A& H&longs;ita &longs;unt ad ea&longs;dem partes ip&longs;ius G:& Ellip&longs;is, ubi Gintermedium e&longs;t, ni&longs;i forte angulus AGBrectus &longs;it & in&longs;uper BG quad.æquale rectangulo AGH,quo in ca&longs;u Circulus habebitur.

AtQ.E.I.a Problematis Veterum de quatuor lineis ab Euclideincæp­ti & ab Apolloniocontinuati non calculus, &longs;ed compo&longs;itio Geometri­ca, qualem Veteres quærebant, in hoc Corollario exhibetur.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XX.

Si Parallelogrammum quodvisASPQ angulis duobus oppo&longs;itisA &P tangit &longs;ectionem quamvis Conicam in punctisA &P; &, lateri­bus unius angulorum illorum infinite productisAQ, AS, occurrit eidem &longs;ectioni Conicæ inB &C; a punctis autem occur&longs;uumB &C ad quintum quodvis &longs;ectionis Conicæ punctumD agantur rec­tæ duæBD, CD occurrentes alteris duobus infinite productis pa­rallelogrammi lateribusPS, PQ inT &R: erunt &longs;emper ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ laterum partesPR &PT adinvicem in data ratione. Et contra, &longs;i partes illæ ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ &longs;unt ad invicem in data ratione, punctumD tan­get Sectionem Conicam per puncta quatuorA, B, C, P tran&longs;euntem.

Cas.1. Jungantur BP, CP& a puncto Dagantur rectæ duæ DG, DE,quarum prior

DGip&longs;i ABparallela &longs;it & occurrat PB, PQ, CAin H, I, G; altera DEparal­lela &longs;it ipfi AC& occurrat PC, PS, ABin F, K, E:& erit (per Lemma XVII.) re­ctangulum DEXDFad re­ctangulum DGXDHin ra­tione data. Sed e&longs;t PQad DE(&longs;eu IQ) ut PBad HB,adeoque ut PTad DH; & vici&longs;&longs;im PQad PTut DEad DH.E&longs;t & PRad DFut RCad DC,adeoque ut (IGvel) PSad DG,& vici&longs;&longs;im PRad PSut DFad DG; & conjunctis rationibus fit rectangulum PQXPRad rectangulum PSXPTut rectangulum DEXDFad rectan­gulum DGXDH,atque adeo in data ratione. Sed dantur PQ& PS& propterea ratio PRad PTdatur. Q.E.D.

Cas.2. Quod &longs;i PR& PTponantur in data ratione ad invi­cem, tum &longs;imili ratiocinio regrediendo, &longs;equetur e&longs;&longs;e rectangulum DEXDFad rectangulum DGXDHin ratione data, adeoque punctum D(per Lemma XVIII.) contingere Conicam &longs;ectionem tran&longs;euntem per puncta A, B, C, P. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i agatur BC&longs;ecans PQin r,& in PTcapiatur Ptin ratione ad Prquam habet PTad PR:erit Bttangens Conicæ &longs;ectionis ad punctum B.Nam concipe punctum Dcoire cum puncto Bita ut, chorda BDevane&longs;cente, BTtangens eva­dat; & CDac BTcoincident cum CB& Bt.

Corol.2. Et vice ver&longs;a &longs;i

Btfit tangens, & ad quod­vis Conicæ &longs;ectionis punc­tum Dconveniant BD, CD; erit PRad PTut ut Prad Pt.Et contra, &longs;i &longs;it PRad PTut Prad Pt:convenient BD, CDad Conicæ Sectionis punc­um aliquod D.

Corol.3. Conica &longs;ectio non &longs;ecat Conicam &longs;ectio­nem in punctis pluribus quam quatuor. Nam, &longs;i fieri pote&longs;t, tran&longs;­eant duæ Conicæ &longs;ectiones per quinque puncta A, B, C, P, O; ea&longs;­que &longs;ecet recta BDin punctis D, d,& ip&longs;am PQ&longs;ecet recta Cdin r. Ergo PRe&longs;t ad PTut Pr ad PT; unde PR& Pr &longs;ibi invicem æquantur, contra Hypothe&longs;in.

LEMMA XXI.

Si rectæ duæ mobiles & infinitæBM, CM per data punctaB, C, ceu polos ductæ, concur&longs;u &longs;uoM de&longs;cribant tertiam po&longs;itione da­tam rectamMN; & aliæ duæ infinitæ rectæBD, CD cum prioribus duabus ad puncta illa dataB, C datos angulosMBD, MCD efficientes ducantur; dico quod hæ duæBD, CD concur&longs;u &longs;uoD de&longs;cribent &longs;ectionem Conicam per punctaB, C tran&longs;euntem. Et vice ver&longs;a, &longs;i rectæBD, CD concur&longs;u &longs;uoD de&longs;cribant Sectionem Conicam per data punctaB, C, A tran&longs;euntem, & &longs;it angulusDBM &longs;emper æqualis angulo datoABC, angulu&longs;queDCM &longs;emper æqualis angulo datoACB: punctumM continget rectam po&longs;itione datam.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Nam in recta MNdetur punctum N,& ubi punctum mobile Mincidit in immotum N,incidat punctum mobile Din immo­tum P,Junge CN, BN,

CP, BP,& a puncto Page rectas PT, PRoccurrentes ip&longs;is BD, CDin T& R,& fa­cientes angulum BPTæqualem angulo dato BNM,& angulum CPRæqualem angu­gulo dato CNM.Cum ergo (ex Hypothe&longs;i) æquales &longs;int anguli MBD, NBP,ut & anguli MCD, NCP; aufer communes NBD& NCD,& re&longs;tabunt æquales NBM& PBT, NCM& PCR:adeoque triangula NBM, PBT&longs;imilia &longs;unt, ut & triangula NCM, PCR.Quare PTe&longs;t ad NMut PBad NB,& PRad NMut PCad NC.Sunt autem puncta B, C, N, Pimmobilia. Ergo PT& PRdatam habent rationem ad NM,pro­indeQ.E.D.tam rationem inter &longs;e; atque adeo, per Lemma xx, punctum D(perpetuus rectarum mobilium BT& CRconcur&longs;us) contingit &longs;ectionem Conicam, per puncta B, C, Ptran&longs;euntem. Q.E.D.

Et contra, &longs;i punctum mobile Dcontingat &longs;ectionem Conicam tran&longs;euntem per data puncta B, C, A,& &longs;it angulus DBM&longs;emper æqualis angulo dato ABC,& angulus DCM&longs;emper æqualis angu­lo dato ACB,& ubi punctum Dincidit &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive in duo quævis &longs;e­ctionis puncta immobilia p, P,punctum mobile Mincidat &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive in puncta duo immobilia n, N:per eadem n, Nagatur Recta n N,& hæc erit Locus perpetuus puncti illius mobilis M.Nam, &longs;i fieri pote&longs;t, ver&longs;etur punctum Min linea aliqua Curva. Tanget ergo punctum D&longs;ectionem Conicam per puncta quinque B, CA, p, P,tran&longs;euntem, ubi punctum Mperpetuo tangit lineam Curvam. Sed & ex jam demon&longs;tratis tanget etiam punctum D&longs;ectionem CoNI­cam per eadem quinque puncta B, C, A, p, Ptran&longs;euntem, ubi pun-

ctum Mperpetuo tangit lineam Rectam. Ergo duæ &longs;ectiones Co­nicæ tran&longs;ibunt per eadem quinque puncta, contra Corol. 3. Lem. xx. Igitur punctum Mver&longs;ari in linea Curva ab&longs;urdum e&longs;t. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXII. PROBLEMA. XIV.

Trajectoriam per data quinque puncta de&longs;cribere.

Dentur puncta quinque A, B, C, P, D.Ab eorum aliquo Aad alia duo quævis B, C,quæ poli nominentur, age rectas AB, AC,

hi&longs;que parallelas TPS, PRQper punctum quartum P.De­inde a polis duobus B, Cage per punctum quintum DinfiNI­tas duas BDT, CRD,novi&longs;&longs;ime ductis TPS, PRQ(prio­rem priori & po&longs;teriorem po&longs;teriori) occurrentes in T& R.De­niQ.E.D. rectis PT, PR,acta recta trip&longs;i TRparallela, ab­&longs;cinde qua&longs;vis Pt, Prip&longs;is PT, PRproportionales; & &longs;i per earum terminos t, r& polos B, Cactæ Bt, Crconcurrant in d,locabitur punctum illud din Trajectoria quæ&longs;ita. Nam punc­tum illud d(per Lemma xx) ver&longs;atur in Conica Sectione per puncta quatuor A, B, C, Ptran&longs;eunte; &, lineis Rr, Ttevane­&longs;centibus, coit punctum dcum puncto D.Tran&longs;it ergo &longs;ectio Co­nica per puncta quinque A, B, C, P, D. Q.E.D.

Idem aliter.

LIBER PRIMUS.

E punctis datis junge tria quævis A, B, C; &, circum duo eorum B, Cceu polos, rotando angulos magnitudine datos ABC, ACB,applicentur cru­

ra BA, CAprimo ad punctum D,deinde ad punctum P,& no­tentur puncta M, Nin quibus altera crura BL, CLca&longs;u utroque &longs;e decu&longs;&longs;ant. Agatur recta infinita MN,& rotentur anguli illi mo­biles circum polos &longs;uos B, C,ea lege ut cru­rum BL, CLvel BM, CMinter&longs;ectio quæ jam &longs;it mincidat &longs;emper in rectam illam infinitam MN& cru­rum BA, CA,vel BD, CDinter&longs;ectio, quæ jam &longs;it d,Trajecto­riam quæ&longs;itam PAD dBdelineabit. Nam punctum d,per Lem. XXI, continget &longs;ectionem Conicam per puncta B, Ctran&longs;euntem; & ubi punctum maccedit ad puncta L, M, N,punctum d(per con­&longs;tructionem) accedet ad puncta A, D, P.De&longs;cribetur itaque &longs;ec­tio Conica tran&longs;iens per puncta quinque A, B, C, P, D. q.E.F.

Corol.1. Hinc recta expedite duci pote&longs;t quæ Trajectoriam quæ­&longs;itam, in puncto quovis dato B,continget. Accedat punctum dad punctum B,& recta Bdevadet tangens quæ&longs;ita.

Corol.2. Unde etiam Trajectoriarum Centra, Diametri & Latera recta inveniri po&longs;&longs;unt, ut in Corollario &longs;ecundo Lemmatis XIX.

Scholium.

Con&longs;tructio prior evadet paulo &longs;implicior jungendo BP,& in ea, &longs;i opus e&longs;t, producta capiendo Bpad BPut e&longs;t PRad PT; & per pagendo rectam infinitam pd ip&longs;i SPTparallelam, inque ea capiendo &longs;emper pd æqualem Pr; & agendo rectas Bd, Crcon­currentes in d.Nam cum &longs;int Prad Pt, PRad PT, pBad PB, pd ad Ptin eadem ratione; erunt pd & Pr&longs;emper æqua-les. Hac methodo puncta Trajectoriæ inveniuntur expediti&longs;&longs;ime,

ni&longs;i mavis Curvam, ut in con&longs;tructione &longs;ecunda, de&longs;eribere Me­chanice.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXIII. PROBLEMA XV.

Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere quæ per data quatuor puncta tran&longs;ibit, & rec­tam continget po&longs;itione datam.

Cas.1. Dentur tangens HB,punctum contactus B,& alia tria puncta C, D, P.Junge BC,& agendo PSparallelam BH,& PQparallelam BC,comple parallelogrammum BSPque

Age BD&longs;ecantem SPin T,& CD&longs;ecantem PQin R.De­nique, agendo quamvis trip&longs;i TRparallelam, de PQ, PSab&longs;cinde Pr, Ptip&longs;is PR, PTproportionales re&longs;pective; & actarum Cr, Btconcur&longs;us d(per Lem. xx) incidet &longs;emper in Trajectoriam de&longs;cribendam.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Idem aliter.

Revolvatur tum angulus magnitudine datus CBHcirca polum B,tum radius quilibet rectilineus & utrinque productus DCcir­ca polum C.Notentur puncta M, Nin quibus anguli crus BC&longs;ecat radium illum ubi crus alterum BHconcurrit cum eodem ra­dio in punctis P& D.Deinde ad actam infinitam MNcon­

currant perpetuo radius ille CPvel CD& anguli crus BC,& cruris alterius BHconcur&longs;us cum radio delineabit Trajectoriam quæ&longs;itam.

Nam &longs;i in con&longs;tructionibus Problematis &longs;uperioris accedat punc­tum Aad punctum B,lineæ CA& CBcoincident, & linea ABin ultimo &longs;uo &longs;itu fiet tangens BH,atque adeo con&longs;tructiones ibi po­&longs;itæ evadent eædem cum con&longs;tructionibus hic de&longs;criptis. Delinea­bit igitur cruris BHconcur&longs;us cum radio &longs;ectionem Conicam per puncta C, D, Ptran&longs;euntem, & rectam BHtangentem in puncto B. q.E.F.

Cas.2. Dentur puncta quatuor B, C, D, Pextra tangentem HI&longs;ita. Junge bina lineis BD, CPconcurrentibus in G,tangen-tique occurrentibus in H& I.Secetur tangens in A,ita ut &longs;it HAad AI,ut e&longs;t rectan­

gulum &longs;ub media proportio­nali inter CG& GP& me­dia proportionali inter BH& HD,ad rectangulum &longs;ub me­dia proportionali inter DG& GB& media proportionali in­ter PI& IC; & erit Apunc­tum contactus. Nam &longs;i rectæ PIparallela HXTrajecto­riam &longs;ecet in punctis quibu&longs;­vis X& Y:erit (ex Conicis) punctum Aita locandum, ut fuerit HA quad.ad AI quad.in ra­tione compo&longs;ita ex ratione rectanguli XHYad rectangulum BHD&longs;eu rectanguli CGPad rectangulum DGB& ex ratione rectan­guli BHDad rectangulum PIC.Invento autem contactus puncto A,de&longs;cribetur Trajectoria ut in ca&longs;u primo. q.E.F.Capi autem pote&longs;t punctum Avel inter puncta H& I,vel extra; & perinde Trajectoria dupliciter de&longs;cribi.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXIV. PROBLEMA XVI.

Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere quæ tran&longs;ibit per data tria puncta & rectas duas po&longs;itione datas continget.

Dentur tangentes HI, KL&

puncta B, C, D.Per punctorum duo quævis B, Dage rectam in­finitam BDtangentibus occur­rentem in punctis H, K.Deinde etiam per alia duo quævis C, Dage infinitam CDtangentibus oc­currentem in punctis I, L.Actas ita &longs;eca in R& S,ut &longs;it HRad KRut e&longs;t media proportionalis inter BH& HDad mediam proportionalem inter BK& KD; & ISad LSut e&longs;t media pro­portionalis inter CI& IDad me­diam proportionalem inter CL& LD.Seca autem pro lubitu vel inter puncta K& H,I& L,vel extra eadem: dein age RS&longs;ecantem tangentes in A& P,& erunt A& Ppuncta contactuum. Nam &longs;i A& P&longs;upponantur e&longs;&longs;e puncta contactuum alicubi in tangentibus &longs;i­ta; & per punctorum H, I, K, Lquodvis I,in tangente al­terutra HI&longs;itum, agatur recta IYtangenti alteri KLparal­lela, quæ occurrat curvæ in X& Y,& in ea &longs;umatur IZme­dia proportionalis inter IX& IY:erit, ex Conicis, rectangulum XIY&longs;eu IZ quad.ad LP quad.ut rectangulum CIDad rectan­gulum CLD,id e&longs;t (per con&longs;tructionem) ut SI quad.ad SL quad:atque adeo IZad LPut SIad SL.Jacent ergo punc­ta S, P, Zin una recta. Porro tangentibus concurrentibus in G,rit (ex Conicis) rectangulum XIY&longs;eu IZ quad.ad IA quad.ut GP quadad GA quad:adeoque IZ& IAut GPad GA.Jacent ergo puncta P, Z& Ain una recta, adeoque puncta S, P& A&longs;unt in una recta. Et eodem argumento probabitur quod puncta R, P& A&longs;unt in una recta. Jacent igitur puncta contactuum A& Pin recta RS.Hi&longs;ce autem inventis, Trajectoria de&longs;eribetur ut in ca&longs;u primo Problematis &longs;uperioris. q.E.F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XXII.

Figuras in alias eju&longs;dem generis figur as mutare.

Tran&longs;mutanda &longs;it figura quævis HGI.Ducantur pro lubitu rectæ duæ parallelæ AO, BLtertiam quamvis po&longs;itione datam AB&longs;ecantes in A& B,

& a figuræ puncto quo­vis G,ad rectam ABducatur quævis GD,ip&longs;i OAparallela. De­inde a puncto aliquo O,in linea OAdato, ad punctum Dducatur recta OD,ip&longs;i BLoc­currens in d,& a puncto occur&longs;us erigatur recta dgdatum quemvis angulum cum recta BLcontinens, atque eam habens rationem ad Odquam habet DGad OD; & erit gpunc­tum in figura nova hgipuncto Gre&longs;pondens. Eadem ratione puncta &longs;ingula figuræ primæ dabunt puncta totidem figura novæ. Concipe igitur punctum Gmotu continuo percurrere puncta om­nia figuræ primæ, & punctum gmotu itidem continuo percurret puncta omnia figuræ novæ & eandem de&longs;cribet. Di&longs;tinctionis gra­tia nominemus DGordinatam primam, dgordinatam novam; ADab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;am primam, adab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;am novam; Opolum, ODra­dium ab&longs;cidentem, OAradium ordinatum primum, & Oa(qno parallelogrammum OABacompletur) radium ordinatum novum.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Dico jam quod, &longs;i punctum Gtangit rectam Lineam po&longs;itione da­tam, punctum gtanget etiam Lineam rectam po&longs;itione datam. Si punctum Gtangit Conicam &longs;ectionem, punctum gtanget etiam Conicam &longs;ectionem. Conicis &longs;ectionibus hic Circulum annumero. Porro &longs;i punctum Gtan­

git Lineam tertii ordinis Analytici, punctum gtanget Lineam tertii iti­dem ordinis; & &longs;ic de curvis lineis &longs;uperiorum ordinum. Lineæ duæ e­runt eju&longs;dem &longs;emper or­dinis Analytici quas pun­cta G, gtangunt. Et­enim ut e&longs;t adad OAita &longs;unt Odad OD, dgad DG,& ABad AD; adeoque ADæqualis e&longs;t (OAXAB/ad), & DGæqualis e&longs;t (OAXdg/ad). Jam &longs;i punc­tum Gtangit rectam Lineam, atque adeo in æquatione quavis, qua relatio inter ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;am AD& ordinatam DGhabetur, in­determinatæ illæ AD& DGad unicam tantum dimen&longs;ionem a&longs;cendunt, &longs;cribendo in hac æquatione (OAXAB/ad) pro AD,& (OAXdg/ad) pro DG,producetur æquatio nova, in qua ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a no­va ad& ordinata nova dgad unicam tantum dimen&longs;ionem a&longs;cen­dent, atque adeo quæ de&longs;ignat Lineam rectam. Sin AD& DG(vel earum alterutra) a&longs;cendebant ad duas dimen&longs;iones in æquati­one prima, a&longs;cendent itidem ad& dgad duas in æquatione &longs;ecun­da. Et &longs;ic de tribus vel pluribus dimen&longs;ionibus. Indeterminatæ ad, dgin æquatione &longs;ecunda & AD, DGin prima a&longs;cendent &longs;em­per ad eundem dimen&longs;ionum numerum, & propterea Lineæ, quas puncta G, gtangunt, &longs;unt eju&longs;dem ordinis Analytici.

Dico præterea quod &longs;i recta aliqua tangat lineam curvam in fi­gura prima; hæc recta eodem modo cum curva in figuram novam tran&longs;lata tanget lineam illam curvam in figura nova: & contra. Nam &longs;i Curvæ puncta quævis duo accedunt ad invicem & coeunt in fi­gura prima, puncta eadem tran&longs;lata accedent ad invicem & coibunt in figura nova, atque adeo rectæ, quibus hæc puncta junguntur, &longs;i­mul evadent curvarum tangentes in figura utraque. Componi po&longs;­&longs;ent harum a&longs;&longs;ertionum Demon&longs;trationes more magis Geometrico. Sed brevitati con&longs;ulo.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Igitur &longs;i figura rectilinea in aliam tran&longs;mutanda e&longs;t, &longs;ufficit rec­tarum a quibus conflatur inter&longs;ectiones transferre, & per ea&longs;dem in figura nova lineas rectas ducere. Sin curvilineam tran&longs;mutare oportet, transferenda &longs;unt puncta, tangentes & aliæ rectæ quarum ope curva linea definitur. In&longs;ervit autem hoc Lemma &longs;olutioni difficiliorum Problematum, tran&longs;mutando figuras propo&longs;itas in &longs;im­pliciores. Nam rectæ quævis convergentes tran&longs;mutantur in pa­rallelas, adhibendo pro radio ordinato primo, lineam quam­vis rectam quæ per concur&longs;um convergentium tran&longs;it: id adeo quia concur&longs;us ille hoc pacto abit in infinitum, lineæ autem parallelæ &longs;unt quæ ad punctum infinite di&longs;tans tendunt. Po&longs;tquam autem Problema &longs;olvitur in figura nova, &longs;i per inver&longs;as operationes tran&longs;­mutetur hæc figura in figuram primam, habebitur &longs;olutio quæ&longs;ita.

Utile e&longs;t etiam hoc Lemma in &longs;olutione Solidorum Problema­tum. Nam quoties duæ &longs;ectiones Conicæ obvenerint, quarum in­ter&longs;ectione Problema &longs;olvi pote&longs;t, tran&longs;mutare licet earum alter­utram, &longs;i Hyperbola &longs;it vel Parabola, in Ellip&longs;in: deinde Ellip&longs;is facile mutatur in Circulum. Recta item & &longs;ectio Conica, in con­&longs;tructione Planorum Problematum, vertuntur in Rectam & Cir­culum.

PROPOSITIO XXV. PROBLEMA XVII.

Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere qua per data duo puncta tran&longs;ibit & rectas tres continget po&longs;itione datas.

Per concur&longs;um tangentium quarumvis duarum cum &longs;e invicem, & concur&longs;um tangentis tertiæ cum recta illa, quæ per puncta duo data tran&longs;it, age rectam infinitam; eaque adhibita pro radio ordinato pri­mo, tran&longs;mutetur figura, per Lemma &longs;uperius, in figuram novam. In hac figura tangentes illæ duæ evadent &longs;ibi invicem parallelæ, & tan­gens tertia fiet parallela rectæ per

puncta duo data tran&longs;eunti. Sunto hi, kltangentes illæ duæ parallelæ, iktangens tertia, & hlrecta huic parallela tran&longs;iens per puncta illa a, b,per quæ Conica &longs;ectio in hac figura nova tran&longs;ire debet, & pa­rallelogrammum hiklcomplens. Secentur rectæ hi, ik, klin c, d, e,ita ut &longs;it hcad latus quadratum rectanguli ahb, icad id,& kead kdut e&longs;t &longs;umma rectarum hi& klad &longs;ummam trium linea­rum quarum prima e&longs;t recta ik,& alteræ duæ &longs;unt latera quadrata rectangulorum ahb& alb& erunt c, d, epuncta contactuum. Et­enim, ex Conicis, &longs;unt hcquadratum ad rectangulum ahb,& icquadratum ad idquadratum, & kequadratum ad kdquadratum, & elquadratum ad rectangulum albin eadem ratione; & propter­ea hcad latus quadratum ip&longs;ius ahb, icad id, kead kd,& elad latus quadratum ip&longs;ius alb&longs;unt in &longs;ubduplicata illa ratione, & compo&longs;ite, in data ratione omnium antecedentium hi& klad omnes con&longs;equentes, quæ &longs;unt latus quadratum rectanguli ahb& recta ik& latus quadratum rectanguli alb.Habentur igitur ex data illa ratione puncta contactuum c, d, e,in figura nova. Per inver&longs;as operationes Lemmatis novi&longs;&longs;imi transferantur hæc pun­cta in figuram primam & ibi, per Probl. XIV, de&longs;cribetur Trajectoria. q.E.F.Ceterum perinde ut puncta a, bja­cent vel inter puncta h, l,vel extra, debent puncta c, d, evel inter puncta h, i, k, lcapi, vel extra. Si punctorum a, bal­terutrum cadit inter puncta h, l,& alterum extra, Problema im­po&longs;&longs;ibile e&longs;t.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXVI. PROBLEMA XVIII.

Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere quæ tran&longs;ibit per punctum datum & rectas quatuor po&longs;itione datas continget.

Ab inter&longs;ectione communi duarum quarumlibet tangentium ad inter&longs;ectionem communem reliquarum duarum agatur recta infini-ta, & eadem pro radio ordinato primo adhibita, tran&longs;mutetur fi­gura (per Lem. XXII) in figuram novam, & tangentes binæ, quæ ad radium ordinatum primum concurrebant, jam evadent parallelæ. Sun­to illæ hi& kl, ik& hlcontinentes parallelogrammum hikl.Sit­que ppunctum in hac nova figura, puncto in figura prima dato re&longs;pondens. Per figuræ centrum Oagatur pq,& exi&longs;tente Oqæ­quali Op,erit qpunctum alterum per quod &longs;ectio Conica in hac figura nova tran&longs;ire debet. Per Lemmatis XXII operationem in­ver&longs;am transferatur hoc punctum in figuram primam, & ibi habe­buntur puncta duo per quæ Trajectoria de&longs;cribenda e&longs;t. Per ea­dem vero de&longs;cribi pote&longs;t Trajectoria illa per Prob. XVII. q.E.F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XXIII.

Si rectæ duæ po&longs;itione datæAC, BD ad data punctaA, B, ter­minentur, datamque habeant rationem ad invicem, & rectaCD, qua puncta indeterminataC, D junguntur, &longs;ecetur in ra­tione data inK: dico quod punctumK locabitur in recta po&longs;i­tione data.

Concurrant enim rectæ AC,

BDin E,& in BEcapiatur BGad AEut e&longs;t BDad AC,&longs;it­que FD&longs;emper æqualis datæ EG; & erit ex con&longs;tructione ECad GD,hoc e&longs;t, ad EFut ACad BD,adeoQ.E.I. ratione data, & propterea dabitur &longs;pecie triangulum EFC.Secetur CFin Lut &longs;it CLad CFin ratio­ne CKad CD; &, ob datam il­lam rationem, dabitur etiam &longs;pecie triangulum EFL; proindeque punctum Llocabitur in recta ELpo&longs;itione data. Junge LK,& &longs;imilia erunt triangula CLK, CFD; &, ob datam FD& datam rationem LKad FD,dabitur LK.Huic æqualis capiatur EH,& erit &longs;emper ELKHparallelogrammum. Locatur igitur punc­tum Kin parallelogrammi illius latere po&longs;itione dato HK. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

LEMMA XXIV.

Si rectæ tres tangant quamcunque Coni&longs;ectionem, quarum duæ pa­rallelæ &longs;int ac dentur po&longs;itione; dico quod Sectionis &longs;emidia­meter hi&longs;ce duabus parallela, &longs;it media proportionalis inter ha­rum &longs;egmenta, punctis contactuum & tangenti tertiæ inter­jecta.

Sunto AF, GBpa­

rallelæ duæ Coni&longs;ec­tionem ADBtan­gentes in A& B; EFrecta tertia Coni&longs;ec­tionem tangens in I,& occurrens prioribus tangentibus in F& G; &longs;itque CD&longs;emidiame­ter Figuræ tangenti­bus parallela: Dico quod AF, CD, BG&longs;unt continue proportionales.

Nam &longs;i diametri conjugatæ AB, DMtangenti FGoccurrant in E& H,&longs;eque mutuo &longs;ecent in C,& compleatur parallelogram­mum IKCL; erit, ex natura Sectionum Conicarum, ut ECad CAita CAad CL,& ita divi&longs;im EC-CAad CA-CL,&longs;eu EAad AL,& compo&longs;ite EAad EA+AL&longs;eu ELut ECad EC+CA&longs;eu EB; adeoque (ob &longs;imilitudinem triangulorum EAF, ELI, ECH, EBG) AFad LIut CHad BG.E&longs;t itidem, ex natura Sectionum Conicarum, LI(&longs;eu CK) ad CDut CDad CH; atque, adeo ex æquo perturbate, AFad CDut CDad BG. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i tangentes duæ FG, PQtangentibus parallelis AF, BGoccurrant in F& G, P& Q,&longs;eque mutuo &longs;ecent in O; erit (ex æquo perturbate) AFad BQut APad BG,& divi&longs;im ut FPad GQ,atque adeo ut FOad OG.

Corol.2. Unde etiam rectæ duæ PG, FQper puncta P& G, F& Qductæ, concurrent ad rectam ACBper centrum Figuræ & puncta contactuum A, Btran&longs;euntem.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XXV.

Si parallelogrammi latera quatuor infinite producta tangant Sectio­nem quamcunque Conicam, & ab&longs;cindantur ad tangentem quamvis quintam; &longs;umantur autem laterum quorumvis duorum contermi­norum ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ terminatæ ad angulos oppo&longs;itos parallelogrammi: dico quod ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a alterutra &longs;it ad latus illud a quo est ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a, ut pars lateris alterius contermini inter punctum contactus & latus tertium, est ad ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;arum alteram.

Tangant parallelogrammi MLIKlatera quatuor ML, IK, KL, MI&longs;ectionem Conicam in A, B, C, D,& &longs;ecet tangens quinta FQhæc latera in F, Q, H

& E; &longs;umantur autem laterum MI, KIab­&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ ME, KQ,vel laterum KL, MLab­&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ KH, MF:di­co quod &longs;it MEad MIut BKad KQ; & KHad KLut AMad MF.Nam per Corollarium &longs;e­cundum Lemmatis &longs;uperioris, e&longs;t MEad EIut (AM&longs;eu) BKad BQ,& componendo MEad MIut BKad Kque Q.E.D.Item KHad HLut (BK&longs;eu) AMad AF,& dividendo KHad KLut AMad MF. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i datur parallelogramum IKLM,circa datam Sec­tionem Conicam de&longs;eriptum, dabitur rectangulum KQXME,ut & huic æquale rectangulum KHXMF.

Corol.2. Et &longs;i &longs;exta ducatur tangens eqtangentibus KI, MIoccurrens in q& e; rectangulum KQXMEæquabitur rectan­gulo KqXMe; eritque KQad Meut Kqad ME,& divi&longs;im ut Qqad Ee.

Corol.3. Unde etiam &longs;i Eq, eQjungantur & bi&longs;ecentur, & recta per puncta bi&longs;ectionum agatur, tran&longs;ibit hæc per centrum Sectio­nis Conicæ. Nam cum &longs;it Qqad Eeut KQad Me,tran&longs;ibit ea-dem recta per medium omnium Eq, eQ, MK; (per Lem. XXIII) & medium rectæ MKe&longs;t centrum Sectionis.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXVII. PROBLEMA XIX.

Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere quæ rectas quinque po&longs;itione datas continget.

Dentur pofitione tangentes ABG, BCF, GCD, FDE, EA.Figuræ quadrilateræ &longs;ub quatuor quibu&longs;vis contentæ ABFEdia­gonales AF, BEbi&longs;eca, & (per Corol. 3. Lem. XXV) recta MNper puncta bi&longs;ectionum acta tran&longs;ibit per centrum Trajectoriæ. Rur&longs;us Figuræ quadrilateræ BGDF,&longs;ub aliis quibu&longs;vis quatuor

tangentibus contentæ, diagonales (ut ita dicam) BD, GFbi­&longs;eca in P& Q:& recta PQper puncta bi&longs;ectionum acta tran&longs;­ibit per centrum Trajectoriæ. Dabitur ergo centrum in concur&longs;u bi­&longs;ecantium. Sit illud O.Tangenti cuivis BCparallelam age KL,ad eam di&longs;tantiam ut centrum Oin medio inter parallelas locetur, & acta KLtanget Trajectoriam de&longs;cribendam. Secet hæc tan-gentes alias qua&longs;vis duas GCD, FDEin L& K.Per harum tangentium non parallelarum CL, FKcum parallelis CF, KLconcur&longs;us C& K, F& Lage CK, FLconcurrentes in R,& rec­ta ORducta & producta &longs;ecabit tangentes parallelas CF, KLin punctis contactuum. Patet hoc per Corol. 2. Lem. XXIV. Ea­dem methodo invenire licet alia contactuum puncta, & tum de­mum per Probl. XIV. &c. Trajectoriam de&longs;cribere. q.E.F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Scholium.

Problemata, ubi dantur Trajectoriarum vel centra vel A&longs;ymp­toti, includuntnr in præcedentibus. Nam datis punctis & tangen­tibus una cum centro, dantur alia totidem puncta aliæque tangen­tes a centro ex altera ejus parte æqualiter di&longs;tantes. A&longs;ymptotos autem pro tangente habenda e&longs;t, & ejus terminus infinite di&longs;tans (&longs;i ita loqui fas &longs;it) pro puncto contactus. Concipe tangentis cu­ju&longs;vis punctum contactus abire in infinitum, & tangens vertetur in A&longs;ymptoton, atque con&longs;tructiones Problematis XIV & Ca&longs;us pri­mi Problematis XV vertentur in con&longs;tructiones Problematum ubi A&longs;ymptoti dantur.

Po&longs;tquam Trajectoria de&longs;cripta e&longs;t, invenire licet axes & umbi­licos ejus hac methodo. In con&longs;tructione & figura Lemmatis XXI, fac ut angulorum mobi­

lium PBN, PCNcru­ra BP, CP,quorum concur&longs;u Trajectoria de­&longs;cribebatur, &longs;int &longs;ibi invi­cem parallela, eumque &longs;ervantia &longs;itum revolvan­tur circa polos &longs;uos B, Cin figura illa. Interea ve­ro de&longs;cribant altera an­gulorum illorum crura CN, BN,concur&longs;u &longs;uo Kvel k,Circulum IBKGC.Sit Circuli hujus centrum O.Ab hoc centro ad Regulam MN,ad quam altera illa crura CN, BNinterea concurrebant dum Trajectoria de&longs;cribebatur, demitte normalem OHCirculo oc­currentem in K& L.Et ubi crura illa altera CK, BKconcur­runt ad punctum illud Kquod Regulæ propius e&longs;t, crura prima CP, BPparallela erunt axi majori, & perpendicularia minori; & contrarium eveniet &longs;i crura eadem concurrunt ad punctum remo­tius L.Unde &longs;i detur Trajectoriæ centrum, dabuntur axes. Hi&longs;ce autem datis, umbilici &longs;unt in promptu.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Axium vero quadrata &longs;unt ad invicem ut KHad LH,& inde facile e&longs;t Trajectoriam

&longs;pecie datam per data quatuor puncta de&longs;cri­bere. Nam &longs;i duo ex punctis datis con&longs;titu­antur poli C, B,tertium dabit angulos mobiles PCK, PBK; his au­tem datis de&longs;cribi pote&longs;t Circulus IBKGC.Tum ob datam &longs;pecie Trajectoriam, dabitur ratio OHad OK,ad­eoQ.E.I.&longs;a OH.Cen­tro O& intervallo OHde&longs;cribe alium circulum, & recta quæ tangit hunc circulum, & tran&longs;it per concur&longs;um crurum CK, BK,ubi crura prima CP, BPconcurrunt ad quartum da­tum punctum erit Regula illa MNcujus ope Trajectoria de&longs;cri­betur. Unde etiam vici&longs;&longs;im Trapezium &longs;pecie datum (&longs;i ca&longs;us qui­dam impo&longs;&longs;ibiles excipiantur) in data quavis Sectione Conica in­&longs;cribi pote&longs;t.

Sunt & alia Lemmata quorum ope Trajectoriæ &longs;pecie datæ, datis punctis & tangentibus, de&longs;cribi po&longs;&longs;unt. Ejus generis e&longs;t quod, &longs;i recta linea per punctum quodvis po&longs;itione datum ducatur, quæ datam Coni&longs;ectionem in punctis duobus inter&longs;e­cet, & inter&longs;ectionum intervallum bi&longs;ecetur, punctum bi&longs;ectionis tanget aliam Coni&longs;ectionem eju&longs;dem &longs;peciei cum priore, atque axes habentem prioris axibus parallelos. Sed propero ad magis utilia.

LIBER PRIMUS.

LEMMA XXVI.

Trianguli &longs;pecie & magnitudine dati tres angulos ad rectas tot­idem po&longs;itione datas, quæ non &longs;unt omnes parallelæ, &longs;ingulos ad &longs;ingulas ponere.

Dantur po&longs;itione tres rectæ infinitæ AB, AC, BC,& opor­tet triangulum DEFita locare, ut angulus ejus Dlineam AB,angulus Elineam AC,

& angulus Flineam BCtangat. Super DE, DF& EFde&longs;cribe tria circulorum &longs;eg­menta DRE, DGF, EMF,quæ capiant angulos angulis BAC, ABC, ACBæquales re&longs;pective. De&longs;criban­tur autem hæc &longs;egmen­ta ad eas partes linea­rum DE, DF, EFut literæ DREDeodem ordine cum literis BACB,literæ DGFDeodem cum literis ABCA,& literæ EMFEeodem cum literis ACBAin orbem redeant; deinde com­pleantur hæc &longs;egmenta in circulos integros. Se­cent circuli duo prio­res &longs;e mutuo in G,&longs;int­que centra eorum P& queJunctis GP, PQ,cape Gaad ABut e&longs;t GPad PQ,& cen­tro G,intervallo Gade&longs;cribe circulum, qui &longs;ecet circulum primum DGEin a.Jungatur tum aD&longs;ecans circulum &longs;ecundum DFGin b,tum aE&longs;ecans cir-culum tertium EMFin c.Et compleatur Figura ABC def&longs;imi­lis & æqualis Figuræ abcDEF.Dico factum.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Agatur enim Fcip&longs;i aDoccurrens in n,& jungantur aG, bG, QG, QD, PD.Ex con&longs;tructione e&longs;t angulus EaDæqualis an­gulo CAB,& angulus

acFæqualis angulo ACB,adeoque trian­gulum anctriangulo ABCæquiangulum. Ergo angulus anc&longs;eu FnDangulo ABC,adeoque angulo FbDæqualis e&longs;t; & propter­ea punctum nincidit in punctum b.Porro an­gulus GPQ,qui di­midius e&longs;t anguli ad centrum GPD,æqua­lis e&longs;t angulo ad cir­cumferentiam GaD; & angulus GQP,qui dimidius e&longs;t anguli ad centrum GQD,æ­qualis e&longs;t complemen­to ad duos rectos an­guli ad circumferenti­am GbD,adeoque æ­qualis angulo Gba; funtQ.E.I.eo triangu­la GPQ, Gab&longs;imi­lia; & Gae&longs;t ad abut GPad PQ; id e&longs;t (ex con&longs;tructione) ut Gaad AB.Æquan­tur itaque ab& AB; & propterea triangula abc, ABC,quæ mo­do &longs;imilia e&longs;&longs;e probavimus, &longs;unt etiam æqualia. Unde, cum tan­gant in&longs;uper trianguli DEFanguli D, E, Ftrianguli abclatera ab, ac, bcre&longs;pective, compleri pote&longs;t Figura ABCdefFiguræ abc DEF&longs;imilis & æqualis, atque eam complendo &longs;olvetur Pro­blema. q.E.F.

Corol.Hinc recta duci pote&longs;t cujus partes longitudine datæ rectis tribus po&longs;itione datis interjacebunt. Concipe Triangulum DEF,puncto Dad latus EFaccedente, & lateribus DE, DFin di­rectum po&longs;itis, mutari in lineam rectam, cujus pars data DErec­tis po&longs;itione datis AB, AC,& pars data DFrectis po&longs;itione da­tis AB, BCinterponi debet; & applicando con&longs;tructionem præ­cedentem ad hunc ca&longs;um &longs;olvetur Problema.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XXVIII. PROBLEMA XX.

Trajectoriam &longs;pecie & magnitudine datam de&longs;cribere, cujus partes da­tæ rectis tribus po&longs;itione datis interjacebunt.

De&longs;cribenda &longs;it Trajectoria quæ &longs;it &longs;imilis & æqualis Lineæ cur­DEF,quæque a rectis tribus AB, AC, BCpo&longs;itione datis, in

partes datis hujus partibus DE& EF&longs;imiles & æquales &longs;eca­bitur.

Age rectas DE, EF, DF,& trianguli hujus DEFpone an­los D, E, Fad rectas illas po&longs;itione datas (per Lem. XXVI) Dein circa triangulum de&longs;cribe Trajectoriam Curvæ DEF&longs;imilem & æqualem. q.E.F.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

LEMMA XXVII.

Trapezium &longs;pecie datum de&longs;cribere cujus anguli ad rectas quatuor po­&longs;itione datas, quæ neque omnes parallelæ &longs;unt, neque ad commune punctum convergunt, &longs;inguli ad &longs;ingulas con&longs;i&longs;tent.

Dentur po&longs;itione rectæ quatuor ABC, AD, BD, CE,qua­rum prima &longs;ecet &longs;ecundam in A,tertiam in B,& quartam in C:& de&longs;cribendum &longs;it Trapezium fghiquod &longs;it Trapezio FGHI

&longs;imile, & cujus angulus f,angulo dato Fæqualis, tangat rectam ABC,cæterique anguli g, h, i,cæteris angulis datis G, H, Iæqua­les, tangant cæteras lineas AD, BD, CEre&longs;pective. Jungatur FH& &longs;uper FG, FH, FIde&longs;cribantur totidem circulorum &longs;eg­menta FSG, FTH, FVI; quorum primum FSGcapiat angu-lum æqualem angulo BAD,&longs;ecundum FTHcapiat angulum æ­qualem angulo CBD,ac tertium FVIcapiat angulum æqualem angulo ACE.De&longs;cribi autem debent &longs;egmenta ad eas partes li­nearum FG, FH, FI,ut literarum FSGFidem &longs;it ordo circula­ris qui literarum BADB,utque literæ FTHFeodem ordine cum literis CBDC,& literæ FVIFeodem cum literis ACEAin or­bem redeant. Compleantur &longs;egmenta in circulos integros, &longs;itque Pcentrum circuli primi FSG,& Qcentrum &longs;ecundi FTH.Jungatur & utrinque producatur PQ,& in ea capiatur QRin ea ratione ad PQquam habet BCad AB.Capiatur autem QRad eas partes puncti Qut literarum P, Q, Ridem &longs;it ordo atque literarum A, B, C:centroque R& intervallo RFde&longs;cribatur circulus quartus FNc&longs;ecans circulum tertium FVIin c.Jungatur Fc&longs;ecans circulum primum in a& &longs;ecundum in b.Agantur a G, b H, c I,& Figuræ abc FGHI&longs;imilis con&longs;tituatur Figura ABCfghi:Eritque Trapezium fghiillud ip&longs;um quod con&longs;tituere oportebat.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Secent enim circuli duo primi FSG, FTH&longs;e mutuo in K.Jungantur PK, QK, RK, a K, b K, c K,& producatur QPad L.Anguli ad circumferentias FaK, FbK, FcK&longs;unt &longs;emi&longs;&longs;es an­gulorum FPK, FQK, FRKad centra, adeoque angulorum illorum dimidiis LPK, LQK, LRKæquales. E&longs;t ergo Figura PQRKFiguræ abcKæquiangula & &longs;imilis, & propterea abe&longs;t ad bcut PQad QR,id e&longs;t, ut ABad BC.Angulis in&longs;uper FaG, FbH, FcIæquantur fAg, fBh, fCiper con&longs;tructionem. Er­go Figuræ abcFGHIFigura &longs;imilis ABCfghicompleri pote&longs;t Quo facto Trapezium fghicon&longs;tituetur &longs;imile Trapezio FGHI& angulis &longs;uis f, g, h, itanget rectas ABC, AD, BD, CE q.E.F.

Corol.Hinc recta duci pote&longs;t cujus partes, rectis quatuor po&longs;i­tione datis dato ordine interjectæ, datam habebunt proportionem ad invicem. Augeantur anguli FGH, GHIu&longs;que eo, ut rectæ FG, GH, HIin directum jaceant, & in hoc ca&longs;u con&longs;truendo Proble­ma, ducetur recta fghicujus partes fg, gh, hi,rectis quatuor po­&longs;itione datis AB& AD, AD& BD, BD& CEinterjectæ, e­runt ad invicem ut lineæ FG, GH, HI,eundemque &longs;ervabunt or­dinem inter &longs;e. Idem vero &longs;ic fit expeditius.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Producantur ABad K,& BDad L,ut &longs;it BKad ABut HIad GH; & DLad BDut GIad FG; & jungatur KLoccurrens rectæ CEin i.Producatur iLad M,ut &longs;it LMad iLut GHad HI,& agatur tum MQip&longs;i LBparallela rectæque ADoccurrens in g,tum gi&longs;ecans AB, BDin f, h.Dico factum.

Secet enim Mgrectam ABin Q,& ADrectam KLin S,& agatur APquæ &longs;it ip&longs;i BDparallela & occurrat iLin P,& erunt gMad Lh (giad hi, Miad Li, GIad HI, AKad BK) & APad BLin eadem ratione. Secetur DLin Rut &longs;it

DLad RLin eadem illa ratione, & ob proportionales gSad gM, ASad AP,& DSad DL; erit, ex æquo, ut gSad Lhita ASad BL& DSad RL; & mixtim, BL-RLad Lh-BLut AS-DSad gS-AS.Id e&longs;t BRad Bhut ADad Agad­eoque ut BDad gqueEt vici&longs;&longs;im BRad BDut Bhad gQ,&longs;eu fhad fg.Sed ex con&longs;tructione linea RLeadem ratione &longs;ecta fuit in D& Ratque linea FIin G& H:ideoque e&longs;t BRad BDut FHad FG.Ergo fhe&longs;t ad fgut FHad FG.Cum igitur &longs;it etiam giad hiut Miad Li,id e&longs;t, ut GIad HI,patet li­neas FI, fiin g& h, G& H&longs;imiliter &longs;ectas e&longs;&longs;e. q.E.F.

In con&longs;tructione Corollarii hujus po&longs;tquam ducitur LK&longs;ecans

CEin i,producere licet iEad V,ut &longs;it EVad Eiut FHad HI,& agere Vfparallelam ip&longs;i BD.Eodem recidit &longs;i centro i,in­tervallo IH,de&longs;cribatur circulus &longs;ecans BDin X,& producatur iXad Y,ut &longs;it iYæqualis IF,& agatur Yfip&longs;i BDparallela.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Problematis hujus &longs;olutiones alias Wrennus& Walli&longs;iusolim ex­cogitarunt.

PROPOSITIO XXIX. PROBLEMA XXI.

Trajectoriam &longs;pecie datam de&longs;cribere, quæ a rectis quatuor po&longs;itione datis in partes &longs;ecabitur, ordine, &longs;pecie & proportione datas.

De&longs;cribenda &longs;it Trajectoria

fghi,quæ &longs;imilis &longs;it Lincæ curvæ FGHI,& cujus partes fg, gh, hiillius partibus FG, GH, HI&longs;i­miles & proportionales, rectis AB& AD, AD& BD, BD& CEpo&longs;itione datis, prima pri­mis, &longs;ecunda &longs;ecundis, tertia ter­tiis interjaceant. Actis rectis FG, GH, HI, FI,de&longs;cribatur (per Lem. XXVII.) Trapezium fghiquod &longs;it Trapezio FGHI&longs;imile & cujus anguli f, g, h, itangant rectas illas po&longs;itione datas AB, AD, BD, CE,&longs;inguli &longs;ingulas dicto ordine. Dein circa hoc Trapezium de&longs;cribatur Trajectoria curvæ Lineæ FGHIcon&longs;imilis.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Scholium.

Con&longs;trui etiam pote&longs;t hoc Problema ut &longs;equitur. Junctis FG, GH, HI, FIproduc GFad V,jungeque FH, IG,& angulis FGH, VFHfac angulos CAK, DALæquales. Concurrant AK, ALcum recta BDin K& L,& inde agantur KM, LN,quarum KMcon&longs;tituat angulum AKMæqualem angulo GHI,&longs;itque ad AKut e&longs;t HIad GH; & LNcon&longs;tituat angulum ALNæqualem angulo FHI,&longs;itque ad ALut HIad FH.Du­cantur autem AK, KM, AL, LNad eas partes linearum AD, AK, AL,ut literæ CAKMC, ALKA, DALNDeodem ordine cum literis FGHIFin orbem redeant; & act MNoc­currat rectæ CEin i.Fac angulum iEPæqualem angulo IGF,

&longs;itque PEad Eiut FGad GI;& per Pagatur PQf,quæ cum recta ADEcontineat angulum PQEæqualem angulo FIG,rectæque ABoccurrat in f,& jungatur fi.Agantur au­rem PE& PQad eas partes linearum CE, PE,ut literarum PEiP& PEQPidem &longs;it ordo circularis qui literarum FGHIF,& &longs;i &longs;uper linea fieodem quoque literarum ordine con&longs;tituatur Trapezium fghiTrapezio FGHI&longs;imile, & circum&longs;cribatur Tra­jectoria &longs;pecie data, &longs;olvetur Problema.

Hactenus de Orbibus inveniendis. Supere&longs;t ut Motus corpo­rum in Orbibus inventis determinemus.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO VI.

De Inventione Motuum in Orbibus datis.

PROPOSITIO XXX. PROBLEMA XXII.

Corporis in data Trajectoria Parabolica moti invenire locum ad tempus a&longs;&longs;ignatum.

Sit Sumbilicus & Avertex principa­

lis Parabolæ, &longs;itque 4 ASXMæquale areæ Parabolicæ ab&longs;cindendæ APS,quæ radio SP,vel po&longs;t exce&longs;&longs;um cor­poris de vertice de&longs;cripta fuit, vel an­te appul&longs;um ejus ad verticem de&longs;cri­benda e&longs;t. Innote&longs;cit quantitas areæ il­lius ab&longs;cindendæ ex tempore ip&longs;i pro­portionali. Bi&longs;eca ASin G,erigeque perpendiculum GHæquale 3 M, & Circulus centro H,intervallo HSde&longs;criptus &longs;ecabit Parabolam in loco quæ&longs;ito P.Nam, demi&longs;&longs;a ad axem perpendiculari PO& ducta PH,e&longs;t AGq+GHq (=HP q=―AO-AG: quad.+―PO-GH: quad.)= AOq+POq-2 GAO-2GHXPO+AGq+GHqueUnde 2 GHXPO (=AOq+POq-2GAO)=AOq+1/4 POquePro AOq&longs;cribe (AOXPOq/4AS); &, applicatis terminis omnibus ad 3POducti&longs;Q.E.I. 2AS,fiet 4/3 GHXAS(=1/6AOXPO+1/2 ASXPO =(AO+3AS/6)XPO=(4AO-3SO/6)XPO=areæ ―APO-SPO)=areæ APS.Sed GHerat 3 M, & inde 4/3 GHXASe&longs;t 4 ASXM. Ergo area ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a APSæqualis e&longs;t ab&longs;cindendæ 4ASXM. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Hinc GHe&longs;t ad AS,ut tempus quo corpùs de&longs;crip­&longs;it arcum APad tempus quo corpus de&longs;crip&longs;it arcum inter verti­cem A& perpendiculum ad axem ab umbilico Serectum.

Corol.2. Et Circulo ASPper corpus motum Pperpetuo tran&longs;­eunte, velocitas puncti He&longs;t ad velocitatem quam corpus habuit in vertice A,ut 3 ad 8; adeoQ.E.I. ea etiam ratione e&longs;t linea GHad lineam rectam quam corpus tempore motus &longs;ui ab Aad P,ea cum velocitate quam habuit in vertice A,de&longs;cribere po&longs;&longs;et.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.3. Hinc etiam vice ver&longs;a inveniri pote&longs;t tempus quo cor­pus de&longs;crip&longs;it arcum quemvis a&longs;&longs;ignatum AP.Junge AP& ad medium ejus punctum erige perpendiculum rectæ GHoccur­rens in H.

LEMMA XXVIII.

Nulla extat Figura Ovalis cujus area, rectis pro lubitu ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a, po&longs;&longs;it per æquationes numero terminorum ac dimen&longs;ionum finitas genera­liter inveniri.

Intra Ovalem detur punctum quodvis, circa quod ceu polum re­volvatur perpetuo linea recta, uniformi cum motu, & interea in rec­ta illa exeat punctum mobile de polo, pergatque &longs;emper ea cum velocitate, quæ &longs;it ut rectæ illius intra Ovalem quadratum. Hoc motu punctum illud de&longs;cribet Spiralem gyris infinitis. Jam &longs;i areæ Ovalis a recta illa ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ incrementum per finitam æquationem inveniri pote&longs;t, invenietur etiam per eandem æquationem di&longs;tantia puncti a polo, quæ huic areæ proportionalis e&longs;t, adeoque om­nia Spiralis puncta per æquationem finitam inveniri po&longs;&longs;unt: & propterea rectæ cuju&longs;vis po&longs;itione datæ inter&longs;ectio cum Spirali in­veniri etiam pote&longs;t per æquationem finitam. Atqui recta omnis infinite producta Spiralem &longs;ecat in punctis numero infinitis, & æqua­tio, qua inter&longs;ectio aliqua duarum linearum invenitur, exhibet ea­rum inter&longs;ectiones omnes radicibus totidem, adeoque a&longs;cendit ad rot dimen&longs;iones quot &longs;unt inter&longs;ectiones. Quoniam Circuli duo &longs;e mutuo &longs;ecant in punctis duobus, inter&longs;ectio una non invenietur ni&longs;i per æquationem duarum dimen&longs;ionum, qua inter&longs;ectio altera etiam inveniatur. Quoniam duarum &longs;ectionum Conicarum quatuor e&longs;&longs;e po&longs;&longs;unt inter&longs;ectiones, non pote&longs;t aliqua earum generaliter in­veniri ni&longs;i per æquationem quatuor dimen&longs;ionum, qua omnes &longs;i­mul inveniantur. Nam &longs;i inter&longs;ectiones illæ &longs;eor&longs;im quærantur, quo­niam eadem e&longs;t omnium lex & conditio, idem erit calculus in ca&longs;u unoquoque & propterea eadem &longs;emper conclu&longs;io, quæ igitur de­bet omnes inter&longs;ectiones &longs;imul complecti & indifferenter exhibere. Unde etiam inter&longs;ectiones Sectionum Conicarum & Curvarum ter­tiæ pote&longs;tatis, eo quod &longs;ex e&longs;&longs;e po&longs;&longs;unt, &longs;imul prodeunt per æqua­tiones &longs;ex dimen&longs;ionum, & inter&longs;ectiones duarum Curvarum tertiæ pote&longs;tatis, quia novem e&longs;&longs;e po&longs;&longs;unt, &longs;imul prodeunt per æqua­tiones dimen&longs;ionum novem. Id ni&longs;i nece&longs;&longs;ario fieret, reducere licc­ret Problemata omnia Solida ad Plana, & plu&longs;quam Solida ad Soli­da. Loquor hic de Curvis pote&longs;tate irreducibilibus. Nam &longs;i æqua­tio per quam Curva definitur, ad inferiorem pote&longs;tatem reduci po&longs;&longs;it: Curva non erit unica, &longs;ed ex duabus vel pluribus compo&longs;i­ta, quarum inter&longs;ectiones per calculos diver&longs;os &longs;eor&longs;im inveniri po&longs;&longs;unt. Ad eundem modum inter&longs;ectiones binæ rectarum & &longs;ecti­onum Conicarum prodeunt &longs;emper per æquationes duarum dimen­&longs;ionum; ternæ rectarum & Curvarum irreducibilium tertiæ pote&longs;tatis per æquationes trium, quaternæ rectarum & Curvarvm irreducibi­lium quartæ pote&longs;tatis per æquationes dimen&longs;ionum quatuor, & &longs;ic in infinitum. Ergo rectæ & Spiralis inter&longs;ectiones numero infinitæ, cum Curva hæc &longs;it &longs;implex & in Curvas plures irreducibilis, requirunt æ­quationes numero dimen&longs;ionum & radicum infinitas, quibus omnes po&longs;&longs;unt &longs;imul exhiberi. E&longs;t enim eadem omnium lex & idem calculus. Nam &longs;i a polo in rectam illam &longs;ecantem demittatur perpendiculum, & perpendiculum illud una cum &longs;ecante revolvatur circa polum, in­ter&longs;ectiones Spiralis tran&longs;ibunt in &longs;e mutuo, quæque prima erat &longs;eu proxima, po&longs;t unam revolutionem &longs;ecunda erit, po&longs;t duas tertia, & &longs;ic deinceps: nec interea mutabitur æquatio ni&longs;i pro mutata mag­nitudine quantitatum per quas po&longs;itio &longs;ecantis determinatur. Unde cum quantitates illæ po&longs;t &longs;ingulas revolutiones redeunt ad magNI­tudines primas, æquatio redibit ad formam primam, adeoque una eademque exhibebit inter&longs;ectiones omnes, & propterea radices ha­bebit numero infinitas, quibus omnes exhiberi po&longs;&longs;unt. Nequit ergo inter&longs;ectio rectæ & Spiralis per æquationem finitam generali­ter inveniri, & idcirco nulla extat Ovalis cujus area, rectis impe­ratis ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a, po&longs;&longs;it per talem æquationem generaliter exhiberi.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Eodem argumento, &longs;i intervallum poli & puncti, quo Spiralis de­&longs;cribitur, capiatur Ovalis perimetro ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ proportionale, pro­bari pote&longs;t quod longitudo perimetri nequit per finitam æquatio­nem generaliter exhiberi. De Ovalibus autem hic loquor quæ non tanguntur a figuris conjugatis in infinitum pergentibus.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corollarium.

Hinc area Ellip&longs;eos, quæ radio ab umbilico ad corpus mobile ducto de&longs;cribitur, non prodit ex dato tempore, per æquationem finitam; & propterea per de&longs;criptionem Curvarum Geometrice ra­tionalium determinari nequit. Curvas Geometrice rationales ap­pello quarum puncta omnia per longitudines æquationibus defiNI­tas, id e&longs;t, per longitudinum rationes complicatas, determinari po&longs;&longs;unt; cætera&longs;que (ut Spirales, Quadratrices, Trochoides) Geo­metrice irrationales. Nam longitudines quæ &longs;unt vel non &longs;unt ut numerus ad numerum (quemadmodum in decimo Elementorum) &longs;unt Arithmetice rationales vel irrationales. Aream igitur Ellip&longs;eos tempori proportionalem ab&longs;cindo per Curvam Geometrice irratio­nalem ut &longs;equitur.

PROPOSITIO XXXI. PROBLEMA XXIII.

Corporis in data Trajectoria Elliptica moti invenire locum ad tempus a&longs;&longs;ignatum.

Ellip&longs;eos APB&longs;it Avertex principalis, Sumbilicus, & Ocentrum, &longs;itque Pcorporis locus inveniendus. Produc OAad G,ut &longs;it OGad OAut OAad OS.Erige perpendiculum GH,centroque

O& intervallo OGde&longs;cribe circulum EFG,& &longs;uper regula GH,ceu fundo, progrediatur Rota GEFrevolvendo circa axem &longs;uum, & interea puncto &longs;uo Ade&longs;cribendo Trochoidem ALI.Quo facto, cape GKin ratione ad Rotæ perimetrum GEFG,ut e&longs;t tempus quo corpus progrediendo ab Ade&longs;crip&longs;it arcum AP,ad tempus revolutionis unius in Ellip&longs;i. Erigatur perpendiculum KLoccurrens Trochoidi in L,& acta LPip&longs;i KGparallela occurret Ellip&longs;i in corporis loco quæ&longs;ito P.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Nam centro O,intervallo OAde&longs;cribatur &longs;emicirculus AQB,& arcui AQoccurrat LPproducta in Q,junganturque SQ, OqueArcui EFGoccurrat OQin F,& in eandem OQdemittatur per­pendiculum SR.Area APSe&longs;t ut area AQS,id e&longs;t, ut diffe­rentia inter &longs;ectorem OQA& triangulum OQS,&longs;ive ut differen­tia rectangulorum 1/2 OQXAQ& 1/2 OQXSR,hoc e&longs;t, ob datam 1/2 OQ,ut differentia inter arcum AQ& rectam SR,adeoque (ob æqualitatem datarum rationum SRad &longs;inum arcus AQ, OSad OA, OAad OG, AQad GF,& divi&longs;im AQ-SRad GF-&longs;in. arc. AQ) ut GKdifferentia inter arcum GF& &longs;inum arcus Aque que E. D.

Scholium.

Cæterum, cum difficilis &longs;it hujus Curvæ de&longs;criptio, præ&longs;tat &longs;olu­tionem vero proximam adhibere. Inveniatur tum angulus quidam B, qui &longs;it ad angulum graduum 57,29578, quem arcus radio æqualis &longs;ubtendit, ut e&longs;t umbilieorum di&longs;tantia SHad Ellip&longs;eos diame­trum AB; tum etiam longitudo quædam L, quæ &longs;it ad radium in eadem ratione inver&longs;e. Quibus &longs;emel inventis, Problema deinceps confit per &longs;equentem Analy&longs;in. Per con&longs;tructionem quamvis (vel. utcunque conjec­

turam faciendo) cogno&longs;catur cor­poris locus Ppro­ximus vero ejus lo­co p.Demi&longs;&longs;aque ad axem Ellip&longs;eos or­dinatim applicata PR,ex propor­tione diametrorum Ellip&longs;eos, dabitur Circuli circum&longs;cri­pti AQBordinatim applicata RQ,quæ &longs;inus e&longs;t anguli AOQexi­&longs;tente AOradio. Sufficit angulum illum rudi calculo in numeris proximis invenire. Cogno&longs;catur etiam angulus tempori propor-tionalis, id e&longs;t, qui &longs;it ad quatuor rectos, ut e&longs;t tempus quo corpus de&longs;crip&longs;it arcum Ap,ad tempus revolutionis unius in Ellip&longs;i. Sit angulus i&longs;te N. Tum capiatur & angulus D ad angulum B, ut e&longs;t &longs;inus i&longs;te anguli AOQad radium, & angulus E ad angulum N-AOQ+D, ut e&longs;t longitudo L ad longitudinem eandem L co&longs;inu anguli AOQdiminutam, ubi angulus i&longs;te recto minor e&longs;t, auctam ubi major. Po&longs;tea capiatur tum angulus F ad angulum B, ut e&longs;t &longs;inus anguli AOQ+E ad radium, tum angulus G ad angu­lum N-AOQ-E+F ut e&longs;t longitudo L ad longitudinem ean­dem co&longs;inu anguli AOQ+E diminutam ubi angulus i&longs;te recto mi­nor e&longs;t, auctam ubi major. Tertia vice capiatur angulus H ad an­gulum B, ut e&longs;t &longs;inus anguli AOQ+E+G ad radium; & angu­lus I ad angulum N-AOQ-E-G+H, ut e&longs;t longitudo L ad eandem longitudinem co&longs;inu anguli AOQ+E+G diminutam, ubi angulus i&longs;te re­
cto minor e&longs;t, auc­tam ubi major. Et &longs;ic pergere licet in infinitum. DeNI­que capiatur angu­lus AOqæqualis angulo AOQ+E +G+I+&c. e t ex co&longs;inu ejus Or& ordinata pr,quæ e&longs;t ad &longs;inum ejus qrut Ellip&longs;eos axis minor ad axem majorem, habebitur corporis locus correctus p.Si quando angulus N-AOQ+D negativus e&longs;t, debet &longs;ignum+ip&longs;ius E ubique mutari in-, & &longs;ignum-in+. Idem intelligendum e&longs;t de &longs;ignis ip&longs;orum G & I, ubi anguli N-AOQ-E+F, & N-AOQ-E-G+H negativi prodeunt. Convergit autem &longs;eries infinita AOQ+E+G+I+&c. quam celerrime, adeo ut vix unquam opus fuerit ultra progredi quam ad terminum &longs;ecundum E. Et fundatur calculus in hoc Theore­mate, quod area APS&longs;it ut differentia inter arcum AQ& rectam ab umbilico Sin Radium OQperpendiculariter de­mi&longs;&longs;am.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Non di&longs;&longs;imili calculo conficitur Problema in Hyperbola. Sit ejus Centrum O,Vertex A,Umbilicus S& A&longs;ymptotos OK.Cog-no&longs;catur quantitas areæ ab&longs;cindendæ tempori proportionalis. Sit ea A, & fiat conjectura de po&longs;itione rectæ SP,quæ aream APSab&longs;cindat veræ proximam. Jun­

gatur OP,& ab A& Pad A&longs;ymptoton agantur AI, PKA&longs;ymptoto alteri parallelæ, & per Tabulam Logarithmorum dabi­tur Area AIKP,eique æqualis area OPA,quæ &longs;ubducta de tri­angulo OPSrelinquet aream ab­&longs;ci&longs;&longs;am APS.Applicando areæ ab&longs;cindendæ A & ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ APSdifferentiam duplam 2 APS-2 A vel 2 A-2 APSad lineam SN,quæ ab umbilico Sin tangentem PTperpendicularis e&longs;t, orietur longitudo chordæ PqueIn&longs;cri­batur autem chorda illa PQinter A& P,&longs;i area ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;a APSmajor &longs;it area ab&longs;cindenda A, &longs;ecus ad puncti Pcontrarias partes: & punctum Qerit locus corporis accuratior. Et computatione repetita invenietur idem accuratior in perpetuum.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Atque his calculis Problema generaliter confit Analytice. Ve­rum u&longs;ibus A&longs;tronomicis accommodatior e&longs;t calculus particularis qui &longs;equitur. Exi&longs;tentibus AO, OB, OD&longs;emiaxibus Ellip&longs;eos, & L ip&longs;ius latere recto, ac D differentia inter &longs;emiaxem minorem OD& lateris recti &longs;emi&longs;&longs;em 1/2 L; quære tum angulum Y, cujus &longs;inus &longs;it ad Radium ut e&longs;t rectangu­

lum &longs;ub differentia illa D, & &longs;emi&longs;umma axium AO+ODad quadratum axis majoris AB; tum angulum Z, cujus &longs;inus &longs;it ad Radium ut e&longs;t duplum rectangulum &longs;ub umbilieorum di&longs;tantia SH& differentia illa D ad triplum quadratum &longs;emiaxis majoris AO.His angulis &longs;emel inventis; locus corporis &longs;ic deinceps determinabitur. Sume angulum T proportionalem tempori quo arcus BPde&longs;crip­tus e&longs;t, &longs;cu motui medio (ut loquuntur) æqualem; & angulum V (primam medii motus æquationem) ad angulum Y (æquatio­nem maximam primam) ut e&longs;t &longs;inus dupli anguli T ad Radium; atque angulum X (æquationem &longs;ecundam) ad angulum Z (æqua­tionem maximam &longs;ecundam) ut e&longs;t cubus &longs;inus anguli T ad cubum Radii. Angulorum T, V, X vel &longs;ummæ T+X+V, &longs;i angulus T recto minor e&longs;t, vel differentiæ T+X-V, &longs;i is recto major e&longs;t recti&longs;Q.E.D.obus minor, æqualem cape angulum BHP(motum medium æquatum;) &, &longs;i HPoccurrat Ellip&longs;i in P,acta SPab­&longs;cindet aream BSPtempori proportionalem quamproxime. Hæc Praxis &longs;atis expedita videtur,
propterea quod angulorum per­exiguorum V & X (in minutis &longs;ecundis, &longs;i placet, po&longs;itorum) figuras duas ter&longs;ve primas in­venire &longs;ufficit. Sed & &longs;atis ac­curata e&longs;t ad Theoriam Planeta­rum. Nam in Orbe vel Martis ip&longs;ius, cujus Æquatio centri ma­xima e&longs;t graduum decem, error vix &longs;uperabit minutum unum &longs;ecundum. Invento autem angulo motus medii æquati BHP,an­gulus veri motus BSP& di&longs;tantia SPin promptu &longs;unt per Wardimethodum noti&longs;&longs;imam.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Hactenus de Motu corporum in lineis Curvis. Fieri autem po­te&longs;t ut mobile recta de&longs;cendat vel recta a&longs;cendat, & quæ ad i&longs;tiu&longs;­modi Motus &longs;pectant, pergo jam exponere.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO VII.

De Corporum A&longs;cen&longs;u & De&longs;cen&longs;u Rectilineo.

PROPOSITIO XXXII. PROBLEMA XXIV.

Po&longs;ito quod Vis centripeta &longs;it reciproce proportionalis quadrato di­&longs;tantiæ loeorum a centro, Spatia definire quæ corpus recta cadendo datis temporibus de&longs;cribit.

Cas.1. Si Corpus non cadit perpendicu­

lariter de&longs;cribet id, per Corol. 1. Prop. XIII, Sectionem aliquam Conicam cujus umbili­cus congruit cum centro virium. Sit Sec­tio illa Conica ARPB& umbilicus ejus S.Et primo &longs;i Figura Ellip&longs;is e&longs;t, &longs;uper hu­jus axe majore ABde&longs;cribatur Semicirculus ADB,& per corpus decidens tran&longs;eat rec­ta DPCperpendicularis ad axem; acti&longs;que DS, PSerit area ASDareæ ASPat­que adeo etiam tempori proportionalis. Ma­nente axe ABminuatur perpetuo latitudo Ellip&longs;eos, & &longs;emper manebit area ASDtempori proportionalis. Minuatur latitudo illa in infinitum: &, Orbe APBjam coin­cidente cum axe AB& umbilico Scum axis termino B,de&longs;cendet corpus in recta AC,& area ABDevadet tempori pro­portionalis. Dabitur itaque Spatium AC,quod corpus de loco Aperpendiculariter cadendo tempore dato de&longs;cribit, &longs;i modo tempori proportiona­lis capiatur area ABD,& a puncto Dad rectam ABdemit­tatur perpendicularis DC. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Cas.2. Si Figura illa RPBHyperbola e&longs;t, de&longs;cribatur ad ean­dem diametrum principalem ABHyperbola rectangula BED:& quoniam areæ CSP, CBfP, SPfB&longs;unt ad areas CSD, CBED, SDEB,&longs;ingulæ ad &longs;ingulas, in data ratione altitudi­num CP, CD; & area SPfB

proportionalis e&longs;t tempori quo corpus Pmovebitur per arcum PfB; erit etiam area SDEBei­dem tempori proportionalis. Minuatur latus rectum Hyper­bolæ RPBin infinitum ma­nente latere tran&longs;ver&longs;o, & coibit arcus PBcum recta CB& um­bilicus Scum vertice B& recta SDcum recta BD.Proinde a­rea BDEBproportionalis erit tempori quo corpus Crecto de&longs;cen&longs;u de&longs;cribit lineam CB. que E. I.

Cas.3. Et &longs;imili argumento &longs;i Figura RPBParabola e&longs;t, & eodem vertice principali Bde­&longs;cribatur alia Parabola BED,quæ &longs;emper maneat data interea dum Parabola prior in cujus perimetro corpus Pmovetur, dimi­nuto & in nihilum redacto ejus latere recto, conveniat cum linea CB; fiet &longs;egmentum Parabolicum BDEBproportionale tempori quo corpus illud Pvel Cde&longs;cendet ad centrum Svel B. que E. I.

PROPOSITIO XXXIII. THEOREMA IX.

Po&longs;itis jam inventis, dico quod corporis cadentis Velocitas in loco quo­visC est ad velocitatem corporis centroB intervalloBC Circu­lum de&longs;cribentis, in &longs;ubduplicata ratione quamAC, di&longs;tantia cor­poris a Circuli vel Hyperbolæ rect angulæ vertice ulterioreA, habet ad Figuræ &longs;emidiametrum principalem1/2 AB.

Bi&longs;ecetur AB,communis utriu&longs;que Figuræ RPB, DEBdia­meter, in O; & agatur recta PTquæ tangat Figuram RPBin P,atque etiam &longs;ecet communem illam diametrum AB(&longs;i opus e&longs;t productam)

in T; &longs;itque SYad hanc rectam, & BQad

hanc diametrum perpendicularis, atque Figu­RPBlatus rectum ponatur L. Con&longs;tat per Cor. 9. Prop. XVI, quod corporis in linea RPBcirca centrum Smoventis velo­citas in loco quovis P&longs;it ad velocitatem cor­poris intervallo SPcirca idem centrum Cir­culum de&longs;cribentis in &longs;ubduplicata ratione rec­tanguli 1/2 LXSPad SYquadratum. E&longs;t au­tem ex Conicis ACBad CPqut 2 AOad L, adeoque (2CPqXAO/ACB) æquale L. Ergo ve­locitates illæ &longs;unt ad invicem in &longs;ubduplicata ratione (CPqXAOXSP/ACB) ad SY quad.Por­ro ex Conicis e&longs;t COad BOut BOad TO,& compo&longs;ite vel divi&longs;im ut CBad BT.Unde vel dividendo vel componendo fit BO-vel+COad BOut CTad BT,id e&longs;t ACad AOut CPad BQ; indeque (CPqXAOXSP/ACB) æquale e&longs;t (BQqXACXSP/AOXBC.) Minuatur jam in infinitum Figuræ RPBlatitu­do CP,&longs;ic ut punctum Pcoeat cum puncto C,punctumque Scum puncto B,& linea SPcum linea BC,lineaque SYcum linea BQ; & corporis jam recta de&longs;cendentis in linea CBvelocitas fiet ad velocitatem corporis centro Bintervallo BCCirculum de&longs;cribentis, in &longs;ubduplicata ratione ip&longs;ius (BQqXACXSP/AOXBC) ad SYq,hoc e&longs;t (neg­lectis æqualitatis rationibus SPad BC& BQqad SYq) in &longs;ub­duplicata ratione ACad AO&longs;ive 1/2 AB. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Punctis B& Scoeuntibus, fit TCad TSut ACad AO.

Corol.2. Corpus ad datam a centro di&longs;tantiam in Circulo quo­vis revolvens, motu &longs;uo &longs;ur&longs;um ver&longs;o a&longs;cendet ad duplam &longs;uam a centro di&longs;tantiam.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXXIV. THEOREMA X.

Si FiguraBED Parabola e&longs;t, dico

quod corporis cadentis Veloci­tas in loco quovisC æqualis e&longs;t velocitati qua corpus centroB dimidio intervalli &longs;uiBC Cir­culum uniformiter de&longs;cribere potest.

Nam corporis Parabolam RPBcirca centrum Sde&longs;cri­bentis velocitas in loco quovis P(per Corol. 7. Prop. XVI) æ­qualis e&longs;t velocitati corporis di­midio intervalli SPCirculum cir­ca idem centrum Suniformiter de&longs;cribentis. Minuatur Parabolæ latitudo CPin infinitum eo, ut arcus Parabolicus PfBcum rec­ta CB,centrum Scum vertice B,& intervallum SPcum intervallo BCcoincidat, & con&longs;tabit Pro­po&longs;itio. que E. D.

PROPOSITIO XXXV. THEOREMA XI.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, dico quod area FiguræDES, radio indefinitoSD de­&longs;cripta, æqualis &longs;it areæ quam corpus, radio dimidium lateris recti FiguræDES æquante, circa centrumS uniformiter gyrando, eo­dem tempore de&longs;cribere potest.

Nam concipe corpus Cquam minima temporis particula lineo­lam Cccadendo de&longs;cribere, & interea corpus aliud K,uniformi­ter in Circulo OKkcirca centrum Sgyrando, arcum Kkde&longs;cri­bere. Erigantur perpendicula CD, cdoccurrentia Figuræ DESin D, d.Jungantur SD, Sd, SK, Sk& ducatur Ddaxi ASoc­rens in T,& ad eam demittatur perpendiculum SY.

Ca&longs;.1. Jam &longs;i Figura DESCirculus e&longs;t vel Hyperbola, bi&longs;ece­tur ejus tran&longs;ver&longs;a diameter ASin O,& erit

SOdimidium lateris recti. Et quoniam e&longs;t TCad TDut Ccad Dd,& TDad TSut CDad SY,erit ex æquo TCad TSut CDXCcad SYXDd.Sed per Corol. 1. Prop. XXXIII, e&longs;t TCad TSut ACad AO,puta &longs;i in coitu punctorum D, dcapiantur linearum rationes ultimæ. Ergo ACe&longs;t ad (AO&longs;eu) SKut CDXCcad SYXDd.Porro corporis de&longs;cendentis velocitas in Ce&longs;t ad velocitatem corporis Circulum intervallo SCcirca cen­trum Sde&longs;cribentis in &longs;ubduplicata ratione ACad (AOvel) SK(per Prop. XXXIII.) Et hæc velocitas ad velocitatem corporis de&longs;cri­bentis Circulum OKkin &longs;ubduplicata ratione SKad SCper Cor. 6. Prop. IV, & ex æquo velo­citas prima ad ultimam, hoc e&longs;t lineola Ccad arcum Kkin &longs;ubduplicata ratione ACad SC,id e&longs;t in ratione ACad CD.Quare e&longs;t CDXCcæquale ACXKk,& propterea ACad SKut ACXKkad SYXDd,indeque SKXKkæqua­le SYXDd,& 1/2 SKXKkæquale 1/2 SYXDd,id e&longs;t area KSkæqualis areæ SDd.Singulis igitur temporis particulis generantur arearum duarum particulæ KSk,& SDd,quæ, &longs;i mag­nitudo earum minuatur & numerus augeatur in infinitum, ratio­nem obtinent æqualitatis, & propterea (per Corollarium Lem­matis IV) areæ totæ &longs;imul genitæ &longs;unt &longs;emper æquales, que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Ca&longs;.2. Quod &longs;i Figura DESParabola &longs;it, invenietur e&longs;&longs;e ut &longs;u­pra CDXCcad SYXDdut TCad TS,hoc e&longs;t ut 2 ad 1, ad­eoque 1/4 CDXCcæquale e&longs;&longs;e 1/2 SYXDd.Sed corporis caden­tis velocitas in Cæqualis e&longs;t velocitati qua Circulus intervallo 1/2 SCuniformiter de&longs;cribi po&longs;&longs;it (per Prop. XXXIV) Et hæc velocitas ad ve­locitatem qua Circulus radio SKde&longs;cribi po&longs;&longs;it, hoc e&longs;t, lineola Ccad arcum Kk(per Corol. 6. Prop. IV) e&longs;t in &longs;ubduplicata ratione SKad 1/2 SC,id e&longs;t, in ratione SKad 1/2 CD.Quare e&longs;t 1/2 SKXKkæquale 1/4 CDXCc,adeoque æquale 1/2 SYXDd,hoc e&longs;t, area KSkæqualis areæ SDd,ut &longs;upra. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXXVI. PROBLEMA XXV.

Corporis de loco datoA cadentis determinare Tem­pora de&longs;cen&longs;us.

Super diametro AS(di&longs;tantia corporis a cen­tro &longs;ub initio) de&longs;cribe Semicirculum ADS,ut & huic æqualem Semicirculum OKHcirca centrum S.De corporis loco quovis Cerige ordinatim ap­plicatam CD.Junge SD,& areæ ASDæqua­lem con&longs;titue &longs;ectorem OSK.Patet per Prop.XXXV, quod corpus cadendo de&longs;cribet &longs;patium ACeodem Tempore quo corpus aliud uniformiter cir­ca centrum Sgyrando, de&longs;cribere pote&longs;t arcum OK. que E. F.

PROPOSITIO XXXVII. PROBLEMA XXVI.

Corporis de loco dato &longs;ur&longs;um vel deor&longs;um projecti definire Tempora a&longs;cen&longs;us vel de&longs;cen&longs;us.

Exeat corpus de loco dato G&longs;ecundum

lineam ASGcum velocitate quacunque. In duplicata ratione hujus velocitatis ad uniformem in Circulo velocitatem, qua cor­pus ad intervallum datum SGcirca centrum Srevolvi po&longs;&longs;et, cape GAad 1/2 AS.Si ratio illa e&longs;t numeri binarii ad unita­tem, punctum Ainfinite di&longs;tat, quo ca­&longs;u Parabola vertice S,axe SC,latere quo­vis recto de&longs;cribenda e&longs;t. Patet hoc per Prop. XXXIV. Sin ratio illa minor vel ma­jor e&longs;t quam 2 ad 1, priore ca&longs;u Circulus, po&longs;teriore Hyperbola rectangula &longs;uper di­ametro SAde&longs;cribi debet. Patet per Prop. XXXIII. Tum centro S,intervallo æquante dimidium lateris recti, de&longs;cribatur Circulus HKk,& ad corporis a&longs;cenden­tis vel de&longs;cendentis loca duo quævis G, C,erigantur perpendicula GI, CDoccurren­tia Conicæ Sectioni vel Circulo in Iac D.Dein junctis SI, SD,fiant &longs;egmentis SEIS, SEDS,&longs;ec­tores HSK, HSkæquales, & per Prop. XXXV, corpus Gde&longs;cri­bet &longs;patium GCeodem Tempore quo corpus Kde&longs;cribere po­te&longs;t arcum Kk. que E. F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XXXVIII. THEOREMA XII.

Po&longs;ito quod Vis centripeta proportionalis &longs;it altitudini &longs;eu di&longs;tantiæ lo­eorum a centro, dico quod cadentium Tempora, Velocitates & Spa­tia de&longs;cripta &longs;unt arcubus, arcuumque finibus rectis & &longs;inibus ver&longs;is re&longs;pective proportionalia.

Cadat corpus de loco quovis A&longs;ecun­

dum rectam AS; & centro virium S,in­tervallo AS,de&longs;cribatur Circuli quadrans AE,&longs;itque CD&longs;inus rectus arcus cuju&longs;­vis AD; & corpus A,Tempore AD,ca­dendo de&longs;cribet Spatium AC,inque loco Cacquiret Velocitatem CD.

Demon&longs;tratur eodem modo ex Propo&longs;i­tione X, quo Propo&longs;itio XXXII, ex Propo­&longs;itione XI demon&longs;trata fuit.

Corol.1. Hinc æqualia &longs;unt Tempora quibus corpus unum de loco Acadendo pervenit ad centrum S,& corpus aliud revolvendo de­&longs;cribit arcum quadrantalem ADE.

Corol.2. Proinde æqualia &longs;unt Tempora omnia quibus corpora de locis quibu&longs;vis ad u&longs;que centrum cadunt. Nam revolventium tem­pora omnia periodica (per Corol. 3. Prop. IV.) æquantur.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XXXIX. PROBLEMA XXVII.

Po&longs;ita cuju&longs;cunque generis Vi centripeta, & conce&longs;&longs;is figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis, requiritu, corporis recta a&longs;cenden­tis vel de&longs;cendentis tum Velocitas in locis &longs;ingulis, tum Tempus quo corpus ad locum quemvis perveniet: Et contra.

De loco quovis Ain recta ADECcadat corpus E,deque loco ejus Eerigatur &longs;emper perpendicularis EG,vi centripetæ in loco illo ad centrum Ctendenti proportio­

nalis: Sitque BFGlinea curva quam punctum Gperpetuo tangit. Coinci­dat autem EGip&longs;o motus initio cum perpendiculari AB,& erit corporis Ve­locitas in loco quovis Eut areæ cur­vilineæ ABGElatus quadratum. que E. I.

In EGcapiatur EMlateri quadra­to areæ ABGEreciproce proportio­nalis, & &longs;it ALMlinea curva quam punctum Mperpetuotangit, & erit Tem­pus quo corpus cadendo de&longs;cribit li­neam AEut area curvilinea ALME. que E. I.

Etenim in recta AEcapiatur linea quam minima DEdatæ longitudinis, &longs;itque DLFlocus lineæ EMGubi corpus ver&longs;abatur in D; & &longs;i ea &longs;it vis centripeta, ut areæ ABGElatus quadratum &longs;it ut de&longs;cendentis velocitas, erit area ip&longs;a in du­plicata ratione velocitatis, id e&longs;t, &longs;i pro velocitatibus in D& E&longs;cribantur V & V+I, erit area ABFDut VV, & area ABGEut VV+2 VI+II, & divi&longs;im area DFGEut 2 VI+II, adeoque (DFGE/DE) ut (2VI+II/DE), id e&longs;t, &longs;i primæ quantitatum na&longs;centium rationes &longs;umantur, longitudo DFut quantitas (2VI/DE), adeoque e­tiam ut quantitatis hujus dimidium (IXV/DE). E&longs;t autem tempus quo corpus cadendo de&longs;cribit lineolam DE,ut lineola illa directe & velocitas V inver&longs;e, e&longs;tque vis ut velocitatis incrementum I directe & tempus inver&longs;e, adeoque &longs;i primæ na&longs;centium rationes &longs;uman­tur, ut (IXV/DE), hoc e&longs;t, ut longitudo DF.Ergo Vis ip&longs;i DFvel EGproportionalis facit ut corpus ea cum Velocitate de&longs;cendat quæ &longs;it ut areæ ABGElatus quadratum. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Porro cum tempus, quo quælibet longitudinis datæ lineola DEde&longs;cribatur, &longs;it ut velocitas inver&longs;e adeoque ut areæ ABFDlatus quadratum inver&longs;e; &longs;itque DL,atque adeo area na&longs;cens DLME,ut idem latus quadratum inver&longs;e: erit tempus ut area DLME,& &longs;umma omnium temporum ut &longs;umma omnium arearum, hoc e&longs;t (per Corol. Lem. IV) Tempus totum quo linea AEde&longs;cribitur ut area tota AME. que E. D.

Corol.1. Si P&longs;it locus de quo corpus cadere debet, ut, urgen­te aliqua uniformi vi centripeta nota (qualis vulgo &longs;upponitur Gravitas) velocitatem acquirat in loco Dæqualem velocitati quam corpus aliud vi quacunque cadens acqui&longs;ivit eodem loco D,& in perpendiculari DFcapiatur DR,quæ &longs;it ad DFut vis illa uniformis ad vim alteram in loco D,& compleatur rectangulum PDRQ,eique æqualis ab&longs;cindatur area ABFD;erit Alocus de quo corpus alterum cecidit. Namque completo rectangulo DRSE,cum &longs;it area ABFDad aream DFGEut VV ad 2VI, adeoque ut 1/2 V ad I, id e&longs;t, ut &longs;emi&longs;&longs;is velocitatis totius ad incrementum velocitatis corporis vi inæquabili cadentis; & &longs;i­militer area PQRDad aream DRSEut &longs;emi&longs;&longs;is velocitatis to­tius ad incrementum velocitatis corporis uniformi vi cadentis; &longs;intQ.E.I.crementa illa (ob æqualitatem temporum na&longs;centium) ut vires generatrices, id e&longs;t, ut ordinatim applicatæ DF, DR,adeoque ut areæ na&longs;centes DFGE, DRSE; erunt (ex æquo) areæ totæ ABFD, PQRDad invicem ut &longs;emi&longs;&longs;es totarum ve­locitatum, & propterea (ob æqualitatem velocitatum) æquantur.

Corol.2. Unde &longs;i corpus quodlibet de loco quocunque Ddata cum velocitate vel &longs;ur&longs;um vel deor&longs;um projiciatur, & detur lex vis centripetæ, invenietur velocitas ejus in alio quovis loco e,erigen­do ordinatam eg,& capiendo velocitatem illam ad velocitatem in loco Dut e&longs;t latus quadratum rectanguli PQRDarea curvili­nea DFgevel aucti, &longs;i locus ee&longs;t loco Dinferior, vel diminuti, &longs;i is &longs;uperior e&longs;t, ad latus quadratum rectanguli &longs;olius PQRD,id e&longs;t, ut √PQRD+vel-DFgead √PQRD.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.3. Tempus quoQ.E.I.note&longs;cet erigendo ordinatam emre­ciproce proportionalem lateri quadrato ex PQRD+vel-DFge,& capiendo tempus quo corpus de&longs;crip&longs;it lineam Dead tempus quo corpus alterum vi uniformi cecidit a P& cadendo pervenit ad D,ut area curvilinea DLmead rectangulum 2PDXDL.Nam­que tempus quo corpus vi uniformi de&longs;cendens de&longs;crip&longs;it lineam PDe&longs;t ad tempus quo corpus idem de&longs;crip&longs;it lineam PEin &longs;ub­duplicata ratione PDad PE,id e&longs;t (lineola DEjamjam na&longs;cen­te) in ratione PDad PD+1/2 DE&longs;eu 2PDad 2PD+DE,& divi&longs;im, ad tempus quo corpus idem de&longs;crip&longs;it lineolam DEut 2PDad DE,adeoque ut rectangulum 2PDXDLad aream DLME; e&longs;tque tempus quo corpus utrumQ.E.D.&longs;crip&longs;it lineo­lam DEad tempus quo corpus alterum inæquabili motu de&longs;crip­&longs;it lineam Deut area DLMEad aream DLme,& ex æquo tempus primum ad tempus ultimum ut rectangulum 2PDXDLad aream DLme.

SECTIO VIII.

De Inventione Orbium in quibus corpora Viribus quibu&longs;cunque cen­tripetis agitata revolvuntur.

PROPOSITIO XL. THEOREMA XIII.

Si corpus, cogente Vi quacunque centripeta, moveatur utcunque, & corpus aliud recta a&longs;cendat vel de&longs;cendat, &longs;intque eorum Velocita­tes in aliquo æqualium altitudinum ca&longs;u æquales, Velocitates eorum in omnibus æqualibus altitudinibus erunt æquales.

De&longs;cendat corpus aliquod ab Aper D, E,ad centrum C,& moveatur corpus aliud a Vin linea curva VIKk,Centro Cin­tervallis quibu&longs;vis de&longs;cribantur circuli concentrici DI, EKrectæ ACin D& E,curvæque VIKin I& Koccurrentes. Junga­tur ICoccurrens ip&longs;i KEin N;& in IKdemittatur perpendi­culum NT; &longs;itque circumferentiarum circulorum intervallum DEvel INquam minimum, & habeant corpora in D& Ivelocita-tes æquales. Quoniam di&longs;tantiæ CD, CIæquantur, erunt vi­

res centripetæ in D& Iæquales. Exponantur hæ vires per æ­quales lineolas DE, IN; & &longs;i vis una IN(per Legum Corol. 2.) re&longs;olvatur in duas NT& IT,vis NT,agendo &longs;ecundum lineam NTcorporis cur&longs;ui ITKperpendicularem, nil mutabit velocita­tem corporis in cur&longs;u illo, &longs;ed retrahet &longs;olummodo corpus a cur­&longs;u rectilineo, facietQ.E.I.&longs;um de Orbis tangente perpetuo deflecte­re, inque via curvilinea ITKkprogredi. In hoc effectu produ­cendo vis illa tota con&longs;umetur: vis autem altera IT,&longs;ecundum corporis cur&longs;um agendo, tota accelerabit illud, ac dato tem­pore quam minimo accelerationem generabit &longs;ibi ip&longs;i proportiona­lem. Proinde corporum in D& Iaccelerationes æqualibus tem­poribus factæ (&longs;i &longs;umantur linearum na&longs;centium DE, IN, IK, IT, NTrationes primæ) &longs;unt ut lineæ DE, IT:temporibus au­tem inæqualibus ut lineæ illæ & tempora conjunctim. Tempora autem quibus DE& IKde&longs;cribuntur, ob æqualitatem velocita­

tum &longs;unt ut viæ de&longs;criptæ DE& IK,adeoque accelerationes, in cur&longs;u corporum per lineas DE& IK,funt ut DE& IT, DE& IKconjunctim, id e&longs;t ut DE quad& ITXIK rectangulum.Sed rectangulum ITXIKæquale e&longs;t IN quadrato,hoc e&longs;t, æquale DE quadrato;& propterea accelerationes in tran&longs;itu corporum a D& Iad E& Kæquales generantur. Æquales igitur &longs;unt cor-porum velocitates in E& K& eodem argumento &longs;emper reperi­entur æquales in &longs;ub&longs;equentibus æqualibus di&longs;tantiis. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Sed & eodem argumento corpora æquivelocia & æqualiter a cen­tro di&longs;tantia, in a&longs;cen&longs;u ad æquales di&longs;tantias æqualiter retarda­buntur. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i corpus vel funipendulum o&longs;cilletur, vel im­pedimento quovis politi&longs;&longs;imo & perfecte lubrico cogatur in li­nea curva moveri, & corpus aliud recta a&longs;cendat vel de&longs;cendat, &longs;intque velocitates eorum in eadem quacunque altitudine æquales: erunt velocitates eorum in aliis quibu&longs;cunque æqualibus altitudi­nibus æquales. NamQ.E.I.pedimento va&longs;is ab&longs;olute lubrici idem præ&longs;tatur quod vi tran&longs;ver&longs;a NT.Corpus eo non retardatur, non acceleratur, &longs;ed tantum cogitur de cur&longs;u rectilineo di&longs;cedere.

Corol.2. Hinc etiam &longs;i quantitas P &longs;it maxima a centro di&longs;tan­tia, ad quam corpus vel o&longs;cillans vel in Trajectoria quacunque re­volvens, deque quovis Trajectoriæ puncto, ea quam ibi habet velocitate &longs;ur&longs;um projectum a&longs;cendere po&longs;&longs;it; &longs;itque quantitas A di&longs;tantia corporis a centro in alio quovis Orbitæ puncto, & vis centripeta &longs;emper &longs;it ut ip&longs;ius A dignitas quælibet An-1, cujus Index n-1 e&longs;t numerus quilibet nunitate diminutus; velocitas corporis in omni altitudine A erit ut √Pn-An, atque adeo da­tur. Namque velocitas recta a&longs;cendentis ac de&longs;cendentis (per Prop. XXXIX) e&longs;t in hac ip&longs;a ratione.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XLI. PROBLEMA XXVIII.

Po&longs;ita cuju&longs;cunque generis Vi centripeta & conce&longs;&longs;is Figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis, requiruntur tum Trajectoriæ in qui­bus corpora movebuntur, tum Tempora motuum in Trajectoriis inventis.

Tendat vis quælibet ad centrum C& invenienda &longs;it Trajectoria VITKk.Detur Circulus VXYcentro Cintervallo quovis CVde&longs;criptus, centroque eodem de&longs;cribantur alii quivis circuli ID, KETrajectoriam &longs;ecantes in I& Krectamque CVin D& E.Age tum rectam CNIX&longs;ecantem circulos KE, VYin N& X,tum rectam CKYoccurrentem circulo VXYin Y.Sint autem puncta I& K&longs;ibi invicem vicini&longs;&longs;ima, & pergat corpus ab Vper I, T& Kad k;&longs;itque punctum Alocus ille de quo corpus aliud cadere debet ut in loco Dvelocitatem acquirat æqualem veloci­tati corporis prioris in I; & &longs;tantibus quæ in Propo&longs;itione XXXIX, lineola IK,dato tempore quam minimo de&longs;cripta, erit ut ve­locitas atque adeo ut latus quadratum areæ ABFD,& triangu­lum ICKtempori proportionale dabitur, adeoque KNerit reci­proce ut altitudo IC,id e&longs;t, &longs;i detur quantitas aliqua Q, & alti­tudo ICnominetur A, ut Q/A. Hanc quantitatem Q/A nominemus Z, & ponamus eam e&longs;&longs;e magnitudinem ip&longs;ius Q ut &longs;it in aliquo ca&longs;u √ ABFDad Z ut e&longs;t IKad KN,& erit in omni ca&longs;u ABFDad Z ut IKad KN,& ABFDad ZZ ut IKquead KNque& divi&longs;im ABFD-ZZ ad ZZ ut IN quadad KN quad,ad­eoque √ABFD-ZZ ad (Z &longs;eu)Q/A ut INad KN,& propterea AXKNæquale (QXIN/√ABFD-ZZ). Unde cum YXXXC&longs;it ad AXKNut CXqad AA, erit rectangulum YXXXCæquale (QXINXCX quad./AA√ABFD-ZZ). Igitur &longs;i in perpendiculo DFcapiantur &longs;emper Db, Dcip&longs;is (Q/2√ABFD-ZZ) & (QXCX quad./2AA√ABFD-ZZ) æquales re&longs;pective, & de&longs;cribantur curvæ lineæ ab, cdquas puncta b, cperpetuo tangunt; deque puncto Vad lineam ACeri­gatur perpendiculum Vadab&longs;cindens areas curvilineas VDba, VDcd,& erigantur etiam ordinatæ Ez, Ex:quoniam rectan­gulum DbXIN&longs;eu DbzEæquale e&longs;t dimidio rectanguli AXKN,&longs;eu triangulo ICK; & rectangulum DcXIN&longs;eu DcxEæquale e&longs;t dimidio rectanguli YXXXC,&longs;eu triangulo XCY;hoc e&longs;t, quoniam arearum VDba, VICæquales &longs;emper &longs;unt na&longs;centes particulæ DbzE, ICK,& arearum VDcd, VCXæquales &longs;emper &longs;unt na&longs;centes particulæ DcxE, XCY,erit area genita VDbaæqualis areæ genitæ VIC,adeoque tem­pori proportionalis, & area genita VDcdæqualis Sectori ge­nito VCX.Dato igitur tempore quovis ex quo corpus di&longs;ce&longs;­&longs;it de loco V,dabitur area ip&longs;i proportionalis VDba,& inde dabitur corporis altitudo CDvel CI; & area VDcd,eique æqualis Sector VCXuna cum ejus angulo VCI.Datis autem angulo VCI& altitudine CIdatur locus I,in quo corpus com­pleto illo tempore reperietur. Q.E.I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc maximæ minimæque corporum altitudines, id e&longs;t Ap&longs;ides Trajectoriarum expedite inveniri po&longs;&longs;unt. Sunt enim Ap&longs;ides puncta illa in quibus recta ICper centrum ducta incidit perpendiculariter in Trajectoriam VIK:id quod &longs;it ubi rectæ IK& NKæquantur, adeoque ubi area ABFDæqualis e&longs;t ZZ.

Corol.2. Sed & angulus KIN,in quo Trajectoria alibi &longs;ecat lineam illam IC,ex data corporis altitudine ICexpedite inveNI­tur; nimirum capiendo &longs;inum ejus ad radium ut KNad IK,id e&longs;t, ut Z ad latus quadratum areæ ABFD.

Corol.3. Si centro C& vertice principali Vde&longs;cribatur Sectio quæ­libet Conica VRS,& a quovis ejus puncto Ragatur Tangens RToccurrens axi infinite producto CVin puncto T;dein juncta CRducatur recta CP,quæ æqualis &longs;it ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ CT,angulumque VCPSectori VCRproportionalem con&longs;tituat; tendat autem ad centrum CVis centripeta Cubo di&longs;tantiæ loeorum a centro reciproce propor­tionalis, & exeat corpus de loco Vju&longs;ta cum Velocitate &longs;ecundum lineam rectæ CVperpendicularem: progredietur corpus illud in Trajectoria quam punctum Pperpetuo tangit; adeoque &longs;i Conica &longs;ectio CVRSHyperbola &longs;it, de&longs;cendet idem ad centrum: Sin ea Ellip&longs;is &longs;it, a&longs;cendet illud perpetuo & abibit in infinitum. Et con­tra, &longs;i corpus quacunque cum Velocitate exeat de loco V,& perin­de ut incæperit vel obliQ.E.D.&longs;cendere ad centrum, vel ab eo ob-lique a&longs;cendere, Figura CVRSvel Hyperbola &longs;it vel Ellip&longs;is, in­veniri pote&longs;t Trajectoria augendo vel minuendo angulum VCPin data aliqua ratione. Sed &, Vi centripeta in centrifugam ver&longs;a,

a&longs;cendet corpus obliQ.E.I. Trajectoria VPQquæ invenitur capi­endo angulum VCPSectori Elliptico CVRCproportionalem, & longitudinem CPlongitudini CTæqualem ut &longs;upra. Con&longs;equun­tur hæc omnia ex Propo&longs;itione præcedente, per Curvæ cuju&longs;dam quadraturam, cujus inventionem, ut &longs;atis facilem, brevitatis gratia mi&longs;&longs;am facio.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XLII. PROBLEMA XXIX.

Data lege Vis centripetæ, requiritur motus corporis de loco dato data cum Velocitate &longs;ecundum datam rectam egre&longs;&longs;i.

Stantibus quæ in tribus Propo&longs;itionibus præcedentibus: exeat corpus de loco I&longs;ecundum lineolam IT,ea cum Velocitate quam corpus aliud, vi aliqua uniformi centripeta, de loco Pcadendo ac­quirere po&longs;&longs;et in D:&longs;itque hæc vis uniformis ad vim qua corpus primum urgetur in I,ut DRad DF.Pergat autem corpus ver&longs;us k;centroque C& intervallo Ckde&longs;cribatur circulus keoccurrens rectæ PDin e,& erigantur curvarum ALMm, BFGg, abzv, dcxw

ordinatim applicatæ em, eg, ev, ew.Ex dato rectangulo PDRQ,dataque lege vis centripetæ qua corpus primum agitatur, dantur cur­væ lineæ BFGg, ALMm,per con&longs;tructionem Problematis XXVII, & ejus Corol. 1. Deinde ex dato angulo CITdatur proportio na&longs;cen­tium IK, KN,& inde, per con&longs;tructionem Prob. XXVIII, datur quantitas Q, una cum curvis lineis abzv, dcxw:adeoque com­pleto tempore quovis Dbve,datur tum corporis altitudo Cevel Ck,tum area Dcwe,eique æqualis Sector XCy,angulu&longs;que ICk& locus kin quo corpus tunc ver&longs;abitur. Q.E.I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Supponimus autem in his Propo&longs;itionibus Vim centripetam in rece&longs;&longs;u quidem a centro variari &longs;ecundum legem quamcunque quam quis imaginari pote&longs;t, in æqualibus autem a centro di&longs;tantiis e&longs;&longs;e undeque eandem. Atque hactenus Motum corporum in Orbibus immobilibus con&longs;ideravimus. Supere&longs;t ut de Motu eorum in Orbi­bus qui circa centrum virium revolvuntur adjiciamus pauca.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO IX.

De Motu Corporum in Orbibus mobilibus, deque motu Ap&longs;idum.

PROPOSITIO XLIII. PROBLEMA XXX.

Efficiendum est ut corpus in Trajectoria quacunque circa centrum Virium revolvente perinde moveri po&longs;&longs;it, atque corpus aliud in eadem Trajectoria quie&longs;cente.

In Orbe VPKpo­

&longs;itione dato revolvatur corpus Ppergendo a Vver&longs;us K.A centro Cagatur &longs;emper Cp,quæ &longs;it ip&longs;i CPæqualis, angulumque VCpan­gulo VCPproportio­nalem con&longs;tituat; & a­rea quam linea Cpde­&longs;cribit erit ad aream VCPquam linea CP&longs;imul de&longs;cribit, ut velo­citas lineæ de&longs;cribentis Cpad velocitatem li­neæ de&longs;cribentis CP; hoc e&longs;t, ut angulus VCpad angulum VCP,adeoQ.E.I. data ra­tione, & propterea tempori proportionalis. Cum area tempori proportionalis &longs;it quam linea Cpin plano immobili de&longs;cribit, ma­nife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod corpus, cogente ju&longs;tæ quantitatis Vi centripeta, revolvi po&longs;&longs;it una cum puncto pin Curva illa linea quam punctum idem pratione jam expo&longs;ita de&longs;cribit in plano immobili. Fiat angu­lus VCuangulo PCp,& linea Culineæ CV,atque Figura uCpFi­guræ VCPæqualis, & corpus in p&longs;emper exi&longs;tens movebitur in perimetro Figuræ revolventis uCp,eodemque tempore de&longs;cribet arcum ejus upquo corpus aliud Parcum ip&longs;i &longs;imilem & æqualem VPin Figura quie&longs;cente VPKde&longs;cribere pote&longs;t. Quæratur igi­tur, per Corollarium quintum propo&longs;itionis VI, Vis centripeta qua corpus revolvi po&longs;&longs;it in Curva illa linea quam punctum pde&longs;cribit in plano immobili, & &longs;olvetur Problema. q.E.F.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XLIV. THEOREMA XIV.

Differentia Virium, quibus corpus in Orbe quie&longs;cente, & corpus a­liud in eodem Orbe revolvente æqualiter moveri po&longs;&longs;unt, est in triplicata ratione communis altitudinis inver&longs;e.

Partibus Orbis quie­

&longs;centis VP, PK&longs;unto &longs;imiles & æquales Or­bis revolventis partes up, pk; & punctorum P, Kdi&longs;tantia intelli­gatur e&longs;&longs;e quam miNI­ma. A puncto kin re­ctam pCdemitte per­pendiculum kr,idem­que produc ad m,ut &longs;it mrad krut angulus VCpad angulum VCP.Quoniam corporum al­titudines PC& pC, KC& kC&longs;emper æquan­tur, manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod linearum PC& pCincrementa vel decrementa &longs;emper &longs;int æqualia, ideoque &longs;i corporum in locis P& pexi&longs;tentium di&longs;tinguantur motus &longs;inguli (per Legum Corol. 2.) in binos, quorum hi ver&longs;us centrum, &longs;ive &longs;ecundum lineas PC, pCdeterminentur, & alteri prioribus tran&longs;ver&longs;i &longs;int, & &longs;ecundum lineas ip&longs;is PC, pCperpendiculares directionem habeant; motus ver&longs;us centrum erunt æquales, & motus tran&longs;­ver&longs;us corporis perit ad motum tran&longs;ver&longs;um corporis P,ut mo­tus angularis lineæ pC,ad motum angularem lineæ PC,id e&longs;t, ut angulus VCpad angulum VCP.Igitur eodem tempore quo corpus Pmotu &longs;uo utroque pervenit ad punctum K,corpus pæ­quali in centrum motu æqualiter movebitur a pver&longs;us C,adeoque completo illo tempore reperietur alicubi in linea mkr,quæ per punctum kin lineam pCperpendicularis e&longs;t; & motu tran&longs;ver&longs;o acquiret di&longs;tantiam a linea pC,quæ &longs;it ad di&longs;tantiam quam cor­pus alterum Pacquirit a linea PC,ut e&longs;t motus tran&longs;ver&longs;us cor­poris pad motum tran&longs;ver&longs;um corporis alterius P.Quare cum kræqualis &longs;it di&longs;tantiæ quam corpus Pacquirit a linea PC,&longs;itque mrad krut angulus VCpad angulum VCP,hoc e&longs;t, ut motus tran&longs;ver&longs;us corporis pad motum tran&longs;ver&longs;um corporis P,manife­&longs;tum e&longs;t quod corpus pcompleto illo tempore reperietur in loco m.Hæc ita &longs;e habebunt ubi corpora p& Pæqualiter &longs;ecundum lineas pC& PCmoventur, adeoque æqualibus Viribus &longs;ecundum lineas illas urgentur. Capiatur autem angulum pCnad angulum pCkut e&longs;t angulus VCpad angulus VCP,&longs;itque nCæqualis kC,& corpus pcompleto illo tempore revera reperietur in n; ad­eoque Vi majore urgetur quam corpus P,&longs;i modo angulus mCpangulo kCpmajor e&longs;t, id e&longs;t &longs;i Orbis upkvel movetur in con­&longs;equentia, vel movetur in antecedentia majore celeritate quam &longs;it dupla ejus qua linea CPin con&longs;equentia fertur; & Vi mino­re &longs;i Orbis tardius movetur in antecedentia. E&longs;tque Virium dif­ferentia ut loeorum intervallum mn,per quod corpus illud pip&longs;ius actione, dato illo temporis &longs;patio, transferri debet. Centro Cintervallo Cnvel Ckde&longs;cribi intelligatur Circulus &longs;ecans lineas mr, mnproductas in s& t,& erit rectangulum mnXmtæ­quale rectangulo mkXms,adeoque mnæquale (mkXms/mt). Cum autem triangula pCk, pCndentur magnitudine, &longs;unt kr& mr,earumQ.E.D.fferentia mk& &longs;umma msreciproce ut altitudo pC,adeoque rectangulum mkXmse&longs;t reciproce ut quadratum altitudi­nis pC.E&longs;t & mtdirecte ut 1/2 mt,id e&longs;t, ut altitudo pC.&longs;unt primæ rationes linearum na&longs;centium; & hinc fit (mkXms/mt), id e&longs;t lineola na&longs;cens mn,eique proportionalis Virium differentia reci­proce ut cubus altitudinis pC. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc differentia virium in locis P& pvel K& k,e&longs;t ad vim qua corpus motu Circulari revolvi po&longs;&longs;it ab Rad Keodem tempore quo corpus Pin Orbe immobili de&longs;cribit arcum PK,ut lineola na&longs;cens mnad &longs;inum ver&longs;um arcus na&longs;centis RK,id e&longs;t ut (mkXms/mt) ad (rkq/2kC), vel ut mkXmsad rkquadratum; hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i capiantur datæ quantitates F, G in ea ratione ad invicem quam habet angulus VCPad angulum VCp,ut GG-FF ad FF. Et propterea, &longs;i centro Cintervallo quovis CPvel Cpde&longs;cribatur Sector circularis æqualis areæ toti VPC,quam corpus Ptempore quovis in Orbe immobili revolvens radio ad centrum ducto de­&longs;crip &longs;it: differentia virium, quibus corpus Pin Orbe immobili & corpus pin Orbe mobili revolvuntur, erit ad vim centripetam qua corpus aliquod radio ad centrum ducto Sectorem illum, eodem tem­pore quo de&longs;cripta &longs;it area VPCuniformiter de&longs;eribere potui&longs;&longs;et, ut GG-FF ad FF. Namque Sector ille & area pCk&longs;unt ad in­vicem ut tempora quibus de&longs;cribuntur.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.2. Si Orbis VPKEllip&longs;is &longs;it umbilicum habens C& Ap­&longs;idem &longs;ummam V;eique &longs;imilis & æqualis ponatur Ellip&longs;is upk,ita ut &longs;it &longs;emper pCæqualis PC,& angulus VCp&longs;it ad angulum VCPin data ratione G ad F; pro altitudine autem PCvel pC&longs;cribatur A, & pro Ellip&longs;eos latere recto ponatur 2 R: erit vis qua corpus in Ellip&longs;i mobili revolvi pote&longs;t, ut (FF/AA)+(RGG-RFF/A cub.) & contra. Exponatur enim vis qua corpus revolvatur in immota Ellip&longs;i per quantitatem (FF/AA), & vis in Verit (FF/CV quad.). Vis au­tem qua corpus in Circulo ad di&longs;tantiam CVea cum velocitate revolvi po&longs;&longs;et quam corpus in Ellip&longs;i revolvens habet in V,e&longs;t ad vim qua corpus in Ellip&longs;i revolvens urgetur in Ap&longs;ide V,ut dimidium lateris recti Ellip&longs;eos. ad Circuli &longs;emidiametrum CV,adeoque valet (RFF/CV cub.): & vis quæ &longs;it ad hanc ut GG-FF ad FF, valet (RGG-RFF/CV cub.): e&longs;tque hæc vis (per hujus Corol. 1.) differentia virium in Vquibus corpus Pin Ellip&longs;i immota VPK,& corpus pin Ellip&longs;i mobili upkrevolvuntur. Unde cum (per hanc Prop.) differentia illa in alia quavis altitudine A &longs;it ad &longs;e­ip&longs;am in altitudine CVut (1/A cub.) ad (1/CV cub.), eadem differentia in omni altitudine. A valebit (RGG-RFF/A cub.). Igitur ad vim (FF/AA) qua corpus revolvi pote&longs;t in Ellip&longs;i immobili VPK,addatur ex­ce&longs;&longs;us (RGG-RFF/A cub.) & componetur vis tota (FF/AA)+(RGG-RFF/A cub.) qua corpus in Ellip&longs;i mobili upkii&longs;dem temporibus revolvi po&longs;&longs;it.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.3. Ad eundem modum colligetur quod, &longs;i Orbis immo­bilis VPKEllip&longs;is &longs;it centrum habens in virium centro C; ei­que &longs;imilis, æqualis & concentrica ponatur Ellip&longs;is mobilis upk;&longs;itque 2 R Ellip&longs;eos hujus latus rectum principale, & 2T latus tran&longs;ver&longs;um &longs;ive axis major, atque angulus VCp&longs;emper &longs;it ad angulum VCPut G ad F; vires quibus corpora in Ellip&longs;i im­mobili & mobili temporibus æqualibus revolvi po&longs;&longs;unt, erunt ut (FFA/T cub.) & (FFA/T cub.)+(RGG-RFF/A cub.) re&longs;pective.

Corol.4. Et univer&longs;aliter, &longs;i corporis altitudo maxima CVno­minetur T, & radius curvaturæ quam Orbis VPKhabet in V,id e&longs;t radius Circuli æqualiter curvi, nominetur R, & vis centripeta qua corpus in Trajectoria quacunQ.E.I.mobili VPKrevolvi po­te&longs;t, in loco Vdicatur (VFF/TT), atque aliis in locis Pindefinite dica­tur X, altitudine CPnominata A, & capiatur G ad F in data ratione anguli VCpad angulum VCP:erit vis centripeta qua corpus idem eo&longs;dem motus in eadem Trajectoria upkcircula­riter mota temporibus ii&longs;dem peragere pote&longs;t, ut &longs;umma virium X+(VRGG-VRFF/A cub.).

Corol.5. Dato igitur motu corporis in Orbe quocunQ.E.I.mo­bili, augeri vel minui pote&longs;t ejus motus angularis circa centrum virium in ratione data, & inde inveniri novi Orbes immobiles in quibus corpora novis viribus centripetis gyrentur.

Corol.6. Igitur &longs;i ad rectam CVpo­

&longs;itione datam erigatur perpendiculum VPlongitudinis indeterminatæ, jun­gaturque CP,& ip&longs;i æqualis agatur Cp,con&longs;tituens angulum VCp,qui &longs;it ad angulum VCPin data ratione; vis qua corpus gyrari pote&longs;t in Curva illa Vpkquam punctum pperpetuo tangit, erit reciproce ut cubus altitu­dinis Cp.Nam corpus P,per vim inertiæ, nulla alia vi urgente, uniformiter progredi pote&longs;t in recta VP.Addatur vis in centrum C,cubo altitudinis CPvel Cpreciproce proportionalis, & (per jam demon&longs;trata) detorQ.E.I.ur motus ille rectilineus in lineam curvam Vpk.E&longs;t autem hæc Curva Vpkeadem cum Curva illa VPQin Corol. 3. Prop. XLI inventa, in qua ibi diximus corpora huju&longs;modi viribus attracta oblique a&longs;cendere.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XLV. PROBLEMA XXXI.

Orbium qui &longs;unt Circulis maxime finitimi requiruntur motus Ap­&longs;idum.

Problema &longs;olvitur Arithmetice faciendo ut Orbis, quem corpus in Ellip&longs;i mobili (ut in Propo&longs;itionis &longs;uperioris Corol. 2, vel 3) revolvens de&longs;cribit in plano immobili, accedat ad formam Orbis cujus Ap&longs;ides requiruatur, & quærendo Ap&longs;ides Orbis quem cor­pus illud in plano immobili de&longs;cribit. Orbes autem eandem ac­quirent formam, &longs;i vires centripetæ quibus de&longs;cribuntur, inter &longs;e collatæ, in æqualibus altitudinibus reddantur proportionales. Sit punctum VAp&longs;is &longs;umma, & &longs;cribantur T pro altitudine maxima CV,A pro altitudine quavis alia CPvel Cp,& X pro alti­titudinum differentia CV-CP; & vis qua corpus in Ellip&longs;i circa umbilicum &longs;uum C(ut in Corollario 2.) revolvente move­tur, quæQ.E.I. Corollario 2. erat ut (FF/AA)+(RGG-RFF/A cub.), id e&longs;t ut (FFA+RGG-RFF/A cub.), &longs;ub&longs;tituendo T-X pro A, erit ut (RGG-RFF+TFF-FFX/A cub.). Reducenda &longs;imiliter e&longs;t vis alia quævis centripeta ad fractionem cujus denominator &longs;it A cub.,& numeratores, facta homologorum terminorum collatione, &longs;tatuendi &longs;unt analogi. Res Exemplis patebit.

Exempl.1. Ponamus vim centripetam uniformem e&longs;&longs;e, adeoque ut (A cub./A cub.), &longs;ive (&longs;cribendo T-X pro A in Numeratore) ut (T cub.-3TTX+3TXX-X cub./A cub.); & collatis Numeratorum ter­minis corre&longs;pondentibus, nimirum datis cum datis & non datis cum non datis, fiet RGG-RFF+TFF ad T cub.ut-FFX ad -3TTX+3TXX-Xcub.&longs;ive ut-FF ad-3TT+3TX -XX. Jam cum Orbis ponatur Circulo quam maxime finitimus, coeat Orbis cum Circulo; & ob factas R, T æquales, atque X in infi-nitum diminutam, rationes ultimæ erunt RGG ad T cub.ut-FF ad-3TT &longs;eu GG ad TT ut FF ad 3TT & vici&longs;&longs;im GG ad FF ut TT ad 3 TT id e&longs;t, ut 1 ad 3; adeoque G ad F, hoc e&longs;t angulus VCpad angulum VCP,ut 1 ad √3. Er­go cum corpus in Ellip&longs;i immobili, ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap­&longs;idem imam de&longs;cendendo conficiat angulum VCP(ut ita di­cam) gradum 180; corpus aliud in Ellip&longs;i mobili, atque adeo in Orbe immobili de quo agimus, ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem imam de&longs;cendendo conficiet angulum VCpgradum (180/√3): id adeo ob &longs;imilitudinem Orbis hujus, quem corpus agente uniformi vi centripeta de&longs;cribit, & Orbis illius quem corpus in Ellip&longs;i re­volvente gyros peragens de&longs;cribit in plano quie&longs;cente. Per &longs;u­periorem terminorum collationem &longs;imiles redduntur hi Orbes, non univer&longs;aliter, &longs;ed tunc cum ad formam circularem quam maxime appropinquant. Corpus igitur uniformi cum vi centripeta in Orbe propemodum circulari revolvens, inter Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam & Ap&longs;idem imam conficiet &longs;emper angulum (180/√3) graduum, &longs;eu 103 gr.55 m.23 &longs;ec.ad centrum; perveniens ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem imam ubi &longs;emel confecit hunc angulum, & inde ad Ap&longs;i­dem &longs;ummam rediens ubi iterum confecit eundem angulum; & &longs;ic deinceps in infinitum.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Exempl.2. Ponamus vim centripetam e&longs;&longs;e ut altitudinis A dig­nitas quælibet An-3 &longs;eu (An/A3): ubi n-3 & n&longs;ignificant digNI­tatum indices quo&longs;cunQ.E.I.tegros vel fractos, rationales vel irratio­nales, affirmativos vel negativos. Numerator ille An &longs;eu ―T-Xnin &longs;eriem indeterminatam per Methodum no&longs;tram Serierum conver­gentium reducta, evadit Tn-nXTn-1+(nn-n/2)XXTn-2 &c. Et collatis hujus terminis cum terminis Numeratoris alterius RGG-RFF+TFF-FFX, fit RGG-RFF+TFF ad Tnut-FF ad-nTn-1+(nn-n/2)XTn-2 &c. Et &longs;umendo ratio­nes ultimas ubi Orbes ad formam circularem accedunt, fit RGG ad Tn ut-FF ad-nTn-1, &longs;eu GG ad Tn-1 ut FF ad nTn-1, & vici&longs;&longs;im GG ad FF ut Tn-1 ad nTn-1 id e&longs;t ut 1 ad n; adeoque G ad F, id e&longs;t angulus VCpad angulum VCP,ut 1 ad √n.Quare cum angulus VCP,in de&longs;cen&longs;u corporis ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem imam in Ellip&longs;i confectus, &longs;it graduum 180; conficietur angulus VCp,in de&longs;cen&longs;u corporis ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem imam, in Orbe propemodum Cir­culari quem corpus quodvis vi centripeta dignitati An-3 pro­portionali de&longs;cribit, æqualis angulo graduum (180/√n); & hoc angulo repetito corpus redibit ab Ap&longs;ide ima ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam, & &longs;ic deinceps in infinitum. Ut &longs;i vis centripeta &longs;it ut di&longs;tantia cor­poris a centro, id e&longs;t, ut A &longs;eu (A4/A3), erit næqualis 4 & √næqualis 2; adeoque angulus inter Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam & Ap&longs;idem imam æ­qualis (180/2) gr.&longs;eu 90 gr.Completa igitur quarta parte revolutio­nis unius corpus perveniet ad Ap&longs;idem imam, & completa alia quarta parte ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam, & &longs;ic deinceps per vices in infinitum. Id quod etiam ex Propo&longs;itione x. manife&longs;tum e&longs;t. Nam corpus urgente hac vi centripeta revolvetur in Ellip&longs;i immobili, cujus centrum e&longs;t in centro virium. Quod &longs;i vis centripeta &longs;it reci­proce ut di&longs;tantia, id e&longs;t directe ut 1/A &longs;eu (A2/A3), erit næqualis 2, ad­eoQ.E.I.ter Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam & imam angulus erit graduum (180/√2) &longs;eu 127 gr.16 m.45 &longs;ec.& propterea corpus tali vi revolvens, perpe­tua anguli hujus repetitione, vicibus alternis ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad imam & ab ima ad &longs;ummam perveniet in æternum. Porro &longs;i vis centripeta &longs;it reciproce ut latus quadrato-quadratum undecimæ dignitatis altitudinis, id e&longs;t reciproce ut A (11/4), adeoQ.E.D.recte ut (1/A11/4) &longs;eu ut (A1/4/A3) erit næqualis 1/4, & (180/√n) gr.æqualis 360 gr.& prop­terea corpus de Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma di&longs;cedens & &longs;ubinde perpetuo de­&longs;cendens, perveniet ad Ap&longs;idem imam ubi complevit revolutionem integram, dein perpetuo a&longs;cen&longs;u complendo aliam revolutionem in­regram, redibit ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam: & &longs;ic per vices in æternum.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Exempl.3. A&longs;&longs;umentes m& npro quibu&longs;vis indicibus dignitatum Altitudinis, & b, cpro numeris quibu&longs;vis datis, ponamus vim cen­tripetam e&longs;&longs;e ut (bAm+cAn/A cub.), id e&longs;t, ut (bin ―T-Xm+cin ―T-Xn/A cub.) &longs;eu (per eandem Methodum no&longs;tram Serierum convergentium) ut (bTm+cTn-mbXTm-1-ncXTn-1+(mm-mb/2)XXTm-2+(nn-nc/2)XXTn-2 &c./A cub.) & collatis numeratorum terminis, fiet RGG-RFF+TFF ad bTm+cTn, ut -FF ad -mbTm-1-ncTn-1+(mm-m/2)bXTm-2+(nn-n/2)cXTn-2 &c. Et &longs;umendo rationes ulti­mas quæ prodeunt ubi Orbes ad formam circularem accedunt, fit GG ad bTm-1+cTn-1, ut FF ad mbTm-1+ncTn-1, & vici&longs;&longs;im GG ad FF ut bTm-1+cTn-1 ad mbTm-1+ncTn-1. Quæ proportio, exponendo altitudinem maximam CV&longs;eu T Arith­metice per Unitatem, fit GG ad FF ut b+cad mb+nc,adeoque ut 1 ad (mb+nc/b+c). Unde e&longs;t G ad F, id e&longs;t angulus VCpad angulum VCP,ut 1 ad √(mb+nc/b+c). Et propterea cum angulus VCPinter Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam & Ap&longs;idem imam in Ellip&longs;i immobili &longs;it 180 gr.erit angulus VCpinter ea&longs;dem Ap&longs;ides, in Orbe quem corpus vi centripeta quantitati (bAm+cAn/A cub.) proportionali de&longs;cribit, æqua­lis angulo graduum 180 √(b+c/mb+nc). Et eodem argumento &longs;i vis cen­tripeta &longs;it ut (bAm-cAn/A cub.), angulus inter Ap&longs;ides invenietur graduum 180 √(b-c/mb-nc). Nec &longs;ecus re&longs;olvetur Problema in ca&longs;ibus diffi­cilioribus. Quantitas cui vis centripeta proportionalis e&longs;t, re­&longs;olvi &longs;emper debet in Series convergentes denominatorem ha­bentes A cub.Dein pars data numeratoris qui ex illa operatione provenit ad ip&longs;ius partem alteram non datam, & pars data nu­meratoris hujus RGG-RFF+TFF-FFX ad ip&longs;ius partem alteram non datam in eadem ratione ponendæ &longs;unt: Et quantitates &longs;uperfluas delendo, &longs;cribendoque Unitatem pro T, obtinebitur proportio G ad F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i vis centripeta &longs;it ut aliqua altitudinis digNI­tas, inveniri pote&longs;t dignitas illa ex motu Ap&longs;idum; & contra. Nimirum &longs;i motus totus angularis, quo corpus redit ad Ap&longs;idem eandem, &longs;it ad motum angularem revolutionis unius, &longs;eu graduum 360, ut numerus aliquis mad numerum alium n,& altitudo no­minetur A: erit vis ut altitudinis dignitas illa A(nn/mm)-3, cujus In-dex e&longs;t (nn/mm)-3. Id quod per Exempla &longs;ecunda manife&longs;tum e&longs;t. Unde liquet vim illam in majore quam triplicata altitudinis ratione, in rece&longs;&longs;u a centro, decre&longs;cere non po&longs;&longs;e: Corpus tali vi revolvens deque Ap&longs;ide di&longs;cedens, &longs;i cæperit de&longs;cendere nunquam perveniet ad Ap&longs;idem imam &longs;eu altitudinem minimam, &longs;ed de&longs;cendet u&longs;que ad centrum, de&longs;cribens Curvam illam lineam de qua egimus in Cor. 3. Prop. XLI. Sin cæperit illud, de Ap&longs;ide di&longs;cedens, vel minimum a&longs;cendere; a&longs;cendet in infinitum, neque unquam perveniet ad Ap­&longs;idem &longs;ummam. De&longs;cribet enim Curvam illam lineam de qua ac­tum e&longs;t in eodem Corol. & in Corol. 6, Prop. XLIV. Sic & ubi vis, in rece&longs;&longs;u a centro, decre&longs;cit in majore quam triplicata ratione altitudinis, corpus de Ap&longs;ide di&longs;cedens, perinde ut cæperit de&longs;cen­dere vel a&longs;cendere, vel de&longs;cendet ad centrum u&longs;que vel a&longs;cendet in infinitum. At &longs;i vis, in rece&longs;&longs;u a centro, vel decre&longs;cat in minore quam triplicata ratione altitudinis, vel cre&longs;cat in altitudinis ratione quacunque; corpus nunquam de&longs;cendet ad centrum u&longs;que, &longs;ed ad Ap&longs;idem imam aliquando perveniet: & contra, &longs;i corpus de Ap&longs;i­de ad Ap&longs;idem alternis vicibus de&longs;cendens & a&longs;cendens nunquam appellat ad centrum; vis in rece&longs;&longs;u a centro aut augebitur, aut in minore quam triplicata altitudinis ratione decre&longs;cet: & quo ci­tius corpus de Ap&longs;ide ad Ap&longs;idem redierit, eo longius ratio virium recedet a ratione illa triplicata. Ut &longs;i corpus revolutionibus 8 vel 4 vel 2 vel 1 1/2 de Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam alterno de­&longs;cen&longs;u & a&longs;cen&longs;u redierit; hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i fuerit mad nut 8 vel 4 vel 2 vel 1 1/2 ad 1, adeoque (nn/mm)-3 valeat (1/64)-3 vel (1/16) -3 vel 1/4-3 vel 4/9-3: erit vis ut A(1/64)-3 vel A(1/16)-3 vel A1/4-3 vel A4/9-3, id e&longs;t, reciproce ut A3-(1/64) vel A3-(1/16) vel A3-1/4 vel A3-4/9. Si corpus &longs;ingulis revolutionibus redierit ad Ap&longs;idem eandem immo­tam; erit mad nut 1 ad 1, adeoque A (nn/mm)-3 æqualis A-2 &longs;eu (1/AA) & propterea decrementum virium in ratione duplicata altitudinis, ut in præcedentibus demon&longs;tratum e&longs;t. Si corpus partibus revo­lutionis unius vel tribus quartis, vel duabus tertiis, vel una ter­tia, vel una quarta, ad Ap&longs;idem eandem redierit; erit mad nut 1/4 vel 2/3 vel 1/3 vel 1/4 ad 1, adeoque A(nn/mm)-3 æqualis A(16/9)-3 vel A9/4-3 vel A9-3 vel A16-3; & propterea vis aut reciproce ut A(11/9) vel A1/4, aut directe ut A6 vel A 13. Denique &longs;i corpus pergendo ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam confecerit revolutionem in­tegram, & præterea gradus tres, adeoque Ap&longs;is illa &longs;ingulis corporis revolutionibus confecerit in con&longs;equentia gradus tres; erit mad nut 363 gr.ad 360gr.&longs;ive ut 121 ad 120, adeoque A(nn/mm)-3 erit æquale A-(29523/14641); & propterea vis centripeta reciproce ut A (29523/14641) &longs;eu re­ciproce ut A2 (4/2+3) proxime. Decre&longs;cit igitur vis centripeta in ratio­ne paulo majore quam duplicata, &longs;ed quæ vicibus 59 3/4 propius ad duplicatam quam ad triplicatam accedit.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.2. Hinc etiam &longs;i corpus, vi centripeta quæ &longs;it reciproce ut quadratum altitudinis, revolvatur in Ellip&longs;i umbilicum haben­te in centro virium, & huic vi centripetæ addatur vel auferatur vis alia quævis extranea; cogno&longs;ci pote&longs;t (per Exempla tertia) motus Ap&longs;idum qui ex vi illa extranea orietur: & contra. Ut &longs;i vis qua corpus revolvitur in Ellip&longs;i &longs;it ut (1/AA), & vis extranea ab­lata ut cA, adeoque vis reliqua ut (A-cA4/A cub.); erit (in Exemplis ter­tiis) bæqualis 1, mæqualis 1, næqualis 4, adeoque angulus revo­lutionis inter Ap&longs;ides æqualis angulo graduum 180 √(1-c/1-4c). Po­natur vim illam extraneam e&longs;&longs;e 357,45 partibus minorem quam vis altera qua corpus revolvitur in Ellip&longs;i, id e&longs;t ce&longs;&longs;e (100/35745), exi&longs;tente A vel T æquali 1; & 180 √(1-c/1-4c) evadet 180 √(35645/35345), &longs;eu 180, 7623, id e&longs;t, 180 gr.45 m.44 &longs;.Igitur corpus de Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma di&longs;ce­dens, motu angulari 180 gr.45 m.44. &longs;.perveniet ad Ap&longs;idem imam, & hoc motu duplicato ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam redibit: adeo­que Ap&longs;is &longs;umma &longs;ingulis revolutionibus progrediendo conficiet 1 gr.31 m.28 &longs;ec.

Hactenus de Motu corporum in Orbibus quorum plana per centrum Virium tran&longs;eunt. Supere&longs;t ut Motus etiam determine­mus in planis excentricis. Nam Scriptores qui Motum gravium tractant, con&longs;iderare &longs;olent a&longs;cen&longs;us & de&longs;cen&longs;us ponderum, tam obliquos in planis quibu&longs;cunQ.E.D.tis, quam perpendicu­lares: & pari jure Motus corporum Viribus quibu&longs;cunque cen-tra petentium, & planis excentricis innitentium hic con&longs;iderandus venit. Plana autem &longs;upponimus e&longs;&longs;e politi&longs;&longs;ima & ab&longs;olute lubrica ne corpora retardent. Quinimo, in his demon&longs;trationibus, vi­ce planorum quibus corpora incumbunt quæque tangunt incum­bendo, u&longs;urpamus plana his parallela, in quibus centra corpo­rum moventur & Orbitas movendo de&longs;cribunt. Et eadem lege Motus corporum in &longs;uperficiebus Curvis peractos &longs;ubinde de­terminamus.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO X.

De Motu Corporum in Superficiebus datis, deque Funipendulorum Motu reciproco.

PROPOSITIO XLVI. PROBLEMA XXXII.

Po&longs;ita cuju&longs;cunque generis Vi centripeta, datoque tum Virium cen­tro tum Plano quocunQ.E.I. quo corpus revolvitur, & conce&longs;­&longs;is Figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis: requiritur Motus cor­poris de loco dato, data cum Velocitate, &longs;ecundum rectam in Plano illo datam egre&longs;&longs;i.

Sit Scentrum Virium, SCdi&longs;tantia minima centri hujus a Plano dato, Pcorpus de loco P&longs;ecundum rectam PZegrediens, Qcorpus idem in Trajectoria &longs;ua revolvens, & PQRTrajectoria illa, in Plano dato de&longs;cripta, quam invenire oportet. Jungantur CQ QS,& &longs;i in QScapiatur SVproportionalis vi centripetæ qua corpus trahitur ver&longs;us centrum S,& agatur VTquæ fit parallela CQ& occurrat SCin T:Vis SVre&longs;olvetur (per Legum Corol. 2.) in vires ST, TV;quarum STtrahendo corpus &longs;ecundum lineam plano perpendicularem, nil mutat motum ejus in hoc plano. Vis autem altera TV,agendo &longs;ecundum po&longs;itionem plani, trahit cor­pus directe ver&longs;us punctum Cin plano datum, adeoque facit illud in hoc plano perinde moveri ac &longs;i vis STtolleretur, & corpus vi &longs;ola TVrevolveretur circa centrum Cin &longs;patio libero. Data autem vi centripeta TVqua corpus Qin &longs;patio libero circa centrum datum Crevolvitur, datur per Prop. XLII, tum Trajectoria PQRquam corpus de&longs;cribit, tum locus Qin quo corpus ad datum quod­vis tempus ver&longs;abitur, tum denique velocitas corporis in loco illo Q; & contra. que E. I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XLVII. THEOREMA XV.

Po&longs;ito quod Vis centripeta proportionalis &longs;it di&longs;tantiæ corporis a centro; corpora omnia in planis quibu&longs;cunque revolventia de­&longs;cribent Ellip&longs;es, & revolutiones Temporibus æqualibus peragent; quæque moventur in lineis rectis, ultro citroQ.E.D.&longs;currendo, &longs;ingulas eundi & redeundi periodos ii&longs;dem Temporibus ab&longs;ol­vent.

Nam, &longs;tantibus quæ

in &longs;uperiore Propo&longs;itio­ne, vis SVqua corpus Qin plano quovis PQRrevolvens trahitur ver­&longs;us centrum Se&longs;t ut di­&longs;tantia Squeatque adeo ob proportionales SV& SQ, TV& CQ,vis TVqua corpus trahi­tur ver&longs;us punctum Cin Orbis plano datum, e&longs;t ut di&longs;tantia C Q.Vi­res igitur, quibus cor­pora in plano PQRver&longs;antia trahuntur ver­&longs;us punctum C,&longs;unt pro ratione di&longs;tantiarum æquales viribus quibus corpora undiquaque trahuntur ver&longs;us centrum S; & propterea corpora movebuntur ii&longs;­dem Temporibus, in ii&longs;dem Figuris, in plano quovis PQRcirca punctum C,atQ.E.I. &longs;patiis liberis circa centrum S; adeoque (per Corol. 2. Prop. X, & Corol. 2. Prop. XXXVIII) Temporibus &longs;emper æqualibus, vel de&longs;cribent Ellip&longs;es in plano illo circa centrum C,vel periodos movendi ultro citroQ.E.I. lineis rectis per centrum Cin plano illo ductis, complebunt. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Scholium.

His affines &longs;unt a&longs;cen&longs;us ac de&longs;cen&longs;us corporum in &longs;uperficiebus curvis. Concipe lineas curvas in plano de&longs;cribi, dein circa axes quo&longs;vis datos per centrum Virium tran&longs;euntes revolvi, & ea revo­lutione &longs;uperficies curvas de&longs;cribere; tum corpora ita moveri ut eorum centra in his &longs;uperficiebus perpetuo reperiantur. Si cor­pora illa oblique a&longs;cendendo & de&longs;cendendo currant ultro citroque peragentur eorum motus in planis per axem tran&longs;euntibus, atque adeo in lineis curvis quarum revolutione curvæ illæ &longs;uperficies ge­nitæ &longs;unt. I&longs;tis igitur in ca&longs;ibus &longs;ufficit motum in his lineis cur­vis con&longs;iderare.

PROPOSITIO XLVIII. THEOREMA XVI.

Si Rota Globo extrin&longs;ecus ad angulos rectos in&longs;i&longs;tat, & more ro­tarum revolvendo progrediatur in circulo maximo; longitudo Itineris curvilinei, quod punctum quodvis in Rotæ perimetro da­tum, ex quo Globum tetigit, confecit, (quodque Cycloidem vel Epicycloidem nominare licet) erit ad duplicatum &longs;inum ver&longs;um arcus dimidii qui Globum ex eo tempore inter eundum tetigit, ut &longs;umma diametrorum Globi & Rotæ ad &longs;emidiametrum Globi.

PROPOSITIO XLIX. THEOREMA XVII.

Si Rota Globo concavo ad rectos angulos intrin&longs;ecus in&longs;i&longs;tat & re­volvendo progrediatur in circulo maximo; longitudo Itineris curvilinei quod punctum quodvis in Rotæ perimetro datum, ex quo Globum tetigit, confecit, erit ad duplicatum &longs;inum ver&longs;um arcus dimidii qui Globum toto hoc tempore inter eundum teti­git, ut differentia diametrorum Globi & Rotæ ad &longs;emidiame­trum Globi.

Sit ABLGlobus, Ccentrum ejus, BPVRota ei in&longs;i&longs;tens, Ecentrum Rotæ, Bpunctum contactus, & Ppunctum datum in pe­rimetro Rotæ. Concipe hanc Rotam pergere in circulo maximo ABLab Aper Bver&longs;us L,& inter eundum ita revolvi ut ar­cus AB, PB&longs;ibi invicem &longs;emper æquentur, atque punctum illud Pin perimetro Rotæ datum interea de&longs;cribere Viam curvilineam AP.Sit autem APVia tota curvilinea de&longs;cripta ex quo Rota Globum tetigit in A,& erit Viæ hujus longitudo APad duplum

&longs;inum ver&longs;um arcus 1/2 PB,ut 2 CEad CB.Nam recta CE(&longs;i opus e&longs;t producta) occurrat Rotæ in V,junganturque CP, BP, EP, VP,& in CPproductam demittatur normalis VF.Tan­gant PH, VHCirculum in P& Vconcurrentes in H,&longs;ecetque PHip&longs;am VFin G,& ad VPdemittantur normales GI, HK.Centro item C& intervallo quovis de&longs;cribatur circulus nom&longs;e­cans rectam CPin n,Rotæ perimetrum BP&c. in o,& Viam curvi­lineam APin m;centroque V& intervallo Vode&longs;cribatur circu­lus &longs;ecans VPproductam in que

LIBER PRIMUS.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Quoniam Rota eundo &longs;emper revolvitur circa punctum con­tactus B,manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod recta BPperpendicularis e&longs;t ad

lineam illam curvam APquam Rotæ punctum Pde&longs;cribit, atque adeo quod recta VPtanget hanc curvam in puncto P.Circuli nomradius &longs;en&longs;im auctus vel diminutus æquetur tandem di&longs;tantiæ CP; &, ob &longs;imilitudinem Figuræ evane&longs;centis Pnomq& Figuræ PFGVI,ratio ultima lineolarum evane&longs;centium Pm, Pn, Po, Pq,id e&longs;t, ratio mutationum momentanearum curvæ AP,rectæ CP,arcus circularis BP,ac rectæ VP,eadem erit quæ linea­rum PV, PF, PG, PIre&longs;pective. Cum autem VFad CF& VHad CVperpendiculares &longs;unt, angulique HVG, VCFprop­terea æquales; & angulus VHG(ob angulos quadrilateri HVEPad V& Prectos) angulo CEPæqualis e&longs;t, &longs;imilia erunt tri­angula VHG, CEP; & inde fiet ut EPad CEita HGad HV&longs;eu HP& ita KIad KP,& compo&longs;ite vel divi&longs;im ut CBad CEita PIad PK,& duplicatis con&longs;equentibus ut CBad 2 CEita PIad PV,atQ.E.I.a adeo Pqad Pm.E&longs;t igitur decremen­tum lineæ VP,id e&longs;t, incrementum lineæ BV-VPad incremen­tum lineæ curvæ APin data ratione CBad 2 CE,& prop­terea (per Corol. Lem. IV.) longitudines BV-VP& AP,in­crementis illis genitæ, &longs;unt in eadem ratione. Sed, exi&longs;tente BVra­dio, e&longs;t VPco-&longs;inus anguli BVP&longs;eu 1/2 BEP,adeoque BV-VP&longs;inus ver&longs;us eju&longs;dem anguli; & propterea in hac Rota, cujus radius e&longs;t 1/2 BV,erit BV-VPduplus &longs;inus ver&longs;us arcus 1/2 BP.Ergo APe&longs;t ad duplum &longs;inum ver&longs;um arcus 1/2 BPut 2 CEad CB. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Lineam autem APin Propo&longs;itione priore Cycloidem extra Globum, alteram in po&longs;teriore Cycloidem intra Globum di&longs;tincti­onis gratia nominabimus.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i de&longs;cribatur Cyclois integra ASL& bi&longs;ecetur ea in S,erit longitudo partis PSad longitudinem VP(quæ du­plus e&longs;t &longs;inus anguli VBP,exi&longs;tente EBradio) ut 2 CEad CB,atque adeo in ratione data.

Corol.2. Et longitudo &longs;emiperimetri Cycloidis ASæquabitur lineæ rectæ quæ e&longs;t ad Rotæ diametrum BV,ut 2 CEad CB.

PROPOSITIO L. PROBLEMA XXXIII.

Facere ut Corpus pendulum o&longs;cilletur in Cycloide data.

Intra Globum QVS,centro Cde&longs;criptum, detur Cyclois QRSbi&longs;ecta in R& punctis &longs;uis extremis Q& S&longs;uperficiei Globi hinc inde occurrens. Agatur CRbi&longs;ecans arcum QSin O,& produca­tur ea ad A,ut &longs;it CAad COut COad CR.Centro Cin-tervallo CAde&longs;eribatur Globus exterior ABD,& intra hunc Glo­bum a Rota, cujus diameter &longs;it AO,de&longs;cribantur duæ Semicycloides AQ, AS,quæ Globum interiorem tangant in Q& S& Globo ex­teriori occurrant in A.A puncto illo A,Filo APTlongitudinem ARæquante, pendeat corpus T,& ita intra Semicycloides AQ, ASo&longs;cilletur, ut quoties pendulum digreditur a perpendiculo AR,

Filum parte &longs;ui &longs;uperiore APapplicetur ad Semicycloidem illam APSver&longs;us quam peragitur motus, & circum eam ceu ob&longs;tacu­lum flectatur, parteque reliqua PTcui Semicyclois nondum obji­citur, protendatur in lineam rectam; & pondus To&longs;cillabitur in Cycloide data QRS. que E. F.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Occurrat enim Filum PTtum Cycloidi QRSin T,tum circulo QOSin V,agaturque CV;& ad Fili partem rectam PT,e punctis extremis Pac T,erigantur perpendicula PB, TW,occurrentia re­ctæ CVin B& W.Patet, ex con&longs;tructione & gene&longs;i &longs;imilium Fi­gurarum AS, SR,perpendicula illa PB, TWab&longs;cindere de CVlon­gitudines VB, VWRotarum diametris OA, ORæquales. E&longs;t igi­tur TPad VP(duplum &longs;inum anguli VBPexi&longs;tente 1/2 BVra-dio) ut BWad BV,&longs;eu AO+ORad AO,id e&longs;t (cum &longs;int CAad CO, COad CR& divi&longs;im AOad ORproportionales,) ut CA+COad CAvel, &longs;i bi&longs;ecetur BVin E,ut 2 CEad CB.Proinde, per Corol. 1. Prop. XLIX, longitudo partis rectæ Fili PTæquatur &longs;emper Cycloidis arcui PS,& Filum totum APTæquatur &longs;emper Cycloidis arcui dimidio APS,hoc e&longs;t (per Corol. 2. Prop. XLIX) longitudini AR.Et propterea vici&longs;&longs;im &longs;i Filum manet &longs;em­per æquale longitudini ARmovebitur punctum Tin Cycloide data QRS. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.Filum ARæquatur Semicycloidi AS,adeoque ad &longs;emi­diametrum ACeandem habet rationem quam &longs;imilis illi Semicy­clois SRhabet ad &longs;emidiametrum CO.

PROPOSITIO LI. THEOREMA XVIII.

Si Vis centripeta tendens undique ad Globi centrumC &longs;it in locis &longs;ingulis ut di&longs;tantia loci cuju&longs;que a centro, & hac &longs;ola Vi a­gente corpusT o&longs;cilletur (modo jam de&longs;cripto) in perimetro Cy­cloidisQRS: dico quod o&longs;cillationum utcunQ.E.I.æqualium æqualia erunt Tempora.

Nam in Cycloidis tangentem TWinfinite productam cadat per­pendiculum CX& jungatur CT.Quoniam vis centripeta qua cor­pus Timpellitur ver&longs;us Ce&longs;t ut di&longs;tantia CT,atque hæc (per Legum Corol. 2.) re&longs;olvitur in partes CX, TX,quarum CXimpellen­do corpus directe a Pdi&longs;tendit filum PT& per ejus re&longs;i&longs;tentiam tota ce&longs;&longs;at, nullum alium edens effectum; pars autem altera TX,urgendo corpus tran&longs;ver&longs;im &longs;eu ver&longs;us X,directe accelerat motum ejus in Cycloide; manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod corporis acceleratio, huic vi acceleratrici proportionalis, &longs;it &longs;ingulis momentis ut longitudo TX,id e&longs;t, (ob datas CV, WVii&longs;que proportionales TX, TW,) ut longitudo TW,hoc e&longs;t (per Corol. 1. Prop. XLIX,) ut longitudo arcus Cycloidis TR.Pendulis igitur duobus APT, Aptde per­pendiculo ARinæqualiter deductis & &longs;imul dimi&longs;&longs;is, acceleratio­nes eorum &longs;emper erunt ut arcus de&longs;cribendi TR, tR.Sunt au­tem partes &longs;ub initio de&longs;criptæ ut accelerationes, hoc e&longs;t, ut totæ &longs;ub initio de&longs;cribendæ, & propterea partes quæ manent de&longs;criben-dæ & accelerationes &longs;ub&longs;equentes, his partibus proportionales, &longs;unt etiam ut totæ; & &longs;ic deinceps. Sunt igitur accelerationes atque adeo velocitates genitæ & partes his velocitatibus de&longs;criptæ par­te&longs;Q.E.D.&longs;cribendæ, &longs;emper ut totæ; & propterea partes de&longs;criben­dæ datam &longs;ervantes rationem ad invicem &longs;imul evane&longs;cent, id e&longs;t, corpora duo o&longs;cillantia &longs;imul pervenient ad perpendiculum AR.Cumque vici&longs;&longs;im a&longs;cen&longs;us perpendiculorum de loco in&longs;imo R,per eo&longs;dem arcus Cycloidales motu retrogrado facti, retardentur in locis &longs;ingulis a viribus ii&longs;dem a quibus de&longs;cen&longs;us accelerabantur, patet velocitates a&longs;cen&longs;uum ac de&longs;cen&longs;uum per eo&longs;dem arcus fa­ctorum æquales e&longs;&longs;e, atque adeo temporibus æqualibus fieri; & propterea, cum Cycloidis partes duæ RS& RQad utrumque per­pendiculi latus jacentes &longs;int &longs;imiles & æquales, pendula duo o&longs;cil­lationes &longs;uas tam totas quam dimidias ii&longs;dem temporibus &longs;emper peragent. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.Vis qua corpus Tin loco quovis Tacceleratur vel retar­tur in Cycloide, e&longs;t ad totum corporis eju&longs;dem Pondus in loco alti&longs;&longs;imo Svel Q,ut Cycloidis arcus TRad eju&longs;dem arcum SRvel QR.

PROPOSITIO LII. PROBLEMA XXXIV.

Definire & Velocitates Pendulorum in locis &longs;ingulis, & Tempora quibus tum o&longs;cillationes totæ, tum &longs;ingulæ o&longs;cillationum partes peraguntur.

Centro quovis G,intervallo GHCycloidis arcum RSæquante, de&longs;cribe &longs;emicirculum HKMG&longs;emidiametro GKbi&longs;ectum. Et &longs;i vis centripeta, di&longs;tantiis loeorum a centro proportionalis, tendat ad centrum G,&longs;itque ea in perimetro HIKæqualis vi centripetæ in perimetro Globi QOS (Vide Fig. Prop.L.) ad ip&longs;ius cen­trum tendenti; & eodem tempore quo pendulum Tdimittitur e loco &longs;upremo S,cadat corpus aliquod Lab Had G:quoniam vires quibus corpora urgentur &longs;unt æquales &longs;ub initio & &longs;patiis de&longs;cribendis TR, LG&longs;emper proportionales, atque adeo, &longs;i æ­quantur TR& LG,æquales in locis T& L; patet corpora illa de&longs;cribere &longs;patia ST, HLæqualia &longs;ub initio, adeoque &longs;ubinde per­gere æqualiter urgeri, & æqualia &longs;patia de&longs;cribere. Quare, per Prop. XXXVIII, tempus quo corpus de&longs;cribit arcum STe&longs;t ad tempus o&longs;cillationis unius, ut arcus HI(tempus quo corpus Hperveniet ad L) ad &longs;emiperipheriam HKM(tempus quo corpus Hper­veniet ad M.) Et velocitas corporis penduli in loco Te&longs;t ad ve­locitatem ip&longs;ius in loco infimo R,(hoc e&longs;t, velocitas corporis Hin loco Lad velocitatem ejus in loco G,&longs;eu incrementum momenta­neum lineæ HLad incrementum momentaneum lineæ HG,arcu­bus HI, HKæquabili fluxu cre&longs;centibus) ut ordinatim applicata LIad radium GK,&longs;ive ut √SRq.-TRquead SR.Unde cum, in o&longs;cillationibus inæqualibus, de&longs;cribantur æqualibus temporibus arcus totis o&longs;cillationum arcubus proportionales; habentur, ex da­tis temporibus, & velocitates & arcus de&longs;cripti in o&longs;cillationibus univer&longs;is. Quæ erant primo invenienda.

LIBER PRIMUS.

O&longs;cillentur jam Funipendula

corpora in Cycloidibus diver&longs;is intra Globos diver&longs;os, quorum diver&longs;æ &longs;unt etiam Vires ab&longs;olu­tæ, de&longs;criptis: &, &longs;i Vis ab&longs;olu­ta Globi cuju&longs;vis QOSdicatur V, Vis acceleratrix qua Pendulum urge­tur in circumferentia hujus Globi, ubi incipit directe ver&longs;us centrum ejus moveri, erit ut di&longs;tantia Cor­poris penduli a centro illo & Vis ab&longs;oluta Globi conjunctim, hoc e&longs;t, ut COXV. Itaque lineola HY,quæ &longs;it ut hæc Vis accelera­trix COXV, de&longs;cribetur dato tempore; &, &longs;i erigatur normalis YZcircumferentiæ occurrens in Z,arcus na&longs;cens HZdenotabit datum illud tempus. E&longs;t autem arcus hic na&longs;cens HZin &longs;ubduplicata ra­tione rectanguli GHY,adeoque ut √GHXCOXV. Unde Tem­pus o&longs;cillationis integræ in Cycloide QRS(cum &longs;it ut &longs;emiperi­pheria HKM,quæ o&longs;cillationem illam integram denotat, directe, utque arcus HZ,qui datum tempus &longs;imiliter denotat, inver&longs;e) fiet ut GHdirecte & √GHXCOXV inver&longs;e, hoc e&longs;t, ob æquales GH& SR,ut √(SR/COXV), &longs;ive (per Corol. Prop. L) ut √(AR/ACXV). Itaque O&longs;cillationes in Globis & Cycloidibus omnibus, quibu&longs;­cunque cum Viribus ab&longs;olutis factæ, &longs;unt in ratione quæ compo­nitur ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione longitudinis Fili directe, & &longs;ubdu­plicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ inter punctum &longs;u&longs;pen&longs;ionis & centrum Globi inver&longs;e, & &longs;ubduplicata ratione Vis ab&longs;olutæ Globi etiam inver&longs;e. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc etiam O&longs;cillantium, Cadentium & Revolventium corporum tempora po&longs;&longs;unt inter &longs;e conferri. Nam &longs;i Rotæ, qua Cy­clois intra globum de&longs;cribitur, diameter con&longs;tituatur æqualis &longs;emi­diametro globi, Cyclois evadet Linea recta per centrum globi tran­&longs;iens, & O&longs;cillatio jam erit de&longs;cen&longs;us & &longs;ub&longs;equens a&longs;cen&longs;us in hac recta. Unde datur tum tempus de&longs;cen&longs;us de loco quovis ad centrum, tum tempus huic æquale quo corpus uniformiter cir­ca centrum globi ad di&longs;tantiam quamvis revolvendo arcum qua­drantalem de&longs;cribit. E&longs;t enim hoc tempus (per Ca&longs;um &longs;ecun­dum) ad tempus &longs;emio&longs;cillationis in Cycloide quavis QRSut 1 ad √(AR/AC).

Corol.2. Hinc etiam con&longs;ectantur quæ Wrennus& Hugeniusde Cycloide vulgari adinvenerunt. Nam &longs;i Globi diameter augeatur in infinitum: mutabitur ejus &longs;uperficies &longs;phærica in planum, Vi&longs;que centripeta aget uniformiter &longs;ecundum lineas huic plano perpendi­culares, & Cyclois no&longs;tra abibit in Cycloidem vulgi. I&longs;to autem in ca&longs;u longitudo arcus Cycloidis, inter planum illud & punctum de&longs;cribens, æqualis evadet quadruplicato &longs;inui ver&longs;o dimidii arcus Rotæ inter idem planum & punctum de&longs;cribens; ut invenit Wren­nus:Et Pendulum inter duas eju&longs;modi Cycloides in &longs;imili & æ­quali Cycloide temporibus æqualibus O&longs;cillabitur, ut demon&longs;travit Hugenius.Sed & De&longs;cen&longs;us gravium, tempore O&longs;cillationis unius, is erit quem Hugeniusindicavit.

Aptantur autem Propo&longs;itiones a nobis demon&longs;tratæ ad veram con&longs;titutionem Terræ, quatenus Rotæ eundo in ejus circulis maxi­mis de&longs;cribunt motu Clavorum, perimetris &longs;uis infixorum, Cycloi­des extra globum; & Pendula inferius in fodinis & cavernis Terra &longs;u&longs;pen&longs;a, in Cycloidibus intra globos O&longs;cillari debent, ut O&longs;cilla­tiones omnes evadant I&longs;ochronæ. Nam Gravitas (ut in Libro tertio docebitur) decre&longs;cit in progre&longs;&longs;u a &longs;uperficie Terræ, &longs;ur­&longs;um quidem in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a centro ejus, de or&longs;um vero in ratione &longs;implici.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LIII. PROBLEMA XXXV.

Conce&longs;&longs;is Figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis, invenire Vires qui­bus corpora in datis curvis lineis O&longs;cillationes &longs;emper I&longs;ochro­nas peragent.

O&longs;cilletur corpus Tin curva quavis linea STRQ,cujus axis &longs;it ORtran&longs;iens per virium centrum C.Agatur TXquæ curvam il­lam in corporis loco quovis Tcontingat, inque hac tangente TX

capiatur TYæqualis arcui TR.Nam longitudo arcus illius ex Fi­gurarum quadraturis (per Methodos vulgares) innote&longs;cit. De pun­cto Yeducatur recta YZtangenti perpendicularis. Agatur CTper­pendiculari illi occurrens in Z,& erit Vis centripeta proportiona­lis rectæ TZ. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Nam &longs;i vis, qua corpus trahitur de Tver&longs;us C,exponatur per rectam TZcaptam ip&longs;i proportionalem, re&longs;olvetur hæc in vires TY, YZ; quarum YZtrahendo corpus &longs;ecundum longitudinem Fili PT,motum ejus nil mutat, vis autem altera TYmotum ejus in curva STRQdirecte accelerat vel directe retardat. Proinde cum hæc &longs;it ut via de&longs;cribenda TR,accelerationes corporis vel re­tardationes in O&longs;cillationum duarum (majoris & minoris) parti­bus proportionalibus de&longs;cribendis, erunt &longs;emper ut partes illæ, & propterea facient ut partes illæ &longs;imul de&longs;cribantur. Corpora autem quæ partes totis &longs;emper proportionales &longs;imul de&longs;cribunt, &longs;imul de­&longs;cribent totas. que E. D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i corpus TFilo rectilineo ATa centro Apen­dens, de&longs;cribat arcum circularem STRQ,& interea urgeatur &longs;e­cundum lineas parallelas deor&longs;um a vi aliqua, quæ &longs;it ad vim uNI­formem Gravitatis, ut arcus TRad ejus &longs;inum TN:æqualia e­runt O&longs;cillationum &longs;ingularum tempora. Etenim ob parallelas TZ, AR,&longs;imilia erunt triangula ATN, ZTY; & propterea TZerit ad ATut TYad TN; hoc e&longs;t, (&longs;i Gravitatis vis unifor­mis exponatur per longitudinem datam AT) vis TZ,qua O&longs;cil­lationes evadent I&longs;ochronæ, erit ad vim Gravitatis AT,ut arcus TRip&longs;i TYæqualis ad arcus illius &longs;inum TN.

Corol.2. Igitur in Horologiis, &longs;i vires a Machina in Pendulum ad motum con&longs;ervandum impre&longs;&longs;æ ita cum vi Gravitatis componi po&longs;&longs;int, ut vis tota deor&longs;um &longs;emper &longs;it ut linea quæ oritur appli­cando rectangulum &longs;ub arcu TR& radio ARad &longs;inum TN,O&longs;cillationes omnes erunt I&longs;ochronæ.

PROPOSITIO LIV. PROBLEMA XXXVI.

Conce&longs;&longs;is Figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis, invenire Tempora quibus corpora Vi qualibet centripeta in lineis quibu&longs;cunque cur­vis, in plano per centrum Virium tran&longs;eunte de&longs;criptis, de&longs;cen­dent & a&longs;cendent.

De&longs;cendat corpus de loco quovis Sper lineam quamvis curvam STtR,in plano per virium centrum Ctran&longs;eunte datam. Junga­tur CS& dividatur eadem in partes innumeras æquales, &longs;itque Ddpartium illarum aliqua. Centro C,intervallis CD, Cdde&longs;criban­

tur circuli DT, dt,lineæ curvæ STtRoccurrentes in T& t.Et ex data tum lege vis centripetæ, tum

altitudine CSde qua corpus cecidit; dabitur velocitas corporis in alia qua­vis altitudine CT,per Prop. XXXIX. Tempus autem, quo corpus de&longs;cribit lineolam Tt,e&longs;t ut lineolæ hujus lon­gitudo (id e&longs;t ut &longs;ecans anguli tTC) directe, & velocitas inver&longs;e. Tempori huic proportionalis &longs;it ordinatim appli­cata DNad rectam CSper punctum Dperpendicularis, & ob datam Dderit rectangulum DdXDN,hoc e&longs;t area DNnd,eidem tempori propor­tionale. Ergo &longs;i SNn&longs;it curva illa li­nea quam punctum Nperpetuo tangit, erit area SNDSproportionalis tem­pori quo corpus de&longs;cendendo de&longs;crip­&longs;it lineam ST; proindeque ex inventa illa area dabitur Tempus. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LV. THEOREMA XIX.

Si corpus movetur in &longs;uperficie quacunque curva, cujus axis per centrum Virium tran&longs;it, & a corpore in axem demittatur per­pendicularis, eique parallela & æqualis ab axis puncto quovis dato ducatur: dico quod parallela illa aream tempori proportio­nalem de&longs;cribet.

Sit BSKL&longs;uperficies curva, Tcorpus in ea revolvens, STtRTrajectoria quam corpus in eadem de&longs;cribit, Sinitium Trajecto­riæ, OMNKaxis &longs;uperficiei curvæ, TNrecta a corpore in axem perpendicularis, OPhuic parallela & æqualis a puncto Oquod in axe datur educta, APve&longs;tigium Trajectoriæ a puncto Pin lineæ volubilis OPplano AOPde&longs;criptum, Ave&longs;tigii initium puncto Sre&longs;pondens, TCrecta a corpore ad centrum ducta; TGpars ejus vi centripetæ qua corpus urgetur in centrum Cproportionalis; TMrecta ad &longs;uperficiem curvam perpendicularis, TIpars ejus vi pre&longs;&longs;ionis, qua corpus urget &longs;uperficiem vici&longs;&longs;imque urgetur ver&longs;us Ma &longs;uperficie, proportiona­

lis; PHTFrecta axi parallela per corpus tran­&longs;iens, & GF, IHrectæ a punctis G& Iin pa­rallelam illam PHTFperpendiculariter demi&longs;­&longs;æ. Dico jam quod area AOP,radio OPab iNI­tio motus de&longs;cripta, &longs;it tempori proportionalis. Nam vis TG(per Le­gum Corol. 2.) re&longs;olvitur in vires TF, FG; & vis TIin vires TH, HI:Vires autem TF, THagendo &longs;ecundum lineam PFplano AOPper­pendicularem mutant &longs;o­lummodo motum cor­poris quatenus huic plano perpendicularem. Ideoque motus ejus quatenus &longs;ecundum po&longs;itionem plani factus, hoc e&longs;t, motus pun­cti Pquo Trajectoriæ ve&longs;tigium APin hoc plano de&longs;cri­bitur, idem e&longs;t ac &longs;i vires TF, THtollerentur, & corpus &longs;olis vi­ribus FG, HIagitaretur; hoc e&longs;t, idem ac &longs;i corpus in plano AOP,vi centripeta ad centrum Otendente & &longs;ummam virium FG& HIæquante, de&longs;criberet curvam AP.Sed vi tali de&longs;cribi­tur area AOP(per Prop. 1.) tempori proportionalis. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.Eodem argumento &longs;i corpus a viribus agitatum ad centra duo vel plura in eadem quavis recta COdata tendentibus, de&longs;cri­beret in &longs;patio libero lineam quamcunque curvam ST; foret area AOPtempori &longs;emper proportionalis.

PROPOSITIO LVI. PROBLEMA XXXVII.

Conce&longs;&longs;is Figurarum curvilinearum quadraturis, dati&longs;que tum lege Vis centripetæ ad centrum datum tendentis, tum &longs;uperficie cur­va cujus axis per centrum illud træn&longs;it; invenieuda est Traje­ctoria quam corpus in eadem &longs;uperficie de&longs;cribet, de loco dato, data cum Velocitate, ver&longs;us plagam in &longs;uperficie illa datam egre&longs;&longs;um.

Stantibus quæ in &longs;uperiore Propo&longs;itione con&longs;tructa &longs;unt, exeat corpus de loco Sin Trajectoriam inveniendam STtR; &, ex da­ta ejus velocitate in altitudine SC,dabitur ejus velocitas in alia quavis altitudine TC.Ea cum velocitate, dato tempore quam minimo, de&longs;cribat corpus Trajectoriæ &longs;uæ particulam Tt,&longs;itque Ppve&longs;tigium ejus in plano AOPde&longs;criptum. Jungatur Op,& Circelli centro Tintervallo Ttin &longs;uperficie curva de&longs;cripti &longs;it PpQve&longs;tigium Ellipticum in eodem plano OAPpde&longs;criptum. Et ob datum magnitudine & po&longs;itione Circellum, dabitur Ellip&longs;is illa PpqueCumque area POp&longs;it tempori proportionalis, atque ad­eo ex dato tempore detur, dabitur Oppo&longs;itione, & inde dabitur communis ejus & Ellip&longs;eos inter&longs;ectio p,una cum angulo OPp,in quo Trajectoriæ ve&longs;tigium APp&longs;ecat lineam OP.Inde au­tem invenietur Trajectoriæ ve&longs;tigium illud APp,eadem methodo qua curva linea VIKk,in Propo&longs;itione XLI, ex &longs;imilibus datis inventa fuit. Tum ex &longs;ingulis ve&longs;tigii punctis Perigendo ad pla­num AOPperpendicula PT&longs;uperficiei curvæ occurrentia in T,dabuntur &longs;ingula Trajectoriæ puncta T. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO XI.

De Motu Corporum Viribus centripetis &longs;e mutuo petentium.

Hactenus expo&longs;ui Motus corporum attractorum ad centrum Im­mobile, quale tamen vix extat in rerum natura. Attractiones enim fieri &longs;olent ad corpora; & corporum trahentium & attractorum actiones &longs;emper mutuæ &longs;unt & æquales, per Legem tertiam: ad­eo ut neque attrahens po&longs;&longs;it quie&longs;cere neque attractum, &longs;i duo &longs;int corpora, &longs;ed ambo (per Legum Corollarium quartum) qua&longs;i at­tractione mutua, circum gravitatis centrum commune revolvantur: & &longs;i plura &longs;int corpora (quæ vel ab unico attrahantur vel omnia &longs;e mutuo attrahant) hæc ita inter &longs;e moveri debeant, ut gravitatis centrum commune vel quie&longs;cat vel uniformiter moveatur in direc­tum. Qua de cau&longs;a jam pergo Motum exponere corporum &longs;e mu­tuo trahentium, con&longs;iderando Vires centripetas tanquam Attractio­nes, quamvis forta&longs;&longs;e, &longs;i phy&longs;ice loquamur, verius dicantur Im­pul&longs;us. In Mathematicis enim jam ver&longs;amur, & propterea mi&longs;&longs;is di&longs;putationibus Phy&longs;icis, familiari utimur &longs;ermone, quo po&longs;&longs;imus a Lectoribus Mathematicis facilius intelligi.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LVII. THEOREMA XX.

Corpora duo &longs;e invicem trahentia de&longs;cribunt, & circum commune centrum gravitatis, & circum &longs;e mutuo, Figuras &longs;imiles.

Sunt enim di&longs;tantiæ a communi gravitatis centro reciproce pro­portionales corporibus, atque adeo in data ratione ad invicem, & componendo, in data ratione ad di&longs;tantiam totam inter corpora. Feruntur autem hæ di&longs;tantiæ circum terminos &longs;uos communi motu angulari, propterea quod in directum &longs;emper jacentes non mutant inclinationem ad &longs;e mutuo. Lineæ autem rectæ, quæ &longs;unt in data ratione ad invicem, & æquali motu angulari circum terminos &longs;uos feruntur, Figuras circum eo&longs;dem terminos (in planis quæ una cum his terminis vel quie&longs;cunt vel motu quovis non angulari moven­tur) de&longs;cribunt omnino &longs;imiles. Proinde &longs;imiles &longs;unt Figuræ quæ his di&longs;tantiis circumactis de&longs;cribuntur. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO LVIII. THEOREMA XXI.

Si corpora duo Viribus quibu&longs;vis &longs;e mutuo trahunt, & interea re­volvuntur circa gravitatis centrum commune: dico quod Fi­guris, quas corpora &longs;ic mota de&longs;cribunt circum &longs;e mutuo, potest Figura &longs;imilis & æqualis, circum corpus alterutrum immotum, Viribus ii&longs;dem de&longs;cribi.

Revolvantur corpora S, Pcirca commune gravitatis centrum C,pergendo de Sad Tdeque Pad queA dato puncto sip&longs;is

SP, TQæquales & parallelæ ducantur &longs;emper sp, sq; & Curva pqvquam punctum p,revolvendo circum punctum immotum s,de&longs;cribit, erit &longs;imilis & æqualis Curvis quas corpora S, Pde&longs;cri­bunt circum &longs;e mutuo: proindeque (per Theor. XX) &longs;imilis Curvis ST& PQV,quas eadem corpora de&longs;cribunt circum commune gravitatis centrum C:id adeo quia proportiones linearum SC, CP& SPvel. spad invicem dantur.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Cas.1. Commune illud gravitatis centrum C,per Legum Co­rollarium quartum, vel quie&longs;cit vel movetur uniformiter in direc­tum. Ponamus primo quod id quie&longs;cit, inque s& plocentur cor­pora duo, immobile in s,mobile in p,corporibus S& P&longs;imilia & æqualia. Dein tangant rectæ PR& prCurvas PQ& pqin P& p,& producantur CQ& sqad R& r.Et, ob &longs;imilitudi­nem Figurarum CPRQ, sprq,erit RQad rqut CPad sp,ad­eoQ.E.I. data ratione. Proinde &longs;i vis qua corpus Pver&longs;us cor­pus S,atque adeo ver&longs;us centrum intermedium Cattrahitur, e&longs;&longs;et ad vim qua corpus pver&longs;us centrum sattrahitur in eadem illa ra­tione data; hæ vires æqualibus temporibus attraherent &longs;emper cor­pora de tangentibus PR, prad arcus PQ, pq,per intervalla ip&longs;is proportionalia RQ, rq;adeoque vis po&longs;terior efficeret ut corpus pgyraretur in Curva pqv,quæ &longs;imilis e&longs;&longs;et Curvæ PQV,in qua vis prior efficit ut corpus Pgyretur, & revolutiones ii&longs;dem tem­poribus complerentur. At quoniam vires illæ non &longs;unt ad invi­cem in ratione CPad sp,&longs;ed (ob &longs;imilitudinem & æqualitatem corporum S& s, P& p,æqualitatem di&longs;tantiarum SP, sp) &longs;ibi mutuo æquales; corpora æqualibus temporibus æqualiter tra­hentur de tangentibus: & propterea, ut corpus po&longs;terius ptrahatur per intervallum majus rq,requiritur tempus majus, idQ.E.I. &longs;ub­duplicata ratione intervallorum; propterea quod (per Lemma de­cimum) &longs;patia, ip&longs;o motus initio de&longs;cripta, &longs;unt in duplicata ratione temporum. Ponatur igitur velocitas corporis pe&longs;&longs;e ad velocita­tem corporis Pin &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ spad di&longs;tantiam CP,eo ut temporibus quæ &longs;int in eadem &longs;ubduplicata ratione de­&longs;cribantur arcus pq, PQ,qui &longs;unt in ratione integra: Et corpora P, pviribus æqualibus &longs;emper attracta de&longs;cribent circum centra quie&longs;centia C& sFiguras &longs;imiles PQV, pqv,quarum po&longs;terior pqv&longs;imilis e&longs;t & æqualis Figuræ quam corpus Pcircum corpus mobile Sde&longs;cribit. Q.E.D.

Cas.2. Ponamus jam quod commune gravitatis centrum, una cum &longs;patio in quo corpora moventur inter &longs;e, progreditur unifor­miter in directum; &, per Legum Corollarium &longs;extum, motus omnes in hoc &longs;patio peragentur ut prius, adeoque corpora de&longs;cri-bent circum &longs;e mutuo Figuras ea&longs;dem ac prius, & propterea Figuræ pqv&longs;imiles & æquales. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc corpora duo Viribus di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ proportionali­bus &longs;e mutuo trahentia, de&longs;cribunt (per Prop. X,) & circum com­mune gravitatis centrum, & circum &longs;e mutuo, Ellip&longs;es concentri­cas: & vice ver&longs;a, &longs;i tales Figuræ de&longs;cribuntur, &longs;unt Vires di&longs;tan­tiæ proportionales.

Corol.2. Et corpora duo Viribus quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ recipro­ce proportionalibus de&longs;cribunt (per Prop. XI, XII, XIII) & circum commune gravitatis centrum, & circum &longs;e mutuo, Sectiones conicas umbilicum habentes in centro circum quod Figuræ de&longs;cribuntur. Et vice ver&longs;a, &longs;i tales Figuræ de&longs;cribuntur, Vires centripetæ &longs;unt qua­drato di&longs;tantiæ reciproce proportionales.

Corol.3. Corpora duo quævis cirum gravitatis centrum com­mune gyrantia, radiis & ad centrum illud & ad &longs;e mutuo ductis, de&longs;cribunt areas temporibus proportionales.

PROPOSITIO LIX. THEOREMA XXII.

Corporum duorumS &P circa commune gravitatis centrumC revolventium Tempus periodicum e&longs;&longs;e ad Tempus periodicum cor­poris alterutriusP, circa alterum immotumS gyrantis & Figu­ris quæ corpora circum &longs;e mutuo de&longs;cribunt Figuram &longs;imilem & æqualem de&longs;cribentis, in &longs;ubduplicata ratione corporis alterinsS, ad &longs;ummam corporumS+P.

Namque, ex demon&longs;tratione &longs;uperioris Propo&longs;itionis, tempora quibus arcus quivis &longs;imiles PQ& pqde&longs;cribuntur, &longs;unt in &longs;ub­duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum CP& SPvel sp,hoc e&longs;t, in &longs;ub­duplicata ratione corporis Sad &longs;ummam corporum S+P.Et com­ponendo, &longs;ummæ temporum quibus arcus omnes &longs;imiles PQ& pqde&longs;cribuntur, hoc e&longs;t, tempora tota quibus Figuræ totæ &longs;imiles de­&longs;cribuntur, &longs;unt in eadem &longs;ubduplicata ratione. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO LX. THEOREMA XXIII.

LIBER PRIMUS.

St corpora duoS &P, Viribus quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ reciproee proportionalibus &longs;e mutuo trahentia, revalvuntur circa gravi­tatis centrum commune: dico quod Ellip&longs;eos, quam corpus al­terutrumP hoc motu circa alterumS de&longs;cribit, Axis principa­lis erit ad Axem principalem Ellip&longs;eos, quam corpus idemP circa alterum quie&longs;censS eodem tempore periodico de&longs;cribere po&longs;&longs;et, ut &longs;umma corporum duorumS+P ad primam duarum medie proportionalium inter hanc &longs;ummam & corpus illud al­terumS.

Nam &longs;i de&longs;criptæ Ellip&longs;es e&longs;&longs;ent &longs;ibi invicem æquales, tempora periodica (per Theorema &longs;uperius) forent in &longs;ubduplicata ratione corporis Sad &longs;ummam corporum S+P.Minuatur in hac ratione tempus periodicum in Ellip&longs;i po&longs;teriore, & tempora periodica eva­dent æqualia; Ellip&longs;eos autem axis principalis (per Prop. XV.) minu­etur in ratione cujus hæc e&longs;t &longs;e&longs;quiplicata, id e&longs;t in ratione, cujus ratio Sad S+Pe&longs;t triplicata; adeoque erit ad axem principalem Ellip&longs;eos alterius, ut prima duarum medie proportionalium inter S+P& Sad S+P.Et inver&longs;e, axis principalis Ellip&longs;eos circa corpus mobile de&longs;criptæ erit ad axem principalem de&longs;criptæ circa immobile, ut S+Pad primam duarum medie proportionalium in­ter S+P& S. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO LXI. THEOREMA XXIV.

Si corpora duo Viribus quibu&longs;vis &longs;e mutuo trahentia, neque alias agitata vel impedita, quomodocunque moveantur; motus eo­rum perinde &longs;e habebunt ac &longs;i non traherent &longs;e mutuo, &longs;ed u­trumque a corpore tertio in communi gravitatis centro con&longs;tituto Viribus ii&longs;dem traberetur: Et Virium trahentium eadem erit Lex re&longs;pectu di&longs;tantiæ corporum a centro illo communi atque re&longs;pe­ctu di&longs;tantiæ totius inter corpora.

Nam vires illæ, quibus corpora &longs;e mutuo trahunt, tendendo ad corpora, tendunt ad commune gravitatis centrum interme-

dium, adeoque eædem &longs;unt ac &longs;i a corpore intermedio mana­rent. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Et quoniam data e&longs;t ratio di&longs;tantiæ corporis utriu&longs;vis a centro illo communi ad di&longs;tantiam corporis eju&longs;dem a corpore altero, da­bitur ratio cuju&longs;vis pote&longs;tatis di&longs;tantiæ unius ad eandem pote&longs;ta­tem di&longs;tantiæ alterius; ut & ratio quantitatis cuju&longs;vis, quæ ex una di&longs;tantia & quantitatibus datis utcunQ.E.D.rivatur, ad quantitatem aliam, quæ ex altera di&longs;tantia & quantitatibus totidem datis da­tamQ.E.I.lam di&longs;tantiarum rationem ad priores habentibus &longs;imiliter derivatur. Proinde &longs;i vis, qua corpus unum ab altero trahitur, &longs;it directe vel inver&longs;e ut di&longs;tantia corporum ab invicem; vel ut quæ­libet hujus di&longs;tantiæ pote&longs;tas; vel denique ut quantitas quævis ex hac di&longs;tantia & quantitatibus datis quomodocunQ.E.D.rivata: erit eadem vis, qua corpus idem ad commune gravitatis centrum tra­hitur, directe itidem vel inver&longs;e ut corporis attracti di&longs;tantia a cen­tro illo communi, vel ut eadem di&longs;tantiæ hujus pote&longs;tas, vel de­nique ut quantitas ex hac di&longs;tantia & analogis quantitatibus da­tis &longs;imiliter derivata. Hoc e&longs;t, Vis trahentis eadem erit Lex re&longs;pe­ctu di&longs;tantiæ utriu&longs;que. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO LXII. PROBLEMA XXXVIII.

Corporum duorum quæ Viribus quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ reciproce proportionalibus &longs;e mutuo trahunt, ac de locis datis demittun­tur, determinare Motus.

Corpora (per Theorema novi&longs;&longs;imum) perinde movebuntur ac &longs;i a corpore tertio, in communi gravitatis centro con&longs;tituto, trahe­rentur; & centrum illud ip&longs;o motus initio quie&longs;cet per Hypothe­&longs;in; & propterea (per Legum Corol. 4.) &longs;emper quie&longs;cet. Deter­minandi &longs;unt igitur motus corporum (per Prob. XXV,) perinde ac &longs;i a viribus ad centrum illud tendentibus urgerentur, & habe­buntur motus corporum &longs;e mutuo trahentium. Q.E.I.

PROPOSITIO LXIII. PROBLEMA XXXIX.

Corporum duorum quæ Viribus quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ reciproce pro­portionalibus &longs;e mutuo trahunt, deque locis datis, &longs;ecundum datas rectas, datis cum Velocitatibus exeunt, determinare Motus.

Ex datis corporum motibus &longs;ub initio, datur uniformis motus centri communis gravitatis, ut & motus &longs;patii quod una cum hoc centro movetur uniformiter in directum, nec non corporum mo­tus initiales re&longs;pectu hujus &longs;patii. Motus autem &longs;ub&longs;equentes (per Legum Corollarium quintum, & Theorema novi&longs;&longs;imum) perinde fiunt in hoc &longs;patio, ac &longs;i &longs;patium ip&longs;um una cum commu­ni illo gravitatis centro quie&longs;ceret, & corpora non traherent &longs;e mutuo, &longs;ed a corpore tertio &longs;ito in centro illo traherentur. Cor­poris igitur alterutrius in hoc &longs;patio mobili, de loco dato, &longs;ecun­dum datam rectam, data cum velocitate exeuntis, & vi centripeta ad centrum illud tendente correpti, determinandus e&longs;t motus per Problema nonum & vice&longs;imum &longs;extum: & habebitur &longs;imul mo­tus corporis alterius e regione. Cum hoc motu componendus e&longs;t uniformis ille Sy&longs;tematis &longs;patii & corporum in eo gyrantium motus progre&longs;&longs;ivus &longs;upra inventus, & habebitur motus ab&longs;olutus corporum in &longs;patio immobili. Q.E.I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXIV. PROBLEMA XL.

Viribus quibus Corpora &longs;e mutuo trahunt cre&longs;centibus in &longs;implici ra­tione di&longs;tantiarum a centris: requiruntur Motus plurium Cor­porum inter &longs;e.

Ponantur primo corpora duo T& Lcommune habentia gravi­tatis centrum D.De&longs;cribent hæc (per Corollarium primum Theo­rematis XXI) Ellip&longs;es centra habentes in D,quarum magnitudo ex Problemate V, innote&longs;cit.

Trahat jam corpus tertium

Spriora duo T& Lviri­bus acceleratricibus ST, SL,& ab ip&longs;is vici&longs;&longs;im trahatur. Vis ST(per Legum Cor. 2.) re&longs;olvitur in vires SD, DT; & vis SLin vires SD, DL.Vires autem DT, DL,quæ &longs;unt ut ip&longs;arum &longs;umma TL,atque adeo ut vires accelera­trices quibus corpora T& L&longs;e mutuo trahunt, additæ his viri­bus corporum T& L,prior priori & po&longs;terior po&longs;teriori, com­ponunt vires di&longs;tantiis DTac DLproportionales, ut prius, &longs;ed viribus prioribus majores; adeoque (per Corol. 1. Prop. X. & Corol. 1 & 8. Prop, IV) efficiunt ut corpora illa de&longs;cribant Ellip&longs;es ut prius, &longs;ed motu celeriore. Vires reliquæ acceleratrices SD& SD,actio­nibus motricibus SDXT& SDXL,quæ &longs;unt ut corpora, tra­hendo corpora illa æqualiter & &longs;ecundum lineas TI, LK,ip&longs;i DSparallelas, nil mutant &longs;itus eorum ad invicem, &longs;ed faciunt ut ip&longs;a æqualiter accedant ad lineam IK; quam ductam concipe per me­dium corporis S,& lineæ DSperpendicularem. Impedietur au­tem i&longs;te ad lineam IKacce&longs;&longs;us faciendo ut Sy&longs;tema corporum T& Lex una parte, & corpus Sex altera, ju&longs;tis cum velocitatibus, gyren­tur circa commune gravitatis centrum C.Tali motu corpus S(eo quod &longs;umma virium motricium SDXT& SDXL,di&longs;tan­tiæ CSproportionalium, tendit ver&longs;us centrum C) de&longs;cribit El­lip&longs;in circa idem C;& punctum D,ob proportionales CS, CD,de&longs;cribet Ellip&longs;in con&longs;imilem e regione. Corpora autem T& Lviribus motricibus SDXT
& SDXL,(prius priore, po&longs;terius po&longs;teriore) æqua­liter & &longs;ecundum lineas pa­rallelas TI& LK(ut dic­tum e&longs;t) attracta, pergent (per Legum Corollarium quintum & &longs;extum) circa cen­trum mobile DEllip&longs;es &longs;uas de&longs;cribere, ut prius. Q.E.I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Addatur jam corpus quartum V,& &longs;imili argumento conclude­tur hoc & punctum CEllip&longs;es circa omnium commune centrum gravitatis Bde&longs;cribere; manentibus motibus priorum corporum T, L& Scirca centra D& C,&longs;ed paulo acceleratis. Et eadem methodo corpora plura adjungere licebit. Q.E.I.

Hæc ita &longs;e habent ubi corpora T& Ltrahunt &longs;e mutuo viribus acceleratricibus majoribus vel minoribus quam quibus trahunt cor­pora reliqua pro ratione di&longs;tantiarum. Sunto mutuæ omnium at­tractiones acceleratrices ad invicem ut di&longs;tantiæ ductæ in corpo­ra trahentia, & ex præcedentibus facile deducetur quod corpora omnia æqualibus temporibus periodicis Ellip&longs;es varias, circa om­nium commune gravitatis centrum B,in plano immobili de&longs;cri­bunt. Q.E.I.

PROPOSITIO LXV. THEOREMA XXV.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corpora plura, quorum Vires decre&longs;cunt in duplicata ratione di­&longs;tantiarum ab eorundem centris, moveri po&longs;&longs;e inter &longs;e in El­lip&longs;ibus; & radiis ad umbilicos ductis areas de&longs;cribere tempo­ribus proportionales quam proxime.

In Propo&longs;itione &longs;uperiore demon&longs;tratus e&longs;t ca&longs;us ubi motus plu­res peraguntur in Ellip&longs;ibus accurate. Quo magis recedit Lex vi­rium a Lege ibi po&longs;ita, eo magis corpora perturbabunt mutuos motus; neque fieri pote&longs;t ut corpora, &longs;ecundum Legem hic po&longs;itam &longs;e mutuo trahentia, moveantur in Ellip&longs;ibus accurate, ni&longs;i &longs;ervando certam proportionem di&longs;tantiarum ab invicem. In &longs;equentibus au­tem ca&longs;ibus non multum ab Ellip&longs;ibus errabitur.

Cas.1. Pone corpora plura minora circa maximum aliquod ad varias ab eo di&longs;tantias revolvi, tendantque ad &longs;ingula vires ab&longs;olu­tæ proportionales ii&longs;dem corporibus. Et quoniam omnium com­mune gravitatis centrum (per Legum Corol. quartum) vel quie­&longs;cit vel movetur uniformiter in directum, fingamus corpora mi­nora tam parva e&longs;&longs;e, ut corpus maximum nunquam di&longs;tet &longs;en&longs;ibi­liter ab hoc centro: & maximum illud vel quie&longs;cet vel movebitur uniformiter in directum, ab&longs;que errore &longs;en&longs;ibili; minora autem re­volventur circa hoc maximum in Ellip&longs;ibus, atque radiis ad idem ductis de&longs;cribent areas temporibus proportionales; ni&longs;i quatenus errores inducuntur, vel per errorem maximi a communi illo gravi­tatis centro, vel per actiones minorum corporum in &longs;e mutuo. Di­minui autem po&longs;&longs;unt corpora minora u&longs;Q.E.D.nec error i&longs;te & ac­tiones mutuæ &longs;int datis quibu&longs;vis minores, atque adeo donec Orbes cum Ellip&longs;ibus quadrent, & areæ re&longs;pondeant temporibus, ab&longs;que errore qui non &longs;it minor quovis dato. q.E.O.

Cas.2. Fingamus jam Sy&longs;tema corporum minorum modo jam de&longs;cripto circa maximum revolventium, aliudve quodvis duorum circum &longs;e mutuo revolventium corporum Sy&longs;tema progredi unifor­miter in directum, & interea vi corporis alterius longe maximi & ad magnam di&longs;tantiam &longs;iti urgeri ad latus. Et quoniam æquales vires acceleratrices, quibus corpora &longs;ecundum lineas parallelas ur­gentur, non mutant &longs;itus corporum ad invicem, &longs;ed ut Sy&longs;tema totum, &longs;ervatis partium motibus inter &longs;e, &longs;imul transferatur effici­unt: manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod, ex attractionibus in corpus maximum,

nulla pror&longs;us orietur mutatio motus attractorum inter &longs;e, ni&longs;i vel ex attractionum acceleratricum inæqualitate, vel ex inclinatione li­nearum ad invicem, &longs;ecundum quas attractiones fiunt. Pone ergo attractiones omnes acceleratrices in corpus maximum e&longs;&longs;e inter &longs;e reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum; &, augendo corporis maximi di&longs;tantiam, donec rectarum ab hoc ad reliqua ductarum differen­tiæ re&longs;pectu earum longitudinis & inclinationes ad invicem mino­res &longs;int quam datæ quævis, per&longs;everabunt motus partium Sy&longs;tema­tis inter &longs;e ab&longs;que erroribus qui non &longs;int quibu&longs;vis datis minores. Et quoniam, ob exiguam partium illarum ab invicem di&longs;tantiam, Sy&longs;tema totum ad modum corporis unius attrahitur; movebitur idem hac attractione ad modum corporis unius; hoc e&longs;t, centro &longs;uo gravitatis de&longs;cribet circa corpus maximum Sectionem aliquam Conicam (viz.Hyperbolam vel Parabolam attractione languida, Ellip&longs;in fortiore,) & Radio ad maximum ducto de&longs;cribet areas temporibus proportionales, ab&longs;que ullis erroribus, ni&longs;i quas par­tium di&longs;tantiæ (perexiguæ &longs;ane & pro lubitu minuendæ) valeant efficere. q.E.O.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Simili argumento pergere licet ad ca&longs;us magis compo&longs;itos in in­finitum.

Corol.1. In ca&longs;u &longs;ecundo; quo propius accedit corpus omnium maximum ad Sy&longs;tema duorum vel plurium, eo magis turbabuntur motus partium Sy&longs;tematis inter &longs;e; propterea quod linearum a cor­pore maximo ad has ductarum jam major e&longs;t inclinatio ad invicem, majorque proportionis inæqualitas.

Corol.2. Maxime autem turbabuntur, ponendo quod attractio­nes acceleratrices partium Sy&longs;tematis ver&longs;us corpus omnium maxi­mum, non &longs;int ad invicem reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum a corpore illo maximo; præ&longs;ertim &longs;i proportionis hujus inæqualitas major &longs;it quam inæqualitas proportionis di&longs;tantiarum a corpore maximo: Nam &longs;i vis acceleratrix, æqualiter & &longs;ecundum lineas pa­rallelas agendo, nil perturbat motus inter &longs;e, nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t ut ex acti­onis inæqualitate perturbatio oriatur, majorque &longs;it vel minor pro majore vel minore inæqualitate. Exce&longs;&longs;us impul&longs;uum majorum, agendo in aliqua corpora & non agendo in alia, nece&longs;&longs;ario muta­bunt &longs;itum eorum inter &longs;e. Et hæc perturbatio, addita perturbatio­ni quæ ex linearum inclinatione & inæqualitate oritur, majorem reddet perturbationem totam.

Corol.3. Unde &longs;i Sy&longs;tematis hujus partes in Ellip&longs;ibus vel Cir­culis &longs;ine perturbatione in&longs;igni moveantur; manife&longs;tum e&longs;t, quod eædem a viribus acceleratricibus ad alia corpora tendentibus, aut non urgentur ni&longs;i levi&longs;&longs;ime, aut urgentur æqualiter & &longs;ecundum li­neas parallelas quamproxime.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXVI. THEOREMA XXVI.

Si Corpora tria, quorum Vires decre&longs;cunt in duplicata ratione di­&longs;tantiarum, &longs;e mutuo trahant, & attractiones acceleratrices bi­norum quorumcunQ.E.I. tertium &longs;int inter &longs;e reciproce ut qua­drata di&longs;tantiarum; minora autem circa maximum revolvan­tur: Dico quod interius circa intimum & maximum, radiis ad ip&longs;um ductis, de&longs;cribet areas temporibus magis proportio­nales, & Figuram ad formam Ellip&longs;eos umbilicum in concur­&longs;u radiorum habentis magis accedentem, &longs;i corpus maximum his attractionibus agitetur, quam &longs;i maximum illud vel a mi­noribus non attractum quie&longs;cat, vel multo minus vel multo ma­gis attractum aut multo minus aut multo magis agitetur.

Liquet fere ex demon&longs;tratione Corollarii &longs;ecundi Propo&longs;itionis præcedentis; &longs;ed argumento magis di&longs;tincto & latius cogente &longs;ic evincitur.

Cas.1. Revolvantur

corpora minora P& Sin eodem plano circa maximum T,quorum Pde&longs;cribat Orbem in­teriorem PAB,& Sexteriorem SE.Sit SKmediocris di&longs;tan­tia corporum P& S; & corporis Pver&longs;us Sattractio acceleratrix in mediocri illa di&longs;tantia exponatur per e­andem. In duplicata ratione SKad SPcapiatur SLad SK,& e­rit SLattractio acceleratrix corporis Pver&longs;us Sin di&longs;tantia quavis SP.Junge PT,eique parallelam age LMoccurrentem STin M,& attractio SLre&longs;olvetur (per Legum Corol 2.) in attractiones SM, LM.Et &longs;ic urgebitur corpus Pvi acceleratrice triplici: una tendente ad T& oriunda a mutua attractione corporum T& P.Hac vi &longs;ola corpus Pcircum corpus T,&longs;ive immotum &longs;ive hac attractione agitatum, de&longs;cribere deberet & areas, radio PT,tem­poribus proportionales, & Ellip&longs;in cui umbilicus e&longs;t in centro cor­poris T.Patet hoc per Prop. XI. & Corollaria 2 & 3 Theor. XXI. Vis altera e&longs;t attractionis LM,quæ quoniam tendit a Pad T,&longs;uperad­dita vi priori coincidet cum ip&longs;a, & &longs;ic faciet ut areæ etiamnum tem­poribus proportionales de&longs;cribantur per Corol. 3. Theor. XXI. At quoniam non e&longs;t quadrato di&longs;tantiæ PTreciproce proportionalis, componet ea cum vi priore vim ab hac proportione aberrantem, id­que eo magis quo major e&longs;t proportio hujus vis ad vim priorem, cæteris paribus. Proinde cum (per Prop. XI, & per Corol. 2. Theor. XXI) vis qua Ellip&longs;is circa umbilicum Tde&longs;cribitur tendere debeat ad umbilicum illum, & e&longs;&longs;e quadrato di&longs;tantiæ PTreciproce proportionalis; vis illa
compo&longs;ita, aberrando ab hac proportione, fa­ciet ut Orbis PABaberret a forma Ellip­&longs;eos umbilicum haben­tis in S;idque eo ma­gis quo major e&longs;t ab­erratio ab hac propor­tione; atque adeo eti­am quo major e&longs;t proportio vis &longs;ecundæ LMad vim primam, cæ­teris paribus. Jam vero vis tertia SM,trahendo corpus P&longs;ecun­dum lineam ip&longs;i STparallelam, componet cum viribus prioribus vim quæ non amplius dirigitur a Pin T,quæque ab hac determi­natione tanto magis aberrat, quanto major e&longs;t proportio hujus ter­tiæ vis ad vires priores, cæteris paribus; atque adeo quæ faciet ut corpus P,radio TP,areas non amplius temporibus proportiona­les de&longs;cribat, atque aberratio ab hac proportionalitate ut tanto ma­jor &longs;it, quanto major e&longs;t proportio vis hujus tertiæ ad vires cæte­ras. Orbis vero PABaberrationem a forma Elliptica præfata hæc­vis tertia duplici de cau&longs;a adaugebit, tum quod non dirigatur a Pad T,tum etiam quod non &longs;it proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tantiæ PT.Quibus intellectis, manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod areæ temporibus tum max­ime fiunt proportionales, ubi vis tertia, manentibus viribus cæte­ris, fit minima; & quod Orbis PABtum maxime accedit ad præ­fatam formam Ellipticam, ubi vis tam &longs;ecunda quam tertia, &longs;ed præ­cipue vis tertia, fit minima, vi prima manente.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Exponatur corporis Tattractio acceleratrix ver&longs;us Sper lineam SN;& &longs;i attractiones acceleratrices SM, SNæquales e&longs;&longs;ent; hæ, trahendo corpora T& Pæqualiter & &longs;ecundum lineas parallelas, nil mutarent &longs;itum eorum ad invicem. Iidem jam forent corporum illorum motus inter &longs;e (per Legum Corol. 6.) ac &longs;i hæ attractio­nes tollerentur. Et pari ratione &longs;i attractio SNminor e&longs;&longs;et at­tractione SM,tolleret ip&longs;a attractionis SMpartem SN,& ma­neret pars &longs;ola MN,qua temporum & arearum proportionalitas & Orbitæ forma illa Elliptica perturbaretur. Et &longs;imiliter &longs;i attra­ctio SNmajor e&longs;&longs;et attractione SM,oriretur ex differentia &longs;ola MNperturbatio proportionalitatis & Orbitæ. Sic per attractio­nem SNreducitur &longs;emper attractio tertia &longs;uperior SMad attra­ctionem MN,attractione prima & &longs;ecunda manentibus pror&longs;us im­mutatis: & propterea areæ ac tempora ad proportionalitatem, & Orbita PABad formam præfatam Ellipticam tum maxime acce­dunt, ubi attractio MNvel nulla e&longs;t, vel quam fieri po&longs;&longs;it miNI­ma; hoc e&longs;t, ubi corporum P & Tattractiones acceleratrices, fa­ctæ ver&longs;us corpus S,accedunt quantum fieri pote&longs;t ad æqualita­tem; id e&longs;t, ubi attractio SNnon e&longs;t nulla, neque minor minima attractionum omnium SM,&longs;ed inter attractionum omnium SMmaximam & minimam qua&longs;i mediocris, hoc e&longs;t, non multo major neque multo minor attractione SK. Q.E.D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Cas.2. Revolvantur jam corpora minora P, Scirca maximum Tin planis diver&longs;is; & vis LM,agendo &longs;ecundum lineam PTin pla­no Orbitæ PAB&longs;itam, eundem habebit effectum ac prius, neque corpus Pde plano Orbitæ &longs;uæ deturbabit. At vis altera NM,agendo &longs;ecundum lineam quæ ip&longs;i STparallela e&longs;t, (atque adco, quando corpus Sver&longs;atur extra lineam Nodorum, inclinatur ad planum Orbitæ PAB;) præter perturbationem motus in Longitu­dinem jam ante expo&longs;itam, inducet perturbationem motus in Lati­tudinem, trahendo corpus Pde plano &longs;uæ Orbitæ. Et hæc per­turbatio, in dato quovis corporum P& Tad invicem &longs;itu, erit ut vis illa generans MN,adeoque minima evadet ubi MNe&longs;t miNI­ma, hoc e&longs;t (uti jam expo&longs;ui) ubi attractio SNnon e&longs;t multo ma­jor, neque multo minor attractione SK. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Ex his facile colligitur quod, &longs;i corpora plura minora P, S, R,&c. revolvantur circa maximum T,motus corporis inti­mi Pminime perturbabitur attractionibus exteriorum, ubi corpus maximum Tpariter a cæteris, pro ratione virium acceleratricum, attrahitur & agitatur atque cætera a &longs;e mutuo.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.2. In Sy&longs;temate vero trium corporum T, P, S,&longs;i attracti­ones acceleratrices binorum quorumcunQ.E.I. tertium &longs;int ad invi­cem reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum; corpus P,radio PT,are­am circa corpus Tvelocius de&longs;cribet prope Conjunctionem A& Op­po&longs;itionem B,quam prope Quadraturas C, D.Namque vis omnis qua corpus Purgetur & corpus Tnon urgetur, quæque non agit &longs;ecundum lineam PTaccelerat vel retardat de&longs;criptionem areæ, perinde ut ip&longs;a in con&longs;equentia vel in antecedentia dirigitur. Talis e&longs;t vis NM.Hæc in tran&longs;itu corporis Pa Cad Atendit in con­&longs;equentia, motumque accelerat; dein u&longs;que ad Din antecedentia, & motum retardat; tum in con&longs;equentia u&longs;que ad B,& ultimo in antecedentia tran&longs;eundo a Bad C.

Corol.3. Et eodem argumento patet quod corpus P,cæteris pa­ribus, velocius movetur in Conjunctione & Oppo&longs;itione quam in Quadraturis.

Corol.4. Orbita corporis P,cæteris paribus, curvior e&longs;t in Qua­draturis quam in Conjunctione & Oppo&longs;itione. Nam corpora ve­lociora minus deflec­

tunt a recto tramite. Et præterea vis KLvel NM,in Conjunctione & Oppo&longs;itione, con­traria e&longs;t vi qua cor­pus Ttrahit corpus P,adeoque vim illam mi­nuit; corpus autem Pminus deflectet a recto tramite, ubi minus urgetur in corpus T.

Corol.5. Unde corpus P,cæteris paribus, longius recedet a cor­pore Tin Quadraturis, quam in Conjunctione & Oppo&longs;itione. Hæc ita &longs;e habent exclu&longs;o motu Excentricitatis. Nam &longs;i Orbita corpo­ris Pexcentrica &longs;it: Excentricitas ejus (ut mox in hujus Corol. 9. o&longs;tendetur) evadet maxima ubi Ap&longs;ides &longs;unt in Syzygiis; indeque fieri pote&longs;t ut corpus P,ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam appellans, ab&longs;it lon­gius a corpore Tin Syzygiis quam in Quadraturis.

Corol.6. Quoniam vis centripeta corporis centralis T,qua cor­pus Pretinetur in Orbe &longs;uo, augetur in Quadraturis per additio­nem vis LM,ac diminuitur in Syzygiis per ablationem vis KL,& ob magnitudinem vis KL,magis diminuitur quam augetur; e&longs;t au­tem vis illa centripeta (per Corol. 2, Prop. IV.) in ratione compo­&longs;ita ex ratione &longs;implici radii TPdirecte & ratione duplicata tempo-ris periodici inver&longs;e: patet hanc rationem compo&longs;itam diminui per

actionem vis KL,adeoque tempus periodicum, &longs;i maneat Orbis radius TP,augeri, idQ.E.I. &longs;ubduplicata ratione qua vis illa cen­tripeta diminuitur: auctoque adeo vel diminuto hoc Radio, tem­pus periodicum augeri magis, vel diminui minus quam in Radii hu­jus ratione &longs;e&longs;quiplicata, per Corol. 6. Prop. IV. Si vis illa corporis centralis paulatim langue&longs;ceret, corpus Pminus &longs;emper & minus attractum perpetuo recederet longius a centro T; & contra, &longs;i vis illa augeretur, accederet propius. Ergo &longs;i actio corporis longin­qui S,qua vis illa diminuitur, augeatur ac diminuatur per vices; augebitur &longs;imul ac diminuetur Radius TPper vices, & tempus pe­riodicum augebitur ac diminuetur in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione &longs;e&longs;quiplicata Radii & ratione &longs;ubduplicata qua vis illa centripeta corporis centralis T,per incrementum vel decrementum actionis corporis longinqui S,diminuitur vel augetur.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.7. Ex præmi&longs;&longs;is con&longs;equitur etiam quod Ellip&longs;eos a cor­pore Pde&longs;criptæ Axis, &longs;eu Ap&longs;idum linea, quoad motum angula­rem progreditur & regreditur per vices, &longs;ed magis tamen progre­ditur, & in &longs;ingulis corporis revolutionibus per exce&longs;&longs;um progre&longs;­&longs;ionis fertur in con&longs;equentia. Nam vis qua corpus Purgetur in corpus Tin Quadraturis, ubi vis MNevanuit, componitur ex vi LM& vi centripeta qua corpus Ttrahit corpus P.Vis prior LM,&longs;i augeatur di&longs;tantia PT,augetur in eadem fere ratione cum hac di&longs;tantia, & vis po&longs;terior decre&longs;cit in duplicata illa ratione, adeo­que &longs;umma harum virium decre&longs;cit in minore quam duplicata ra­tione di&longs;tantiæ PT,& propterea (per Corol. 1. Prop. XLV) efficit ut Aux, &longs;eu Ap&longs;is &longs;umma, regrediatur. In Conjunctione vero & Oppo&longs;itione, vis qua corpus Purgetur in corpus Tdifferentia e&longs;t inter vim qua corpus Ttrahit corpus P& vim KL; & differen­tia illa, propterea quod vis KLaugetur quamproxime in ratione di&longs;tantiæ PT,decre&longs;cit in majore quam duplicata ratione di&longs;tan­tiæ PT,adeoque (per Corol. 1. Prop.XLV) efficit ut Aux progre­diatur. In locis inter Syzygias & Quadraturas pendet motus Au­gis ex cau&longs;a utraque conjunctim, adeo ut pro hujus vel alterius exce&longs;&longs;u progrediatur ip&longs;a vel regrediatur. Unde cum vis KLin Syzygiis &longs;it qua&longs;i duplo major quam vis LMin Quadraturis, ex­ce&longs;&longs;us in tota revolutione erit penes vim KL,transferetque Au­gem &longs;ingulis revolutionibus in con&longs;equentia. Veritas autem hujus & præcedentis Corollarii facilius intelligetur concipiendo Sy&longs;tema corporum duorum T, Pcorporibus pluribus S, S, S,&c, in Or­be ESEcon&longs;i&longs;tentibus, undique cingi. Namque horum actioni-bus actio ip&longs;ius Tminuetur undique, decre&longs;cetQ.E.I. ratione plu&longs;­quam duplicata di&longs;tantiæ.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.8. Cum autem pendeat Ap&longs;idum progre&longs;&longs;us vel regre&longs;&longs;us a decremento vis centripetæ facto in majori vel minori quam du­plicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ TP,in tran&longs;itu corporis ab Ap&longs;ide ima ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam; ut & a &longs;imili incremento in reditu ad Ap­&longs;idem imam; atque adeo maximus &longs;it ubi proportio vis in Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma ad vim in Ap&longs;ide ima maxime recedit a duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum inver&longs;a: manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod Ap&longs;ides in Syzygiis &longs;uis, per vim ablatitiam KL&longs;eu NM-LM,progredientur ve­locius, inque Quadraturis &longs;uis tardius recedent per vim addititiam LM.Ob diuturnitatem vero temporis quo velocitas progre&longs;&longs;us vel tarditas regre&longs;&longs;us continuatur, fit hæc inæqualitas longe maxima.

Corol.9. Si corpus aliquod vi reciproce proportionali quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ a centro, revolveretur circa hoc centrum in El­lip&longs;i, & mox, in de&longs;cen&longs;u ab Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma &longs;eu Auge ad Ap&longs;idem imam, vis illa per acce&longs;&longs;um perpetuum vis novæ augeretur in ra­tione plu&longs;quam dupli­

cata di&longs;tantiæ diminu­tæ: manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod corpus, perpe­tuo acce&longs;&longs;u vis illius novæ impul&longs;um &longs;em­per in centrum, magis vergeret in hoc cen­trum, quam &longs;i urge­retur vi &longs;ola cre&longs;cente in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ diminutæ, adeoque Orbem de&longs;cri­beret Orbe Elliptico interiorem, & in Ap&longs;ide ima propius acce­deret ad centrum quam prius. Orbis igitur, acce&longs;&longs;u hujus vis no­væ, fiet magis excentricus. Si jam vis, in rece&longs;&longs;u corporis ab Ap&longs;ide ima ad Ap&longs;idem &longs;ummam, decre&longs;ceret ii&longs;dem gradibus qui­bus ante creverat, rediret corpus ad di&longs;tantiam priorem, adeoque &longs;i vis decre&longs;cat in majori ratione, corpus jam minus attractum a&longs;­cendet ad di&longs;tantiam majorem & &longs;ic Orbis Excentricitas adhuc ma­gis augebitur. Igitur &longs;i ratio incrementi & decrementi vis centri­petæ &longs;ingulis revolutionibus augeatur, augebitur &longs;emper Excentri­citas; & e contra, diminuetur eadem &longs;i ratio illa decre&longs;cat. Jam vero in Sy&longs;temate corporum T, P, S,ubi Ap&longs;ides Orbis PAB&longs;unt in Quadraturis, ratio illa incrementi ac decrementi minima e&longs;t, & maxima fit ubi Ap&longs;ides &longs;unt in Syzygiis. Si Ap&longs;ides con&longs;tituan­tur in Quadraturis, ratio prope Ap&longs;ides minor e&longs;t & prope Syzy­gias major quam duplicata di&longs;tantiarum, & ex ratione illa majori oritur Augis motus veloci&longs;&longs;imus, uti jam dictum e&longs;t. At &longs;i con­&longs;ideretur ratio incrementi vel decrementi totius in progre&longs;&longs;u inter Ap&longs;ides, hæc minor e&longs;t quam duplicata di&longs;tantiarum. Vis in Ap­&longs;ide ima e&longs;t ad vim in Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma in minore quam duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ Ap&longs;idis &longs;ummæ ab umbilico Ellip&longs;eos ad di­&longs;tantiam Ap&longs;idis imæ ab eodem umbilico: & e contra, ubi Ap&longs;ides con&longs;tituuntur in Syzygiis, vis in Ap&longs;ide ima e&longs;t ad vim in Ap&longs;ide &longs;umma in majore quam duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum. Nam vires LMin Quadraturis additæ viribus corporis Tcompo­nunt vires in ratione minore, & vires KLin Syzygiis &longs;ubductæ viribus corporis Trelinquunt vires in ratione majore. E&longs;t igi­tur ratio decrementi & incrementi totius, in tran&longs;itu inter Ap&longs;ides, minima in Quadraturis, maxima in Syzygiis: & propterea in tran­&longs;itu Ap&longs;idum a Quadraturis ad Syzygias perpetuo augetur, auget­que Excentricitatem Ellip&longs;eos; inque tran&longs;itu a Syzygiis ad Quadraturas perpetuo diminuitur, & Excentricitatem diminuit.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.10. Ut rationem ineamus errorum in Latitudinem, finga­mus planum Orbis ESTimmobile manere; & ex errorum expo­&longs;ita cau&longs;a manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod, ex viribus NM, ML,quæ &longs;unt cau&longs;a illa tota, vis MLagendo &longs;emper &longs;ecundum planum Orbis PAB,nunquam perturbat motus in Latitudinem; quodque vis NM,ubi Nodi &longs;unt in Syzygiis, agendo etiam &longs;ecundum idem Orbis planum, non perturbat hos motus; ubi vero &longs;unt in Quadraturis eos maxime perturbat, corpu&longs;que Pde plano Orbis &longs;ui perpetuo trahendo, minuit inclinationem plani in tran&longs;itu corporis a Qua­draturis ad Syzygias, augetque vici&longs;&longs;im eandem in tran&longs;itu a Syzy­giis ad Quadraturas. Unde fit ut corpore in Syzygiis exi&longs;tente in­clinatio evadat omnium minima, redeatque ad priorem magnitudi­nem circiter, ubi corpus ad Nodum proximum accedit. At &longs;i Nodi con&longs;tituantur in Octantibus po&longs;t Quadraturas, id e&longs;t, inter C& A, D& B,intelligetur ex modo expo&longs;itis quod, in tran&longs;itu corporis Pa Nodo alterutro ad gradum inde nonage&longs;imum, inclinatio pla­ni perpetuo minuitur; deinde in tran&longs;itu per proximos 45 gradus, u&longs;que ad Quadraturam proximam, inclinatio augetur, & po&longs;tea de­nuo in tran&longs;itu per alios 45 gradus, u&longs;que ad Nodum proximum, diminuitur. Magis itaQ.E.D.minuitur inclinatio quam augetur, & propterea minor e&longs;t &longs;emper in Nodo &longs;ub&longs;equente quam in præce-dente. Et &longs;imili ratiocinio, inclinatio magis augetur quam diminui­tur ubi Nodi &longs;unt in Octantibus alteris inter A& D, B& C.In­clinatio igitur ubi Nodi &longs;unt in Syzygiis e&longs;t omnium maxima. In tran&longs;itu eorum a Syzygiis ad Quadraturas, in &longs;ingulis corporis ad Nodos appul&longs;ibus, diminuitur, fitque omnium minima ubi Nodi &longs;unt in Quadraturis & corpus in Syzygiis: dein cre&longs;cit ii&longs;dem gra­dibus quibus antea decreverat, Nodi&longs;que ad Syzygias proximas ap­pul&longs;is ad magnitudinem primam revertitur.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.11. Quoniam corpus Pubi Nodi &longs;unt in Quadraturis per­petuo trahitur de plano Orbis &longs;ui, idQ.E.I. partem ver&longs;us S,in tran&longs;itu &longs;uo a Nodo Cper Conjunctionem Aad Nodum D; & in contrariam partem in tran&longs;itu a Nodo Dper Oppo&longs;itionem Bad Nodum C; manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod in motu &longs;uo a Nodo C,corpus perpetuo recedit ab Orbis &longs;ui plano primo CD,u&longs;Q.E.D.m per­ventum e&longs;t ad Nodum proximum; adeoQ.E.I. hoc Nodo, longi&longs;&longs;i­me di&longs;tans a plano illo primo CD,tran&longs;it per planum Orbis ESTnon in plani illius Nodo altero D,&longs;ed in puncto quod inde vergit ad partes corporis S,quodque proinde novus e&longs;t Nodi locus in an­teriora vergens. Et &longs;imili argumento pergent Nodi recedere in tran&longs;itu corporis de hoc Nodo in Nodum proximum. Nodi igi­tur in Quadraturis con&longs;tituti perpetuo recedunt; in Syzygiis (ubi motus in Latitudinem nil perturbatur) quie&longs;cunt; in locis inter­mediis, conditionis utriu&longs;que participes, recedunt tardius; adeoque, &longs;emper vel retrogradi vel &longs;tationarii, &longs;ingulis revolutionibus ferun­tur in antecedentia.

Corol.12. Omnes illi in his Corollariis de&longs;cripti Errores &longs;unt pau­lo majores in Conjunctione corporum P, Squam in eorum Op­po&longs;itione, idque ob majores vires generantes NM& ML.

Corol.13. Cumque rationes horum Corollariorum non pendeant a magnitudine corporis S,obtinent præcedentia omnia, ubi corporis Stanta &longs;tatuitur magnitudo ut circa ip&longs;um revolvatur corporum duo­rum T& PSy&longs;tema. Et ex aucto corpore Sauctaque adeo ip&longs;ius vi centripeta, a qua errores corporis Poriuntur, evadent errores illi omnes (paribus di&longs;tantiis) majores in hoc ca&longs;u quam in altero, ubi corpus Scircum Sy&longs;tema corporum P& Trevolvitur.

Corol.14. Cum autem vires NM, ML,ubi corpus Slongin­quum e&longs;t, &longs;int quamproxime ut vis SK& ratio PTad STcon­junctim, hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i detur tum di&longs;tantia PT,tum corporis Svis ab&longs;oluta, ut ST cub.reciproce; &longs;int autem vires illæ NM, MLcau&longs;æ errorum & effectuum omnium de quibus actum e&longs;t in præce-dentibus Corollariis: manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod effectus illi omnes, &longs;tan­te corporum T& PSy&longs;temate, & mutatis tantum di&longs;tantia ST& vi ab&longs;oluta corporis S,&longs;int quamproxime in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione directa vis ab&longs;olutæ corporis S& ratione triplicata inver&longs;a di&longs;tantiæ ST.Unde &longs;i Sy&longs;tema corporum T& Prevolvatur cir­ca corpus longinquum S,vires illæ NM, ML& earum effectus erunt (per Corol. 2. & 6. Prop. IV.) reciproce in duplicata ratione temporis periodici. Et inde etiam, &longs;i magnitudo corporis Spropor­tionalis &longs;it ip&longs;ius vi ab&longs;olutæ, erunt vires illæ NM, ML& earum effectus directe ut cubus diametri apparentis longinqui corporis Se corpore T&longs;pectati, & vice ver&longs;a. Namque hæ rationes eædem &longs;unt atque ratio &longs;uperior compo&longs;ita.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.15. Et quoniam &longs;i, manentibus Orbium ESE& PABforma, proportionibus & inclinatione ad invicem, mutetur eorum magnitudo, & &longs;i corporum S& Tvel maneant vel mutentur vires in data quavis ratio­

ne, hæ vires (hoc e&longs;t, vis corporis Tqua cor­pus Pde recto trami­te in Orbitam PABdeflectere, & vis cor­poris Squa corpus idem Pde Orbita illa deviare cogitur) agunt &longs;emper eodem mo­do & eadem proportione: nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t ut &longs;imiles & proportiona­les &longs;int effectus omnes & proportionalia effectuum tempora; hoc e&longs;t, ut errores omnes lineares &longs;int ut Orbium diametri, angulares vero iidem qui prius, & errorum linearium &longs;imilium vel angularium æqualium tempora ut Orbium tempora periodica.

Corol.16. Unde, &longs;i dentur Orbium formæ & inclinatio ad invi­cem, & mutentur utcunque corporum magnitudines, vires & di­&longs;tantiæ; ex datis erroribus & errorum temporibus in uno Ca&longs;u, col­ligi po&longs;&longs;unt errores & errorum tempora in alio quovis, quam pro­xime: Sed brevius hac Methodo. Vires NM, ML,cæteris &longs;tan­tibus, &longs;unt ut Radius TP,& harum effectus periodici (per Corol.2, Lem. X) ut vires & quadratum temporis periodici corporis Pcon­junctim. Hi &longs;unt errores lineares corporis P; & hinc errores an­gulares e centro T&longs;pectati (id e&longs;t, tam motus Augis & Nodorum, quam omnes in Longitudinem & Latitudinem errores apparentes) &longs;unt, in qualibet revolutione corporis P,ut quadratum temporis revolutionis quam proxime. Conjungantur hæ rationes cum ratio­nibus Corollarii 14, & in quolibet corporum T, P, SSy&longs;temate, ubi Pcircum T&longs;ibi propinquum, & Tcircum Slonginquum re­volvitur, errores angulares corporis P,de centro Tapparentes, erunt, in &longs;ingulis revolutionibus corporis illius P,ut quadratum temporis periodici corporis Pdirecte & quadratum temporis pe­riodici corporis Tinver&longs;e. Et inde motus medius Augis erit in da­ta ratione ad motum medium Nodorum; & motus uterque erit ut tempus periodicum corporis &c. quadratum temporis periodici corporis Pdirecte & quadratum temporis periodici corporis Tinver&longs;e. Augendo vel minuendo Excentricitatem & Inclinationem Orbis PABnon mutantur mo­tus Augis & Nodorum &longs;en&longs;ibiliter, ni&longs;i ubi eædem &longs;unt nimis magnæ.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.17. Cum autem linea LMnunc major &longs;it nunc minor quam radius PT,exponatur vis mediocris LMper radium il­lum PT; & erit hæc ad

vim mediocrem SKvel SN(quam expo­nere licet per ST) ut longitudo PTad lon­gitudinem ST.E&longs;t au­tem vis mediocris SNvel ST,qua corpus Tretinetur in Orbe &longs;uo circum S,ad vim qua corpus Pretinetur in Orbe &longs;uo circum T,in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione radii STad radium PT,& ratione duplicata temporis pe­riodici corporis Pcircum Tad tempus periodicum corporis Tcircum S.Et ex æquo, vis mediocris LM,ad vim qua corpus Pretinetur in Orbe &longs;uo circum T(quave corpus idem P,eo­dem tempore periodico, circum punctum quodvis immobile Tad di&longs;tantiam PTrevolvi po&longs;&longs;et) e&longs;t in ratione illa duplicata periodi­eorum temporum. Datis igitur temporibus periodicis una cum di­&longs;tantia PT,datur vis mediocris LM; & ea data, datur etiam vis MNquamproxime per analogiam linearum PT, MN.

Corol.18. Ii&longs;dem legibus quibus corpus Pcircum corpus Tre­volvitur, fingamus corpora plura fluida circum idem Tad æqua­les ab ip&longs;o di&longs;tantias moveri; deinde ex his contiguis factis confla­ri Annulum fluidum, rotundum ac corpori Tconcentricum; & &longs;ingulæ Annuli partes, motus &longs;uos omnes ad legem corporis Pper-agendo, propius accedent ad corpus T,& celerius movebuntur in Conjunctione & Oppo&longs;itione ip&longs;arum & corporis S,quam in Quadraturis. Et Nodi Annuli hujus &longs;eu inter&longs;ectiones ejus cum plano Orbitæ corporis Svel T,quie&longs;cent in Syzygiis; extra Syzy­gias vero movebuntur in antecedentia, & veloci&longs;&longs;ime quidem in Quadraturis, tardius aliis in locis. Annuli quoQ.E.I.clinatio varia­bitur, & axis ejus &longs;ingulis revolutionibus o&longs;cillabitur, completaque revolutione ad pri&longs;tinum &longs;itum redibit, ni&longs;i quatenus per præce&longs;&longs;i­onem Nodorum circumfertur.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.19. Fingas jam Globum corporis T,ex materia non fluida con&longs;tantem, ampliari & extendi u&longs;que ad hunc Annulum, & alveo per circuitum excavato continere Aquam, motuque eodem perio­dico circa axem &longs;uum uniformiter revolvi. Hic liquor per vices acceleratus & retardatus (ut in &longs;uperiore Corollario) in Syzygiis velocior erit, in Quadraturis tardior quam &longs;uperficies Globi, & &longs;ic fluet in alveo refluet que ad modum Maris. Aqua revolvendo cir­ca Globi centrum quie&longs;cens, &longs;i tollatur attractio corporis Snullum acquiret motum fluxus & refluxus. Par e&longs;t ratio Globi uniformiter progredientis in directum & interea revolventis circa centrum &longs;uum (per Legum Corol. 5.) ut & Globi de cur&longs;u rectilineo uNI­formiter tracti, per Legum Corol. 6. Accedat autem corpus S,& ab ip&longs;ius inæquabili attractione mox turbabitur Aqua. Etenim major erit attractio aquæ propioris, minor ea remotioris. Vis autem LMtrahet aquam deor&longs;um in Quadraturis, facietQ.E.I.­&longs;am de&longs;cendere u&longs;que ad Syzygias; & vis KLtrahet eandem &longs;ur­&longs;um in Syzygiis, &longs;i&longs;tetQ.E.D.&longs;cen&longs;um ejus & faciet ip&longs;am a&longs;cendere u&longs;que ad Quadraturas.

Corol.20. Si Annulus jam rigeat & minuatur Globus, ce&longs;&longs;a­bit motus fluendi & refluendi; &longs;ed O&longs;cillatorius ille inclinationis motus & præce&longs;&longs;io Nodorum manebunt. Habeat Globus eundem axem cum Annulo, gyro&longs;que compleat ii&longs;dem temporibus, & &longs;uper­ficie &longs;ua contingat ip&longs;um interius, eiQ.E.I.hæreat; & participando motum ejus, compages utriu&longs;que O&longs;cillabitur & Nodi regredien­tur. Nam Globus, ut mox dicetur, ad &longs;u&longs;cipiendas impre&longs;&longs;iones omnes indifferens e&longs;t. Annuli Globo orbati maximus inclinationis angulus e&longs;t ubi Nodi &longs;unt in Syzygiis. Inde in progre&longs;&longs;u Nodo­rum ad Quadraturas conatur is inclinationem &longs;uam minuere, & i&longs;to conatu motum imprimit Globo toti. Retinet Globus motum im­pre&longs;&longs;um u&longs;Q.E.D.m Annulus conatu contrario motum hunc tollat, imprimatque motum novum in contrariam partem: Atque hac ra-tione maximus decre&longs;centis inclinationis motus fit in Quadraturis Nodorum, & minimus inclinationis angulus in Octantibus po&longs;t Quadraturas; dein maximus reclinationis motus in Syzygiis, & maximus angulus in Octantibus proximis. Et eadem e&longs;t ratio Glo­bi Annulo nudati, qui in regionibus æquatoris vel altior e&longs;t paulo quam juxta polos, vel con&longs;tat ex nateria paulo den&longs;iore. Sup­plet enim vicem Annuli i&longs;te materiæ in æquatoris regionibus exce&longs;­&longs;us. Et quanquam, aucta utcunque Globi hujus vi centripeta, tendere &longs;upponantur omnes ejus partes deor&longs;um, ad modum gra­vitantium partium telluris, tamen Phænomena hujus & præceden­tis Corollarii vix inde mutabuntur.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.21. Eadem ratione qua materia Globi juxta æquatorem redundans efficit ut Nodi regrediantur, atque adeo per hujus in­crementum augetur i&longs;te regre&longs;&longs;us, per diminutionem vero diminui­tur & per ablationem tollitur; &longs;i materia plu&longs;quam redundans tol­latur, hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i Globus juxta æquatorem vel depre&longs;&longs;ior reddatur vel rarior quam juxta polos, orietur motus Nodorum in con­&longs;equentia.

Corol.22. Et inde vici&longs;&longs;im, ex motu Nodorum innote&longs;cit con&longs;ti­tutio Globi. Nimirum &longs;i Globus polos eo&longs;dem con&longs;tanter &longs;ervat, & motus fit in antecedentia, materia juxta æquatorem redundat; &longs;i in con&longs;equentia, deficit. Pone Globum uniformem & perfecte circinatum in &longs;patiis liberis primo quie&longs;cere; dein impetu quocun­que obliQ.E.I. &longs;uperficiem &longs;uam facto propelli, & motum inde concipere partim circularem, partim in directum. Quoniam Glo­bus i&longs;te ad axes omnes per centrum &longs;uum tran&longs;euntes indifferenter &longs;e habet, neque propen&longs;ior e&longs;t in unum axem, unumve axis &longs;itum, quam in alium quemvis; per&longs;picuum e&longs;t quod is axem &longs;uum axi&longs;­Q.E.I.clinationem vi propria nunquam mutabit. Impellatur jam Globus oblique, in eadem illa &longs;uperficiei parte qua prius, impul&longs;u quocunque novo; & cum citior vel ferior impul&longs;us effectum nil mutet, manife&longs;tum e&longs;t quod hi duo impul&longs;us &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive impre&longs;&longs;i eundem producent motum ac &longs;i &longs;imul impre&longs;&longs;i fui&longs;&longs;ent, hoc e&longs;t, eundem ac &longs;i Globus vi &longs;implici ex utroque (per Legum Corol. 2.) compo&longs;ita impul&longs;us fui&longs;&longs;et, atque adeo &longs;implicem, circa axem in­clinatione datum. Et par e&longs;t ratio impul&longs;us &longs;ecundi facti in lo­cum alium quemvis in æquatore motus primi; ut & impul&longs;us pri­mi facti in locum quemvis in æquatore motus, quem impul&longs;us &longs;e­cundus ab&longs;que primo generaret; atque adeo impul&longs;uum amborum factorum in loca quæcunque: Generabunt hi eundem motum cir-cularem ac &longs;i &longs;imul & &longs;emel in locum inter&longs;ectionis æquatorum motuum illorum, quos feor&longs;im generarent, fui&longs;&longs;ent impre&longs;&longs;i. Globus igitur homogeneus & perfectus non retinet motus plures di&longs;tinctos, &longs;ed impre&longs;&longs;os omnes componit & ad unum reducit, & quatenus in &longs;e e&longs;t, gyratur &longs;emper motu &longs;implici & uniformi circa axem unicum, inclinatione &longs;emper invariabili datum. Sed nec vis centripeta inclinationem axis, aut rotationis velocitatem mutare pote&longs;t. Si Globus plano quocunque, per centrum &longs;uum & cen­trum in quod vis dirigitur tran&longs;eunte, dividi intelligatur in duo he­mi&longs;phæria; urgebit &longs;emper vis illa utrumque hemi&longs;phærium æqua­liter, & propterea Globum, quoad motum rotationis, nullam in partem inclinabit. Addatur vero alicubi inter polum & æquato­rem materia nova in formam montis cumulata, & hæc, perpetuo conatu recedendi a centro &longs;ui motus, turbabit motum Globi, fa­cietque polos ejus errare per ip&longs;ius &longs;uperficiem, & circulos circum &longs;e punctumque &longs;ibi oppo&longs;itum perpetuo de&longs;cribere. Neque corrige­tur i&longs;ta vagationis enormitas, ni&longs;i locando montem illum vel in polo alterutro, quo in Ca&longs;u (per Corol. 21) Nodi æquatoris progredien­tur; vel in æquatore, qua ratione (per Corol. 20) Nodi regredi­entur; vel denique ex altera axis parte addendo materiam novam, qua mons inter movendum libretur, & hoc pacto Nodi vel pro­gredientur, vel recedent, perinde ut mons & hæcce nova materia &longs;unt vel polo vel æquatori propiores.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXVII. THEOREMA XXVII.

Po&longs;itis ii&longs;dem attractionum legibus, dico quod corpus exteriusS, circa interiorumP, T commune gravitatis centrumC, radiis ad centrum illud ductis, de&longs;cribit areas temporibus magis pro­portionales & Orbem ad formam Ellip&longs;eos umbilicum in centro eodem habentis magis accedentem, quam circa corpus intimum & maximumT, radiis ad ip&longs;um ductis, de&longs;cribere potest.

Nam corporis Sattractiones ver&longs;us T& Pcomponunt ip&longs;ius at­tractionem ab&longs;olutam, quæ magis dirigitur in corporum T& Pcom­mune gravitatis centrum C,quam in corpus maximum T,quæque quadrato di&longs;tantiæ SCmagis e&longs;t proportionalis reciproce, quam quadrato di&longs;tantiæ ST:ut rem perpendenti facile con&longs;tabit.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LXVIII. THEOREMA XXVIII.

Po&longs;itis ii&longs;dem attractionum legibus, dico quod corpus exteriusS, circa interiorumP & T commune gravitatis centrumC, ra­diis ad centrum illud ductis, de&longs;cribit areas temporibus magis proportionales, & Orbem ad formam Ellip&longs;eos umbilicum in centro eodem habentis magis accedentem, &longs;i corpus intimum & maximum his attractionibus perinde atque cætera agitetur, quam &longs;i id vel non attractum quie&longs;cat, vel multo magis aut multo minus attractum aut multo magis aut multo minus agitetur.

Demon&longs;tratur eo­

dem fere modo cum Prop. LXVI, &longs;ed ar­gumento prolixiore, quod ideo prætereo. Suffecerit rem &longs;ic æ&longs;ti­mare. Ex demon&longs;tra­tione Propo&longs;itionis novi&longs;&longs;imæ liquet cen­trum in quod corpus Sconjunctis viribus urgetur, proximum e&longs;&longs;e communi centro gra­vitatis duorum illorum. Si coincideret hoc centrum cum centro illo communi, & quie&longs;ceret commune centrum gravitatis corporum trium; de&longs;criberent corpus Sex una parte, & commune centrum aliorum duorum ex altera parte, circa commune omnium centrum quie&longs;cens, Ellip&longs;es accuratas. Liquet hoc per Corollarium &longs;ecun­dum Propo&longs;itionis LVIII collatum cum demon&longs;tratis in Propo&longs;. LXIV & LXV. Perturbatur i&longs;te motus Ellipticus aliquantulum per di&longs;tantiam centri duorum a centro in quod tertium Sattrahitur. Detur præterea motus communi trium centro, & augebitur per­turbatio. Proinde minima e&longs;t perturbatio ubi commune trium centrum quie&longs;cit, hoc e&longs;t, ubi corpus intimum & maximum Tlege cæterorum attrahitur: fitque major &longs;emper ubi trium commune il­lud centrum, minuendo motum corporis T,moveri incipit & ma­gis deinceps magi&longs;que agitatur.

Corol.Et hinc, &longs;i corpora plura minora revolvantur circa maxi­mum, colligere licet quod Orbitæ de&longs;criptæ propius accedent ad Ellipticas, & arearum de&longs;criptiones fient magis æquabiles, &longs;i cor­pora omnia viribus acceleratricibus, quæ &longs;unt ut eorum vires ab­&longs;olutæ directe & quadrata di&longs;tantiarum inver&longs;e, &longs;e mutuo trahant agitentque, & Orbitæ cuju&longs;que umbilicus collocetur in communi centro gravitatis corporum omnium interiorum (nimirum umbi­licus Orbitæ primæ & intimæ in centro gravitatis corporis maxi­mi & intimi; ille Orbitæ &longs;ecundæ, in communi centro gravi­tatis corporum duorum intimorum; i&longs;te tertiæ, in communi cen­tro gravitatis trium interiorum; & &longs;ic deinceps) quam &longs;i corpus intimum quie&longs;cat & &longs;tatuatur communis umbilicus Orbitarum omnium.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXIX. THEOREMA XXIX.

In Sy&longs;temate corporum pluriumA, B, C, D, &c. &longs;i corpus aliquodA trahit cætera omniaB, C, D, &c. viribus acceler atricibus quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum a trahente; & corpus aliudB trahit etiam cæteraA, C, D, &c. viribus quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum a trahente: erunt Ab­&longs;olutæ corporum trahentiumA, B vires ad invicem, ut &longs;unt ip&longs;a corporaA, B, quorum &longs;unt vires.

Nam attractiones acceleratrices corporum omnium B, C, Dver­&longs;us A,paribus di&longs;tantiis, &longs;ibi invicem æquantur ex Hypothe&longs;i; & &longs;imiliter attractiones acceleratrices corporum omnium ver&longs;us B,paribus di&longs;tantiis, &longs;ibi invicem æquantur. E&longs;t autem ab&longs;oluta vis attractiva corporis Aad vim ab&longs;olutam attractivam corporis B,ut attractio acceleratrix corporum omnium ver&longs;us Aad attractionem acceleratricem corporum omnium ver&longs;us B,paribus di&longs;tantiis; & ita e&longs;t attractio acceleratrix corporis Bver&longs;us A,ad attractionem acceleratricem corporis Aver&longs;us B.Sed attractio acceleratrix cor­poris Bver&longs;us Ae&longs;t ad attractionem acceleratricem corporis Aver&longs;us B,ut ma&longs;&longs;a corporis Aad ma&longs;&longs;am corporis B; propterea quod vires motrices, quæ (per Definitionem &longs;ecundam, &longs;epti­mam & octavam) ex viribus acceleratricibus in corpora attracta ductis oriuntur, &longs;unt (per motus Legem tertiam) &longs;ibi invicem æqua-les. Ergo ab&longs;oluta vis attractiva corporis Ae&longs;t ad ab&longs;olutam vim attractivam corporis B,ut ma&longs;&longs;a corporis Aad ma&longs;&longs;am corpo­ris B. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i &longs;ingula Sy&longs;tematis corpora A, B, C, D,&c. &longs;eor&longs;im &longs;pectata trahant cætera omnia viribus acceleratricibus quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum a trahente; erunt corpo­rum illorum omnium vires ab&longs;olutæ ad invicem ut &longs;unt ip&longs;a cor­pora.

Corol.2. Eodem argumento, &longs;i &longs;ingula Sy&longs;tematis corpora A, B, C, D,&c. &longs;eor&longs;im &longs;pectata trahant cætera omnia viribus acceleratricibus quæ &longs;unt vel reciproce vel directe in ratione dig­nitatis cuju&longs;cunQ.E.D.&longs;tantiarum a trahente, quæve &longs;ecundum Le­gem quamcunque communem ex di&longs;tantiis ab unoquoque trahente definiuntur; con&longs;tat quod corporum illorum vires ab&longs;olutæ &longs;unt ut corpora.

Corol.3. In Sy&longs;temate corporum, quorum vires decre&longs;cunt in ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiarum, &longs;i minora circa maximum in Ellip&longs;i­bus umbilicum communem in maximi illius centro habentibus quam fieri pote&longs;t accurati&longs;&longs;imis revolvantur, & radiis ad maximum illud ductis de&longs;cribant areas temporibus quam maxime proportionales: erunt corporum illorum vires ab&longs;olutæ ad invicem, aut accurate aut quamproxime in ratione corporum; & contra. Patet per Corol. Prop. LXVIII collatum cum hujus Corol. 1.

Scholium.

His Propo&longs;itionibus manuducimur ad analogiam inter vires cen­tripetas & corpora centralia, ad quæ vires illæ dirigi &longs;olent. Ra­tioni enim con&longs;entaneum e&longs;t, ut vires quæ ad corpora diriguntur pendeant ab eorundem natura & quantitate, ut fit in Magneticis. Et quoties huju&longs;modi ca&longs;us incidunt, æ&longs;timandæ erunt corporum attractiones, a&longs;&longs;ignando &longs;ingulis eorum particulis vires proprias, & colligendo &longs;ummas virium. Vocem Attractionis hic generaliter u&longs;urpo pro corporum conatu quocunque accedendi ad invicem; &longs;ive conatus i&longs;te fiat ab actione corporum, vel &longs;e mutuo petentium, vel per Spiritus emi&longs;&longs;os &longs;e invicem agitantium, &longs;ive is ab actione Ætheris, aut Aeris, Mediive cuju&longs;cunque &longs;eu corporei &longs;eu incorpo­rei oriatur corpora innatantia in &longs;e invicem utcunQ.E.I.pellentis. Eodem &longs;en&longs;u generali u&longs;urpo vocem Impul&longs;us, non &longs;pecies virium & qualitates Phy&longs;icas, &longs;ed quantitates & proportiones Mathema­ticas in hoc Tractatu expendens, ut in Definitionibus explicui. In Mathe&longs;i inve&longs;tigandæ &longs;unt virium quantitates & rationes illæ, quæ ex conditionibus quibu&longs;cunque po&longs;itis con&longs;equentur: deinde, ubi in Phy&longs;icam de&longs;cenditur, conferendæ &longs;unt hæ rationes cum Phæ­nomenis, ut innote&longs;cat quænam virium conditiones &longs;ingulis cor­porum attractivorum generibus competant. Et tum demum de vi­rium &longs;peciebus, cau&longs;is & rationibus Phy&longs;icis tutius di&longs;putare lice­bit. Videamus igitur quibus viribus corpora Sphærica, ex particu­lis modo jam expo&longs;ito attractivis con&longs;tantia, debeant in &longs;e mutuoagere, & quales motus inde con&longs;equantur.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO XII.

De Corporum Sphæriccrum Viribus attractivis.

PROPOSITIO LXX. THEOREMA XXX.

Si ad Sphæricæ &longs;uperficiei puncta &longs;ingula tendant vires æquales cen­tripetæ decre&longs;centes in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a punctis: dico quod corpu&longs;culum intra &longs;uperficiem con&longs;titutum his viri­bus nullam in partem attrahitur.

Sit HIKL&longs;uperficies illa Sphæri­

ca, & Pcorpu&longs;culum intus con&longs;titu­tum. Per Pagantur ad hanc &longs;uper­ficiem lineæ duæ HK, IL,arcus quam minimos HI, KLintercipi­entes; &, ob triangula HPI, LPK(per Corol. 3. Lem. VII) &longs;imilia, arcus illi erunt di&longs;tantiis HP, LPpro­portionales; & &longs;uperficiei Sphæricæ particulæ quævis ad HI& KL,rec­tis per punctum Ptran&longs;euntibus un­dique terminatæ, erunt in duplicata illa ratione. Ergo vires harum particularum in corpus Pexercitæ &longs;unt inter &longs;e æquales. Sunt enim ut particulæ directe & quadrata di&longs;tantiarum inver&longs;e. Et hæ duæ rationes componunt rationem æqualitatis. Attractiones igitur, in contrarias partes æqualiter fac­tæ, &longs;e mutuo de&longs;truunt. Et &longs;imili argumento, attractiones omnes per totam Sphæricam &longs;uperficiem a contrariis attractionibus de­&longs;truuntur. Proinde corpus Pnullam in partem his attractionibus impellitur. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LXXI. THEOREMA XXXI.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, dico quod corpu&longs;culum extra Sphæricam &longs;uperficiem con&longs;titutum attrahitur ad centrum Sphæræ, vi reciproce propor­tionali quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ ab eodem centro.

Sint AHKB, ahkbæquales duæ &longs;uperficies Sphæricæ, centris S, s,diametris AB, abde&longs;criptæ, & P, pcorpu&longs;cula &longs;ita extrin­&longs;ecus in diametris illis productis. Agantur a corpu&longs;culis lineæ

PHK, PIL, phk, pil,auferentes a circulis maximis AHB, ahb,æquales arcus HK, hk& IL, il:Et ad eas de­mittantur perpendicula SD, sd; SE, se; IR, ir;quorum SD, sd&longs;ecent PL, plin F& f:Demittantur etiam ad diame­tros perpendicula IQ, iqueEvane&longs;cant anguli DPE, dpe:& (ob æquales DS& ds, ES& es,) lineæ PE, PF& pe, pf& lineolæ DF, dfpro æqualibus habeantur; quippe quarum ra­tio ultima, angulis illis DPE, dpe&longs;imul evane&longs;centibus, e&longs;t æ­qualitatis. His itaque con&longs;titutis, erit PIad PFut RIad DF,& pfad piut dfvel DFad ri; & ex æquo PIXpfad PFXpiut RIad ri,hoc e&longs;t (per Corol. 3. Lem. VII,) ut arcus IHad arcum ih.Rur&longs;us PIad PSut IQad SE,& psand piut sevel SEad ique& ex æquo PIXpsad PSXpiut IQad iqueET conjunctis rationibus PI quad.XpfXpsad pi quad.XPFXPS,ut IHXIQad ihXiquehoc e&longs;t, ut &longs;uperficies circularis, quam arcus IHconvolutione &longs;emicirculi AKBcirca diametrum ABde&longs;cribet, ad &longs;uperficiem circularem, quam arcus ihconvolutione &longs;emicirculi akbcirca diametrum abde&longs;cribet. Et vires, quibus hæ &longs;uperficies &longs;ecundum lineas ad &longs;e tendentes attrahunt corpu&longs;cu­la P& p,&longs;unt (per Hypothe&longs;in) ut ip&longs;æ &longs;uperficies applicatæ ad quadrata di&longs;tantiarum &longs;uarum a corporibus, hoc e&longs;t, ut pfXpsad PFXPS.Suntque hæ vires ad ip&longs;arum partes obliquas quæ (facta per Legum Corol. 2. re&longs;olutione virium) &longs;ecundum lineas PS, psad centra tendunt, ut PIad PQ,& piad pqueid e&longs;t (ob &longs;imilia triangula PIQ& PSF, piq& psf) ut PSad PF& psad pf.Unde, ex æquo, fit attractio corpu&longs;culi hujus Pver&longs;us Sad attractionem corpu&longs;culi pver&longs;us s,ut (PFXpfXps/PS) ad (pfXPFXPS/ps), hoc e&longs;t, ut ps quad.ad PS quad.Et &longs;imili argu­mento vires, quibus &longs;uperficies convolutione arcuum KL, klde­&longs;criptæ trahunt corpu&longs;cula, erunt ut ps quad.ad PS quad.; inque eadem ratione erunt vires &longs;uperficierum omnium circularium in quas utraque &longs;uperficies Sphærica, capiendo &longs;emper sdæqualem SD& seæqualem SE,di&longs;tingui pote&longs;t. Et, per compo&longs;itionem, vires totarum &longs;uperficierum Sphæricarum in corpu&longs;cula exercitæ erunt in eadem ratione. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXII. THEOREMA XXXII.

Si ad Sphæræ cuju&longs;vis puncta &longs;ingula tendant vires æquales cen­tripetæ decre&longs;centes in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a punctis, ac detur tum Sphæræ den&longs;itas, tum ratio diametri Sphæræ ad di&longs;tantiam corpu&longs;culi a centro ejus; dico quod vis qua corpu&longs;­culum attrahitur proportionalis erit &longs;emidiametro Sphæræ.

Nam concipe corpu&longs;cula duo &longs;eor&longs;im a Sphæris duabus attrahi, unum ab una & alterum ab altera, & di&longs;tantias eorum a Sphæra­rum centris proportionales e&longs;&longs;e diametris Sphærarum re&longs;pective, Sphæras autem re&longs;olvi in particulas &longs;imiles & &longs;imiliter po&longs;itas ad corpu&longs;cula. Et attractiones corpu&longs;culi unius, factæ ver&longs;us &longs;ingulas particulas Sphæræ unius, erunt ad attractiones alterius ver&longs;us ana­logas totidem particulas Sphæræ alterius, in ratione compo&longs;ita ex ratione particularum directe & ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiarum in-ver&longs;e. Sed particulæ &longs;unt ut Sphæræ, hoc e&longs;t, in ratione triplicata diametrorum, & di&longs;tantiæ &longs;unt ut diametri, & ratio prior directe una cum ratione po&longs;teriore bis inver&longs;e e&longs;t ratio diametri ad diame­trum. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i corpu&longs;cula in Circulis, circa Sphæras ex materia æqualiter attractiva con&longs;tantes, revolvantur; &longs;intQ.E.D.&longs;tantiæ a cen­tris Sphærarum proportionales earundem diametris: Tempora peri­odica erunt æqualia.

Corol.2. Et vice ver&longs;a, &longs;i Tempora periodica &longs;unt æqualia; di&longs;tantiæ erunt proportionales diametris. Con&longs;tant hæc duo per Corol. 3. Prop. IV.

Corol.3. Si ad Solidorum durorum quorumvis &longs;imilium & æquali­ter den&longs;orum puncta &longs;ingula tendant vires æquales centripetæ de­cre&longs;centes in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a punctis: vires qui­bus corpu&longs;cula, ad Solida illa duo &longs;imiliter &longs;ita, attrahentur ab ii&longs;­dem, erunt ad invicem ut diametri Solidorum.

PROPOSITIO LXXIII. THEOREMA XXXIII.

Si ad Sphæræ alicujus datæ puncta &longs;ingula tendant æquales vires centripetæ decre&longs;centes in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a pun­ctis: dico quod corpu&longs;culum intra Sphæram con&longs;titutum attra­bitur vi proportionali di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ ab ip&longs;ius centro.

In Sphæra ABCD,centro Sde&longs;cripta,

locetur corpu&longs;culum P; & centro eodem S,intervallo SP,concipe Sphæram interiorem PEQFde&longs;cribi. Manife&longs;tum e&longs;t, per Prop. LXX, quod Sphæricæ &longs;uperficies concentri­cæ ex quibus Sphærarum differentia AEBFcomponitur, attractionibus per attractiones contrarias de&longs;tructis, nil agunt in corpus P.Re&longs;tat &longs;ola attractio Sphæræ interioris PEQF.Et per Prop. LXXII, hæc e&longs;t ut di&longs;tantia PS. que E. D.

Scholium.

Superficies ex quibus &longs;olida componuntur, hic non &longs;unt pure Mathematicæ, &longs;ed Orbes adeo tenues ut eorum cra&longs;&longs;itudo in&longs;tar nihili &longs;it; nimirum Orbes evane&longs;centes ex quibus Sphæra ultimo con&longs;tat, ubi Orbium illorum numerus augetur & cra&longs;&longs;itudo minui­tur in infinitum. Similiter per Puncta, ex quibus lineæ, &longs;uperficies & &longs;olida componi dicuntur, intelligendæ &longs;unt particulæ æquales magnitudinis contemnendæ.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXIV. THEOREMA XXXIV.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, dico quod corpu&longs;culum extra Sphæram con&longs;titutum attrabitur vi reciproce proportionali quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ ab ip&longs;ius centro.

Nam di&longs;tinguatur Sphæra in &longs;uperficies Sphæricas innumeras concentricas, & attractiones corpu&longs;culi a &longs;ingulis &longs;uperficiebus oriundæ erunt reciproce proportionales quadrato di&longs;tantiæ cor­pu&longs;culi a centro, per Prop. LXXI. Et componendo, fiet &longs;um­ma attractionum, hoc e&longs;t attractio corpu&longs;culi in Sphæram totam, in eadem ratione. que E. D.

Corol.1. Hinc in æqualibus di&longs;tantiis a centris homogenearum Sphærarum, attractiones &longs;unt ut Sphæræ. Nam per Prop. LXXII, &longs;i di&longs;tantiæ &longs;unt proportionales diametris Sphærarum, vires erunt ut diametri. Minuatur di&longs;tantia major in illa ratione; &, di&longs;tan­tiis jam factis æqualibus, augebitur attractio in duplicata illa ratio­ne, adeoque erit ad attractionem alteram in triplicata illa ratione, hoc e&longs;t, in ratione Sphærarum.

Corol.2. In di&longs;tantiis quibu&longs;vis attractiones &longs;unt ut Sphæræ ap­plicatæ ad quadrata di&longs;tantiarum.

Corol.3. Si corpu&longs;culum, extra Sphæram homogeneam po&longs;itum, trahitur vi reciproce proportionali quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ ab ip&longs;ius centro, con&longs;tet autem Sphæra ex particulis attractivis; decre&longs;cet vis particulæ cuju&longs;Q.E.I. duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ a particula.

PROPOSITIO LXXV. THEOREMA XXXV.

Si ad Sphæræ datæ puncta &longs;ingula tendant vires æquales centripe­tæ, decre&longs;centes in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a punctis; dico quod Sphæra quævis alia &longs;imilaris ab eadem attrahitur vi reci­proce proportionali quadrato di&longs;tantiæ centrorum.

Nam particulæ cuju&longs;vis attractio e&longs;t reciproce ut quadratum di­&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ a centro Sphæræ trahentis, (per Prop. LXXIV) & prop-terea eadem e&longs;t ac &longs;i vis tota attrahens manaret de corpu&longs;culo uNI­co &longs;ito in centro hujus Sphæræ. Hæc autem attractio tanta e&longs;t quanta foret vici&longs;&longs;im attractio corpu&longs;culi eju&longs;dem, &longs;i modo illud a &longs;ingulis Sphæræ attractæ particulis eadem vi traheretur qua ip&longs;as attrahit. Foret autem illa corpu&longs;culi attractio (per Prop. LXXIV) reciproce proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tantiæ &longs;uæ a centro Sphæ­ræ; adeoque huic æqualis attractio Sphæræ e&longs;t in eadem ratio­ne. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Attractiones Sphærarum, ver&longs;us alias Sphæras homoge­neas, &longs;unt ut Sphæræ trahentes applicatæ ad quadrata di&longs;tantiarum centrorum &longs;uorum a centris earum quas attrahunt.

Corol.2. Idem valet ubi Sphæra attracta etiam attrahit. Nam­que hujus puncta &longs;ingula trahent &longs;ingula alterius, eadem vi qua ab ip&longs;is vici&longs;&longs;im trahuntur, adeoque cum in omni attractione urgea­tur (per Legem III) tam punctum attrahens, quam punctum at­tractum, geminabitur vis attractionis mutuæ, con&longs;ervatis propor­tionibus.

Corol.3. Eadem omnia, quæ &longs;uperius de motu corporum circa umbilicum Conicarum Sectionum demon&longs;trata &longs;unt, obtinent ubi Sphæra attrahens locatur in umbilico & corpora moventur extra Sphæram.

Corol.4. Ea vero quæ de motu corporum circa centrum Co­nicarum Sectionum demon&longs;trantur, obtinent ubi motus peraguntur intra Sphæram.

PROPOSITIO LXXVI. THEOREMA XXXVI.

Si Sphæræ in progre&longs;&longs;u a centro ad circumferentiam (quoad mate­riæ den&longs;itatem & vim attractivam) utcunQ.E.D.&longs;&longs;imilares, in progre&longs;&longs;u vero per circuitum ad datam omnem a centro di&longs;tan­tiam &longs;unt undique &longs;imilares, & vis attractiva puncti cuju&longs;que decre&longs;cit in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ corporis attracti: dico quod vis tota qua huju&longs;modi Sphæra una attrahit aliam &longs;it reci­proce proportionalis quadrato di&longs;tantiæ centrorum.

Sunto Sphæræ quotcunque concentricæ &longs;imilares AB, CD, EF,&c. quarum interiores additæ exterioribus componant materiam den&longs;iorem ver&longs;us centrum, vel &longs;ubductæ relinquant tenuiorem; & hæ (per Prop. LXXV) trahent Sphæras alias quotcunque concentri­cas &longs;imilares GH, IK, LM,&c. &longs;ingulæ &longs;ingulas, viribus reci­proce proportionalibus quadrato di&longs;tantiæ SP.Et componendo vel dividendo, &longs;umma virium illarum omnium, vel exce&longs;&longs;us ali­quarum &longs;upra alias, hoc e&longs;t, vis quas Sphæra tota ex concen­tricis quibu&longs;cunque vel concentricarum differentiis compo&longs;ita AB,trahit totam ex concentricis quibu&longs;cunque vel concentricarum dif­ferentiis compo&longs;itam GH,erit in eadem ratione. Augeatur nu­merus Sphærarum concentricarum in infinitum &longs;ic, ut materiæ den­&longs;itas una cum vi attractiva, in progre&longs;&longs;u a circumferentia ad cen­trum, &longs;ecundum Legem quamcunque cre&longs;cat vel decre&longs;cat: &, ad­

dita materia non attractiva, compleatur ubivis den&longs;itas deficiens, eo ut Sphæræ acquirant formam quamvis optatam; & vis qua harum una attrahet alteram erit etiamnum (per argumentum &longs;uperius) in eadem illa di&longs;tantiæ quadratæ ratione inver&longs;a. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i eju&longs;modi Sphæræ complures, &longs;ibi invicem per omnia &longs;imiles, &longs;e mutuo trahant; attractiones acceleratrices &longs;ingula­rum in &longs;ingulas erunt, in æqualibus quibu&longs;vis centrorum di&longs;tantiis, ut Sphæræ attrahentes.

Corol.2. InQ.E.D.&longs;tantiis quibu&longs;vis inæqualibus, ut Sphæræ attra­hentes applicatæ ad quadrata di&longs;tantiarum inter centra.

Corol.3. Attractiones vero motrices, &longs;eu pondera Sphærarum in Sphæras erunt, in æqualibus centrorum di&longs;tantiis, ut Sphæræ attra­hentes & attractæ conjunctim, id e&longs;t, ut contenta &longs;ub Sphæris per multiplicationem producta.

Corol.4. InQ.E.D.&longs;tantiis inæqualibus, ut contenta illa applicata ad quadrata di&longs;tantiarum inter centra.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.5. Eadem valent ubi attractio oritur a Sphæræ utriu&longs;que virtute attractiva, mutuo exercita in Sphæram alteram. Nam viri­bus ambabus geminatur attractio, proportione &longs;ervata.

Corol.6. Si huju&longs;modi Sphæræ aliquæ circa alias quie&longs;centes re­volvantur, &longs;ingulæ circa &longs;ingulas, &longs;intQ.E.D.&longs;tantiæ inter centra re­volventium & quie&longs;centium proportionales quie&longs;centium diame­tris; æqualia erunt Tempora periodica.

Corol.7. Et vici&longs;&longs;im, &longs;i Tempora periodica &longs;unt æqualia; di&longs;tan­tiæ erunt proportionales diametris.

Corol.8. Eadem omnia, quæ &longs;uperius de motu corporum circa umbilicos Conicarum Sectionum demon&longs;trata &longs;unt, obtinent ubi Sphæra attrahens, formæ & conditionis cuju&longs;vis jam de&longs;criptæ, lo­catur in umbilico.

Corol.9. Ut & ubi gyrantia &longs;unt etiam Sphæræ attrahentes, con­ditionis cuju&longs;vis jam de&longs;criptæ.

PROPOSITIO LXXVII. THEOREMA XXXVII.

Si ad &longs;ingula Sphærarum puncta tendant vires centripetæ, proper­tionales di&longs;tantiis punctorum a corporibus attractis: dico quod vis compo&longs;ita, qua Sphæræ duæ &longs;e mutuo trahent, est ut di­&longs;tantia inter centra Sphærarum.

Cas.1. Sit AEBFSphæra, S

centrum ejus, Pcorpu&longs;culum at­tractum, PASBaxis Sphæræ per centrum corpu&longs;culi tran&longs;iens, EF, efplana duo quibus Sphæra &longs;e­catur, huic axi perpendicularia & hinc inde æqualiter di&longs;tantia a centro Sphæræ; G, ginter&longs;ectio­nes planorum & axis, & Hpun­ctum quodvis in plano EF.Pun­cti Hvis centripeta in corpu&longs;culum P,&longs;ecundum lineam PHexer­cita, e&longs;t ut di&longs;tantia PH; & (per Legum Corol. 2.) &longs;ecundum li­neam PG,&longs;eu ver&longs;us centrum S,ut longitudo PG.Igitur pun­ctorum omnium in plano EF,hoc e&longs;t plani totius vis, qua corpu&longs;­culum Ptrahitur ver&longs;us centrum S,e&longs;t ut numerus punctorum ductus in di&longs;tantiam PG:id e&longs;t, ut contentum &longs;ub plano ip&longs;o EF& di&longs;tantia illa PG.Et &longs;imiliter vis plani ef,qua corpu&longs;culum Ptrahitur ver&longs;us centrum S,e&longs;t ut planum illud ductum in di&longs;tantiam

&longs;uam Pg,&longs;ive ut huic æquale planum EFductum in di&longs;tantiam illam Pg; & &longs;umma virium plani utriu&longs;que ut planum EFduc­tum in &longs;ummam di&longs;tantiarum PG+Pg,id e&longs;t, ut planum illud ductum in duplam centri & corpu&longs;culi di&longs;tantiam PS,hoc e&longs;t, ut duplum planum EFductum in di&longs;tantiam PS,vel ut &longs;umma æ­qualium planorum EF+efducta in di&longs;tantiam eandem. Et &longs;i­mili argumento, vires omnium planorum in Sphæra tota, hinc in­de æqualiter a centro Sphæræ di&longs;tantium, &longs;unt ut &longs;umma planorum ducta in di&longs;tantiam PS,hoc e&longs;t, ut Sphæra tota ducta in di&longs;tan­tiam centri &longs;ui Sa corpu&longs;culo P. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Cas.2. Trahat jam corpu&longs;culum PSphæram AEBF.Et eo­dem argumento probabitur quod vis, qua Sphæra illa trahitur, erit: ut di&longs;tantia PS. que E. D.

Cas.3. Componatur jam Sphæra altera ex corpu&longs;culis innume­ris P; & quoniam vis; qua corpu&longs;culum unumquodque trahitur, e&longs;t ut di&longs;tantia corpu&longs;culi a centro Sphæræ primæ ducta in Sphæ­ram eandem, atque adeo eadem e&longs;t ac &longs;i prodiret tota de corpu&longs;­culo unico in centro Sphæræ; vis tota qua corpu&longs;cula omnia in Sphæra &longs;ecunda trahuntur, hoc e&longs;t, qua Sphæra illa tota trahitur, eadem erit ac &longs;i Sphæra illa traheretur vi prodeunte de corpu&longs;culo unico in centro Sphæræ primæ, & propterea proportionalis e&longs;t di­&longs;tantiæ inter centra Sphærarum. que E. D.

Cas.4. Trahant Sphæræ &longs;e mutuo, & vis geminata proportio­nem priorem &longs;ervabit. que E. D.

Cas.5. Locetur jam corpu&longs;culum pintra Sphæram AEBF; & quoniam vis plani efin corpu&longs;culum e&longs;t ut contentum &longs;ub plano illo & di&longs;tantia pg; & vis contraria plani EFut contentum &longs;ub plano illo & di&longs;tantia pG; erit vis ex utraque compo&longs;ita ut diffe­rentia contentorum, hoc e&longs;t, ut &longs;umma æqualium planorum ducta in &longs;emi&longs;&longs;em differentiæ di&longs;tantiarum, id e&longs;t, ut &longs;umma illa ducta in pSdi&longs;tantiam corpu&longs;culi a centro Sphæræ. Et &longs;imili argumento, attractio planorum omnium EF, efin Sphæra tota, hoc e&longs;t, at­tractio Sphæræ totius, e&longs;t ut &longs;umma planorum omnium, &longs;eu Sphæra tota, ducta in pSdi&longs;tantiam corpu&longs;culi a centro Sphæræ. que E. D.

Cas.6. Et &longs;i ex corpu&longs;culis innumeris pcomponatur Sphæra nova, intra Sphæram priorem AEBF&longs;ita; probabitur ut prius quod attractio, &longs;ive &longs;implex Sphæræ unius in alteram, &longs;ive mutua utriu&longs;Q.E.I. &longs;e invicem, erit ut di&longs;tantia centrorum pS. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LXXVIII. THEOREMA XXXVIII.

Si Sphæræ in progre&longs;&longs;u a centro ad circumferentiam &longs;int utcunque di&longs;&longs;imilares & inæquabiles, in progre&longs;&longs;u vero per circuitum ad datam omnem a centro di&longs;tantiam &longs;int undique &longs;imilares; & vis attractiva puncti cuju&longs;que &longs;it ut di&longs;tantia corporis attracti: dico quod vis tota qua huju&longs;modi Sphæræ duæ &longs;e mutuo trahunt &longs;it proportionalis di&longs;tantiæ inter centra Sphærarum.

Demon&longs;tratur ex Propo&longs;itione præcedente, eodem modo quo Propo&longs;itio LXXVI ex Propo&longs;itione LXXV demon&longs;trata fuit.

Corol.Quæ &longs;uperius in Propo&longs;itionibus X & LXIV de motu corporum circa centra Conicarum Sectionum demon&longs;trata &longs;unt, valent ubi attractiones omnes fiunt vi Corporum Sphærieorum conditionis jam de&longs;criptæ, &longs;untque corpora attracta Sphæræ con­ditionis eju&longs;dem.

Scholium.

Attractionum Ca&longs;us duos in&longs;igniores jam dedi expo&longs;itos; nimi­rum ubi Vires centripetæ decre&longs;cunt in duplicata di&longs;tantiarum ra­tione, vel cre&longs;cunt in di&longs;tantiarum ratione &longs;implici; efficientes in utroque Ca&longs;u ut corpora gyrentur in Conicis Sectionibus, & componentes corporum Sphærieorum Vires centripetas eadem Lege, in rece&longs;&longs;u a centro, decre&longs;centes vel cre&longs;centes cum &longs;eip&longs;is: Quod e&longs;t notatu dignum. Ca&longs;us cæteros, qui conclu&longs;iones minus ele­gantes exhibent, &longs;igillatim percurrere longum e&longs;&longs;et. Malim cunctos methodo generali &longs;imul comprehendere ac determinare, ut &longs;equitur.

LEMMA XXIX.

Si de&longs;cribantur centroS circulus quilibetAEB, & centroP cir­culi duoEF, ef, &longs;ecantes priorem inE, e, lineamquePS inF, f; & adPS demittantur perpendiculaED, ed: dico quod, fi di&longs;tantia arcuumEF, ef in infinitum minui intelligatur, ra­tio ultima lineæ evane&longs;centisDd ad lineam evane&longs;centemFf ea &longs;it, quæ lineæPE ad lineamPS.

Nam &longs;i linea Pe&longs;ecet arcum EFin q; & recta Ee,quæ cum arcu evane&longs;cente Eecoincidit, producta occurrat rectæ PSin T; & ab Sdemittatur in PEnormalis SG:ob &longs;imilia triangula DTE, dTe, DES; erit Ddad Ee,ut DTad TE,&longs;eu DEad

ES; & ob triangula Eeq, ESG(per Lem. VIII, & Corol. 3. Lem. VII) &longs;imilia, erit Eead eq&longs;eu Ff,ut ESad SG; & ex æquo, Ddad Ffut DEad SG; hoc e&longs;t (ob &longs;imilia triangula PDE, PGS) ut PEad PS. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXIX. THEOREMA XXXIX.

Si &longs;uperficies ob latitudinem infinite diminutam jamjam evane&longs;censEF fe, convolutione &longs;ui circa axemPS, de&longs;cribat &longs;olidum Sphæricum concavo convexum, ad cujus particulas &longs;ingulas æqua­les tendant æquales vires centripetæ: dico quod Vis, qua &longs;oli­dum illud trahit corpu&longs;culum &longs;itum inP, est in ratione compo­ta ex ratione &longs;olidiDEqXFf & ratione vis qua particula data in locoFf traheret idem corpu&longs;culum.

Nam &longs;i primo con&longs;ideremus vim &longs;uperficiei Sphæricæ FE,quæ convolutione arcus FEgeneratur, & a linea deubivis &longs;ecatur in r; erit &longs;uperficiei pars annularis, convolutione arcus rEgenita, ut lineola Dd,manente Sphæræ radio PE,(uti demon&longs;travit Ar­chimedesin Lib. de Sphæra& Cylindro.) Et hujus vis &longs;ecundum li­neas PEvel PrundiQ.E.I. &longs;uperficie conica &longs;itas exercita, ut hæc ip&longs;a &longs;uperficiei pars annularis; hoc e&longs;t, ut lineola Ddvel, quod perinde e&longs;t, ut rectangulum &longs;ub dato Sphæræ radio PE& lineola illa Dd:at &longs;ecundum lineam PSad centrum Stendentem minor, in ratione PDad PE,adeoque ut PDXDd.Dividi jam intelligatur linea DFin particulas innumeras æquales, quæ &longs;ingulæ nominentur Dd; & &longs;uperficies FEdividetur in totidem æquales annulos, quorum vires erunt ut &longs;umma omnium PDXDd,hoc e&longs;t, ut 1/2 PFq-1/2PDq,adeoque ut DE quad.Ducatur

jam &longs;uperficies FEin altitudinem Ef; & fiet &longs;olidi EFfevis ex­ercita in corpu&longs;culum Put DEqXFf:puta &longs;i detur vis quam particula aliqua data Ffin di&longs;tantia PFexercet in corpu&longs;culum P.At &longs;i vis illa non detur, fiet vis &longs;olidi EFfeut &longs;olidum DEqXFf& vis illa non data conjunctim. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LXXX. THEOREMA XL.

Si ad Sphæræ alicujusABE, centroS de&longs;criptæ, particulas &longs;ingu­las æquales tendant æquales vires centripetæ, & ad Sphæræ axemAB, in quo corpu&longs;culum aliquodP locatur, erigantur de punctis &longs;ingulisD perpendiculaDE, Sphæræ occurrentia inE, & in ip&longs;is capiantur longitudinesDN, quæ &longs;int ut quantitas(DEqXPS/PE) & vis quam Sphæræ particula &longs;ita in axe ad di­&longs;tantiamPE exercet in corpu&longs;culumP conjunctim: dico quod Vis tota, qua corpu&longs;culumP trahitur ver&longs;us Sphæram, est ut area comprehen&longs;a &longs;ub axe SphæræAB & linea curvaANB, quam punctumN perpetuo tangit.

Etenim &longs;tantibus quæ in Lemmate & Theoremate novi&longs;&longs;imo con&longs;tructa &longs;unt, concipe axem Sphæræ ABdividi in particulas innumeras æquales Dd,& Sphæram totam dividi in totidem laminas Sphæricas concavo-convexas EFfe; & erigatur perpen­diculum dn.Per Theorema &longs;uperius, vis qua lamina EFfetrahit corpu&longs;culum Pe&longs;t ut DEqXFf& vis particulæ unius ad di&longs;tantiam PEvel PFexercita conjunctim. E&longs;t autem per Lem­ma novi&longs;&longs;imum, Ddad Ffut PEad PS,& inde Ffæqualis (PSXDd/PE); & DEqXFfæquale Ddin (DEqXPS/PE), & propter­ea vis laminæ EFfee&longs;t ut Ddin (DEqXPS/PE) & vis particulæ ad di&longs;tantiam PFexercita conjunctim, hoc e&longs;t (ex Hypothe&longs;i) ut DNXDd,&longs;eu area evane&longs;cens DNnd.Sunt igitur laminarum omnium vires in corpus Pexercitæ, ut areæ omnes DNnd,hoc e&longs;t, Sphæræ vis tota ut area tota ABNA. Q.E.D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i vis centripeta, ad particulas &longs;ingulas tendens, eadem &longs;emper maneat in omnibus di&longs;tantiis, & fiat DNut (DEqXPS/PE): erit vis tota qua corpu&longs;culum a Sphæra attrahitur, ut area ABNA.

Corol.2. Si particularum vis centripeta &longs;it reciproce ut di&longs;tantia corpu&longs;culi a &longs;e attracti, & fiat DNut (DEqXPS/PEq): erit vis qua corpu&longs;culum Pa Sphæra tota attrahitur ut area ABNA.

Corol.3. Si particularum vis centripeta &longs;it reciproce ut cubus di­&longs;tantiæ corpu&longs;culi a &longs;e attracti, & fiat DNut (DEqXPS/PEqq): erit vis qua corpu&longs;culum a tota Sphæra attrahitur ut area ABNA.

Corol.4. Et univer&longs;aliter &longs;i vis centripeta ad &longs;ingulas Sphæræ particulas tendens ponatur e&longs;&longs;e reciproce ut quantitas V, fiat au­tem DNut (DEqXPS/PEXV); erit vis qua corpu&longs;culum a Sphæra tota attrahitur ut area ABNA.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO LXXXI. PROBLEMA XLI.

Stantibus jam po&longs;itis, men&longs;uranda est AreaABNA.

A puncto Pducatur recta PHSphæram tangens in H,& ad axem PABdemi&longs;&longs;a normali HI,bi&longs;ecetur PIin L;& erit (per Prop. 12, Lib. 2. Elem.) PEqæquale PSq + SEq+ 2PSD.E&longs;t autem SEq&longs;eu SHq(ob &longs;imilitudinem triangu­lorum SPH, SHI) æquale rectangulo PSI.Ergo PEqæquale e&longs;t contento &longs;ub PS& PS+SI+2SD,hoc e&longs;t, &longs;ub PS& 2LS+2SD,id e&longs;t, &longs;ub PS& 2LD.Porro DE quadæquale e&longs;t SEq-SDq,&longs;eu SEq -LSq+2SLD-LDq,id e&longs;t, 2SLD-LDq-ALB.Nam LSq-SEq&longs;eu LSq-SAq

(per Prop. 6, Lib. 2. Elem.) æquatur rectangulo ALB.Scriba­tur itaque 2SLD -LDq -ALBpro DEq; & quantitas (DEqXPS/PEXV), quæ &longs;ecundum Corollarium quartum Propo&longs;itionis præcedentis e&longs;t ut longitudo ordinatim applicatæ DN,re&longs;olvet &longs;e&longs;e in tres partes (2SLDXPS/PEXV)-(LDqXPS/PEXV)-(ALBXPS/PEXV): ubi &longs;i pro V &longs;cribatur ratio inver&longs;a vis centripetæ, & pro PEme­dium proportionale inter PS& 2LD; tres illæ partes evadent ordinatim applicatæ linearum totidem curvarum, quarum areæ per Methodos vulgatas innote&longs;cunt. que E. F.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Exempl.1. Si vis centripeta ad &longs;ingulas Sphæræ particulas ten­dens &longs;it reciproce ut di&longs;tantia; pro V &longs;cribe di&longs;tantiam PE; dein 2PSXLDpro PEq,& fiet DNut SL-1/2LD-(ALB/2LD).Pone DNæqualem duplo ejus 2SL-LD-(ALB/LD): & ordinatæ pars data 2SLducta in longitudinem ABde&longs;cribet aream rectan­gulam 2SLXAB; & pars indefinita LDducta normaliter in eandem longitudinem per motum continuum, ea lege ut inter mo­vendum cre&longs;cendo vel decre&longs;cendo æquetur &longs;emper longitudini LD,de&longs;cribet aream (LBq-LAq/2), id e&longs;t, aream SLXAB; quæ &longs;ubducta de area priore 2SLXABrelinquit aream SLXAB.Pars autem tertia (ALB/LD) ducta itidem per motum localem norma­liter in eandem longitudinem, de&longs;cribet

aream Hyperbolicam; quæ &longs;ubducta de area SLXABrelinquet aream quæ&longs;itam ABNA.Unde talis emergit Proble­matis con&longs;tructio. Ad puncta L, A, Berige perpendicula Ll, Aa, Bb,quorum Aaip&longs;i LB,& Bbip&longs;i LAæquetur. A&longs;ymptotis Ll, LB,per puncta a, bde­&longs;cribatur Hyperbola ab.Et acta chor­da baclaudet aream abaareæ quæ&longs;itæ ABNAæqualem.

Exempl.2. Si vis centripeta ad &longs;ingulas Sphæræ particulas ten­dens &longs;it reciproce ut cubus di&longs;tantiæ, vel (quod perinde e&longs;t) ut cubus ille applicatus ad planum quodvis datum; &longs;cribe (PEcub/2ASq) pro V, dein 2PSXLDpro PEq; & fiet DNut (SLXASq/PSXLD)-(ASq/2PS) -(ALBXASq/2PSXLDq),id e&longs;t (ob continue proportionales PS, AS, SI) ut (LSI/LD)-1/2SI-(ALBXSI/2LDq).Si ducantur hujus partes tres in longitudinem AB,prima (LSI/LD) generabit aream Hyper-

bolicam; &longs;ecunda 1/2SIaream 1/2ABXSI; tertia (ALBXSI/2LDq) are­am (ALBXSI/2LA)-(ALBXSI/2LB),id e&longs;t 1/2ABXSI.De prima &longs;ub­ducatur &longs;umma &longs;ecundæ & tertiæ, &

manebit area quæ&longs;ita ABNA.Un­de talis emergit Problematis con&longs;tru­ctio. Ad puncta L, A, S, Berige perpendicula Ll, Aa, Ss, Bb,quo­rum Ssip&longs;i SIæquetur, perque pun­ctum sA&longs;ymptotis Ll, LBde&longs;cri­batur Hyperbola asboccurrens per­pendiculis Aa, Bbin a& b; & rect­angulum 2ASI&longs;ubductum de area Hyperbolica AasbBreliquet aream quæ&longs;itam ABNA.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Exempl.3. Si Vis centripeta, ad &longs;ingulas Sphæræ particulas tendens, decre&longs;cit in quadruplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ a particulis; &longs;cribe (PEqq/2AScub) pro V, dein √2PSXLDpro PE,& fiet DNut (SIqXSL/√2SI)X(1/√LDc),-(SIq/2√2SI)X(1/√LD),-(SIqXALB/2√2SI)X(1/√LDqc).Cujus tres partes ductæ in longitudinem AB,producunt areas tot­idem, viz. (2SIqXSL/√2SI) in (1/√LA)-(1/√LB); (SIq/√2SI)in √LB-√LA; & (SIqXALB/3√2SI) in (1/√LAcub)-(1/√LBcub).Et hæ po&longs;t debitam redu­ctionem fiunt (2SIqXSL/LI), SIq,& SIq+(2SIcub/3LI).Hæ vero, &longs;ub­ctis po&longs;terioribus de priore, evadunt (4SIcub/3LI). Igitur vis tota, qua corpu&longs;culum Pin Sphæræ centrum trahitur, e&longs;t ut (SIcub/PI),id e&longs;t, reciproce ut PS cubXPI. que E. I.

Eadem Methodo determinari pote&longs;t Attractio corpu&longs;culi &longs;iti in­tra Sphæram, &longs;ed expeditius per Theorema &longs;equens.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXXII. THEOREMA XLI.

In Sphæra centroS intervalloSA de&longs;cripta, &longs;i capianturSI, SA, SP continue proportionales: dico quod corpu&longs;culi intra Sphæ­ram in loco quovisI attractio est ad attractionem ip&longs;ius extra Sphæram in locoP, in ratione compo&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a centroIS, PS & &longs;ubduplicata ratione virium centripetarum, in locis illisP &I, ad centrum tendentium.

Ut &longs;i vires centripetæ particularum Sphæræ &longs;int reciproce ut di­&longs;tantiæ corpu&longs;culi a &longs;e attracti; vis, qua corpu&longs;culum &longs;itum in Itrahitur a Sphæra tota, erit ad vim qua trahitur in P,in ratione

compo&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicata ratione di&longs;tantiæ SIad di&longs;tantiam SP& ratione &longs;ubduplicata vis centripetæ in loco I,a particula aliqua in centro oriundæ, ad vim centripetam in loco Pab eadem in cen­tro particula oriundam, id e&longs;t, ratione &longs;ubduplicata di&longs;tantiarum SI, SPad invicem reciproce. Hæ duæ rationes &longs;ubduplicatæ componunt rationem æqualitatis, & propterea attractiones in I& Pa Sphæra tota factæ æquantur. Simili computo, &longs;i vires particu­larum Sphæræ &longs;unt reciproce in duplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum, col­ligetur quod attractio in I&longs;it ad attractionem in P,ut di&longs;tantia SPad Sphæræ &longs;emidiametrum SA:Si vires illæ &longs;unt reciproce in tr­plicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum, attractiones in I& Perunt ad invi-cem ut SP quadad SA quad:Si in quadruplicata, ut SP cubad SA cub.Unde cum attractio in P,in hoc ultimo ca&longs;u, inventa fuit reciproce ut PS cubXPI,attractio in Ierit reciproce ut SA cubXPI,id e&longs;t (ob datum SA cub) reciproce ut PI.Et &longs;imilis e&longs;t progre&longs;&longs;us in infinitum. Theorema vero &longs;ic demon­&longs;tratur.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Stantibus jam ante con&longs;tructis, & exi&longs;tente corpore in loco quovis P,ordinatim applicata DNinventa fuit ut (DEqXPS/PEXV). Ergo &longs;i agatur IE,ordinata illa ad alium quemvis locum I,mu­tatis mutandis, evadet ut (DEqXIS/IEXV). Pone vires centripetas, e Sphæræ puncto quovis Emanantes, e&longs;&longs;e ad invicem in di&longs;tantiis IE, PE,ut PEnad IEn,(ubi numerus nde&longs;ignet indicem pote&longs;tatum PE& IE) & ordinatæ illæ fient ut (DEqXPS/PEXPEn) & (DEqXIS/IEXIEn), quarum ratio ad invicem e&longs;t ut PSXIEXIEnad ISXPEXPEn.Quoniam ob &longs;imilia triangula SPE, SEI,fit IEad PEut ISad SEvel SA; pro ratione IEad PE&longs;cribe rationem ISad SA; & ordinatarum ratio evadet PSXIEnad SAXPEn.Sed PSad SA&longs;ubduplicata e&longs;t ratio di&longs;tantiarum PS, SI; & IEnad PEn&longs;ubduplicata e&longs;t ratio virium in di&longs;tan­tiis PS, IS.Ergo ordinatæ, & propterea areæ quas ordinatæ de&longs;cribunt, hi&longs;que proportionales attractiones, &longs;unt in ratione com­po&longs;ita ex &longs;ubduplicatis illis rationibus. que E. D.

PROPOSITIO LXXXIII. PROBLEMA XLII.

Invenire vim qua corpu&longs;culum in centro Sphæræ locatum ad ejus Segmentum quodcunque attrahitur.

Sit Pcorpus in centro Sphæræ, & RBSDSegmentum ejus plano RDS& &longs;uperficie Sphærica RBScontentum. Superfi­cie Sphærica EFGcentro Pde&longs;cripta &longs;ecetur DBin F,ac di­&longs;tinguatur Segmentum in partes BREFGS, FEDG.Sit autem &longs;uperficies illa non pure Mathematica, &longs;ed Phy&longs;ica, pro­funditatem habens quam minimam. Nominetur i&longs;ta profundi-tas O, & erit hæc &longs;uperficies (per de­

mon&longs;trata Archimedis) ut PFXDFXO.Ponamus præterea vires attractivas par­ticularum Sphæræ e&longs;&longs;e reciproce ut di&longs;tantiarum dignitas illa cujus Index e&longs;t n; & vis qua &longs;uperficies FEtrahit corpus Perit ut (DFXO/PFn-1). Huic pro­portionale &longs;it perpendiculum FNduc­tum in O; & area curvilinea BDLIB,quam ordinatim applicata FNin lon­gitudinem DBper motum continuum ducta de&longs;cribit, erit ut vis tota qua Segmentum totum RBSDtrahit corpus P. que E. I.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXXIV. PROBLEMA XLIII.

Invenire vim qua corpu&longs;culum, extra centrum Sphæræ in axe Seg­menti cuju&longs;vis locatum, attrahitur ab eodem Segmento.

A Segmento EBKtrahatur corpus P(Vide Fig. Prop. LXXIX, LXXX, LXXXI) in ejus axe ADBlocatum. Centro Pinterval­lo PEde&longs;cribatur &longs;uperficies Sphærica EFK,qua di&longs;tinguatur Segmentum in partes duas EBKF& EFKD.Quæratur vis par­tis prioris per Prop. LXXXI, & vis partis po&longs;terioris per Prop. LXXXIII; & &longs;umma virium erit vis Segmenti totius EBKD. que E. I.

Scholium.

Explicatis attractionibus corporum Sphærieorum, jam pergere liceret ad Leges attractionum aliorum quorundam ex particulis at­tractivis &longs;imiliter con&longs;tantium corporum; &longs;ed i&longs;ta particulatim tractare minus ad in&longs;titutum &longs;pectat. Suffecerit Propo&longs;itiones qua&longs;dam generaliores de viribus huju&longs;modi corporum, deque mo­tibus inde oriundis, ob earum in rebus Philo&longs;ophicis aliqualem u&longs;um, &longs;ubjungere.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO XIII.

De Corporum non Sphærieorum viribus attactivis.

PROPOSITIO LXXXV. THEOREMA XLII.

Si corporis attracti, ubi attrahenti contiguum est, attractio longe fortior &longs;it, quam cum vel minimo intervallo &longs;eparantur ab in­vicem: vires particularum trahentis, in rece&longs;&longs;u corporis attrac­ti, decre&longs;cunt in ratione plu&longs;quam duplicata di&longs;tantiarum a particulis.

Nam &longs;i vires decre&longs;cunt in ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiarum a par­ticulis; attractio ver&longs;us corpus Sphæricum, propterea quod (per Prop. LXXIV) &longs;it reciproce ut quadratum di&longs;tantiæ attracti corpo­ris a centro Sphæræ, haud &longs;en&longs;ibiliter augebitur ex contactu; atque adhuc minus augebitur ex contactu, &longs;i attractio in rece&longs;&longs;u corporis attracti decre&longs;cat in ratione minore. Patet igitur Propo&longs;itio de Sphæris attractivis. Et par e&longs;t ratio Orbium Sphærieorum conca­vorum corpora externa trahentium. Et multo magis res con&longs;tat in Orbibus corpora interius con&longs;tituta trahentibus, cum attractiones pa&longs;&longs;im per Orbium cavitates ab attractionibus contrariis (per Prop. LXX) tollantur, ideoque vel in ip&longs;o contactu nullæ &longs;unt. Quod &longs;i Sphæris hi&longs;ce Orbibu&longs;que Sphæricis partes quælibet a loco con­tactus remotæ auferantur, & partes novæ ubivis addantur: mu­tari po&longs;&longs;unt figuræ horum corporum attractivorum pro lubitu, nec tamen partes additæ vel &longs;ubductæ, cum &longs;int a loco contactus re­motæ, augebunt notabiliter attractionis exce&longs;&longs;um qui ex contactu oritur. Con&longs;tat igitur Propo&longs;itio de corporibus Figurarum om­nium. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO LXXXVI. THEOREMA XLIII.

Si particularum, ex quibus corpus attractivum componitur, vires in rece&longs;&longs;u corporis attracti decre&longs;cunt in triplicata vel plu&longs;quam triplicata ratione di&longs;tantiarum a particulis: attractio longe for­tior erit in contactu, quam cum attrahens & attractum inter­vallo vel minimo &longs;eparantur ab invicem.

Nam attractionem in acce&longs;&longs;u attracti corpu&longs;culi ad huju&longs;modi Sphæram trahentem augeri in infinitum, con&longs;tat per &longs;olutionem Pro­blematis XLI, in Exemplo &longs;ecundo ac tertio exhibitam. Idem, per Exempla illa & Theorema XLI inter &longs;e collata, facile colligitur de attractionibus corporum ver&longs;us Orbes concavo-convexos, &longs;ive corpora attracta collocentur extra Orbes, &longs;ive intra in eorum cavi­tatibus. Sed & addendo vel auferendo his Sphæris & Orbibus ubi­vis extra locum contactus materiam quamlibet attractivam, eo ut corpora attractiva induant figuram quamvis a&longs;&longs;ignatam, con&longs;tabit Propo&longs;itio de corporibus univer&longs;is. que E. D.

PROPOSITIO LXXXVII. THEOREMA XLIV.

Si corpora duo &longs;ibi invicem &longs;imilia, & ex materia æqualiter attra­ctiva con&longs;tantia, &longs;eor&longs;im attrahant corpu&longs;cula &longs;ibi ip&longs;is proporti­onalia & ad &longs;e &longs;imiliter po&longs;ita: attractiones acceleratrices cor­pu&longs;culorum in corpora tota erunt ut attractiones acceleratrices corpu&longs;culorum in eorum particulas totis proportionales & in to­tis &longs;imiliter po&longs;itas.

Nam &longs;i corpora di&longs;tinguantur in particulas, quæ &longs;int totis pro­portionales & in totis &longs;imiliter &longs;itæ; erit, ut attractio in particulam quamlibet unius corporis ad attractionem in particulam corre&longs;pon­dentem in corpore altero, ita attractiones in particulas &longs;ingulas primi corporis ad attractiones in alterius particulas &longs;ingulas corre&longs;­pondentes; & componendo, ita attractio in totum primum corpus ad attractionem in totum &longs;ecundum. que E. D.

Corol.1. Ergo &longs;i vires attractivæ particularum, augendo di&longs;tan­tias corpu&longs;culorum attractorum, decre&longs;cant in ratione dignitatis cuju&longs;vis di&longs;tantiarum: attractiones acceleratrices in corpora tota erunt ut corpora directe & di&longs;tantiarum dignitates illæ inver&longs;e. Ut &longs;i vires particularum decre&longs;cant in ratione duplicata di&longs;tantiarum a corpu&longs;culis attractis, corpora autem &longs;int ut A cub.& B cub.ad­eoque tum corporum latera cubica, tum corpu&longs;culorum attracto­rum di&longs;tantiæ a corporibus, ut A& B:attractiones acceleratri­ces in corpora erunt ut (Acub./Aquad.) & (Bcub./Bquad.) id e&longs;t, ut corporum la­tera illa cubica A& B.Si vires particularum decre&longs;cant in ra­tione triplicata di&longs;tantiarum a corpu&longs;culis attractis; attractiones acceleratrices in corpora tota erunt ut (Acub./Acub.) & (Bcub./Bcub.), id e&longs;t, æqua­les. Si vires decre&longs;cant in ratione quadruplicata; attractiones in corpora erunt ut (Acub./Aqq.) & (Bcub./Bqq.) id e&longs;t, reciproce ut latera cubi­ca A& B.Et &longs;ic in cæteris.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.2. Unde vici&longs;&longs;im, ex viribus quibus corpora &longs;imilia tra­hunt corpu&longs;cula ad &longs;e &longs;imiliter po&longs;ita, colligi pote&longs;t ratio decre­menti virium particularum attractivarum in rece&longs;&longs;u corpu&longs;culi at­tracti; &longs;i modo decrementum illud &longs;it directe vel inver&longs;e in ratione aliqua di&longs;tantiarum.

PROPOSITIO LXXXVIII. THEOREMA XLV.

Si particularum æqualium Corporis cuju&longs;cunque vires attractivæ &longs;int ut di&longs;tantiæ loeorum a particulis: vis corporis totius ten­det ad ip&longs;ius centrum gravitatis; & eadem erit cum vi Globi ex materia con&longs;imili & æquali con&longs;tantis & centrum habentis in ejus centro gravitatis.

Corporis RSTVparticulæ A, Btrahant corpu&longs;culum aliquod

Zviribus quæ, &longs;i particulæ æ­quantur inter &longs;e, &longs;int ut di&longs;tan­tiæ AZ, BZ; &longs;in particulæ &longs;ta­tuantur inæquales, &longs;int ut hæ par­ticulæ in di&longs;tantias &longs;uas AZ, BZre&longs;pective ductæ. Et exponan­tur hæ vires per contenta illa AXAZ& BXBZ.Jungatur AB,& &longs;ecetur ea in Gut &longs;it AGad BGut particula Bad particulam A; & erit Gcommune centrum gravitatis particularum A& B.Vis AXAZ(per Legum Corol.2.) re&longs;olvitur in vires AXGZ& AXAG& vis BXBZin vires BXGZ& BXBG.Vires autem AXAG& BXBG,ob proportionales Aad B& BGad AG,æquantur; adeoque cum dirigantur in partes contrarias, &longs;e mutuo de&longs;truunt. Re&longs;tant vires AXGZ& BXGZ.Tendunt hæ ab Z ver&longs;us cen­trum G,& vim ―A+BXGZcomponunt; hoc e&longs;t, vim eandem ac &longs;i particulæ attractivæ A& Bcon&longs;i&longs;terent in eorum communi gra­vitatis centro G,Globum ibi componentes.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Eodem argumento, &longs;i adjungatur particula tertia C,& compo­natur hujus vis cum vi ―A+BXGZtendente ad centrum G; vis inde oriunda tendet ad commune centrum gravitatis Globi illius G& particulæ C; hoc e&longs;t, ad commune centrum gravitatis trium par­ticularum A, B, C; & eadem erit ac &longs;i Globus & particula Ccon&longs;i­&longs;terent in centro illo communi, Globum majorem ibi componentes. Et &longs;ic pergitur in infinitum. Eadem e&longs;t igitur vis tota particula­rum omnium corporis cuju&longs;cunque RSTVac &longs;i corpus illud, &longs;er­vato gravitatis centro, figuram Globi indueret. que E. D.

Corol.Hinc motus corporis attracti Zidem erit ac &longs;i corpus attrahens RSTVe&longs;&longs;et Sphæricum: & propterea &longs;i corpus illud attrahens vel quie&longs;cat, vel progrediatur uniformiter in directum; corpus attractum movebitur in Ellip&longs;i centrum habente in attra­hentis centro gravitatis.

PROPOSITIO LXXXIX. THEOREMA XLVI.

Si Corpora &longs;int plura ex particulis æqualibus con&longs;tantia, quarum vi­res &longs;unt ut di&longs;tantiæ loeorum a &longs;ingulis: vis ex omnium viri­bus compo&longs;ita, qua corpu&longs;culum quodcunque trahitur, tendet ad trahentium commune centrum gravitatis, & eadem erit ac &longs;i trahentia illa, &longs;ervato gravitatis centro communi, coirent & in Globum formarentur.

Demon&longs;tratur eodem modo, atque Propo&longs;itio &longs;uperior.

Corol.Ergo motus corporis attracti idem erit ac &longs;i corpora tra­hentia, &longs;ervato communi gravitatis centro, coirent & in Globum formarentur. Ideoque &longs;i corporum trahentium commune gravita­tis centrum vel quie&longs;cit, vel progreditur uniformiter in linea recta: corpus attractum movebitur in Ellip&longs;i, centrum habente in com­muni illo trahentium centro gravitatis.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XC. PROBLEMA XLIV.

Si ad &longs;ingula Circuli cuju&longs;cunque puncta tendant vires æquales cen­tripetæ, decre&longs;centes in quacunQ.E.D.&longs;tantiarum ratione: inve­nire vim qua corpu&longs;culum attrahitur ubivis po&longs;itum in recta quæ plano Circuli ad centrum ejus perpendiculariter in&longs;i&longs;tit.

Centro Aintervallo quovis AD,in plano cui recta APper­pendicularis e&longs;t, de&longs;cribi intelligatur Circulus; & invenienda &longs;it vis qua corpu&longs;culum quodvis Pin eundem attrahitur. A Circuli puncto quovis Ead corpu&longs;culum attractum Pagatur recta PE:In re­cta PAcapiatur PFip&longs;i PEæ­

qualis, & erigatur normalis FK,quæ &longs;it ut vis qua punctum Etra­hit corpu&longs;culum P.Sitque IKLcurva linea quam punctum Kper­petuo tangit. Occurrat eadem Cir­culi plano in L.In PAcapiatur PHæqualis PD,& erigatur per­pendiculum HIcurvæ prædictæ occurrens in I; & erit corpu&longs;­culi Pattractio in Circulum ut area AHILducta in altitudinem AP. que E. I.

Etenim in AEcapiatur linea quam minima Ee.Jungatur Pe,& in PE, PAcapiantur PC, Pfip&longs;i Peæquales. Et quoniam vis, qua annuli punctum quodvis Etrahit ad &longs;e corpus P,ponitur e&longs;&longs;e ut FK,& inde vis qua punctum illud trahit corpus Pver&longs;us Ae&longs;t ut (APXFK/PE), & vis qua annulus totus trahit corpus Pver&longs;us A,ut annulus & (APXFK/PE) conjunctim; annulus autem i&longs;te e&longs;t ut rectan­gulum &longs;ub radio AE& latitudine Ee,& hoc rectangulum (ob pro­portionales PE& AE, Ee& CE) æquatur rectangulo PEXCE&longs;eu PEXFf; erit vis qua annulus i&longs;te trahit corpus Pver&longs;us A,ut PEXFf& (APXFK/PE) conjunctim, id e&longs;t, ut contentum FfXFKXAP,&longs;ive ut area FKkfducta in AP.Et propterea &longs;umma virium, quibus annuli omnes in Circulo, qui centro A& in-tervallo ADde&longs;cribitur, trahunt corpus Pver&longs;us A,e&longs;t ut area tota AHIKLducta in AP. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i vires punctorum decre&longs;cunt in duplicata di­&longs;tantiarum ratione, hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i &longs;it FKut (1/PFquad.), atque adeo a­rea AHIKLut (1/PA-1/PH); erit attractio corpu&longs;culi Pin Circu­lum ut (1-PA/PH), id e&longs;t, ut (AH/PH).

Corol.2. Et univer&longs;aliter, &longs;i vires punctorum ad di&longs;tantias D &longs;int reciproce ut di&longs;tantiarum dignitas quælibet Dn, hoc e&longs;t, &longs;i &longs;it FKut (1/Dn), adeoque area AHIKLut (1/PAn-1-1/PHn-1); erit attra­ctio corpu&longs;culi Pin Circulum ut (1/PAn-2-PA/PHn-1).

Corol3. Et &longs;i diameter Circuli augeatur in infinitum, & nume­rus n&longs;it unitate major; attractio corpu&longs;culi Pin planum totum infinitum erit reciproce ut PAn-2,propterea quod terminus al­ter (PA/PHn-1) evane&longs;cet.

PROPOSITIO XCI. PROBLEMA XLV.

Invenire attractionem corpu&longs;culi &longs;iti in axe Solidi rotundi, ad cujus puncta &longs;ingula tendunt vires æquales centripetæ in quacunque di&longs;tantiarum ratione decre&longs;centes.

In Solidum ADEFGtra­

hatur corpu&longs;culum P,&longs;itum in ejus axe AB.Circulo quoli­bet RFSad hunc axem per­pendiculari &longs;ecetur hoc Solidum, & in ejus diametro FS,in pla­no aliquo PALKBper axem tran&longs;eunte, capiatur (per Prop. XC) longitudo FKvi qua cor­pu&longs;culum Pin circulum illum attrahitur proportionalis. Tangat autem punctum Kcurvam line­am LKI,planis extimorum circulorum AL& BIoccurrentem in L& I; & erit attractio corpu&longs;culi Pin Solidum ut area LABI. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Unde &longs;i Solidum

Cylindrus &longs;it, parallelogrammo ADEBcirca axem ABrevo­luto de&longs;criptus, & vires centri­petæ in &longs;ingula ejus puncta ten­dentes &longs;int reciproce ut quadra­ta di&longs;tantiarum a punctis: erit attractio corpu&longs;culi Pin hunc Cylindrum ut AB-PE+PD.Nam ordinatim applicata FK(per Corol. 1. Prop. XC) erit ut 1-(PF/PR). Hujus pars 1 ducta in lon­gitudinem AB,de&longs;cribit aream 1XAB; & pars altera (PF/PR) ducta in longitudinem PB,de&longs;cribit aream 1 in ―(PE-AD) (id quod ex curvæ LIKquadratura facile o&longs;tendi pote&longs;t:) & &longs;imiliter pars eadem ducta in longitudinem PAde&longs;cribit aream 1 in ―(PD-AD), ductaQ.E.I. ip&longs;arum PB, PAdifferentiam ABde&longs;cribit arearum differentiam 1 in ―(PE-PD). De contento primo 1XABaufe­ratur contentum po&longs;tremum 1 in ―(PE-PD), & re&longs;tabit area LABIæqualis 1 in ―(AB-PE+PD). Ergo vis, huic areæ proportiona­lis, e&longs;t ut AB-PE+PD.

Corol.2. Hinc etiam

vis innote&longs;cit qua Sphæ­rois AGBCDattrahit corpus quodvis P,exte­rius in axe &longs;uo AB&longs;i­tum. Sit NKRMSe­ctio Conica cujus ordi­natim applicata ER,ip&longs;i PEperpendicularis, æ­quetur &longs;emper longitu­dini PD,quæ ducitur ad punctum illud D,in quo applicata i&longs;ta Sphæroidem &longs;ecat. A Sphæroidis verticibus A, Bad ejus axem ABerigantur perpendicula AK, BMip&longs;is AP, BPæqualia re&longs;pective, & propterea Sectioni Conicæ occurrentia in K& M; & jungatur KMauferens ab eadem &longs;egmentum KMRK.Sit autem Sphæroidis centrum S& &longs;emidiameter maxima SC:& vis qua Sphærois trahit corpus Perit ad vim qua Sphæra, diametro AB

de&longs;cripta, trahit idem corpus, ut (ASXCSq-PSXKMRK/PSq+CSq-ASq) ad (AS cub/3PS quad). Et eodem computandi fundamento invenire licet vires &longs;egmentorum Sphæroidis.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Corol.3. Quod &longs;i corpu&longs;culum intra Sphæroidem, in data qua­vis eju&longs;dem diametro, collocetur; attractio erit ut ip&longs;ius di&longs;tantia a centro. Id quod facilius colligetur hoc argumento. Sit AGOFSphærois attrahens, Scentrum ejus & Pcorpus attractum. Per corpus illud Pagantur tum &longs;emidiameter SPA,tum rectæ duæ quævis DE, FGSphæroidi hinc inde occurrentes in D& E, F& G:Sintque PCM, HLN&longs;uperficies Sphæroidum duarum in­teriorum, exteriori &longs;imilium & concentricarum, quarum prior tran&longs;­eat per corpus P& &longs;ecet rectas DE& FGin B& C,po&longs;terior &longs;ecet ea&longs;dem rectas in H, I& K, L.Habeant autem Sphæroides omnes axem communem, & erunt rect­

arum partes hinc inde interceptæ DP& BE, FP& CG, DH& IE, FK& LG&longs;ibi mutuo æquales; propterea quod rectæ DE, PB& HIbi&longs;ecan­tur in eodem puncto, ut & rectæ FG, PC& KL.Concipe jam DPF, EPGde&longs;ignare Conos oppo&longs;itos, an­gulis verticalibus DPF, EPGinfi­nite parvis de&longs;criptos, & lineas etiam DH, EIinfinite parvas e&longs;&longs;e; & Conorum particulæ Sphæroidum &longs;uperficiebus ab&longs;ci&longs;&longs;æ DHKF, GLIE,ob æqualitatem linearum DH, EI,erunt ad invicem ut quadrata di&longs;tantiarum &longs;uarum a corpu&longs;culo P,& propterea corpu&longs;culum illud æqualiter trahent. Et pari ratione, &longs;i &longs;uperficiebus Sphæroidum innumerarum &longs;imilium concentricarum & axem communem habentium dividantur &longs;patia DPF, EGCBin particulas, hæ omnes utrinque æqualiter tra­hent corpus Pin partes contrarias. Æquales igitur &longs;unt vires Coni DPF& &longs;egmenti Conici EGCB,& per contrarietatem &longs;e mutuo de&longs;truunt. Et par e&longs;t ratio virium materiæ omnis extra Sphæ­roidem intimam PCBM.Trahitur igitur corpus Pa &longs;ola Sphæ­roide intima PCBM,& propterea (per Corol. 3. Prop. LXXII) at­tractio ejus e&longs;t ad vim, qua corpus Atrahitur a Sphæroide tota AGOD,ut di&longs;tantia PSad di&longs;tantiam AS. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XCII. PROBLEMA XLVI.

Dato Corpore attractivo, invenire rationem decrementi virium cen­tripetarum in ejus puncta &longs;ingula tendentium.

E Corpore dato formanda e&longs;t Sphæra vel Cylindrus aliave figu­ra regularis, cujus lex attractionis, cuivis decrementi rationi con­gruens (per Prop. LXXX, LXXXI, & XCI) inveniri pote&longs;t. Dein fa­ctis experimentis invenienda e&longs;t vis attractionis in diver&longs;is di&longs;tan­tiis, & lex attractionis in totum inde patefacta dabit rationem de­crementi virium partium &longs;ingularum, quam invenire oportuit.

PROPOSITIO XCIII. THEOREMA XLVII.

Si Solidum ex una parte planum, ex reliquis autem partibus infiNI­tum, con&longs;tet ex particulis æqualibus æqualiter attractivis, qua­rum vires in rece&longs;&longs;u a Solido decre&longs;cunt in ratione pote&longs;tatis cu­ju&longs;vis di&longs;tantiarum plu&longs;quam quadraticæ, & vi Solidi totius cor­pu&longs;culum ad utramvis plani partem con&longs;titutum trahatur: dico quod Solidi vis illa attractiva, in rece&longs;&longs;u ab ejus &longs;uperficie pla­na, decre&longs;cet in ratione pote&longs;tatis, cujus latus est di&longs;tantia cor­pu&longs;culi a plano, & Index ternario minor quam Index pote&longs;ta­tis di&longs;tantiarum.

Cas.1. Sit LGlplanum

quo Solidum terminatur. Jaceat Solidum autem ex parte plani hujus ver&longs;us I,inque plana innumera mHM, nIN,&c. ip&longs;i GLparallela re&longs;olvatur. Et primo collocetur corpus at­tractum Cextra Solidum. Agatur autem CGHIpla­nis illis innumeris perpendicularis, & decre&longs;cant vires attractivæ punctorum Solidi in ratione pote&longs;tatis di&longs;tantiarum, cujus index &longs;it numerus nternario non minor. Ergo (per Corol. 3. Prop. XC) vis qua planum quodvis mHMtrahit punctum Ce&longs;t reciproce ut CHn-2.In plano mHMcapiatur longitudo HMip&longs;i CHn-2re­ciproce proportionalis, & erit vis illa ut HM.Similiter in planis &longs;in­gulis lGL, nIN, oKO,&c. capiantur longitudines GL, IN, KO,&c. ip&longs;is CGn-2, CIn-2, CKn-2,&c. reciproce proportionales; & vi­res planorum eorundem erunt ut longitudines captæ, adeoque &longs;umma virium ut &longs;umma longitudinum, hoc e&longs;t, vis Solidi totius ut area GLOKin infinitum ver&longs;us OKproducta. Sed area illa (per notas quadraturarum methodos) e&longs;t reciproce ut CGn-3,& prop­terea vis Solidi totius e&longs;t reciproce ut CGn-3. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Cas.2. Collocetur jam corpu&longs;culum Cex parte plani lGLin­tra Solidum, & capiatur di&longs;tantia CKæqualis di&longs;tantiæ CG.Et So­lidi pars LGloKO,planis parallelis lGL, oKOterminata, cor­pu&longs;culum Cin medio &longs;itum nullam in partem trahet, contrariis op­po&longs;itorum punctorum actionibus &longs;e mutuo per æqualitatem tollenti­bus. Proinde corpu&longs;culum C&longs;ola vi Solidi ultra planum OK&longs;iti tra­hitur. Hæc autem vis (per Ca&longs;um primum) e&longs;t reciproce ut CKn-3,hoc e&longs;t (ob æquales CG, CK) reciproce ut CGn-3. que E. D.

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i Solidum LGINplanis duobus infinitis pa­rallelis LG, INutrinque terminetur; innote&longs;cit ejus vis attra­ctiva, &longs;ubducendo de vi attractiva Solidi totius infiniti LGKOvim attractivam partis ulterioris NICO,in infinitum ver&longs;us KOproductæ.

Corol.2. Si Solidi hujus infiniti pars ulterior, quando attractio e­jus collata cum attractione partis citerioris nullius pene e&longs;t momen­ti, rejiciatur: attractio partis illius citerioris augendo di&longs;tantiam de­cre&longs;cet quam proxime in ratione pote&longs;tatis CGn-3.

Corol.3. Et hinc &longs;i corpus quodvis finitum & ex una parte pla­num trahat corpu&longs;culum e regione medii illius plani, & di&longs;tantia inter corpu&longs;culum & planum collata cum dimen&longs;ionibus corpo­ris attrahentis perexigua &longs;it, con&longs;tet autem corpus attrahens ex particulis homogeneis, quarum vires attractivæ decre&longs;cunt in ratione pote&longs;tatis cuju&longs;vis plu&longs;quam quadruplicatæ di&longs;tantiarum; vis attractiva corporis totius decre&longs;cet quamproxime in ratione pote&longs;tatis, cujus latus &longs;it di&longs;tantia illa perexigua, & Index terna­rio minor quam Index pote&longs;tatis prioris. De corpore ex particulis con&longs;tante, quarum vires attractivæ decre&longs;cunt in ratione pote&longs;tatis triplicatæ di&longs;tantiarum, a&longs;&longs;ertio non valet; propterea quod, in hoc ca&longs;u, attractio partis illius ulterioris corporis infiniti in Corollario &longs;ecundo, &longs;emper e&longs;t infinite major quam attractio partis citerioris.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Scholium.

Si corpus aliquod perpendiculariter ver&longs;us planum datum tra­hatur, & ex data lege attractionis quæratur motus corporis: Sol­vetur Problema quærendo (per Prop. XXXIX) motum corporis recta de&longs;cendentis ad hoc planum, & (per Legum Corol. 2.) componen­do motum i&longs;tum cum uniformi motu, &longs;ecundum lineas eidem plano parallelas facto. Et contra, &longs;i quæratur Lex attractionis in planum &longs;ecundum lineas perpendiculares factæ, ea conditione ut corpus at­tractum in data quacunque curva linea moveatur, &longs;olvetur Proble­ma operando ad exemplum Problematis tertii.

Operationes autem contrahi &longs;olent re&longs;olvendo ordinatim appli­catas in Series convergentes. Ut &longs;i ad ba&longs;em A in angulo quovis dato ordinatim applicetur longitudo B, quæ &longs;it ut ba&longs;is dignitas quælibet Am/n; & quæratur vis qua corpus, &longs;ecundum po&longs;itionem ordinatim applicatæ, vel in ba&longs;em attractum vel a ba&longs;i fugatum, moveri po&longs;&longs;it in curva linea quam ordinatim applicata termi­no &longs;uo &longs;uperiore &longs;emper attingit: Suppono ba&longs;em augeri parte quam minima O, & ordinatim applicatam ―(A+O)m/nre&longs;olvo in Seriem infinitam Am/n+m/nOA(m-n/n)+(mm-mn/2nn) OOA(m-2n/n) &c. at­que hujus termino in quo O duarum e&longs;t dimen&longs;ionum, id e&longs;t, ter­mino (mm-mn/2nn) OOA(m-2n/n) vim proportionalem e&longs;&longs;e &longs;uppono. E&longs;t igitur vis quæ&longs;ita ut (mm-mn/nn)A(m-2n/n), vel quod perinde e&longs;t, ut (mm-mn/nn)B(m-2n/m). Ut &longs;i ordinatim applicata Parabolam attingat, exi&longs;tente m=2, & n=1: fiet vis ut data 2B°, adeoQ.E.D.bi­tur. Data igitur vi corpus movebitur in Parabola, quemad­modum Galilæusdemon&longs;travit. Quod &longs;i ordinatim applicata Hyperbolam attingat, exi&longs;tente m=o-1, & n=1; fiet vis ut 2A-3 &longs;eu 2B3: adeoque vi, quæ &longs;it ut cubus ordinatim applicatæ, corpus movebitur in Hyperbola. Sed mi&longs;&longs;is huju&longs;modi Propo&longs;iti­onibus, pergo ad alias qua&longs;dam de Motu, quas nondum attigi.

LIBER PRIMUS.

SECTIO XIV.

De Motu corporum minimorum, quæ Viribus centripetis ad &longs;ingulas magni alicujus corporis partes tendentibus agitantur.

PROPOSITIO XCIV. THEOREMA XLVIII.

Si Media duo &longs;imilaria, &longs;patio planis parallelis utrinque terminato, di&longs;tinguantur ab invicem, & corpus in tran&longs;itu per hoc &longs;patium attrahatur vel impellatur perpendiculariter ver&longs;us Medium alter­utrum, neque ulla alia vi agitetur vel impediatur: Sit autem attractio, in æqualibus ab utroque plano di&longs;tantiis ad eandem ip&longs;ius partem captis, ubique eadem: dico quod &longs;inus incidentiæ in planum alterutrum erit ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex plano altero in ratione data.

Cas.1. Sunto Aa, Bb

plana duo parallela. Inci­dat corpus in planum pri­us Aa&longs;ecundum lineam GH,ac toto &longs;uo per &longs;pati­um intermedium tran&longs;itu attrahatur vel impellatur ver&longs;us Medium inciden­tiæ, eaque actione de&longs;cri­bat lineam curvam HI,& emergat &longs;ecundum line­am IK.Ad planum emer­gentiæ Bberigatur per­pendiculum IM,occur­rens tum lineæ inciden­tiæ GHproductæ in M,tum plano incidentiæ Aain R; & linea emergentiæ KIproducta occurrat HMin L.Centro Lintervallo LIde&longs;cribatur Circulus, &longs;ecans tam HMin P& Q,quam MIproductam in N,& primo &longs;i attractio vel impul&longs;us ponatur uniformis, erit (ex demon&longs;tratis Galilæi) curva HIParabola, cujus hæc e&longs;t proprietas, ut rectan­gulum &longs;ub dato latere recto & linea IMæquale &longs;it HMquadrato; &longs;ed & linea HMbi&longs;ecabitur in L.Unde &longs;i ad MIdemittatur perpendiculum LO,æ­
quales erunt MO, OR; & additis æqualibus ON, OI,fient totæ æquales MN, IR.Proinde cum IRdetur, datur etiam MN; e&longs;tque rectangu­lum NMIad rectangu­lum &longs;ub latere recto & IM,hoc e&longs;t, ad HMq,in data ratione. Sed rect­angulum NMIæquale e&longs;t rectangulo PMQ,id e&longs;t, differentiæ quadrato­rum MLq,& PLq&longs;eu LIq; & HMqdatam rationem habet ad &longs;ui ip&longs;ius quartam partem MLq:ergo datur ratio MLq-LIqad MLq,& divi&longs;im, ratio LIqad MLq,& ratio dimidiata LIad ML.Sed in omni triangulo LMI,&longs;inus angulorum &longs;unt proportionales lateribus oppo&longs;itis. Ergo datur ratio &longs;inus anguli incidentiæ LMRad &longs;inum anguli emergen­tiæ LIR. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Cas.2. Tran&longs;eat jam corpus &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive per &longs;patia plura paralle­lis planis terminata, AabB, BbcC,&c. & agitetur vi quæ &longs;it in &longs;ingulis &longs;eparatim uniformis, at in diver&longs;is diver&longs;a; & per jam de­mon&longs;trata, &longs;inus incidentiæ in planum primum Aaerit ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex plano &longs;ecundo Bb,in data ratione; & hic &longs;inus, qui e&longs;t &longs;inus incidentiæ in planum &longs;ecundum Bb,erit ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex plano tertio Cc,in data ratione; & hic &longs;inus ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex plano quarto Dd,in data ratione; & &longs;ic in infinitum: & ex æquo, &longs;inus incidentiæ in planum primum ad &longs;i­num emergentiæ ex plano ultimo in data ratione. Minuantur jam planorum intervalla & augeatur numerus in infinitum, eo ut attra­ctionis vel impul&longs;us actio, &longs;ecundum legem quamcunque a&longs;&longs;ignatam, continua reddatur; & ratio &longs;inus incidentiæ in planum primum ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex plano ultimo, &longs;emper data exi&longs;tens, etiam­num dabitur. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XCV. THEOREMA XLIX.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis; dico quod velocitas corporis ante incidentiam e&longs;t ad ejus velocitatem po&longs;t emergentiam, ut &longs;inus emergentiæ ad &longs;inum incidentiæ.

Capiantur AH, Idæquales, & erigantur perpendicula AG, dKoccurrentia lineis incidentiæ & emergentiæ GH, IK,in G& K.In GHcapiatur THæqualis IK,& ad planum Aademittatur normaliter Tv.Et (per Legum Corol. 2) di&longs;tinguatur motus cor­poris in duos, unum planis Aa, Bb, Cc,&c. perpendicularem, al­terum ii&longs;dem parallelum. Vis attractionis vel impul&longs;us, agendo &longs;e­cundum lineas perpendiculares, nil mutat motum &longs;ecundum paralle­las, & propterea corpus hoc motu conficiet æqualibus temporibus æqualia illa &longs;ecundum parallelas intervalla, quæ &longs;unt inter lineam AG& punctum H,interque punctum I& lineam dK; hoc e&longs;t, æqualibus temporibus de&longs;cribet lineas GH, IK.Proinde velo­citas ante incidentiam e&longs;t ad velocitatem po&longs;t emergentiam, ut GHad IKvel TH,id e&longs;t, ut AHvel Idad vH,hoc e&longs;t (re&longs;pectu radii THvel IK) ut &longs;inus emergentiæ ad &longs;inum inci­dentiæ. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XCVI. THEOREMA L.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis & quod motus ante incidentiam velocior &longs;it quam po&longs;tea: dico quod corpus, inclinando lineam incidentiæ, refle­ctetur tandem, & angulus reflexionis fiet æqualis angulo inci­dentiæ.

Nam concipe corpus inter parallela plana Aa, Bb, Cc,&c. de­&longs;cribere arcus Parabolicos, ut &longs;upra; &longs;intque arcus illi HP, PQ, QR,&c. Et &longs;it ea lineæ incidentiæ GHobliquitas ad planum pri­mum Aa,ut &longs;inus incidentiæ &longs;it ad radium circuli, cujus e&longs;t &longs;inus, in ea ratione quam habet idem &longs;inus incidentiæ ad &longs;inum emer­gentiæ ex plano Dd,in &longs;patium DdeE:& ob &longs;inum emergen­tiæ jam factum æqualem radio, angulus emergentiæ erit rectus, ad­eoque linea emergentiæ coincidet cum plano Dd.Perveniat cor­pus ad hoc planum in puncto R; & quoniam linea emergentiæ coincidit cum eodem

plano, per&longs;picuum e&longs;t quod corpus non po­te&longs;t ultra pergere ver­&longs;us planum Ee.Sed nec pote&longs;t idem perge­re in linea emergentiæ Rd,propterea quod perpetuo attrahitur vel impellitur ver&longs;us Medium incidentiæ. Re­vertetur itaQ.E.I.ter plana Cc, Dd,de&longs;cribendo arcum Parabolæ QRq,cujus vertex principalis (juxta demon&longs;trata Galilæi) e&longs;t in R; &longs;ecabit planum Ccin eodem angulo in q,ac prius in Q; dein pergendo in arcubus parabolicis qp, ph,&c. arcubus prioribus QP, PH&longs;imilibus & æqualibus, &longs;ecabit reliqua plana in ii&longs;dem angulis in p, h,&c. ac prius in P, H,&c. emergetque tandem ea­dem obliquitate in h,qua incidit in H.Concipe jam planorum Aa, Bb, Cc, Dd, Ee,&c. intervalla in infinitum minui & nume­rum augeri, eo ut actio attractionis vel impul&longs;us &longs;ecundum legem quamcunque a&longs;&longs;ignatam continua reddatur; & angulus emergen­tiæ &longs;emper angulo incidentiæ æqualis exi&longs;tens, eidem etiamnum manebit æqualis. que E. D.

LIBER PRIMUS.

Scholium.

Harum attractionum haud multum di&longs;&longs;imiles &longs;unt Lucis reflexi­ones & refractiones, factæ &longs;ecundum datam Secantium rationem, ut invenit Snellius,& per con&longs;equens &longs;ecundum datam Sinuum ratio­nem, ut expo&longs;uit Carte&longs;ius.Namque Lucem &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive propagari & &longs;patio qua&longs;i &longs;eptem vel octo minutorum primorum a Sole ad Terram venire, jam con&longs;tat per Phænomena Satellitum Jovis,Ob­&longs;ervationibus diver&longs;orum A&longs;tronomorum confirmata. Radii autem in aere exi&longs;tentes (uti dudum Grimaldus,luce per foramen in te­nebro&longs;um cubiculum admi&longs;&longs;a, invenit, & ip&longs;e quoque expertus &longs;um) in tran&longs;itu &longs;uo prope corporum vel opaeorum vel per&longs;picuo­rum angulos (quales &longs;unt nummorum ex auro, argento & ære cu­&longs;orum termini rectanguli circulares, & cultrorum, lapidum aut fra­ctorum vitrorum acies) incurvantur circum corpora, qua&longs;i attracti in eadem; & ex his radiis, qui in tran&longs;itu illo propius accedunt ad corpora incurvantur magis, qua­

&longs;i magis attracti, ut ip&longs;e etiam dili­genter ob&longs;ervavi. In figura de&longs;ig­nat saciem cultri vel cunei cuju&longs;vis AsB; & gowog, fnunf, emtme, dlsld,&longs;unt radii, arcubus owo, nun, mtm, lslver&longs;us cultrum incurvati; idque magis vel mi­nus pro di&longs;tantia eorum a cultro. Cum autem talis incurvatio radio­rum fiat in aere extra cultrum, de­bebunt etiam radii, qui incidunt in cultrum, prius incurvari in aere quam cultrum attingunt. Et par e&longs;t ratio incidentium in vitrum. Fit igitur refractio, non in puncto incidentiæ, &longs;ed paulatim per continuam incurvationem radiorum, factam partim in aere ante­quam attingunt vitrum, partim (ni fallor) in vitro, po&longs;tquam illud ingre&longs;&longs;i &longs;unt: uti in radiis ckzkc, biyib, ahxhaincidentibus ad r, q, p,& inter k& z, i& y, h& xincurvatis, delineatum e&longs;t. Igitur ob analogiam quæ e&longs;t inter propagationem radiorum lucis & progre&longs;&longs;um corporum, vi&longs;um e&longs;t Propo&longs;itiones &longs;equentes in u&longs;us Opticos &longs;ubjungere; interea de natura radiorum (utrum &longs;int cor­pora necne) nihil omnino di&longs;putans, &longs;ed Trajectorias corporum Trajectoriis radiorum per&longs;imiles &longs;olummodo determinans.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO XCVII. PROBLEMA XLVII.

Po&longs;ito quod &longs;inus incidentiæ in &longs;uperficiem aliquam &longs;it ad &longs;inum e­mergentiæ in data ratione, quodQ.E.I.curvatio viæ corporum juxta &longs;uperficiem illam fiat in &longs;patio brevi&longs;&longs;imo, quod ut pun­ctum con&longs;iderari po&longs;&longs;it; determinare &longs;uperficiem quæ corpu&longs;cula omnia de loco dato &longs;ucce&longs;&longs;ive manantia convergere faciat ad alium locum datum.

Sit Alocus a quo corpu&longs;cula divergunt; Blocus in quem con­vergere debent; CDEcurva linea quæ circa axem ABrevoluta de&longs;cribat &longs;uperficiem quæ&longs;itam; D, Ecurvæ illius puncta duo quæ­vis; & EF, EGperpendicula in corporis vias AD, DBdemi&longs;&longs;a. Accedat punctum Dad punctum E; & lineæ DFqua ADau­getur, ad lineam DGqua DBdiminuitur, ratio ultima erit ea­dem quæ &longs;inus incidentiæ ad &longs;inum emergentiæ. Datur ergo ratio

incrementi lineæ ADad decrementum lineæ DB; & propterea &longs;i in axe AB&longs;umatur ubivis punctum C,per quod curva CDEtran&longs;ire debet, & capiatur ip&longs;ius ACincrementum CM,ad ip&longs;ius BCdecrementum CNin data illa ratione; centri&longs;que A, B,& in­tervallis AM, BNde&longs;cribantur circuli duo &longs;e mutuo &longs;ecantes in D:punctum illud Dtanget curvam quæ&longs;itam CDE,eandemque ubivis tangendo determinabit. que E. I.

Corol.1. Faciendo autem ut punctum Avel Bnunc abeat in in­finitum, nunc migret ad alteras partes puncti C,habebuntur Fi­guræ illæ omnes quas Carte&longs;iusin Optica & Geometria ad Refra­ctiones expo&longs;uit. Quarum inventionem cum Carte&longs;iusmaximi fecerit & &longs;tudio&longs;e celaverit, vi&longs;um fuit hac propo&longs;itione expo­nere.

Corol.2. Si corpus in &longs;uperficiem quamvis CD,&longs;ecundum lineam rectam ADlege quavis ductam incidens, emergat &longs;ecundum aliam quamvis rectam DK,

& a puncto Cduci in­telligantur Lineæ curvæ CP, CQip&longs;is AD, DK&longs;emper perpendiculares: erunt incrementa linea­rum PD, QD,atque ad­eo lineæ ip&longs;æ PD, QD,incrementis i&longs;tis genitæ, ut &longs;inus incidentiæ & e­mergentiæ ad invicem: & contra.

LIBER PRIMUS.

PROPOSITIO XCVIII. PROBLEMA XLVIII.

Ii&longs;dem po&longs;itis, & circa axemAB de&longs;cripta &longs;uperficie quacunque attractivaCD, regulari vel irregulari, per quam corpora de loco datoA exeuntia tran&longs;ire debent: invenire &longs;uperficiem &longs;e­cundam attractivamEF, quæ corpora illa ad locum datumB convergere faciat.

Juncta AB&longs;ecet &longs;uperficiem primam in C& &longs;ecundam in E,puncto Dutcunque a&longs;&longs;umpto. Et po&longs;ito &longs;inu incidentiæ in &longs;uper­ficiem primam ad &longs;inum emergentiæ ex eadem, & &longs;inu emergentiæ e &longs;uperficie &longs;ecunda ad &longs;inum incidentiæ in eandem, ut quantitas aliqua data M ad aliam datam N; produc tum ABad Gut &longs;it BGad CEut M-N ad N, tum ADad Hut &longs;it AHæqualis AG,tum etiam DFad Kut &longs;it DKad DHut N ad M. Junge KB,& centro Dintervallo DHde&longs;cribe circulum occurrentem KBpro­ductæ in L,ip&longs;ique DLparallelam age BF:& punctum Ftan­get Lineam EF,quæ circa axem ABrevoluta de&longs;cribet &longs;uperfi­ciem quæ&longs;itam. que E. F.

Nam concipe Lineas CP, CQip&longs;is AD, DFre&longs;pective, & Li­neas ER, ESip&longs;is FB, FDubique perpendiculares e&longs;&longs;e, adeoque QSip&longs;i CE&longs;emper æqualem; & erit (per Corol. 2. Prop. XCVII) PDad QDut M ad N, adeoque ut DLad DKvel FBad FK; & divi&longs;im ut DL-FP&longs;eu PH-PD-FBad FD&longs;eu FQ-QD; & compo&longs;ite ut PH-FBad FQ,id e&longs;t (ob æquales PH& CG, QS& CE)

CE+BG-FRad CE-FS.Verum (ob proportionales BGad CE& M-N ad N) e&longs;t etiam CE+BGad CEut M ad N: adeoque divi&longs;im FRad FSut M ad N, & propterea per Corol. 2. Prop. XCVII, &longs;uperficies EFcogit cor­pus, in ip&longs;am &longs;ecundum lineam DFincidens, pergere in linea FRad locum B. que E. D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Scholium.

Eadem methodo pergere liceret ad &longs;uperficies tres vel plures. Ad u&longs;us autem Opticos maxime accommodatæ &longs;unt figuræ Sphæ­ricæ. Si Per&longs;picillorum vitra Objectiva ex vitris duobus Sphæri­ce figuratis & Aquam inter &longs;e claudentibus conflentur; fieri pote&longs;t ut a refractionibus Aquæ errores refractionum, quæ fiunt in vitro­rum &longs;uperficiebus extremis, &longs;atis accurate corrigantur. Talia au­tem vitra Objectiva vitris Ellipticis & Hyperbolicis præferenda &longs;unt, non &longs;olum quod facilius & accuratius formari po&longs;&longs;int, &longs;ed etiam quod Penicillos radiorum extra axem vitri &longs;itos accurativs refringant. Verum tamen diver&longs;a diver&longs;orum radiorum Refrangi­bilitas impedimento e&longs;t, quo minus Optica per Figuras vel Sphæ­ricas vel alias qua&longs;cunque perfici po&longs;&longs;it. Ni&longs;i corrigi po&longs;&longs;int er­rores illinc oriundi, labor omnis in cæteris corrigendis imperite collocabitur.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

DE MOTU CORPORUM LIBER SECUNDUS.

SECTIO I.

De Motu Corporum quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione Velocitatis.

PROPOSITIO I. THEOREMA I.

Corporis, cui re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione velocitatis, motus ex re&longs;i&longs;tentia ami&longs;&longs;us e&longs;t ut &longs;patium movendo confectum.

NAm cum motus &longs;ingulis temporis particulis æqualibus ami&longs;&longs;us &longs;it ut velocitas, hoc e&longs;t, ut itineris confecti particula: erit, componendo, motus toto tempore ami&longs;&longs;us ut iter totum. Q.E.D.

Corol.Igitur &longs;i corpus, gravitate omni de&longs;titutum, in &longs;patiis libe­ris &longs;ola vi in&longs;ita moveatur; ac detur tum motus totus &longs;ub initio, tum etiam motus reliquus po&longs;t &longs;patium aliquod confectum: dabitur &longs;pa­tium totum quod corpus infinito tempore de&longs;cribere pote&longs;t. Erit enim &longs;patium illud ad &longs;patium jam de&longs;criptum, ut motus totus &longs;ub initio ad motus illius partem ami&longs;&longs;am.

LEMMA I.

Quantitates differentiis &longs;uis proportionales, &longs;unt continue propor­tionales.

Sit A ad A-B ut B ad B-C & C ad C-D, &c. & dividendo fiet A ad B ut B ad C & C ad D, &c. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO II. THEOREMA II.

Si Corpori re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione velocitatis, & idem &longs;ola vi in&longs;ita per Medium &longs;imilare moveatur, &longs;umantur autem tempora æqua­lia: velocitates in principiis &longs;ingulorum temporum &longs;unt in pro­gre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica, & &longs;patia &longs;ingulis temporibus de&longs;cripta &longs;unt ut velocitates.

Cas.1. Dividatur tempus in particulas æquales; & &longs;i ip&longs;is parti­cularum initiis agat vis re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ impul&longs;o unico, quæ &longs;it ut velo­citas: erit decrementum velocitatis &longs;ingulis temporis particulis ut eadem velocitas. Sunt ergo velocitates differentiis &longs;uis proportio­nales, & propterea (per Lem. I. Lib. II.) continue proportionales. Proinde &longs;i ex æquali particularum numero componantur tempora quælibet æqualia, erunt velocitates ip&longs;is temporum initiis, ut ter­mini in progre&longs;&longs;ione continua, qui per &longs;altum capiuntur, omi&longs;&longs;o pa&longs;&longs;im æquali terminorum intermediorum numero. Componuntur autem horum terminorum rationes ex æqualibus rationibus termi­norum intermediorum æqualiter repetitis, & propterea &longs;unt æqua­les. Igitur velocitates, his terminis proportionales, &longs;unt in pro­gre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica. Minuantur jam æquales illæ temporum par­ticulæ, & augeatur earum numerus in infinitum, eo ut re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ impul&longs;us reddatur continuus; & velocitates in principiis æqualium temporum, &longs;emper continue proportionales, erunt in hoc etiam ca&longs;u continue proportionales. Q.E.D.

Cas.2. Et divi&longs;im velocitatum differentiæ, hoc e&longs;t, earum partes &longs;ingulis temporibus ami&longs;&longs;æ, &longs;unt ut totæ: Spatia autem &longs;ingulis temporibus de&longs;cripta &longs;unt ut velocitatum partes ami&longs;&longs;æ, (per Prop. I. Lib II.) & propterea etiam ut totæ. que E. D.

Corol.Hinc &longs;i A&longs;ymptotis rectangulis ADC, CHde&longs;cribatur Hyperbola BG,&longs;intque AB, DGad A&longs;ymptoton ACperpen­diculares, & exponatur tum corporis velocitas tum re&longs;i&longs;tentia Me­dii, ip&longs;o motus initio, per lineam quam­

vis datam AC,elap&longs;o autem tempore ali­quo per lineam indefinitam DC:exponi pote&longs;t tempus per aream ABGD,& &longs;pa­tium eo tempore de&longs;criptum per lineam AD.Nam &longs;i area illa per motum puncti Daugeatur uniformiter ad modum tempo-ris, decre&longs;cet recta DCin ratione Geometrica ad modum veloci­tatis, & partes rectæ ACæqualibus temporibus de&longs;criptæ decre­&longs;cent in eadem ratione.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

PROPOSITIO III. PROBLEMA I.

Corporis, cui dum in Medio &longs;imilari recta a&longs;cendit vel de&longs;cendit, re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione velocitatis, quodque ab uniformi gravitate urgetur, definire motum.

Corpore a&longs;cendente, ex­

ponatur gravitas per datum quodvis rectangulum BC,& re&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii initio a&longs;­cen&longs;us per rectangulum BD&longs;umptum ad contrarias par­tes. A&longs;ymptotis rectangulis AC, CH,per punctum Bde­&longs;cribatur Hyperbola &longs;ecans per­pendicula DE, dein G, g;& corpus a&longs;cendendo, tempore DGgd,de&longs;cribet &longs;patium EGge,tem­pore DGBA&longs;patium a&longs;cen&longs;us totius EGB; tempore AB2G2D&longs;patium de&longs;cen&longs;us BF2G,atque tempore 2D2G2g2d&longs;patium de&longs;cen&longs;us 2GF2e2g: & velocitates corporis (re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ Medii proportionales) in horum temporum periodis erunt ABED, ABed,nulla, ABF2D, AB2e2dre&longs;pective; atque maxima velocitas, quam corpus de&longs;cendendo pote&longs;t acquirere, erit BC.

Re&longs;olvatur enim rectan­

gulum AHin rectangula innumera Ak, Kl, Lm, Mn,&c. quæ &longs;int ut incrementa velocitatum æqualibus tot­idem temporibus facta; & e­runt nihil, Ak, Al, Am, An,&c. ut velocitates totæ, at­que adeo (per Hypothe&longs;in) ut re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ Medii princi­pio &longs;ingulorum temporum æqualium. Fiat ACad AKvel ABHCad ABkK,ut vis gra­vitatis ad re&longs;i&longs;tentiam in principio temporis &longs;ecundi, deque vi gravi-tatis &longs;ubducantur re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ, & manebunt ABHC, KkHC, LlHC, NnHC,&c. ut vires ab&longs;olutæ quibus corpus in principio &longs;ingu­lorum temporum urgetur, atque adeo (per motus Legem 11) ut incrementa velocitatum, id e&longs;t, ut rectangula Ak, Kl, Lm, Mn,&c; & propterea (per Lem. I. Lib. II) in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica. Qua­re &longs;i rectæ Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn,&c. productæ occurrant Hyperbolæ in q, r, s, t,&c. erunt areæ ABqK, KqrL, LrsM, MstN,&c. æquales, adeoque tum temporibus tum viribus gravitatis &longs;emper æqualibus analogæ. E&longs;t autem area ABqK(per Corol. 3. Lem. VII, & Lem. VIII, Lib. I) ad aream Bkqut Kqad 1/2 kq&longs;eu ACad 1/2 AK,hoc e&longs;t, ut vis gravitatis ad re&longs;i&longs;tentiam in medio temporis primi. Et &longs;imili argumento areæ
qKLr, rLMs, sMNt,&c. &longs;unt ad areas qklr, rlms, smnt,&c. ut vires gravi­tatis ad re&longs;i&longs;tentias in me­dio temporis &longs;ecundi, ter­tii, quarti, &c. Proinde cum areæ æquales BAKq, qKLr, rLMs, sMNt,&c. &longs;int vi­ribus gravitatis analogæ, e­runt areæ Bkq, qklr, rlms, smnt,&c. re&longs;i&longs;tentiis in mediis &longs;ingulorum temporum, hoc e&longs;t (per Hypothe&longs;in) velocitatibus, atque adeo de&longs;criptis &longs;patiis analogæ. Sumantur analogarum &longs;ummæ, & erunt areæ Bkq, Blr, Bms, Bnt,&c. &longs;patiis totis de&longs;criptis analogæ; necnon areæ ABqK, ABrL, ABsM, ABtN,&c. temporibus. Corpus igitur inter de&longs;cenden­dum, tempore quovis ABrL,de&longs;cribit &longs;patium Blr,& tempore LrtN&longs;patium rlnt. Q.E.D.Et &longs;imilis e&longs;t demon&longs;tratio motus expo&longs;iti in a&longs;cen&longs;u. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Igitur velocitas maxima, quam corpus cadendo pote&longs;t acquirere, e&longs;t ad velocitatem dato quovis tempore acqui&longs;itam, utvis data gravitatis qua perpetuo urgetur, ad vim re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ qua infine temporis illius impeditur.

Corol.2. Tempore autem aucto in progre&longs;&longs;ione Arithmetica, &longs;ummavelocitatis illius maximæ ac velocitatis in a&longs;cen&longs;u (atque etiam earun dem differentia in de&longs;cen&longs;u) decre&longs;cit in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica.

Corol.3. Sed & differentiæ &longs;patiorum, quæ in æqualibus tempo rum differentiis de&longs;cribuntur, decre&longs;cunt in eadem progre&longs;&longs;ion Geometrica.

Corol.4. Spatium vero a corpore de&longs;criptum differentia e&longs;t duo­rum &longs;patiorum, quorum alterum e&longs;t ut tempus &longs;umptum ab initio de&longs;cen&longs;us, & alterum ut velocitas, quæ etiam ip&longs;o de&longs;cen&longs;us initio æquantur inter &longs;e.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

PROPOSITIO IV. PROBLEMA II.

Po&longs;ito quod vis gravitatis in Medio aliquo &longs;imilari uniformis &longs;it, ac tendat perpendiculariter ad planum Horizontis; definire mo­tum Projectilis in eodem, re&longs;i&longs;tentiam velocitati proportionalem patientis.

Eloco quovis Degrediatur Pro­

jectile &longs;ecundum lineam quam­vis rectam DP,& per longitu­dinem DPexponatur eju&longs;dem velocitas &longs;ub initio motus. A puncto Pad lineam Horizonta­lem DCdemittatur perpendi­culum PC,& &longs;ecetur DCin Aut &longs;it DAad ACut re&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii, ex motu in altitudinem &longs;ub initio orta, ad vim gravi­tatis; vel (quod perinde e&longs;t) ut &longs;it rectangulum &longs;ub DA& DPad rectangulum &longs;ub AC& CPut re&longs;i&longs;tentia tota &longs;ub initio mo­tus ad vim gravitatis. A&longs;ymptotis DC, CP,de&longs;cribatur Hyperbo­la quævis GTBS&longs;ecans perpen­dicula DG, ABin G& B; & compleatur parallelogrammum DGKC,cujus latus GK&longs;ecet ABin queCapiatur linea N in ratione ad QBqua DC&longs;it ad CP; & ad rectæ DCpun­ctum quodvis Rerecto perpen­diculo RT,quod Hyperbolæ in T,& rectis EH, GK, DPin I, t& Voccurrat; in eo cape Vræqualem (tGT/N), vel quod per-inde e&longs;t, cape Rræqualem (GTIE/N); & Projectile tempore DRTGperveniet ad punctum r,de&longs;cribens curvam lineam DraF,quam punctum r&longs;emper tangit, perveniens autem ad maximam altitudi­nem ain perpendiculo AB,& po&longs;tea &longs;emper appropinquans ad A­&longs;ymptoton PLC.E&longs;tque velocitas ejus in puncto quovis rut Cur­væ Tangens rL. que E. I.

DE MOTU CORPORUN

E&longs;t enim N ad QBut DCad CP&longs;eu DRad RV,adeoque RVæqualis (DRXQB/N), & Rr(id e&longs;t RV-Vr&longs;eu (DRXQB-tGT/N)) æqualis (DRXAB-RDGT/N). Exponatur jam tempus per are­am RDGT,& (per Legum

Corol. 2.) di&longs;tinguatur motus corporis in duos, unum a&longs;cen­&longs;us, alterum ad latus. Et cum re&longs;i&longs;tentia &longs;it ut motus, di&longs;tin­guetur etiam hæc in partes duas partibus motus proportionales & contrarias: ideoque longitu­do, a motu ad latus de&longs;cripta, e­rit (per Prop. 11. hujus) ut linea DR,altitudo vero (per Prop. 111. hujus) ut area DRXAB -RDGT,hoc e&longs;t, ut linea Rr.Ip&longs;o autem motus initio area RDGTæqualis e&longs;t rectangulo DRXAQ,ideoque linea illa Rr(&longs;eu (DRXAB-DRXAQ/N)) tunc e&longs;t ad DRut AB-AQ&longs;eu QBad N, id e&longs;t, ut CPad DC; atque adeo ut motus in altitudinem ad motum in longitudinem &longs;ub initio. Cum igitur Rr&longs;emper &longs;it ut altitu­do, ac DR&longs;emper ut longi­tudo, atque Rrad DR&longs;ub initio ut altitudo ad longitudinem: nece&longs;&longs;e e&longs;t ut Rr&longs;emper &longs;it ad DRut altitudo ad longitudinem, & propterea ut corpus movea­tur in linea DraF,quam punctum rperpetuo tangit. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. E&longs;t igitur Rræqualis (DRXAB/N)-(RDGT/N), ideoque &longs;i producatur RTad Xut &longs;it RXæqualis (DRXAB/N), (id e&longs;t, &longs;i compleatur parallelogrammum ACPY,jungatur DY&longs;ecans CPin Z,& producatur RTdonec occurrat DYin X;) erit Xræqua­lis (RDGT/N), & propterea tempori proportionalis.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

Corol.2. Unde &longs;i capiantur innumeræ CRvel, quod perinde e&longs;t, innumeræ ZX,in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica; erunt totidem Xrin progre&longs;&longs;ione Arithmetica. Et hinc Curva DraFper tabulam Lo­garithmorum facile delineatur.

Corol.3. Si vertice D,diametro DEdeor&longs;um producta, & La­tere recto quod &longs;it ad 2DPut re&longs;i&longs;tentia tota, ip&longs;o motus initio, ad vim gravitatis, Parabola con&longs;truatur: velocitas quacum corpus exire debet de loco D&longs;ecundum rectam DP,ut in Medio uNI­formi re&longs;i&longs;tente de&longs;cribat Curvam DraF,ea ip&longs;a erit quacum ex­ire debet de eodem loco D,&longs;ecundum eandem rectam DP,ut in &longs;patio non re&longs;i&longs;tente de&longs;cribat Parabolam. Nam Latus re­ctum Parabolæ hujus, ip&longs;o motus initio, e&longs;t (DVquad./Vr) & Vre&longs;t (tGT/N) &longs;eu (DRXTt/2N). Recta autem quæ, &longs;i duceretur, Hy­perbolam GTBtangeret in G,parallela e&longs;t ip&longs;i DK,ideoque Tte&longs;t (CKXDR/DC) & N erat (QBXDC/CP). Et propterea Vre&longs;t (DRqXCKXCP/2DCqXQB), id e&longs;t, (ob proportionales DR& DC, DV& DP) (DVqXCKXCP/2DPqXQB), & Latus rectum (DVquad./Vr) prodit (2DPqXQB/CKXCP), id e&longs;t (ob proportionales QB& CK, DA& AC) (2DPqXDA/ACXCP), adeoque ad 2 DP,ut DPXDAad CPXAC; hoc e&longs;t, ut re&longs;i&longs;tentia ad gravitatem. Q.E.D.

Corol.4. Unde &longs;i corpus de loco quovis D,data cum velocitate, &longs;ecundum rectam quamvis po&longs;itione datam DPprojiciatur; & re­&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii ip&longs;o motus initio detur: inveniri pote&longs;t Curva DraF,quam corpus idem de&longs;cribet. Nam ex data velocitate datur latus rectum Parabolæ, ut notum e&longs;t. Et &longs;umendo 2DPad latus illud rectum, ut e&longs;t vis gravitatis ad vim re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ, datur DP.Dein &longs;ecando DCin A,ut &longs;it CPXACad DPXDAin eadem illa rati­one gravitatis ad re&longs;i&longs;tentiam, dabitur punctum A.Et inde datur Curva DraF.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.5. Et contra, &longs;i datur

Curva DraF,dabitur & ve­locitas corporis & re&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii in locis &longs;ingulis r.Nam ex data ratione CPXACad DPXDA,datur tum re&longs;i&longs;ten­tia Medii &longs;ub initio motus, tum latus rectum Parabolæ: & inde datur etiam velocitas &longs;ub initio motus. Deinde ex longitudine tangentis rL,datur & huic proportionalis velocitas, & ve­locitati proportionalis re&longs;i&longs;ten­tia in loco quovis r.

Corol.6. Cum autem longitu­do 2DP&longs;it ad latus rectum Parabolæ ut gravitas ad re&longs;i&longs;tentiam in D; & ex aucta velocitate augeatur re&longs;i&longs;tentia in eadem ratione, at latus rectum Parabolæ au­geatur in ratione illa duplicata: patet longitudinem 2DPaugeri in ratione illa &longs;implici, adeoque velocitati &longs;emper proportionalem e&longs;&longs;e, neque ex angulo CDPmutato augeri vel minui, ni&longs;i mu­tetur quoque velocitas.

Corol.7. Unde liquet methodus determinandi Curvam DraFex Phænomenis quamproxime, & inde colligendi re&longs;i&longs;tentiam & velocitatem quacum corpus projicitur. Projiciantur corpora duo &longs;imilia & æqualia eadem cum velocitate, de loco D,&longs;ecundum angulos diver&longs;os GDP, cDp(minu&longs;cularum literarum locis &longs;ub­intellectis) & cogno&longs;cantur loca F, f,abi incidunt in horizontale planum DC.Tum, a&longs;&longs;umpta quacunque longitudine pro DPvel Dp,fingatur quod re&longs;i&longs;tentia in D&longs;it ad gravitatem in ra-tione qualibet, & exponatur ratio illa per longitudinem quamvis SM.Deinde per computationem, ex longitudine illa a&longs;&longs;umpta DP,inveniantur longitudines DF, Df,ac de ratione (Ef/DF) per calculum inventa, auferatur ratio eadem

per experimentum inventa, & exponatur differentia per perpendiculum MN.Idem fac iterum ac tertio, a&longs;&longs;umendo &longs;emper novam re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ ad gravitatem rationem SM,& colligendo novam differentiam MN.Ducantur autem differentiæ affirmativæ ad unam partem rectæ SM,& negativæ ad alteram; & per puncta N, N, Nagatur ourva regularis NNN&longs;ecans rectam SMMMin X,& erit SXvera ratio re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ ad gravitatem, quam invenire oportuit. Ex hac ratione colligenda e&longs;t longitudo DFper calculum; & longi­tudo quæ &longs;it ad a&longs;&longs;umptam longitudinem DP,at longitudo DFper experimentum cognita ad longitudinem DFmodo inventam, erit vera longitudo DP.Qua inventa, habetur tum Curva linea DraFquam corpus de&longs;cribit, tum corporis velocitas & re&longs;i&longs;ten­tia in locis &longs;ingulis.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

Scholium.

Cæterum, re&longs;i&longs;tentiam corporum e&longs;&longs;e in ratione velocitatis, Hy­pothe&longs;is e&longs;t magis Mathematica quam Naturalis. Obtinet hæc ra­tio quamproxime ubi corpora in Mediis rigore aliquo præditis tar­di&longs;&longs;ime moventur. In Mediis antem quæ rigore omni vacant re­&longs;i&longs;tentiæ corporum &longs;unt in duplicata ratione velocitatum. Etenim actione corporis velocioris communicatur eidem Medii quantitati, tempore minore, motus major in ratione majoris velocitatis; ad­eoque tempore æquali (ob majorem Medii quantitatem perturba­tam) communicatur motus in duplicata ratione major; e&longs;t que re­&longs;i&longs;tentia (per motus Legem II & III) ut motus communicatus. Videamus igitur quades oriantur motus ex hac lege Re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

SECTIO II.

De motu Corporum quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in duplicata ra­tione Velocitatum.

PROPOSITIO V. THEOREMA III.

Si Corpori re&longs;i&longs;iitur in velocitatis ratione duplicata, & idem &longs;ola vi in&longs;ita per Medium &longs;imilare movetur; tempora vero &longs;uman­tur in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica a minoribus terminis ad majores pergente: dico quod velocitates initio &longs;ingulorum temporum &longs;unt in eadem progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica inver&longs;e, & quod &longs;patia &longs;unt æqualia quæ &longs;ingulis temporibus de&longs;cribuntur.

Nam quoniam quadrato velocita­

tis proportionalis e&longs;t re&longs;i&longs;tentia Me­dii, & re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ proportionale e&longs;t decrementum velocitatis; &longs;i tempus in particulas innumeras æquales divi­datur, quadrata velocitatum &longs;ingulis temporum initiis erunt velocitatum earundem differentiis proportionalia. Sunto temporis particulæ illæ AK, KL, LM,&c. in recta CD&longs;umptæ, & erigantur perpendicula AB, Kk, Ll, Mm,&c. Hyperbolæ BklmG,centro CA&longs;ymptotis rectangulis CD, CHde&longs;criptæ, occurrentia in B, k, t, m,&c. & erit ABad Kkut CKad CA,& divi&longs;im AB-Kkad Kkut AKad CA,& vici&longs;&longs;im AB-Kkad AKut Kkad CA,adeoque ut ABXKkad ABXCA.Unde, cum AK& ABXCAdentur, erit AB-Kkut ABXKk; & ultimo, ubi coeunt AB& Kk,ut ABqueEt &longs;imili argumento erunt Kk-Ll, Ll-Mm,&c. ut Kkq, Llq,&c. Linearum igitur AB, Kk, Ll, Mmquadrata &longs;unt ut earundem differentiæ; & idcirco cum quadrata ve­locitatum fuerint etiam ut ip&longs;arum differentiæ, &longs;imilis erit amba­rum progre&longs;&longs;io. Quo demon&longs;trato, con&longs;equens e&longs;t etiam ut areæ his lineis de&longs;criptæ &longs;int in progre&longs;&longs;ione con&longs;imili cum &longs;patiis quæ velocitatibus de&longs;cribuntur. Ergo &longs;i velocitas initio primi tempo­ris AKexponatur per lineam AB,& velocitas initio &longs;ecundi KLper lineam Kk,& longitudo primo tempore de&longs;cripta per aream AKkB; velocitates omnes &longs;ub&longs;equentes exponentur per lineas &longs;ub&longs;equentes Ll, Mm,&c. & longitudines de&longs;criptæ per areas Kl, Lm,&c. Et compo&longs;ite, &longs;i tempus totum exponatur per &longs;um­mam partium &longs;uarum AM,longitudo tota de&longs;cripta exponetur per &longs;ummam partium &longs;uarum AMmB.Concipe jam tempus AMita dividi in partes AK, KL, LM,&c. ut &longs;int CA, CK, CL, CM,&c. in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica; & erunt partes illæ in eadem pro­gre&longs;&longs;ione, & velocitates AB, Kk, Ll, Mm,&c. in progre&longs;&longs;ione ea­dem inver&longs;a, atque &longs;patia de&longs;cripta Ak, Kl, Lm,&c. æqualia. Q.E.D.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

Corol.1. Pater ergo quod, &longs;i tempus exponatur per A&longs;ymptoti partem quamvis AD,& velocitas in principio temporis per ordi­natim applicatam AB; velocitas in fine temporis exponetur per ordinatam DG,& &longs;patium totum de&longs;criptum per aream Hyper­bolicam adjacentem ABGD; necnon &longs;patium quod corpus ali­quod eodem tempore AD,velocitate prima AB,in Medio non re&longs;i&longs;tente de&longs;cribere po&longs;&longs;et, per rectangulum ABXAD.

Corol.2. Unde datur &longs;patium in Medio re&longs;i&longs;tente de&longs;criptum, ca­piendo illud ad &longs;patium quod velocitate uniformi ABin medio non re&longs;i&longs;tente &longs;imul de&longs;cribi po&longs;&longs;et, ut e&longs;t area Hyperbolica ABGDad rectangulum ABXAD.

Corol.3. Datur etiam re&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii, &longs;tatuendo eam ip&longs;o mo­tus initio æqualem e&longs;&longs;e vi uniformi centripetæ, quæ in cadente cor­pore, tempore AC,in Medio non re&longs;i&longs;tente, generare po&longs;&longs;et velo­citatem AB.Nam &longs;i ducatur BTquæ tangat Hyperbolam in B,& occurrat A&longs;ymptoto in T; recta ATæqualis erit ip&longs;i AC,& tempus exponet quo re&longs;i&longs;tentia prima uniformiter continuata tolle­re po&longs;&longs;et velocitatem totam AB.

Corol4. Et inde datur etiam proportio hujus re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ ad vim gravitatis, aliamve quamvis datam vim centripetam.

Corol.5. Et vicever&longs;a, &longs;i datur proportio re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ ad datam quamvis vim centripetam; datur tempus AC,quo vis centripeta re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ æqualis generare po&longs;&longs;it velocitatem quamvis AB; & in-de datur punctum Bper quod Hyperbola, A&longs;ymptoris CH, CD,de&longs;cribi debet; ut & &longs;patium ABGD,quod corpus incipiendo motum &longs;uum cum velocitate illa AB,tempore quovis AD,in Me­dio &longs;imilari re&longs;i&longs;tente de&longs;cribere pote&longs;t.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

PROPOSITIO VI. THEOREMA IV.

Corpora Spherica homogemea & æqualia, re&longs;i&longs;tentiis in duplicata ratione velocitatum impedita, & &longs;olis viribus in&longs;itis incitata, temporibus quæ &longs;unt reciproce ut velocitates &longs;ub initio, de&longs;cri­bunt &longs;emper æqualia &longs;patia, & amittunt partes velocitatum pro­portionales totis.

A&longs;ymptotis rectangulis CD,

CHde&longs;cripta Hyperbola qua­vis BbEe&longs;ecante perpendicula AB, ab, DE, de,in B, b, E, e,exponantur velocitates initi­ales per perpendicula AB, DE,& tempora per lineas Aa, Dd.E&longs;t ergo ut Aaad Ddita (per Hypothe&longs;in) DEad AB,& ita (ex natura Hy­perbolæ) CAad CD; & com­ponendo, ita Caad Cd.Ergo areæ ABba, DEed,hoc e&longs;t, &longs;patia de&longs;cripta æquamtur inter &longs;e, & velocitates primæ AB, DE&longs;unt ultimis ab, de,& propterea (dividendo) partibus etiam &longs;uis ami&longs;&longs;is AB-ab, DE-depro­portionales. Q.E.D.

PROPOSITIO VII. THEOREMA V.

Corpora Sphærica quibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in duplicata ratione velocitatum, temporibus quæ &longs;unt ut motus primi directe & re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ pri­mæ inver&longs;e, amittent partes motuum proportionales totis, & &longs;patia de&longs;cribent temporibus i&longs;tis in velocitates primas ductis proportionalia.

Namque motuum partes ami&longs;&longs;æ &longs;unt ut re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ & tempora conjunctim. Igitur ut partes illæ &longs;int totis proportionales, debe­bit re&longs;i&longs;tentia & tempus conjunctim e&longs;&longs;e ut motus. Proinde tem­pus erit ut motus directe & re&longs;i&longs;tentia inver&longs;e. Quare temporam particulis in ea ratione &longs;umptis, corpora amittent &longs;emper parti­culas motuum proportionales totis, adeoque retinebunt velocita­tes in ratione prima. Et ob datam velocitatum rationem, de&longs;cri­bent &longs;emper &longs;patia quæ &longs;unt ut velocitates primæ & tempora con­junctim. Q.E.D.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

Corol.1. Igitur &longs;i æquivelocibus corporibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in duplicata ratione diametrorum: Globi homogenei quibu&longs;cunque cum velocita­tibus moti, de&longs;cribendo &longs;patia diametris &longs;uis proportionalia, amit­tent partes motuum proportionales totis. Motus enim Globi cu­ju&longs;que erit ut ejus velocitas & Ma&longs;&longs;a conjunctim, id e&longs;t, ut veloci­tas & cubus diametri; re&longs;i&longs;tentia (per Hypothe&longs;in) erit ut quadra­tum diametri & quadratum velocitatis conjunctim; & tempus (per hanc Propo&longs;itionem) e&longs;t in ratione priore directe & ratione po&longs;te­riore inver&longs;e, id e&longs;t, ut diameter directe & velocitas inver&longs;e; ad­eoque &longs;patium (tempori & velocitati proportionale) e&longs;t ut dia­meter.

Corol.2. Si æquivelocibus corporibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione &longs;e&longs;quial­tera diametrorum: Globi homogenei quibu&longs;cunque cum velocitati­bus moti, de&longs;cribendo &longs;patia in &longs;e&longs;quialtera ratione diametrorum, amittent partes motuum proportionales totis.

Corol.3. Et univer&longs;aliter, &longs;i æquivelocibus corporibus re&longs;i&longs;titur in ratione dignitatis cuju&longs;cunQ.E.D.ametrorum: &longs;patia quibus Globi homogenei, quibu&longs;cunque cum velocitatibus moti, amittent partes motuum proportionales totis, erunt ut cubi diametrorum ad digNI­tatem illam applicati. Sunto diametri D & E; & &longs;i re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ, ubi velocitates æquales ponuntur, &longs;int ut Dn & En: &longs;patia quibus Globi quibu&longs;cunque cum velocitatibus moti, amitteus partes mo­tuum proportionales totis, erunt ut D3-n & E3-n. Igitur de&longs;cri­bendo &longs;patia ip&longs;is D3-n & E3-n proportionalia, retinebunt veloci­tates in eadem ratione ad invicem ac &longs;ub initio.

Corol.4. Quod &longs;i Globi non &longs;int homogenei, &longs;patium a Globo den&longs;iore de&longs;criptum augeri debet in ratione den&longs;itatis. Motus enim, &longs;ub pari velocitare, major e&longs;t in ratione den&longs;itatis, & tempus (per hanc Propo&longs;itionem) augetur in ratione motus directe, ac &longs;patium de&longs;criptum in ratione temporis.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.5. Et &longs;i Globi moveantur in Mediis diver&longs;is; &longs;patium in Medio, quod cæteris paribus magis re&longs;i&longs;tit, diminuendum erit in ratione majoris re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ. Tempus enim (per hanc Propo&longs;itio­nem) diminuetur in ratione re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ auctæ, & &longs;patium in ra­tione temporis.

LEMMA II.

Momentum Genitæ æquatur Momentis laterum &longs;ingulorum gene­rantium in eorundem laterum indices dignitatum & coefficien­tia continue ductis.

Genitam voco quantitatem omnem quæ ex lateribus vel termi­nis quibu&longs;cunque, in Arithmetica per multiplicationem, divi&longs;ionem, & extractionem radicum; in Geometria per inventionem vel con­tentorum & laterum, vel extremarum & mediarum proportionalium, ab&longs;que additione & &longs;ubductione generatur. Eju&longs;modi quantita­tes &longs;unt Facti, Quoti, Radices, Rectangula, Quadrata, Cubi, Latera quadrata, Latera cubica, & &longs;imiles. Has quantitates ut indeterminatas & in&longs;tabiles, & qua&longs;i motu fluxuve perpetuo cre&longs;centes vel decre­&longs;centes, hic con&longs;idero; & earum incrementa vel decrementa momen­tanea &longs;ub nomine Momentorum intelligo: ita ut incrementa pro momentis addititiis &longs;eu affirmativis, ac decrementa pro &longs;ubductitiis &longs;eu negativis habeantur. Cave tamen intellexeris particulas fiNI­tas. Particulæ finitæ non &longs;unt momenta, &longs;ed quantitates ip&longs;æ ex momentis genitæ. Intelligenda &longs;unt principia jamjam na&longs;centia fi­nitarum magnitudinum. Neque enim &longs;pectatur in hoc Lemmate magnitudo momentorum, &longs;ed prima na&longs;centium proportio. Eo­dem recidit &longs;i loco momentorum u&longs;urpentur vel velocitates incre­mentorum ac decrementorum, (quas etiam motus, mutationes & fluxiones quantitatum nominare licet) vel finitæ quævis quanti­tates velocitatibus hi&longs;ce proportionales. Lateris autem cuju&longs;que generantis Coefficiens e&longs;t quantitas, quæ oritur applicando GeNI­tam ad hoc latus.

Igitur &longs;en&longs;us Lemmatis e&longs;t, ut, &longs;i quantitatum quarumcunque perpetuo motu cre&longs;centium vel decre&longs;centium A, B, C, &c. mo­menta, vel mutationum velocitates dicantur a, b, c,&c. momentum vel mutatio geniti rectanguli AB fuerit aB+bA, & geniti con­tenti ABC momentum fuerit aBC+bAC+cAB: & genitarum dignitatum A3, A3, A4, A1/2, A1/3, A1/3, A2/3, A-1, A-2, & A-1/2 momenta

2aA, 3aA2, 4aA3, 1/2aA-1/2, 3/2aA1/2, 1/3aA-2/3, 2/3aA-1/3, -aA-2, -2aA-3, & -1/2aA-1/2 re&longs;pective. Et generaliter, ut dignitatis cuju&longs;cunque An/m momentum fuerit n/m aA(n-m/m). Item ut Genitæ A2B momentum fuerit 2aAB+bA2; & Genitæ A3B4C2 momen­tum 3aA2B4C2+4bA3B3C2+2cA3B4C; & Genitæ (A3/B2) &longs;i­ve A3B-2 momentum 3aA2B-2-2bA3B-3: & &longs;ic in cæteris. Demon&longs;tratur vero Lemma in hunc modum.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

Cas.1. Rectangulum quodvis motu perpetuo auctum AB, ubi de lateribus A & B deerant momentorum dimidia 1/2a& 1/2b,fuit A-1/2ain B-1/2b,&longs;eu AB-1/2aB-1/2bA+1/4ab; & quam pri­mum latera A & B alteris momentorum dimidiis aucta &longs;unt, eva­dit A+1/2ain B+1/2b&longs;eu AB+1/2aB+1/2bA+1/4ab.De hoc rectan­gulo &longs;ubducatur rectangulum prius, & manebit exce&longs;&longs;us aB+bA. Igitur laterum incrementis totis a& bgeneratur rectanguli incre­mentum aB+bA. Q.E.D.

Cas.2. Ponatur AB &longs;emper æquale G, & contenti ABC &longs;eu GC momentum (per Cas. 1.) erit gC+cG, id e&longs;t (&longs;i pro G & g&longs;cribantur AB & aB+bA) aBC+bAC+cAB. Et par e&longs;t ra­tio contenti &longs;ub lateribus quotcunque. Q.E.D.

Cas.3. Ponantur latera A, B, C &longs;ibi mutuo &longs;emper æqualia; & ip&longs;ius A2, id e&longs;t rectanguli AB, momentum aB+bA erit 2aA, ip­&longs;ius autem A3, id e&longs;t contenti ABC, momentum aBC+bAC +cAB erit 3aA2. Et eodem argumento momentum dignitatis cuju&longs;cunque An e&longs;t naAn-1. Q.E.D.

Cas.4. Unde cum 1/A in A &longs;it 1, momentum ip&longs;ius 1/A ductum in A, una cum 1/A ducto in aerit momentum ip&longs;ius 1, id e&longs;t, NI­hil. Proinde momentum ip&longs;ius 1/A &longs;eu ip&longs;ius A-1 e&longs;t (-a/A2). Et ge­neraliter cum (1/An) in An &longs;it 1, momentum ip&longs;ius (1/An) ductum in Anuna cum (1/An) in naAn-1 erit nihil. Et propterea momentum ip­&longs;ius (1/An) &longs;eu A-n erit-(na/An+1). q.ED.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Cas.5. Et cum A1/2 in A1/2 &longs;it A, momentum ip&longs;ius A1/2 ductum in 2A1/2 erit a,per Cas. 3: ideoque momentum ip&longs;ius A1/2 erit (a/2A 1/2) &longs;ive 1/2aA-1/2. Et generaliter &longs;i ponatur Am/n æquale B, erit Am æ­quale Bn, ideoque maAm-1 æquale nbBn-1, & maA-1 æqua­le nbB-1 &longs;eu nbA-m/n, adeoque m/n aA(m-n/n) æquale b,id e&longs;t, æquale momento ip&longs;ius Am/n, Q.E.D.

Cas.6. Igitur Genitæ cuju&longs;eunque AmBn momentum e&longs;t mo­mentum ip&longs;ius Am ductum in Bn, una cum momento ip&longs;ius Bn du­cto in Am, id e&longs;t maAm-1Bn+nbBn-1Am; idque &longs;ive dignita­tum indices m& n&longs;int integri numeri vel fracti, &longs;ive affirmati­vi vel negativi. Et par e&longs;t ratio contenti &longs;ub pluribus dignitati­bus. Q.E.D.

Corol.1. Hinc in continue proportionalibus, &longs;i terminus unus datur, momenta terminorum reliquorum erunt ut iidem termini multiplicati per numerum intervallorum inter ip&longs;os & terminum datum. Sunto A, B, C, D, E, F continue proportionales; & &longs;i detur terminus C, momenta reliquorum terminorum erunt inter &longs;e ut-2A, -B, D, 2E, 3F.

Corol.2. Et &longs;i in quatuor proportionalibus duæ mediæ dentur, momenta extremarum erunt ut eædem extremæ. Idem intelligen­dum e&longs;t de lateribus rectanguli cuju&longs;cunQ.E.D.ti.

Corol.3. Et &longs;i &longs;umma vel differentia duorum quadratorum detur, momenta laterum erunt reciproce ut latera.

Scholium.

In literis quæ mihi cum Geometra periti&longs;&longs;imo G.G. Leibnitioan­nis abhinc decem intercedebant, cum &longs;ignificarem me compotem e&longs;&longs;e methodi determinandi Maximas & Minimas, ducendi Tangen­tes, & &longs;imilia peragendi, quæ in terminis &longs;urdis æque ac in ratio­nalibus procederet, & literis tran&longs;po&longs;itis hanc &longs;ententiam involven-tibus [Data Æquatione quotcunque Fluentes quantitates invelven-te, Fluxiones invenire, & vice ver&longs;a] eandem celarem: re&longs;crip&longs;it Vir Clari&longs;&longs;imus &longs;e quoQ.E.I. eju&longs;modi methodum incidi&longs;&longs;e, & me­thodum &longs;uam communicavit a mea vix abludentem præterquam in verborum & notarum formulis, & Idea generationis quantitatum. Utriu&longs;que fundamentum continetur in hoc Lemmate.

LIBER SECUNDUS.

PROPOSITIO VIII. THEOREMA VI.

Si corpus in Medio uniformi, Gravitate uniformiter agente, recta a&longs;cendat vel de&longs;cendat, & &longs;patium totum de&longs;criptum di&longs;tingua­tur in partes æquales, inque principiis &longs;ingularum partium (addendo re&longs;i&longs;tentiam Medii ad vim gravitatis, quando cor­pus a&longs;cendit, vel &longs;ubducendo ip&longs;am quando corpus de&longs;cendit) colligantur vires ab&longs;olutæ; dico quod vires illæ ab&longs;olutæ &longs;unt in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geometrica.

Exponatur enim vis gravitatis per datam lineam AC; re&longs;i&longs;ten­tia per lineam indefinitam AK; vis ab&longs;oluta in de&longs;cen&longs;u corporis per differentiam KC; velocitas corporis per lineam AP(quæ &longs;it media proportionalis inter AK& AC,ideoQ.E.I. &longs;ubduplicata ratione re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ;) incrementum re&longs;i&longs;tentiæ data temporis particu­la factum per lineolam KL,& contemporaneum velocitatis incre­mentum per lineolam PQ; & centro CA&longs;ymptotis rectangulis CA, CHde&longs;cribatur Hyperbola quævis BNS,erectis perpendi­culis AB, KN, LO, PR, QSoccurrens in B, N, O, R, S.Quo­niam AKe&longs;t ut APq,erit hujus momentum KLut illius mo­mentum 2APQ,id e&longs;t, ut APin KC.Nam velocitatis incre­mentum PQ,(per motus Leg.11.) proportionale e&longs;t vi generanti KC.Componatur ratio ip&longs;ius KLcum ratione ip&longs;ius KN,& fiet rect­angulum KLXKNut APXKCXKN; hoc e&longs;t, ob datum rect­angulum KCXKN,ut AP.Atqui areæ Hyperbolicæ KNOLad rectangulum KLXKNratio ultima, ubi coeunt puncta K& L,e&longs;t æqualitatis. Ergo area illa Hyperbolica evane&longs;cens e&longs;t ut AP.Componitur igitur area tota Hyperbolica ABOLex particulis KNOLvelocitati AP&longs;emper proportionalibus, & propterea &longs;patio velocitate i&longs;ta de&longs;cripto proportionalis e&longs;t. Dividatur jam area illa in partes æquales ABMI, IMNK, KNOL,&c. & vi-res ab&longs;olutæ AC, IC, KC, LC,&c. erunt in progre&longs;&longs;ione Geo­metrica. Q.E.D.Et &longs;imili argumento, in a&longs;cen&longs;u corporis, &longs;u­mendo, ad contrariam partem puncti A,æquales areas ABmi, imnk, knol,&c. con&longs;tabit quod vires ab&longs;olutæ AC, iC, kC, lC,&c. &longs;unt continue proportionales. Ideoque &longs;i &longs;patia omnia in a&longs;cen&longs;u & de&longs;cen&longs;u capiantur æqualia; omnes vires ab&longs;olutæ lC, kC, iC, AC, IC, KC, LC,&c. erunt continue proportionales. Q.E.D.

DE MOTU CORPORUM

Corol.1. Hinc &longs;i &longs;patium de&longs;criptum exponatur per aream Hy­perbolicam ABNK; exponi po&longs;&longs;unt vis gravitatis, velocitas cor­poris & re&longs;i&longs;tentia Medii per lineas AC, AP& AKre&longs;pective; & vice ver&longs;a.

Corol.2. Et velocitatis maximæ, quam corpus in infinitum de&longs;cen­dendo pote&longs;t unquam acquirere, exponens e&longs;t linea AC.

Corol.3. Igitur &longs;i in data aliqua velocitate cogno&longs;catur re&longs;i&longs;ten­tia Medii, invenietur velocitas maxima, &longs;umendo ip&longs;am ad veloci-tatem illam datam in &longs;ubduplicata ratione, quam habet vis Gravi­tatis ad Medii re&longs;i&longs;tentiam illam cognitam.

LIBER SECUMDUS.

PROPOSITIO IX. THEOREMA VII.

Po&longs;itis jam demon&longs;tratis, dico quod &longs;i Tangentes angulorum &longs;ecto ris Circularis & &longs;ectoris Hyperbolici &longs;umantur velocitatibus proportionales, exi&longs;tente radio ju&longs;tæ magnitudinis: erit tempus omne a&longs;cen&longs;us futuri ut &longs;ector Circuli, & tempus omne de&longs;cen­&longs;us præteriti ut &longs;ector Hyperbolæ.

Rectæ AC,qua vis gravitatis exponitur, perpendicularis & æ­qualis ducatur AD.Centro D&longs;emidiametro ADde&longs;cribatur tum Circuli quadrans AtE,tum Hyperbola rectangula AVZaxem habens AX,verticem principalem A& A&longs;ymptoton DC.Jun­gantur Dp, DP,& erit &longs;ector Circularis AtDut tempus a&longs;cen&longs;us omnis futuri; & &longs;ector Hyperbolicus ATDut tempus de&longs;cen&longs;us omnis præteriti. Si modo &longs;ectorum Tangentes Ap, AP&longs;int ut velocitates.

Cas.1. Agatur enim Dvqab&longs;cindens &longs;ectoris ADt& trian­guli ADpmomenta, &longs;eu particulas quam minimas &longs;imul de&longs;crip­tas tDv& pDqueCum particulæ illæ, ob angulum commu­nem D,&longs;unt in duplicata ratione laterum, erit particula tDvut (qDp/pDquad). Sed pDquad.e&longs;t ADquad+Apquad.id e&longs;t, ADquad+ADXAk&longs;eu ADXCk; & qDpe&longs;t 1/2 ADXpqueErgo &longs;ectoris particula tDve&longs;t ut (pq/Ck), id e&longs;t, ut velocitatis de­crementum quam minimum pqdirecte & vis illa Ckquæ velo­citatem diminuit inver&longs;e, atque adeo ut particula temporis decre­mento re&longs;pondens. Et componendo fit &longs;umma particularum om­nium tDvin &longs;ectore ADt,ut &longs;umma particularum temporis &longs;ingulis velocitatis decre&longs;centis Apparticulis ami&longs;&longs;is pqre&longs;pon­dentium, u&longs;Q.E.D.m velocitas illa in nihilum diminuta eva­nuerit; hoc e&longs;t, &longs;ector totus